You are on page 1of 453

Integrated Industrial Township Greater Noida (IITGN)

TECHNICAL BID DOCUMENT

For
INFRASTRUCTURE WORKS FOR
INTEGRATED INDUSTRIAL TOWNSHIP,
GREATER NOIDA,
UTTAR PRADESH

CONTRACT AGREEMENT

Design Build / EPC Basis


Under International Competitive Bidding
Client :
Integrated Industrial Township Greater Noida Ltd
Greater Noida Industrial Development Authority,
169, Chitvan Estate, Sector-Gamma II
Greater Noida, Gautam Budh Nagar-201308
Uttar Pradesh
India

TCE.7504A-INFBU-292-CA-11

Consultant:
TATA Consulting Engineers Limited
4th Floor Tower A,247 Park, LBS
Marg, Vikhroli (West)
Mumbai 400083
Maharashtra
India

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

Agreement

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Page 2
2

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I - PRELIMINARY ................................................................................................................. ............... 10
1. Definitions and Interpretation ....................................................................................................................... 13
1.1

Definitions...................................................................................................... .................................... 13

1.2

Interpretation .................................................................................................. .................................... 13

1.3

Measurements and arithmetic conventions ........................................................................................ 15

1.4

Priority of agreements and errors/discrepancies ................................................................................ 15

1.5

Joint and several liability ................................................................................................................... 15

PART II - SCOPE OF PROJECT............................................................................................... ...................... 17


2. Scope of the Project ..................................................................................................... ................................... 18
2.1

Scope of the Project............................................................................................................................ 18

3. Obligations of the Contractor ............................................................................................ ............................ 19


3.1

Obligations of the Contractor ................................................................................... .......................... 19

3.2

Obligations relating to sub-contracts and any other agreements ........................................................ 20

3.3

Employment of foreign nationals ................................................................................. ...................... 21

3.4

Contractors personnel ....................................................................................................................... 21

3.5

Advertisement on Project Site.................................................................................... ........................ 21

3.6

Contractor's care of the Works .............................................................................................. ............. 21

3.7

Electricity, water and other services .................................................................................................. 21

3.8

Unforeseeable difficulties .................................................................................................................. 21

4. Obligations of the Employer .......................................................................................................................... 23


4.1

Obligations of the Employer ..................................................................................... ......................... 23

4.2

Maintenance obligations prior to the Appointed Date ....................................................................... 24

4.3

Environmental Clearances ................................................................................................................. 24

5. Representations and Warranties ........................................................................................... ........................ 25


5.1

Representations and warranties of the Contractor .............................................................................. 25

5.2

Representations and warranties of the Employer ............................................................................... 26

5.3

Disclosure ...................................................................................................................................... .... 26

6. Disclaimer ............................................................................................................ ............................................ 27


6.1

Disclaimer ...................................................................................................... .................................... 27

PART III - CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE ................................................................................. 28


7. Performance Security ..................................................................................................... ................................ 29
7.1

Performance Security ......................................................................................................................... 29

7.2

Extension of Performance Security .................................................................................................... 29

Agreement

Page 3
3

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

7.3

Appropriation of Performance Security ........................................................................... .................. 29

7.4

Release of Performance Security ....................................................................................................... 30

7.5

Retention Money.................................................................................................. .............................. 30

8. Right of Way ................................................................................................................................................... 31


8.1

The Site .............................................................................................................................................. 31

8.2

Procurement of the Site ......................................................................................... ............................. 31

8.3

Damages for delay in handing over the Site....................................................................................... 32

8.4

Site to be free from Encumbrances ............................................................................... ..................... 33

8.5

Protection of Site from encroachments ........................................................................... ................... 33

8.6

Special/temporary Right of Way........................................................................................................ 33

8.7

Access to the Employer and the Employers Engineer ...................................................................... 33

8.8

Geological and archaeological finds .................................................................................................. 34

9. Utilities and Trees ...................................................................................................... ..................................... 35


9.1

Existing utilities and roads ................................................................................................................. 35

9.2

Shifting of obstructing utilities........................................................................................................... 35

9.3

New utilities ................................................................................................... .................................... 35

9.4

Felling of trees .................................................................................................................. ................. 36

10. Design and Construction of the Project Works.......................................................................................... 37


10.1

Obligations prior to commencement of Works .................................................................................. 37

10.2

Design and Drawings ......................................................................................................................... 38

10.3

Construction of the Project Works ................................................................................ ..................... 40

10.4

Maintenance during Construction Period........................................................................................... 41

10.5

Extension of time for completion.................................................................................. ..................... 41

10.6

Incomplete Works ................................................................................................. ............................. 42

10.7

Maintenance Manual .......................................................................................................................... 42

11. Quality Assurance, Monitoring and Supervision ....................................................................................... 43


11.1

Quality of Materials and workmanship .............................................................................................. 43

11.2

Quality control system ........................................................................................... ............................ 43

11.3

Methodology ...................................................................................................... ................................ 43

11.4

Inspection and technical audit by the Employer ................................................................................ 43

11.5

External technical audit ......................................................................................... ............................. 44

11.6

Inspection of construction records ..................................................................................................... 44

11.7

Monthly progress reports ......................................................................................... .......................... 44

11.8

Inspection ....................................................................................................... .................................... 44

11.9

Samples .............................................................................................................................................. 44

11.10

Tests ............................................................................................................. ...................................... 45

11.11

Examination of work before covering up .............................................................................. ............. 45

Agreement

Page 4
4

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

11.12

Rejection ............................................................................................................................................ 45

11.13

Remedial work ..................................................................................................... .............................. 45

11.14

Delays during construction ................................................................................................................ 46

11.15

Quality control records and Documents ............................................................................. ................ 46

11.16

Video recording ................................................................................................... .............................. 46

11.17

Suspension of unsafe Construction Works......................................................................................... 46

12. Completion Certificate .................................................................................................. ............................... 48


12.1

Tests on completion ........................................................................................................................... 48

12.2

Provisional Certificate........................................................................................... ............................. 48

12.3

Completion of remaining Works .................................................................................... .................... 49

12.4

Completion Certificate ....................................................................................................................... 49

12.5

Rescheduling of Tests ............................................................................................ ............................ 49

13. Change of Scope ........................................................................................................................................ .... 50


13.1

Change of Scope ............................................................................................... ................................. 50

13.2

Procedure for Change of Scope..................................................................................... ..................... 50

13.3

Payment for Change of Scope ............................................................................................................ 51

13.4

Restrictions on Change of Scope .................................................................................. ..................... 51

13.5

Power of the Employer to undertake works ....................................................................................... 51

14. Maintenance ............................................................................................................. ..................................... 53


14.1

Maintenance obligations of the Contractor ........................................................................................ 53

14.2

Maintenance Requirements ................................................................................................................ 53

14.3

Maintenance Programme ............................................................................................ ....................... 54

14.4

Safety, vehicle breakdowns and accidents ......................................................................................... 54

14.5

Lane closure/Utility line closure ........................................................................................................ 54

14.6

Reduction of payment for non-performance of Maintenance obligations .......................................... 54

14.7

Employers right to take remedial measures ...................................................................................... 55

14.8

Restoration of loss or damage to Project Works ................................................................... ............. 55

14.9

Overriding powers of the Employer ................................................................................................... 55

15. Supervision and Monitoring During Maintenance .................................................................................... 56


15.1

Inspection by the Contractor .............................................................................................................. 56

15.2

Inspection and payments .......................................................................................... .......................... 56

15.3

Tests ............................................................................................................ ....................................... 56

15.4

Reports of unusual occurrence ........................................................................................................... 56

16. Traffic Regulation....................................................................................................... .................................. 58


16.1

Traffic regulation by the Contractor................................................................................................... 58

17. Defects Liability ..................................................................................................... ....................................... 59


17.1

Defects Liability Period.......................................................................................... .............................. 59

17.2
Agreement

Remedying Defects ............................................................................................................................ 59


Page 5
5

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

17.3

Cost of remedying Defects ........................................................................................ ......................... 59

17.4

Contractors failure to rectify Defects........................................................................... ..................... 59

17.5

Contractor to search cause ................................................................................................................. 60

17.6

Extension of Defects Liability Period ............................................................................ .................... 60

18. Employers Engineer .................................................................................................................................... 61


18.1

Appointment of the Employers Engineer ........................................................................... .............. 61

18.2

Duties and authority of the Employers Engineer .............................................................................. 61

18.3

Delegation by the Employers Engineer ............................................................................................ 61

18.4

Instructions of the Employers Engineer ............................................................................................ 62

18.5

Determination by the Employers Engineer ....................................................................................... 62

18.6

Remuneration of the Employers Engineer .......................................................................... .............. 62

18.7

Termination of the Employers Engineer ........................................................................................... 62

PART IV - FINANCIAL COVENANTS ......................................................................................................... . 63


19. Payments ....................................................................................................................................................... 64
19.1

Contract Price..................................................................................................................................... 64

19.2

Advance Payment ................................................................................................ .............................. 64

19.3

Procedure for estimating the payment for the Works ......................................................................... 65

19.4

Stage Payment Statement for Works.................................................................................................. 65

19.5

Stage Payment for Works ..................................................................................................... ............. 66

19.6

Monthly Maintenance Statement of the Project Works ..................................................................... 66

19.7

Payment for Maintenance of the Project Works ................................................................................ 66

19.8

Payment of Damages ......................................................................................................................... 67

19.9

Time of payment and interest...................................................................................... ....................... 67

19.10

Price adjustment for the Works .......................................................................................................... 67

19.11

Restrictions on price adjustment ........................................................................................................ 68

19.12

Price adjustment for Maintenance of Project ..................................................................................... 68

19.13

Final Payment Statement ................................................................................................................... 69

19.14

Discharge ........................................................................................................................................... 69

19.15

Final Payment Certificate................................................................................................................... 69

19.16

Final payment statement for Maintenance ......................................................................................... 69

19.17

Change in law ..................................................................................................... ............................... 70

19.18

Correction of Interim Payment Certificates ....................................................................................... 70

19.19

Employers claims.................................................................................................. ............................ 70

19.20

Bonus for early completion ................................................................................................................ 70

20. Insurance ............................................................................................................... ........................................ 72


20.1

Insurance for Works and Maintenance............................................................................................... 72

20.2

Notice to the Employer ...................................................................................................................... 73

20.3

Evidence of Insurance Cover ...................................................................................... ....................... 73

Agreement

Page 6
6

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

20.4

Remedy for failure to insure .............................................................................................................. 73

20.5

Waiver of subrogation............................................................................................. ........................... 73

20.6

Contractors waiver .............................................................................................. .............................. 73

20.7

Cross liabilities................................................................................................................................... 74

20.8

Accident or injury to workmen .................................................................................... ...................... 74

20.9

Insurance against accident to workmen ....................................................................................... ...... 74

20.10

Application of insurance proceeds ..................................................................................................... 74

20.11

Compliance with policy conditions ................................................................................. ................... 74

PART V - FORCE MAJEURE AND TERMINATION.................................................................................. 75


21. Force Majeure ........................................................................................................... .................................... 76
21.1

Force Majeure .................................................................................................................................... 76

21.2

Non-Political Event ...................................................................................................... ...................... 76

21.3

Indirect Political Event.......................................................................................... ............................. 76

21.4

Political Event .................................................................................................................................... 77

21.5

Duty to report Force Majeure Event ............................................................................... ................... 77

21.6

Effect of Force Majeure Event on the Agreement ............................................................................. 78

21.7

Termination Notice for Force Majeure Event ....................................................................... ............. 78

21.8

Termination Payment for Force Majeure Event ...................................................................... ........... 78

21.9

Dispute resolution .............................................................................................................................. 79

21.10

Excuse from performance of obligations ............................................................................ ............... 79

22. Suspension of Contractors Rights .............................................................................................................. 80


22.1

Suspension upon Contractor Default................................................................................ .................. 80

22.2

Employer to act on behalf of Contractor ..................................................................................... ....... 80

22.3

Revocation of Suspension .................................................................................................................. 80

22.4 Termination .......................................................................................................................................... 80


23. Termination................................................................................................................................................... 81
23.1

Termination for Contractor Default ............................................................................... .................... 81

23.2

Termination for Employer Default.................................................................................. ................... 82

23.3

Termination for Employers convenience .......................................................................................... 83

23.4

Requirements after Termination ................................................................................... ..................... 83

23.5

Valuation of Unpaid Works ............................................................................................................... 83

23.6

Termination Payment .............................................................................................. ........................... 84

23.7

Other rights and obligations of the Parties ....................................................................................... 85

23.8

Survival of rights.............................................................................................................................. 85

PART VI - OTHER PROVISIONS ............................................................................................................ .... 86


24. Assignment and Charges............................................................................................................................ 87
24.1

Restrictions on assignment and charges ........................................................................................... 87

24.2

Hypothecation of Materials or Plant ......................................................................................... ....... 87

Agreement

Page 7
7

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

25. Liability and Indemnity ............................................................................................................................. 88


25.1

General indemnity ................................................................................................ ............................ 88

25.2

Indemnity by the Contractor ............................................................................................................ 88

25.3

Notice and contest of claims ..................................................................................... ....................... 88

25.4

Defence of claims............................................................................................................ ................. 89

25.5

No consequential claims .................................................................................................................. 90

25.6

Survival on Termination .......................................................................................... ........................ 90

26. Dispute Resolution ...................................................................................................................................... 91


26.1

Dispute Resolution ............................................................................................... ............................ 91

26.2

Conciliation ..................................................................................................... ................................. 91

26.3

Arbitration ........................................................................................................................................ 91

26.4 Adjudication by Regulatory Authority, Tribunal or Commission ....................................................... 92


27. Miscellaneous .............................................................................................................................................. 93
27.1

Governing law and jurisdiction ................................................................................... ..................... 93

27.2

Waiver of immunity ......................................................................................................................... 93

27.3

Delayed payments ............................................................................................................................ 93

27.4

Waiver............................................................................................................ .................................. 93

27.5

Liability for review of Documents and Drawings ............................................................................ 94

27.6

Exclusion of implied warranties etc. ............................................................................. ................... 94

27.7

Survival ......................................................................................................... ................................... 94

27.8

Entire Agreement ............................................................................................................................. 94

27.9

Severability ..................................................................................................... ................................. 95

27.10

No partnership................................................................................................................... ............... 95

27.11

Third parties ..................................................................................................................................... 95

27.12

Successors and assigns ............................................................................................ ......................... 95

27.13

Notices ............................................................................................................................................. 95

27.14

Language .......................................................................................................................................... 96

27.15

Counterparts ...................................................................................................... ............................... 96

27.16

Confidentiality ................................................................................................................................. 96

27.17

Copyright and Intellectual Property rights ...................................................................................... 96

27.18

Limitation of Liability...................................................................................................................... 97

28. Definitions ............................................................................................................. ...................................... 98


28.1

Definitions....................................................................................................... ................................. 98

SCHEDULES .................................................................................................................................................... 1 06
Schedule A - Site of the Project ......................................................................................................... .............. 107
The Site .................................................................................................................... ........................ 108
Schedule B - Development of the Project ....................................................................................................... 110
B1.Roads.............................................................................. 111
B2. Civil.......................................................................................................... 115
Agreement

Page 8
8

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

B3. Water............................................................................................................ 130


B4. Mechanical Works.............................................................................................................. 139
B5. Sewerage................................................................................................................. 192
B6. Stormwater Drainag............................................................................................................ 195
B7. Solid Waste Management........................................................................................................... 197
B8. Power.............................................................................................................. 202
B9. Information Communication Technology.................................................................................. 203
B10. Miscellaneous Works....................................................................................................... 227
Schedule C - Project Facilities .......................................................................................................... ............... 229
Schedule D - Specifications and Standards ................................................................................................ .... 231
D1. Roads.. .................................................................................. 231
D2. Civil..................................................................................................................... 237
D3. Water.............................................................................................................. 290
D4. Mechanical Works Pumping Stations..................................................................................... 311
D5. Sewerage................................................................................................................ 331
D6. Stormwater Drainage............................................................................................................. 343
D7. Solid Waste Management........................................................................................................... 346
D8. Information Communication Technology.................................................................................. 354
Schedule E - Maintenance Requirements ....................................................................................................... 358
Appendix E1: Repaire/ Rectification of defects ............................................................................ 360
Mechanical Works......................................................................................................... ... 366
Sewerage............................................................................................................... 376
Storm Water Drainage... 377
Solid Waste Management.............................................................................................................. 377
Information Communication Technology......................................................................................... 378
Schedule F - Applicable Permits ..................................................................................................................... 380
Schedule G - Form of Bank Guarantee ...................................................................................................... .... 381
Schedule H - Contract Price Weightages.................................................................................................... .... 390
Schedule I - Drawings....................................................................................................................................... 404
Schedule J - Project Completion Schedule ................................................................................................. .... 406
Schedule K - Tests on Completion................................................................................................................... 408
Civil ............................................................................................................... .. 409
Water............................................................................................................ 411
Mechanical Works............................................................................................................ 411
Sewerage.............................................................................................................. . 418
Solid Waste Management

.. ... ............................................................................................... 419

Schedule L - Provisional Certificate...................................................................................................... .......... 422


Schedule M - Payment Reduction for Non Compliance ................................................................................ 424
Schedule N - Selection of Employers Engineer ............................................................................................ . 425
Schedule O - Forms of Payment Statements ................................................................................................. . 434
Schedule P - Insurance ..................................................................................................................................... 435
Schedule Q - 3D BIM Requirements ......................................................................................................... ...... 437
Schedule R - Guideline for Health, Safety and Environment Plan .............................................................. 448
Schedule S - Project Management Requirements .......................................................................................... 452
Page 9
Agreement
9

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

PART I - PRELIMINARY

Agreement

Page 10
10

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT AND CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT


THIS AGREEMENT is entered into on this the .. day of , 20..
BETWEEN
THE Integrated Industrial Township Greater Noida Limited, represented by its Chief
Executive Officer, (hereinafter referred to as the Employer which expression shall,
unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its administrators, successors
and assigns) of One Part;
AND
{------------,} means the selected bidder having its registered office at ,
(hereinafter referred to as the Contractor which expression shall, unless repugnant to the
context or meaning thereof, include its successors and permitted assigns) of the Other Part.
WHEREAS:
(A)

Government of India has set up Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development Corporation,
incorporated under the Indian Companies Act 1956, to establish, promote and facilitate the
development of Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor (DMIC) along the alignment of proposed
multi-modal high axle load dedicated freight corridor between Delhi and Mumbai, covering an
overall length of 1483 km..
The Integrated Industrial Township is to be developed under DADRI-NOIDAGHAZIABAD Investment Region of Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor (DMIC).
A separate SPV is formed between DMIC Project Implementation Trust and Greater
Noida Industrial Development Authority GNIDA for development and management
of the proposed Integrated Industrial Township.
A Special Purpose vehicle viz Integrated Industrial Township Greater Noida Limited (The
Employer) has the equity participation of Central and State Governments for procurement
and Construction of trunk infrastructure

(B)

(C)

Accordingly, the Employer has decided to undertake the Design and Construction of
Infrastructures Services for Integrated Industrial Township Project at Greater Noida the
Project in the State of Uttar Pradesh through engineering, procurement and construction (the
EPC) basis in accordance with the terms and conditions to be set forth in an agreement to be
entered into.
The Employer has invited the bids ( Request for Qualification cum Request for Proposal or RFQ
cum RFP) from bidders and the bids responsive to the eligibility and qualification requirements
and complying to all conditions of RFQ cum RFP document are considered for evaluation and
qualifying bids are considered for price bid opening.

Agreement

Page 11
11

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

(D)

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

After evaluation of the bids received, the Employer had accepted the bid of the selected
bidder and issued its Letter of Acceptance No. .. dated .. (Hereinafter
called the LOA) to the selected bidder Design and Construction of
Infrastructures Services for Integrated Industrial Township Project at Greater Noida at the
contract price specified hereinafter, requiring the selected bidder to inter alia:
(i)

deliver to the Employer a legal opinion from the legal counsel of the selected bidder
with respect to the authority of the selected bidder to enter into this Agreement and
the enforceability of the provisions thereof, within 10 (ten) days of the date of
issue of LOA; and

(ii)

Execute this Agreement within 15 (fifteen) days of the date of issue of LOA. (F)

The Contractor has fulfilled the requirements specified in Recital (E) above;
NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements
set forth in this Agreement, the sufficiency and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the
Employer hereby covenants to pay the Contractor, in consideration of the obligations specified herein,
the Contract Price or such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the Agreement at
the times and in the manner specified by the Agreement and intending to be legally bound hereby, the
Parties agree as follows:

Agreement

Page 12
12

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 1
1. Definitions and Interpretation
1.1

Definitions
The words and expressions beginning with capital letters and defined in this Agreement
(including those in Article 28) shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the meaning
ascribed thereto herein, and the words and expressions defined in the Schedules and used
therein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Schedules.

1.2

Interpretation

1.2.1 In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires,


(a)

references to any legislation or any provision thereof shall include amendment or reenactment or consolidation of such legislation or any provision thereof so far as
such amendment or re-enactment or consolidation applies or is capable of
applying to any transaction entered into hereunder;

(b)

references to laws of India or Indian law or regulation having the force of law shall
include the laws, acts, ordinances, rules, regulations, bye laws or notifications which
have the force of law in the territory of India and as from time to time may be
amended, modified, supplemented, extended or re- enacted;

(c)

references to a person and words denoting a natural person shall be construed


as a reference to any individual, firm, company, corporation, society, trust,
government, state or agency of a state or any association or partnership (whether or
not having separate legal personality) of two or more of the above and shall include
successors and assigns;

(d)

the table of contents, headings or sub-headings in this Agreement are for


convenience of reference only and shall not be used in, and shall not affect, the
construction or interpretation of this Agreement;

(e)

the words include and including are to be construed without limitation and shall be
deemed to be followed by without limitation or but not limited to whether or not
they are followed by such phrases;

(f)

references to construction or building include, unless the context


otherwise requires, survey and investigation, design, developing, engineering,
procurement, supply of plant, materials, equipment, labour, delivery, transportation,
installation, processing, fabrication, testing, and commissioning of the Project Works,
including maintenance during the Construction Period, removing of defects, if any,
and other activities incidental to the construction and construct or build shall be
construed accordingly;

(g)

References to development include, unless the context otherwise requires,


construction, renovation, refurbishing, augmentation, up-gradation and other activities
incidental thereto during the Construction Period, and develop shall be
construed accordingly;

(h)

any reference to any period of time shall mean a reference to that according to
Indian standard time;

(i)

any reference to day shall mean a reference to a calendar day;

Agreement

Page 13
13

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

(j)

references to a business day shall be construed as a reference to a day (other


than a Sunday) on which banks in Noida / Greater Noida are generally open for
business;

(k)

any reference to month shall mean a reference to a calendar month as per the
Gregorian calendar;

(l)

references to any date, period or Project Milestone shall mean and include such
date, period or Project Milestone as may be extended pursuant to this Agreement;

(m)

any reference to any period commencing from a specified day or date and till
or until a specified day or date shall include both such days or dates; provided that
if the last day of any period computed under this Agreement is not a business day,
then the period shall run until the end of the next business day;

(n)

the words importing singular shall include plural and vice versa;

(o)

references to any gender shall include the other and the neutral gender;

(p)

lakh means a hundred thousand (100,000) and crore means ten million
(10,000,000);

(q)

indebtedness shall be construed so as to include any obligation (whether


incurred as principal or surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether
present or future, actual or contingent;

(r)

references
to
the
winding-up,
dissolution,
insolvency,
or
reorganisation of a company or corporation shall be construed so as to
include any equivalent or analogous proceedings under the law of the jurisdiction in
which such company or corporation is incorporated or any jurisdiction in which
such company or corporation carries on business including the seeking of
liquidation, winding-up, reorganization, dissolution, arrangement, protection or relief
of debtors;

(s)

save and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any reference, at any time,
to any agreement, deed, instrument, licence or document of any description shall be
construed as reference to that agreement, deed, instrument, license or other document
as amended, varied, supplemented, modified or suspended at the time of such
reference; provided that this Clause shall not operate so as to increase liabilities or
obligations of the Employer hereunder or pursuant hereto in any manner whatsoever;

(t)

any
agreement,
consent,
approval,
authorization,
notice,
c o m m u n i c a t i o n , information or report required under or pursuant to this
Agreement from or by any Party or the Employers Engineer shall be valid and
effective only if it is in writing under the hand of a duly authorized representative of
such Party or the Employers Engineer, as the case may be, in this behalf and not
otherwise;

(u)

the Schedules and Recitals to this Agreement form an integral part of this
Agreement and will be in full force and effect as though they were expressly set out
in the body of this Agreement;

(v)

references to Recitals, Articles, Clauses, Sub-clauses or Schedules in this


Agreement shall, except where the context otherwise requires, mean
references to Recitals, Articles, Clauses, Sub-clauses and Schedules of or to this
Agreement, and references to a Paragraph shall, subject to any contrary indication, be
construed as a reference to a Paragraph of this Agreement or of the Schedule in which
such reference appears;

(w)

the damages payable by either Party to the other of them, as set forth in this
Agreement, whether on per diem basis or otherwise, are mutually agreed
genuine pre-estimated loss and damage likely to be suffered and incurred by the

Agreement

Page 14
14

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Party entitled to receive the same and are not by way of penalty (the Damages);
and
(x)

time shall be of the essence in the performance of the Parties respective


obligations. If any time period specified herein is extended for the reasons specified
in the Agreement, such extended time shall also be of the essence.

1.2.2

Unless expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, any Documentation required to be


provided or furnished by the Contractor to the Employer shall be provided free of cost and
in three copies, and if the Employer is required to return any such Documentation with
its comments and/or approval, it shall be entitled to retain two copies thereof.

1.2.3

The rule of construction, if any, that a contract should be interpreted against the parties
responsible for the drafting and preparation thereof, shall not apply.

1.2.4

Any word or expression used in this Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined or
construed in this Agreement, bear its ordinary English meaning and, for these purposes,
the General Clauses Act, 1897 shall not apply.

1.3

Measurements and arithmetic conventions


All measurements and calculations shall be in the metric system and calculations done to 2
(two) decimal places, with the third digit of 5 (five) or above being rounded up and below 5
(five) being rounded down.

1.4

Priority of agreements and errors/discrepancies

1.4.1 This Agreement, and all other agreements and documents forming part of or referred to in this
Agreement are to be taken as mutually explanatory and, unless otherwise expressly provided elsewhere
in this Agreement, the priority of this Agreement and other documents and agreements forming part
hereof or referred to herein shall, in the event of any conflict between them, be in the following order:

1.4.2

(a)

this Agreement; and

(b)

all other agreements and documents forming part hereof or referred to herein; i.e.
this Agreement at (a) above shall prevail over the agreements and documents at (b).

Subject to the provisions of Clause 1.4.1, in case of ambiguities or discrepancies within


this Agreement, the following shall apply:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)

between two or more Clauses of this Agreement, the provisions of a specific Clause
relevant to the issue under consideration shall prevail over those in other Clauses;
between the Clauses of this Agreement and the Schedules, the Clauses shall
prevail and between Schedules and Annexes, the Schedules shall prevail;
between any two Schedules, the Schedule relevant to the issue shall prevail;
between the written description on the Drawings and the Specifications and
Standards, the latter shall prevail;
between the dimension scaled from the Drawing and its specific written dimension, the
latter shall prevail; and
between any value written in numerals and that in words, the latter shall
prevail.

1.5

Joint and several liability

1.5.1

If the Contractor has formed a Joint Venture of two or more persons for implementing the
Project:
(a)
these persons shall, without prejudice to the provisions of this Agreement, be deemed
to be jointly and severally liable to the Employer for the performance of the
Agreement; and

Agreement

Page 15
15

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

(b)
1.5.2

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

the Contractor shall ensure that no change in the composition of the


Consortium is effected without the prior consent of the Employer.

Without prejudice to the joint and several liability of all the members of the
Consortium, the Lead Member shall represent all the members of the Consortium and shall at
all times be liable and responsible for discharging the functions and obligations of the
Contractor. The Contractor shall ensure that each member of the Consortium shall be bound
by any decision, communication, notice, action or inaction of the Lead Member on any
matter related to this Agreement and the Employer shall be entitled to rely upon any such
action, decision or communication of the Lead Member. The Employer shall have the right to
release payments solely to the Lead Member and shall not in any manner be responsible or
liable for the inter se allocation of payments among members of the Consortium.}

Agreement

Page 16
16

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

PART II - SCOPE OF PROJECT

Agreement

Page 17
17

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 2

2.1 Scope of the Project


Under this Agreement, the scope of the Project (the Scope of the Project) shall
mean and include:
(a)

design and construction of Infrastructure Services like Roads along with Footpaths,
Utility ducts, Street lighting, Road signage, Culverts, Bridges, Storm water drain,
Water Pumping stations, Elevated service reservoirs, Water supply transmission,
Water distribution system, Recycle water distribution system, Rain water harvesting,
Underground storage tanks and Pump house, Office & Staff Quarters, compound
wall, Equipment & Transfer Station for Solid Waste Management, Biomethanation
plant,Canal,Information & Communication Technology for Access control, CCTV
Cameras, SCADA System, together with provision of Project Facilities as specified in
Schedule-C, and in conformity with the Specifications and Standards set forth in
Schedule-D;

(b)

maintenance of the Project in accordance with the provisions of this


Agreement and in conformity with the requirements set forth in Schedule-E; and

(c)

performance and fulfilment of all other obligations of the Contractor in


accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and matters incidental thereto
or necessary for the performance of any or all of the obligations of the Contractor
under this Agreement.

(d)

The Contractor shall be responsible for the Operation & Maintenance of the Project for
period of five years (1825 days) commencing from the date of Completion Certificate.
Defects Liability period shall be for period of Five years commencing from the date
of Completion Certificate

Agreement

Page 18
18

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 3
3. Obligations of the Contractor

3.1

Obligations of the Contractor

3.1.1

Subject to and on the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Contractor shall
undertake the survey, investigation, design, engineering, procurement, construction, and
maintenance of the Infrastructure Services as defined in Scope and observe, fulfill,
comply with and perform all its obligations set out in this Agreement or arising hereunder.

3.1.2

The Contractor shall comply with all Applicable Laws and Applicable Permits
(including renewals as required) in the performance of its obligations under this
Agreement.

3.1.3

Subject to the provisions of Clauses 3.1.1 and 3.1.2, the Contractor shall discharge its
obligations in accordance with Good Industry Practice and as a reasonable and prudent
person.

3.1.4 The Contractor shall remedy any and all loss or damage to the
Works covered under this contract from the Appointed Date until the end of the Construction
Period at the Contractors cost, save and except to the extent that any such loss or damage
shall have arisen from any default or neglect of the Employer.
3.1.5

The Contractor shall remedy any and all loss or damage to the Works covered under this
contract during the Defects Liability Period at the Contractors cost to the extent that such
loss or damage shall have arisen out of the reasons specified in Clause 17.3.

3.1.6 The Contractor shall remedy any and all loss or damage to the
Works covered under this contract during the Maintenance Period at the Contractors cost,
including those stated in Clause 14.1.2, save and except to the extent that any such loss or
damage shall have arisen on account of any default or neglect of the Employer or on account
of a Force Majeure Event.
3.1.7

The Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, in addition to and not in derogation of its
obligations elsewhere set out in this Agreement:
(a)

make, or cause to be made, necessary applications to the relevant Government


Instrumentalities with such particulars and details as may be required for
obtaining Applicable Permits set forth in Schedule-F and obtain and keep in force and
effect such Applicable Permits in conformity with the Applicable Laws;

(b)

procure, as required, the appropriate proprietary rights, licenses, agreements and


permissions for Materials, methods, processes and systems used or incorporated into
the Project Roads and Services ;

(c)

make reasonable efforts to maintain harmony and good industrial relations among
the personnel employed by it or its Sub-contractors in connection with the
performance of its obligations under this Agreement;

(d)

ensure and procure that its Sub-contractors comply with all Applicable Permits and
Applicable Laws in the performance by them of any of the Contractors obligations
under this Agreement;

(e)

not do or omit to do any act, deed or thing which may in any manner be violative of
any of the provisions of this Agreement;

Agreement

Page 19
19

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

(f)
(g)

(h)

(i)
(j)

(k)
(l)
(m)

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

support, cooperate with and facilitate the Employer in the implementation and
operation of the Project in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;
ensure that the Contractor and its Sub-contractors comply with the safety and
welfare measures for labour in accordance with the Applicable Laws and Good
Industry Practice;
keep, on the Site, a copy of this Agreement, publications named in this
Agreement, the Drawings, Documents relating to the Project, and Change of Scope
Orders and other communications given under this Agreement. The Employers
Engineer and its authorised personnel shall have the right of access to all these
documents at all reasonable times;
cooperate with other contractors employed by the Employer and personnel of any
public authority; and
not interfere unnecessarily or improperly with the convenience of the public, or the
access to and use and occupation of all roads and footpaths, irrespective of whether
they are public or in the possession of the Employer or of others.
the Contractor shall be responsible for development of 3D BIM model in all stages
of Design and Construction as per the requirements mentioned in Schedule Q.
the Contractor shall prepare Project specific Health, safety and Environment plan
based on guidelines provided in Schedule-R for implementation.
contractor and their sub-contractors shall comply with Project Management
requirements as mentioned in Schedule-S

3.1.8 The Contractor shall undertake all necessary superintendence to plan, arrange, direct, manage,
inspect and test the Works.
3.2

Obligations relating to sub-contracts and any other agreements

3.2.1

The Contractor shall not sub-contract any Works in more than 70% (seventy per cent) of the
total contract amount of the Project and shall carry out Works directly under its own
supervision and through its own personnel in at least 30% (thirty per cent) of the total contract
amount of the Project. Provided, however, that in respect of the Works carried out directly by
the Contractor, it may enter into contracts for the supply and installation of Materials, Plant,
equipment, road furniture, safety devices and labour, as the case may be, for such Works.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that the Contractor may sub-divide the aforesaid
works of 30% (thirty per cent) in no more than 5 (five) sections of the Project Scope.
The Parties further agree that all obligations and liabilities under this Agreement for the
entire project Works shall at all times remain with the Contractor. In case of a Joint Venture,
the Parties also agree that obligation of the Contractor to carry out Works directly in at least
30% (thirty per cent) of the total contract amount of the Project shall be discharged solely by
the Lead Member.

3.2.2

In the event any sub-contract for Works, or the aggregate of such sub-contracts with any
Sub-contractor, exceeds 5% (five percent) of the Contract Price, the Contractor shall
communicate the name and particulars, including the relevant experience of the subcontractor, to the Employer prior to entering into any such sub-contract. The Employer shall
examine the particulars of the sub-contractor from the national security and public
interest perspective and may require the Contractor, no later than
15 (fifteen) business days from the date of receiving the communication from the Contractor,
not to proceed with the sub-contract, and the Contractor shall comply therewith.

3.2.3

In the event any sub-contract referred to in Clause 3.2.2 relates to a sub-contractor who
has, over the preceding 3 (three) years, not undertaken at least one work of a similar nature
with a contract value exceeding 40% (forty per cent) of the value of the sub-contract to be
awarded hereunder and received payments in respect thereof for an amount equal to at least
such 40% (forty per cent), the Employer may, no later than 15 (fifteen) business days from the
date of receiving the communication from the Contractor, require the Contractor not to
proceed with such sub-contract, and the Contractor shall comply therewith.

Agreement

Page 20
20

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

3.2.4

It is expressly agreed that the Contractor shall, at all times, be responsible and liable for all
its obligations under this Agreement notwithstanding anything contained in the agreements
with its Sub-contractors or any other agreement that may be entered into by the Contractor,
and no default under any such agreement shall excuse the Contractor from its
obligations or liability hereunder.

3.3

Employment of foreign nationals


The Contractor acknowledges, agrees and undertakes that employment of foreign personnel by
the Contractor and/or its Sub-contractors and their sub-contractors shall be subject to grant of
requisite regulatory permits and approvals including employment/residential visas and work
permits, if any required, and the obligation to apply for and obtain the same shall and will
always be of the Contractor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Agreement, refusal of or inability to obtain any such permits and approvals by the Contractor
or any of its Sub- contractors or their sub-contractors shall not constitute Force Majeure
Event, and shall not in any manner excuse the Contractor from the performance and discharge
of its obligations and liabilities under this Agreement.

3.4

Contractors personnel

3.4.1

The Contractor shall ensure that the personnel engaged by it or by its Sub-contractors in the
performance of its obligations under this Agreement are at all times appropriately qualified,
skilled and experienced in their respective functions in conformity with Good Industry
Practice.

3.4.2

The Employers Engineer may, for reasons to be specified in writing, direct the
Contractor to remove any member of the Contractors or Sub-contractors personnel. Provided
that any such direction issued by the Employers Engineer shall specify the reasons for the
removal of such person.

3.4.3

The Contractor shall on receiving such a direction from the Employers Engineer order
for the removal of such person or persons with immediate effect. It shall be the duty of the
Contractor to ensure that such persons are evicted from the Site within 10 (ten) days of any
such direction being issued in pursuance of Clause 3.4.2. The Contractor shall further
ensure that such persons have no further connection with the Works or Maintenance under this
Agreement. The Contractor shall then appoint (or cause to be appointed) a replacement.

3.5

Advertisement on Project Site


The Project Site or any part thereof shall not be used in any manner to advertise any
commercial product or services.

3.6

Contractor's care of the Works


The Contractor shall bear full risk in and take full responsibility for the care of the Works,
and of the Materials, goods and equipment for incorporation therein, from the Appointed Date
until the date of Provisional Certificate (with respect to the Works completed prior to the
issuance of the Provisional Certificate) and/or Completion Certificate (with respect to the
Works referred to in the Punch List), save and except to the extent that any such loss or
damage shall have arisen from any default or neglect of the Employer.

3.7

Electricity, water and other services


The Contractor shall be responsible for procuring of all power, water and other services
that it may require.

3.8

Unforeseeable difficulties
Except as otherwise stated in the Agreement:

Agreement

Page 21
21

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

(a)

The C o n t r a c t o r a c c e p t s c o m p l e t e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r h a v i n g
f o r e s e e n a l l difficulties and costs of successfully completing the Works;

(b)

The Contract Price shall not be adjusted to take account of any unforeseen
difficulties or costs; and

(c)

The Scheduled Completion Date shall not be adjusted to take account of any
unforeseen difficulties or costs.

Agreement

Page 22
22

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 4
4. Obligations of the Employer
4.1

Obligations of the Employer

4.1.1

The Employer shall, at its own cost and expense, undertake, comply with and perform all its
obligations set out in this Agreement or arising hereunder.
To assist in due discharge of its obligation, the Employer has appointed __ _ _ _ _ as the
Programme Manager for the Project (Program Manager for New Cities, the PMNC). All
communications relating to contract management on this project shall be submitted to the
PMNC for final approval of Employer.

4.1.2

The Employer shall be responsible for the correctness of the Scope of the Project, Project
Facilities, Specifications and Standards and the criteria for testing of the completed
Works.

4.1.3 The Employer shall provide to the Contractor:


(a)

upon receiving the Performance Security under Clause 7.1.1, the Right of Way in
accordance with the provisions of Clauses 8.2 and 8.3, within a period of 15 (fifteen)
days from the date of this Agreement, on no less than 90% (ninety per cent) of the
total length of the Project Right of Way and;

(b)

approval of the general arrangement drawings (the GAD) from railway


authorities to enable the Contractor to construct road over-bridges/ under- bridges at
level crossings on the Project in accordance with the Specifications and Standards,
and subject to the terms and conditions specified in such approval, within a period of
60 (sixty) days from the Appointed Date, and reimbursement of all the costs and
expenses paid by the Contractor to the railway authorities for and in respect of the
road over-bridges/under bridges; and

(c)

all environmental clearances as required under Clause 4.3.

4.1.4

Delay in providing the Right of Way or approval of GAD by railway authorities, as the
case may be,, in accordance with the provisions of Clause 4.1.3 shall entitle the Contractor to
Damages in a sum calculated in accordance with the provisions of Clause 8.3 of this
Agreement and Time Extension in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.5 of this
Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that the Damages for delay in
approval of GAD by the railway authorities for a particular road over-bridge/under-bridge
shall be deemed to be equal to the Damages payable under the provisions of Clause 8.3 for
delay in providing Right of Way for a length of
2 (two) kilometre for each such road over-bridge/under-bridge.

4.1.5

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Parties


expressly agree that the aggregate Damages payable under Clauses 4.1.4, 8.3 and 9.2 shall
not exceed 1% (one per cent) of the Contract Price. For the avoidance of doubt, the Damages
payable by the Employer under the aforesaid Clauses shall not be additive if they arise
concurrently from more than one cause but relate to the same part of the Project Works.
Both the parties agree that payment of these Damages shall be full and final settlement
of all claims of the Contractor and such compensation shall be the sole remedy against delays
of the Employer and both parties further agree this as final cure against delays of the
Employer.

Agreement

Page 23
23

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

4.1.6

4.2

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

The Employer agrees to provide support to the Contractor and undertakes to observe, comply
with and perform, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the
Applicable Laws, the following:
(a)

upon written request from the Contractor, and subject to the Contractor
complying with Applicable Laws, provide reasonable support to the
Contractor in procuring Applicable Permits required from any Government
Instrumentality for implementation of the Project;

(b)

upon written request from the Contractor, provide reasonable assistance to the
Contractor in obtaining access to all necessary infrastructure facilities and utilities,
including water and electricity at rates and on terms no less favourable than
those generally available to commercial customers receiving substantially equivalent
services;

(c)

procure that no barriers that would have a material adverse effect on works are
erected or placed on or about the Project site by any Government Instrumentality or
persons claiming through or under it, except for reasons of Emergency, national
security, law and order or collection of inter-state taxes;

(d)

not do or omit to do any act, deed or thing which may in any manner be
violative of any of the provisions of this Agreement;

(e)

support, cooperate with and facilitate the Contractor in the implementation of the
Project in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; and

(f)

upon written request from the Contractor and subject to the provisions of
Clause 3.3, provide reasonable assistance to the Contractor and any expatriate
personnel of the Contractor or its Sub-contractors to obtain applicable visas and
work permits for the purposes of discharge by the Contractor or its Sub- contractors
of their obligations under this Agreement and the agreements with the Subcontractors.

Maintenance obligations prior to the Appointed Date


The Employer shall, prior to the Appointed Date, maintain the Project Site, at its own cost and
expense, so that its traffic worthiness and safety are at no time materially inferior as compared
to its condition 10 (ten) days prior to the last date for submission of the Bid, and in the event
of any material deterioration or damage other than normal wear and tear, undertake repair
thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the Employer shall undertake only routine
maintenance prior to the Appointed Date, and it shall undertake special repairs only in the
event of excessive deterioration or damage caused due to unforeseen events such as floods
or earthquake.

4.3

Environmental Clearances
The Employer represents and warrants that the environmental clearances required for
construction of the Project have been procured by the Employer prior to the Bid Due Date,
save and except for sections of the Project which do not exceed 10% (ten per cent) of the total
length thereof. The Employer agrees and undertakes that the environmental clearances for
such sections, if any, shall be procured by the Employer no later than 60 (sixty) days from the
Appointed Date. In the event of any delay beyond such 60 (sixty) days, the Contractor shall
be entitled to Time Extension for the period of such delay in accordance with the provisions
of Clause 10.5 of this Agreement and shall also be entitled to Damages calculated as if the
Right of Way for and in respect of such sections of the Project has not been provided in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 8.2 and as a consequence thereof, the
Contractor shall be entitled to Damages under and in accordance with the provisions of
Clause 8.3.shall be procured by the Employer prior to the date of issue of LOA. For the
avoidance of doubt, the present status of environmental clearances is specified in Schedule-A.

Agreement

Page 24
24

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 5
5. Representations and Warranties
5.1

Representations and warranties of the Contractor


The Contractor represents and warrants to the Employer that:
(a)

it is duly organised and validly existing under the laws of India, and has full power
and Employer to execute and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to
carry out the transactions contemplated hereby;

(b)

it has taken all necessary corporate and/or other actions under Applicable Laws
to authorise the execution and delivery of this Agreement and to validly exercise its
rights and perform its obligations under this Agreement;

(c)

this Agreement constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it
in accordance with the terms hereof, and its obligations under this Agreement will be
legally valid, binding and enforceable obligations against it in accordance with the
terms hereof;

(d)

it is subject to the laws of India, and hereby expressly and irrevocably waives any
immunity in any jurisdiction in respect of this Agreement or matters arising
thereunder including any obligation, liability or responsibility hereunder;

(e)

the information furnished in the Bid and as updated on or before the date of this
Agreement is true and accurate in all respects as on the date of this Agreement;

(f)

the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will not conflict with,
result in the breach of, constitute a default under, or accelerate performance required
by any of the terms of its memorandum and articles of association or any Applicable
Laws or any covenant, contract, agreement, arrangement, understanding, decree or
order to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets is bound or
affected;

(g)

there are no actions, suits, proceedings, or investigations pending or, to its


knowledge, threatened against it at law or in equity before any court or before any
other judicial, quasi-judicial or other authority, the outcome of which may result in
the breach of this Agreement or which individually or in the aggregate may
result in any material impairment of its ability to perform any of its obligations
under this Agreement;

(h)

it has no knowledge of any violation or default with respect to any order, writ,
injunction or decree of any court or any legally binding order of any Government
Instrumentality which may result in any material adverse effect on its ability to
perform its obligations under this Agreement and no fact or circumstance exists
which may give rise to such proceedings that would adversely affect the
performance of its obligations under this Agreement;

(i)

it has complied with Applicable Laws in all material respects and has not been subject
to any fines, penalties, injunctive relief or any other civil or criminal liabilities which
in the aggregate have or may have a material adverse effect on its ability to perform
its obligations under this Agreement;

Agreement

Page 25
25

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

5.2

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

(j)

no representation or warranty by it contained herein or in any other document


furnished by it to the Employer or to any Government Instrumentality in
relation to Applicable Permits contains or will contain any untrue or misleading
statement of material fact or omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary to
make such representation or warranty not misleading;

(k)

no sums, in cash or kind, have been paid or will be paid, by it or on its behalf, to any
person by way of fees, commission or otherwise for securing the contract or
entering into this Agreement or for influencing or attempting to influence any officer
or employee of the Employer in connection therewith;

(l)

all information provided by the {selected bidder/ members of the Consortium} in


response to the Request for Qualification and Request for Proposals or otherwise, is to
the best of its knowledge and belief, true and accurate in all material respects; and

(m)

nothing contained in this Agreement shall create any contractual relationship or


obligation between the Employer and any Sub-contractors, designers, consultants or
agents of the Contractor.

Representations and warranties of the Employer


The Employer represents and warrants to the Contractor that:

5.3

(a)

it has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under
this Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated herein and that it
has taken all actions necessary to execute this Agreement, exercise its rights and
perform its obligations, under this Agreement;

(b)

it has taken all necessary actions under the Applicable Laws to authorise the
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement;

(c)

it has the financial standing and capacity to perform its obligations under this
Agreement;

(d)

this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable against it
in accordance with the terms hereof;

(e)

it has no knowledge of any violation or default with respect to any order, writ,
injunction or any decree of any court or any legally binding order of any Government
Instrumentality which may result in any material adverse effect on the Employers
ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

(f)

it has complied with Applicable Laws in all material respects;

(g)

it has good and valid right to the Site and has the power and authority to grant the
Right of Way in respect thereof to the Contractor; and

(h)

it has procured Right of Way and environment clearances such that the
Contractor can commence construction forthwith on 90% (ninety per cent) of the total
length of the Project Right of Way.

Disclosure
In the event that any occurrence or circumstance comes to the attention of either Party that
renders any of its aforesaid representations or warranties untrue or incorrect, such Party shall
immediately notify the other Party of the same. Such notification shall not have the effect of
remedying any breach of the representation or warranty that has been found to be untrue or
incorrect nor shall it adversely affect or waive any obligation of either Party under this
Agreement.

Agreement

Page 26
26

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 6
6. Disclaimer
6.1

Disclaimer

6.1.1

The Contractor acknowledges that prior to the execution of this Agreement, the
Contractor has, after a complete and careful examination, made an independent evaluation of
the Request for Qualification, Request for Proposal, Scope of the Project, Specifications
and Standards of design, construction and maintenance, Site, local conditions, physical
qualities of ground, subsoil and geology, traffic volumes, suitability and availability of access
routes to the Site and all information provided by the Employer or obtained, procured or
gathered otherwise, and has determined to its satisfaction the accuracy or otherwise thereof
and the nature and extent of difficulties, risks and hazards as are likely to arise or may
be faced by it in the course of performance of its obligations hereunder. Save as provided
in Clause 4.1.2 and Clause
5.2, the Employer makes no representation whatsoever, express, implicit or otherwise,
regarding the accuracy, adequacy, correctness, reliability and/or completeness of any
assessment, assumptions, statement or information provided by it and the Contractor confirms
that it shall have no claim whatsoever against the Employer in this regard.

6.1.2

The Contractor acknowledges and hereby accepts to have satisfied itself as to the
correctness and sufficiency of the Contract Price.

6.1.3

The Contractor acknowledges and hereby accepts the risk of inadequacy, mistake or error in
or relating to any of the matters set forth in Clause 6.1.1 above and hereby acknowledges and
agrees that the Employer shall not be liable for the same in any manner whatsoever to the
Contractor, or any person claiming through or under any of them, and shall not lead to any
adjustment of Contract Price or Scheduled Completion Date.

6.1.4

The Parties agree that any mistake or error in or relating to any of the matters set forth in
Clause 6.1.1 above shall not vitiate this Agreement, or render it voidable.

6.1.5

In the event that either Party becomes aware of any mistake or error relating to any of the
matters set forth in Clause 6.1.1 above, that Party shall immediately notify the other
Party, specifying the mistake or error.

6.1.6

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all risks relating to the Project shall be
borne by the Contractor; and the Employer shall not be liable in any manner for such risks or
the consequences thereof.

Agreement

Page 27
27

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

PART III - CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE

Agreement

Page 28
28

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 7
7. Performance Security
7.1

Performance Security

7.1.1

The Contractor shall, for the performance of its obligations hereunder during the
Construction Period, provide to the Employer, within 10 (ten) days of the date of this
Agreement, an irrevocable and unconditional guarantee from a Bank in the form set forth in
Schedule-G (the Performance Security) for an amount equal to 7.5% (seven and half
percent) of the Contract Price. The Performance Security shall be valid until 60 (sixty)
days after the Defects Liability Period. Until such time the Performance Security is
provided by the Contractor pursuant hereto and the same comes into effect, the Bid Security
shall remain in force and effect, and upon such provision of the Performance Security, the
Employer shall release the Bid Security to the Contractor. For the avoidance of doubt, the
parties expressly agree that the Contractor shall provide, no later than 30 (thirty) days prior to
the expiry of the Performance Security for the defects Liability Period specified in Clause
17.1.1, a Performance Security in respect of the extended Defects Liability Period specified in
Clause 17.1.2 for an amount equal to 5% (five per cent) of the estimated cost of Structures and
Major Bridges specified therein.

7.1.2

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Parties agree
that in the event of failure of the Contractor to provide the Performance Security in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 7.1.1 and within the time specified therein or
such extended period as may be provided by the Employer, in accordance with the provisions
of Clause 7.1.3, the Employer may encash the Bid Security and appropriate the proceeds
thereof as Damages, and thereupon all rights, privileges, claims and entitlements of the
Contractor under or arising out of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived by,
and to have ceased with the concurrence of the Contractor, and this Agreement shall be
deemed to have been terminated by mutual agreement of the Parties.

7.1.3

In the event the Contractor fails to provide the Performance Security within 10 (ten) days of
this Agreement, it may seek extension of time for a period not exceeding 20 (twenty) days on
payment of Damages for such extended period in a sum calculated at the rate of 0.05% (zero
point zero five per cent) of the Contract Price for each day until the Performance Security
is provided.

7.2

Extension of Performance Security


The Contractor may initially provide the Performance Security for a period of 2 (two) years;
provided that it shall procure the extension of the validity of the Performance Security, as
necessary, at least 2 (two) months prior to the date of expiry thereof. Upon the
Contractor providing an extended Performance Security, the previous Performance Security
shall be deemed to be released and the Employer shall return the same to the Contractor
within a period of 7 (seven) business days from the date of submission of the extended
Performance Security.

7.3

Appropriation of Performance Security

7.3.1

Upon occurrence of a Contractors Default, the Employer shall, without prejudice to its
other rights and remedies hereunder or in law, be entitled to encash and appropriate the
relevant amounts from the Performance Security as Damages for such Contractors
Default.

7.3.2

Upon such encashment and appropriation from the Performance Security, the
Contractor shall, within 30 (thirty) days thereof, replenish, in case of partial appropriation, to
its original level the Performance Security, and in case of appropriation of the entire

Agreement

Page 29
29

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Performance Security provide a fresh Performance Security, as the case may be, and the
Contractor shall, within the time so granted, replenish or furnish fresh Performance Security
as aforesaid failing which the Employer shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement in
accordance with Article 23. Upon replenishment or furnishing of a fresh Performance
Security, as the case may be, as aforesaid, the Contractor shall be entitled to an additional
Cure Period of 30 (thirty) days for remedying the Contractors Default, and in the event
of the Contractor not curing its default within such Cure Period, the Employer shall be
entitled to encash and appropriate such Performance Security as Damages, and to terminate
this Agreement in accordance with Article 23.
7.4

Release of Performance Security


The Employer shall return the Performance Security to the Contractor within 60 (sixty)
days of the later of the expiry of the Maintenance Period or the Defects Liability
Period under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, the Parties agree that the
Employer shall not be obliged to release the Performance Security until all Defects identified
during the Defects Liability Period have been rectified.

7.5

Retention Money

7.5.1

From every payment for Works due to the Contractor in accordance with the
provisions of Clause 19.5, the Employer shall deduct 6% (six per cent) thereof as guarantee
money for performance of the obligations of the Contractor during the Construction Period
(the Retention Money) subject to the condition that the maximum amount of Retention
Money shall not exceed 5% (five per cent) of the Contract Price.

7.5.2

Upon occurrence of a Contractors Default, the Employer shall, without prejudice to its
other rights and remedies hereunder or in law, be entitled to appropriate the relevant
amounts from the Retention Money as Damages for such Contractors Default.

7.5.3

The Contractor may, upon furnishing an irrevocable and unconditional bank


guarantee substantially in the form provided at Annex-II of Schedule-G, require the Employer
to refund the Retention Money deducted by the Employer under the provisions of Clause
7.5.1. Provided that the refund hereunder shall be made in tranches of not less than 1% (one
per cent) of the Contract Price.

7.5.4

Within 15 (fifteen) days of the date of issue of the Completion Certificate, the
Employer shall discharge the bank guarantees furnished by the Contractor under the
provisions of Clause 7.5.3 and refund the balance of Retention Money remaining with the
Employer after adjusting the amounts appropriated under the provisions of Clause
7.5.2 and the amounts refunded under the provisions of Clause 7.5.3.

7.5.5

The Parties agree that in the event of Termination of this Agreement, the Retention Money
and the bank guarantees specified in this Clause 7.5 shall be treated as if they are Performance
Security and shall be reckoned as such for the purposes of Termination Payment under Clause
23.6.

Agreement

Page 30
30

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 8
8. Right of Way
8.1

The Site
The site of the Project works (the Site) shall comprise the site described in
Schedule-A in respect of which the Right of Way shall be provided by the Employer to the
Contractor. The Employer shall be responsible for:
(a)

(b)

acquiring and providing Right of Way on the Site in accordance with the alignment
finalized by the Employer, free from all encroachments and encumbrances, and free
access thereto for the execution of this Agreement; and
Obtaining licences and permits for environment clearance for the Project
Works.

8.2

Procurement of the Site

8.2.1

The Employer Representative and the Contractor shall, within 15 (fifteen) days of the date of
this Agreement, inspect the Site and prepare a memorandum containing an inventory of the
Site including the vacant and unencumbered land, buildings, structures, road works, trees and
any other immovable property on or attached to the Site. Subject to the provisions of
Clause 8.2.3, such memorandum shall have appended thereto an appendix (the
Appendix) specifying in reasonable detail those parts of the Site to which vacant access
and Right of Way has not been given to the Contractor. Signing of the memorandum, in two
counterparts (each of which shall constitute an original), by the authorized representatives
of the Parties shall be deemed to constitute a valid evidence of giving the Right of Way to
the Contractor for discharging its obligations under and in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement and for no other purpose whatsoever.
Whenever the Employer is ready to hand over any part or parts of the Site included in the
Appendix, it shall inform the Contractor, by notice, the proposed date and time such of
handing over. The Employer Representative and the Contractor shall, on the date so notified,
inspect the specified parts of the Site, and prepare a memorandum containing an inventory of
the vacant and unencumbered land, buildings, structures, road works, trees and any other
immovable property on or attached to the Site so handed over. Signing of the memorandum,
in two counterparts (each of which shall constitute an original), by the authorized
representatives of the Parties shall be deemed to constitute a valid evidence of giving the
relevant Right of Way to the Contractor.

8.2.2

The Employer shall provide the Right of Way to the Contractor in respect of all land
included in the Appendix by the date specified in Schedule-A for those parts of the Site
referred to therein, or no later than 90 (ninety) days of the Appointed Date for those parts of
the Site which have not been specified in Schedule-A, and in the event of delay for any
reason other than Force Majeure or breach of this Agreement by the Contractor, it shall pay
to the Contractor, Damages in a sum calculated in accordance with Clause 8.3.

8.2.3

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Clause 8.2, the Employer shall
specify the parts of the Site, if any, for which Right of Way shall be provided to the
Contractor on the dates specified in Schedule-A. Such parts shall also be included in the
Appendix prepared in pursuance of Clause 8.2.1. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties
expressly agree that the Appendix shall in no event contain sections of the Project length the
cumulative length of which exceeds 10% (ten per cent) of the total length of the Project Right
of Way.

Agreement

Page 31
31

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

8.3
8.3.1

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Damages for delay in handing over the Site


In the event the Right of Way to any part of the Site is not provided by the Employer on or
before the date(s) specified in Clause 8.2 for any reason other than Force Majeure or
breach of this Agreement by the Contractor, the Employer shall pay Damages to the
Contractor in a sum calculated in accordance with the following formula for and in respect of
those parts of the Site to which the Right of Way has not been provided:
Amount of Damages in Rs. per day per metre = 0.05 x C x 1/L x 1/N
Where
C = the Contract Price; L = length of the Project Right of Way in metres; and
N = Completion period in days (Appointed Date to Scheduled Completion Date)
In the event that any Damages are due and payable to the Contractor under the provisions of
this Clause 8.3.1 for delay in providing the Right of Way, the Contractor shall, subject to the
provisions of Clause 10.5, be entitled to Time Extension equal to the period for which the
Damages have become due and payable under this Clause
8.3.1, save and except that:
(a) If any delays involve time overlaps, the overlaps shall not be additive; and
(b) Such Time Extension shall be restricted only to the Works which are affected by the
delay in providing the Right of Way.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties expressly agree that the Damages specified hereunder
and the Time Extension specified in Clause 10.5 shall be restricted only to failure of the
Employer to provide the Right of Way for and in respect of the width of the roadway, its
embankment, and required width for ducts and services lines and a parallel working strip at
least 3 (three) metres wide.

8.3.2

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Contractor


expressly agrees that Works on all parts of the Site for which Right of Way is granted within
90 (ninety) days of the Appointed Date, or with respect to the parts of the Site provided in
Schedule-A, no later than the date(s) specified therein, as the case may be, shall be completed
before the Scheduled Completion Date and shall not qualify for any Time Extension under
the provisions of Clause 8.3.1.

8.3.3

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Employer may at
any time withdraw any Works forming part of this Agreement, subject to such Works not
exceeding an aggregate value, such value to be determined in accordance with Schedule-H,
equal to 10(ten) percent of the Contract Price.
Provided that if any Works cannot be undertaken within the municipal limits of a town
or within any area falling in a reserved forest or wildlife sanctuary, as the case may be,
because the requisite clearances or approvals for commencing construction of Works
therein have not been given within 240 (two hundred and forty) days of the Appointed date,
the affected Works shall be deemed to be withdrawn under the provisions of this
Clause 8.3.3 unless the Parties agree to the contrary, and such Works shall not be
computed for the purposes of the aforesaid ceiling of 10% (ten per cent) hereunder. For the
avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that such withdrawal of Works hereunder shall be
without prejudice to the Contractors entitlement to damages under Clauses 4.1.4, 8.3 and
9.2.

Agreement

Page 32
32

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

8.3.4

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

In the event of withdrawal of Works under Clause 8.3.3, the Contract Price shall be
reduced by an amount equal to 90 (ninety) per cent of the value of the Works
withdrawn and the Contractor shall not be entitled to any other compensation or Damages for
the withdrawal of Works, save and except for Damages as provided under Clauses 4.1.4,
8.3 and 9.2..
Provided that if any Works are withdrawn after commencement of the Construction of such
works, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor 110% (one hundred and ten per cent) of the
fair value of the work done, as assessed by the Employers Engineer:

8.4

Site to be free from Encumbrances


Subject to the provisions of Clause 8.2, the Site shall be made available by the Employer to
the Contractor pursuant hereto free from all Encumbrances and occupations and without the
Contractor being required to make any payment to the Employer on account of any costs,
compensation, expenses and charges for the acquisition and use of such Site for the duration
of the Project Completion Schedule. For the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that the existing
rights of way, easements, privileges, liberties and appurtenances to the Site shall not be
deemed to be Encumbrances. It is further agreed that, unless otherwise specified in this
Agreement, the Contractor accepts and undertakes to bear any and all risks arising out of the
inadequacy or physical condition of the Site.

8.5

Protection of Site from encroachments


On and after signing the memorandum and/or subsequent memorandum referred to in Clause
8.2.1, and until the issue of the Completion Certificate, the Contractor shall maintain a roundthe-clock vigil over the Site and shall ensure and procure that no encroachment thereon takes
place. During the Construction Period, the Contractor shall protect the Site from any and
all occupations, encroachments or Encumbrances, and shall not place or create nor permit any
Sub-contractor or other person claiming through or under the Agreement to place or create
any Encumbrance or security threat over all or any part of the Site or the Project Assets, or on
any rights of the Contractor therein or under this Agreement, save and except as otherwise
expressly set forth in this Agreement. In the event of any encroachment or occupation on any
part of the Site, the Contractor shall report such encroachment or occupation forthwith to the
Employer and undertake its removal at its own cost and expenses.

8.6

Special/temporary Right of Way


The Contractor shall bear all costs and charges for any special or temporary right of way
required by it in connection with access to the Site. The Contractor shall obtain at its cost such
facilities on or outside the Site as may be required by it for the purposes of the Project Works
and the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

8.7

Access to the Employer and the Employers Engineer

8.7.1

The Right of Way given to the Contractor hereunder shall always be subject to the right of
access of the Employer and the Employers Engineer and their employees and agents for
inspection, viewing and exercise of their rights and performance of their obligations under this
Agreement.

8.7.2

The Contractor shall ensure, subject to all relevant safety procedures, that the
Employer has un-restricted access to the Site during any emergency situation, as decided by
the Employers Engineer.

Agreement

Page 33
33

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

8.8
8.8.1

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Geological and archaeological finds


It is expressly agreed that mining, geological or archaeological rights do not form part of this
Agreement with the Contractor for the Works, and the Contractor hereby acknowledges that it
shall not have any mining rights or interest in the underlying minerals, fossils, antiquities,
structures or other remnants or things either of particular geological or archaeological interest
and that such rights, interest and property on or under the Site shall vest in and belong to the
Employer or the concerned Government Instrumentality. The Contractor shall take all
reasonable precautions to prevent its workmen or any other person from removing or
damaging such interest or property and shall inform the Employer forthwith of the
discovery thereof and comply with such instructions as the concerned Government
Instrumentality may reasonably give for the removal of such property. For the avoidance of
doubt, it is agreed that any reasonable expenses incurred by the Contractor hereunder shall be
reimbursed by the Employer. It is also agreed that the Employer shall procure that the
instructions hereunder are issued by the concerned Government Instrumentality within a
reasonable period.

Agreement

Page 34
34

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 9
9. Utilities and Trees
9.1

Existing utilities and roads


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Contractor shall ensure
that the respective entities owning the existing roads, right of way, level crossings,
structures, or utilities on, under or above the Site are enabled by it to keep them in continuous
satisfactory use, if necessary, by providing suitable temporary diversions with the authority of
the controlling body of that road, right of way or utility.

9.2

Shifting of obstructing utilities


The Contractor shall, in accordance with Applicable Laws and with assistance of the
Employer, cause shifting of any utility (including electric lines, water pipes and
telephone cables) to an appropriate location or alignment, if such utility or obstruction
adversely affects the execution of Works or Maintenance of the Project Works in accordance
with this Agreement. The actual cost of such shifting, as approved and communicated by the
entity owning the utility, shall be paid by the Contractor and reimbursed by the Employer to
the Contractor. In the event of any delay in such shifting by the entity owning the utility
beyond a period of 180 (one hundred and eighty) days from the date of notice by the
Contractor to the entity owning the utility and to the Employer, the Contractor shall be
entitled to Damages in a sum calculated in accordance with the formula specified in Clause
8.3.1 for the period of delay, and to Time Extension in accordance with Clause 10.5 for and
in respect of the part(s) of the Works affected by such delay; provided that if the delays
involve any time overlaps, the overlaps shall not be additive.

9.3

New utilities

9.3.1

The Contractor shall allow, subject to such conditions as the Employer may specify, access
to, and use of the Site for laying telephone lines, water pipes, electric cables or other public
utilities. Where such access or use causes any financial loss to the Contractor, it may
require the user of the Site to pay compensation or damages as per Applicable Laws. For the
avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that use of the Site under this Clause 9.3 shall not in any
manner relieve the Contractor of its obligation to construct and maintain the Project Works in
accordance with this Agreement and any damage caused by such use shall be restored
forthwith at the cost of the Employer.

9.3.2

The Employer may, by notice, require the Contractor to connect any adjoining road and
services to the Project roads and services, and the connecting portion thereof falling within the
Site shall be constructed by the Contractor at the Employers cost in accordance with Article
10.

9.3.3

Deleted.

9.3.4

In the event the construction of any Works is affected by a new utility or work
undertaken in accordance with this Clause 9.3, the Contractor shall be entitled to a reasonable
Time Extension as determined by the Employers Engineer.

Agreement

Page 35
35

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

9.4

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Felling of trees
The Employer shall assist the Contractor in obtaining the Applicable Permits for felling
of trees to be identified by the Employer for this purpose if and only if such trees cause a
Material Adverse Effect on the construction or maintenance of the Project Works. The
cost of such felling shall be borne by the Employer and in the event of any delay in felling
thereof for reasons beyond the control of the Contractor; it shall be excused for failure to
perform any of its obligations hereunder if such failure is a direct consequence of delay in
the felling of trees. The Parties hereto agree that the felled trees shall be deemed to be owned
by the Employer and shall be disposed in such manner and subject to such conditions as the
Employer may in its sole discretion deem appropriate. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties
agree that if any felling of trees hereunder is in a forest area, the Applicable Permit thereof
shall be procured by the Employer within the time specified in the Agreement.

Agreement

Page 36
36

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 10
10. Design and Construction of the Project Works
10.1

Obligations prior to commencement of Works

10.1.1 Within 20 (twenty) days of the Appointed Date, the Contractor shall:
(a)

appoint its representative, duly authorized to deal with the Employer in respect of all
matters under or arising out of or relating to this Agreement;

(b)

appoint a design director (the Design Director) who will head the
Contractors design unit and shall be responsible for surveys, investigations,
collection of data, and preparation of preliminary and detailed designs;

(c)

undertake and perform all such acts, deeds and things as may be necessary or required
before commencement of Works under and in accordance with this Agreement, the
Applicable Laws and Applicable Permits; and

(d)

make its own arrangements for quarrying of materials needed for the Project Works
under and in accordance with the Applicable Laws and Applicable Permits.

10.1.2 The Employer shall, within 15 (fifteen) days of the date of this Agreement, appoint an
engineer (the Employers Engineer) to discharge the functions and duties specified in this
Agreement, and shall notify to the Contractor the name, address and the date of appointment
of the Employers Engineer forthwith.
10.1.3 Within 30 (thirty) days of the Appointed Date, the Contractor shall submit to the
Employer and the Employers Engineer a programme (the Programme) for the Works,
developed using networking techniques giving the following details:
Part I

Contractors organisation for the Project, the general methods and


arrangements for design and construction, environmental management plan, Quality
Assurance Plan including design quality plan, traffic management and safety plan
covering safety of users and workers during construction, Contractors key personnel
and equipment.

Part II Programme for completion of all stages of construction given in Schedule-H and
Project Milestones of the Works as specified in Project Completion Schedule set forth
in Schedule-J. The Programme shall include:
(a) the order in which the Contractor intends to carry out the Works, including the
anticipated timing of design and stages of Works;
(b) the periods for reviews under Clause 10.2;
(c) the sequence and timing of inspections and tests specified in this
Agreement.

Agreement

Page 37
37

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

The Contractor shall submit a revised programme whenever the previous programme
is inconsistent with the actual progress or with the Contractors obligations.
Part III Monthly cash flow forecast.
10.1.4 The Contractor shall compute, on the basis of the Drawings prepared in accordance with
Clause 10.2.4, and provide to the Employers Engineer, the length, area and numbers, as the
case may be, in respect of the various items of work specified in Schedule-H and comprising
the Scope of the Project. The Parties expressly agree that these details shall form the basis for
estimating the interim payments for the Works in accordance with the provisions of Clause
19.3. For the avoidance of doubt, the sum of payments to be computed in respect of all the
items of work shall not exceed the Contract Price, as may be adjusted in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement.
10.1.5 The Contractor shall appoint a safety consultant (the Safety Consultant) to carry out
safety audit at the design stage of the Project Works in accordance with the Applicable Laws
and Good Industry Practice. The Safety Consultant shall be appointed after proposing to
the Employer a panel of three names of qualified and experienced firms from whom the
Employer may choose one to be the Safety Consultant. Provided, however, that if the panel is
not acceptable to the Employer and the reasons for the same are furnished to the Contractor,
the Contactor shall propose to the Employer a revised panel of three names from the firms
empanelled as safety consultants by the Employer for obtaining the consent of the
Employer. The Contractor shall also obtain the consent of the Employer for the key
personnel of the Safety Consultant who shall have adequate experience and qualifications
in safety audit of the project. The Employer shall, within 15 (fifteen) days of receiving a
proposal from the Contractor hereunder, convey its decision, with reasons, to the Contractor,
and if no such decision is conveyed within the said period, the Contractor may proceed with
engaging of the Safety Consultant.
10.1.6 The safety audit pursuant to Clause 10.1.5 shall be carried out by the Safety
Consultant in respect of all such design details that have a bearing on safety of Users as well
as pedestrians and animals involved in or associated with accidents. The recommendations of
the Safety Consultant shall be incorporated in the design of the Project Works and the
Contractor shall forward to the Employers Engineer a certificate to this effect together with
the recommendations of the Safety Consultant. In the event that any works required by the
Safety Consultant shall fall beyond the scope of Schedule-B, Schedule-C or Schedule-D, the
Contractor shall make a report thereon and seek the instructions of the Employer for Change
in Scope. For the avoidance of doubt, the Safety Consultant to be engaged by the Contractor
shall be independent of the design and implementation team of the Contractor.
10.2

Design and Drawings

10.2.1

Design and Drawings shall be developed in conformity with the Specifications and
Standards set forth in Schedule-D. In the event, the Contractor requires any relaxation in
design standards due to restricted Right of Way in any section, the alternative design
criteria for such section shall be provided for review of the Employers Engineer.

Agreement

Page 38
38

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

10.2.2

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

The Contractor shall appoint a proof check consultant (the Proof Consultant) after
proposing to the Employer a panel of three names of qualified and experienced firms from
whom the Employer may choose one to be the Proof Consultant. Provided, however, that if
the panel is not acceptable to the Employer and the reasons for the same are furnished to the
Contractor, the Contactor shall propose to the Employer a revised panel of three names from
the firms empanelled as proof consultants by the Employer for obtaining the consent of the
Employer. The Contractor shall also obtain the consent of the Employer for two key personnel
of the Proof Consultant who shall have adequate experience and qualifications in
respectively. The Employer shall, within 15 (fifteen) days of receiving a
proposal from the Contractor hereunder, convey its decision, with reasons, to the
Contractor, and if no such decision is conveyed within the said period, the Contractor
may proceed with engaging of the Proof Consultant.

10.2.3 The Proof Consultant shall:


(a)

evolve a systems approach with the Design Director so as to minimise the time
required for final designs and construction drawings; and

(b)

proof check the detailed calculations, drawings and designs, which have been approved
by the Design Director.

10.2.4 In respect of the Contractors obligations with respect to the design and Drawings of
the Project Works as set forth in Schedule-I, the following shall apply:
(a)

the Contractor shall prepare and submit, with reasonable promptness and in such
sequence as is consistent with the Project Completion Schedule, three copies each of
the design and Drawings, duly certified by the Proof Consultant, to the
Employers Engineer for review. Provided, however, that in respect of Major
Structures, the Employers Engineer may require additional drawings for its review in
accordance with Good Industry Practice.

(b)

by submitting the Drawings for review to the Employers Engineer, the Contractor
shall be deemed to have represented that it has determined and verified that the design
and engineering, including field construction criteria related thereto, are in conformity
with the Scope of the Project, the Specifications and Standards and the Applicable
Laws;

(c)

within 15 (fifteen) days of the receipt of the Drawings, the Employers Engineer
shall review the same and convey its observations to the Contractor with particular
reference to their conformity or otherwise with the Scope of the Project and the
Specifications and Standards. The Contractor shall not be obliged to await the
observations of the Employers Engineer on the Drawings submitted pursuant hereto
beyond the said period of 15 (fifteen) days and may begin or continue Works at its
own discretion and risk; Provided, however that in case of a Major Structures, the
aforesaid period of 15 (fifteen) days may be extended upto 30 (thirty) days;

(d)

if the aforesaid observations of the Employers Engineer indicate that the


Drawings are not in conformity with the Scope of the Project or the Specifications
and Standards, such Drawings shall be revised by the Contractor in
conformity with the provisions of this Agreement and resubmitted to the
Employers Engineer for review. The Employers Engineer shall give its observations,
if any, within 10 (ten) days of receipt of the revised Drawings. In the event the
Contractor fails to revise and resubmit such Drawings to the Employers Engineer for
review as aforesaid, the Employers Engineer may withhold the payment for the
affected works in accordance with the provisions of Clause 19.5.4. If the Contractor
disputes any decision, direction or determination of the Employers Engineer
hereunder, the Dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the Dispute Resolution
Procedure;

Agreement

Page 39
39

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

(e)

no review and/or observation of the Employers Engineer and/or its failure to review
and/or convey its observations on any Drawings shall relieve the Contractor of its
obligations and liabilities under this Agreement in any manner nor shall the
Employers Engineer or the Employer be liable for the same in any manner; and if
errors, omissions, ambiguities, inconsistencies, inadequacies or other Defects are
found in the Drawings, they and the construction works shall be corrected at the
Contractor's cost, notwithstanding any review under this Article 10;

(f)

the Contractor shall be responsible for delays in submitting the Drawing as set forth in
Schedule-I caused by reason of delays in surveys and field investigations, and shall
not be entitled to seek any relief in that regard from the Employer; and

(g)

the Contractor warrants that its designers, including any third parties engaged by it,
shall have the required experience and capability in accordance with Good Industry
Practice and it shall indemnify the Employer against any damage, expense, liability,
loss or claim, which the Employer might incur, sustain or be subject to arising from
any breach of the Contractors design responsibility and/or warranty set out in this
Clause.

10.2.5 Any cost or delay in construction arising from review by the Employers Engineer
shall be borne by the Contractor.
10.2.6 Works shall be executed in accordance with the Drawings provided by the Contractor in
accordance with the provisions of this Clause 10.2 and the observations of the Employers
Engineer thereon as communicated pursuant to the provisions of Clause
10.2.4 (d). Such Drawings shall not be amended or altered without prior written notice to the
Employers Engineer. If a Party becomes aware of an error or defect of a technical nature in
the design or Drawings, that Party shall promptly give notice to the other Party of such error
or defect.
10.2.7 Within 90 (ninety) days of the Project Completion Date, the Contractor shall furnish to the
Employer and the Employers Engineer a complete set of as-built Drawings, in
2 (two) hard copies and in micro film form or in such other medium as may be acceptable to
the Employer, reflecting the Project Works as actually designed, engineered and
constructed, including an as-built survey illustrating the layout of the Project Works and
setback lines, if any, of the buildings and structures forming part of Project Facilities.
10.3

Construction of the Project Works

10.3.1

The Contractor shall construct the Project Works as specified in Schedule-B and
Schedule-C, and in conformity with the Specifications and Standards set forth in Schedule-D.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the correct positioning of all parts of the Works,
and shall rectify any error in the positions, levels, dimensions or alignment of the Works. The
[730th day (Seven Hundred and Thirty ) day] from the appointed Date shall be the scheduled
completion date (the Scheduled Completion Date) and the Contractor agrees and
undertakes that the construction shall be completed on or before the Scheduled Completion
Date, including any extension thereof.

10.3.2 The Contractor shall construct the Project Works in accordance with the Project
Completion Schedule set forth in Schedule-J. In the event that the Contractor fails to achieve
any Project Milestone or the Scheduled Completion Date within a period of
30 (thirty) days from the date set forth in Schedule-J, unless such failure has occurred due to
Force Majeure or for reasons solely attributable to the Employer, it shall pay Damages to the
Employer of a sum calculated at the rate of 0.05% (zero point zero five percent) of the
Contract Price for delay of each day reckoned from the date specified in Schedule J and until
such Project Milestone is achieved or the Works are completed; provided that if the period for
any or all Project Milestones or the Scheduled Completion Date is extended in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement, the dates set forth in Schedule-J shall be deemed to be
modified accordingly and the provisions of this Agreement shall apply as if Schedule-J
has been amended as above; provided further that in the event the Works are completed within
Agreement

Page 40
40

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

or before the Scheduled Completion Date including any Time Extension, applicable for
that work or section, the Damages paid under this Clause 10.3.2 shall be refunded by the
Employer to the Contractor, but without any interest thereon. For the avoidance of doubt, it is
agreed that recovery of Damages under this Clause 10.3.2 shall be without prejudice to the
rights of the Employer under this Agreement including the right of Termination thereof.
The Parties further agree that Time Extension hereunder shall only be reckoned for and in
respect of the affected works as specified in Clause 10.5.2.
10.3.3 The Employer shall notify the Contractor of its decision to impose Damages in
pursuance with the provisions of this Clause 10.3. provided that no deduction on account of
Damages shall be effected by the Employer without notifying the Contractor of its decision to
impose the Damages, and taking into consideration the representation, if any, made by the
Contractor within 20 (twenty) days of such notice. The Parties expressly agree that the total
amount of Damages under Clause 10.3.2 shall not exceed 10% (ten percent) of the Contract
Price.
10.4

Maintenance during Construction Period


During the Construction Period, the Contractor shall maintain, at its cost, the existing facility
of the Project roads so that the traffic worthiness and safety thereof are at no time materially
inferior as compared to their condition 10 (ten) days prior to the date of this Agreement,
and shall undertake the necessary repair and maintenance works for this purpose; provided
that the Contractor may, at its cost, interrupt and divert the flow of traffic if such interruption
and diversion is necessary for the efficient progress of Works and conforms to Good Industry
Practice; provided further that such interruption and diversion shall be undertaken by the
Contractor only with the prior written approval of the Employers Engineer which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. For the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that
the Contractor shall at all times be responsible for ensuring safe operation of the Project roads.

10.5

Extension of time for completion

10.5.1 Without prejudice to any other provision of this Agreement for and in respect of
extension of time, the Contractor shall be entitled to extension of time in the Project
Completion Schedule (the Time Extension) to the extent that completion of any Project
Milestone is or will be delayed by any of the following, namely:
(a)

delay in providing the Right of Way, environmental, specified in Clause 4.1.4;

(b)

Change of Scope (unless an adjustment to the Scheduled Completion Date has


been agreed under Article 13);

(c)

occurrence of a Force Majeure Event;

(d)

any delay, impediment or prevention caused by or attributable to the


Employer, the Employer's personnel or the Employer's other contractors on the Site;
and

(e)

any other cause or delay which entitles the Contractor to Time Extension in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

10.5.2 The Contractor shall, no later than 15 (fifteen) business days from the occurrence of an event
or circumstance specified in Clause 10.5.1, inform the Employers Engineer by notice in
writing, with a copy to the Employer, stating in reasonable detail with supporting particulars,
the event or circumstances giving rise to the claim for Time Extension in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement. Provided that the period of 15 (fifteen) business days shall be
calculated from the date on which the Contractor became aware, or should have become
aware, of the occurrence of such an event or circumstance.
Provided further that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement,
Time Extension shall be due and applicable only for the Works which are affected by the
Agreement

Page 41
41

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

aforesaid events or circumstances and shall not in any manner affect the Project
Completion Schedule for and in respect of the Works which are not affected hereunder.
10.5.3 In the event of the failure of the Contractor to issue to the Employers Engineer a notice
in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.5.2 within the time specified therein, the
Contractor shall not be entitled to any Time Extension and shall forfeit its right for any such
claims in future. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of failure of the Contractor to issue
notice as specified in this clause 10.5.3, the Employer shall be discharged from all liability in
connection with the claim.
10.5.4 The Employers Engineer shall, on receipt of the claim in accordance with the provisions of
Clause 10.5.2, examine the claim expeditiously within the time frame specified herein. In the
event the Employers Engineer requires any clarifications to examine the claim, the
Employers Engineer shall seek the same within 15 (fifteen) days from the date of receiving
the claim. The Contractor shall, on receipt of the communication of the Employers Engineer
requesting for clarification, furnish the same to the Employers Engineer within 10 (ten) days
thereof. The Employers Engineer shall, within a period of 60 (sixty) days from the date of
receipt of such clarifications, forward in writing to the Contractor its determination of
Time Extension.
Provided that when determining each extension of time under this Clause 10.5, the
Employers Engineer shall review previous determinations and may increase, but shall
not decrease, the total Time Extension.
10.5.5 If the event or circumstance giving rise to the notice has a continuing effect: (a)

fully detailed claim shall be considered as interim;


(a)

the Contractor shall, no later than 10 (ten) days after the close of each month, send
further interim claims specifying the accumulated delay, the extension of time claimed,
and such further particulars as the Employers Engineer may reasonably require; and

(b)

the Contractor shall send a final claim within 30 (thirty) days after the effect of the
event or the circumstance ceases.

Upon receipt of the claim hereunder, the Employers Engineer shall examine the same in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.5.4 within a period of 60 (sixty) days of the
receipt thereof.
10.6

Incomplete Works
In the event the Contractor fails to complete the Works in accordance with the Project
Completion Schedule, including any Time Extension granted under this Agreement, the
Contractor shall endeavour to complete the balance work expeditiously and shall pay
Damages to the Employer in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.3.2 for delay of
each day until the Works are completed in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
Recovery of Damages under this Clause shall be without prejudice to the rights of the
Employer under this Agreement including the right to termination under Clause 23.1.

10.7

Maintenance Manual
No later than 60 (sixty) days prior to the Project Completion Date, the Contractor shall,
in consultation with the Employers Engineer, evolve a maintenance manual (the
Maintenance Manual) for the regular and preventive maintenance of the Project
Works in conformity with the Specifications and Standards, safety requirements and Good
Industry Practice, and shall provide 5 (five) copies thereof to the Employers Engineer. The
Employers Engineer shall review the Maintenance Manual within 15 (fifteen) days of its
receipt and communicate its comments to the Contractor for necessary modifications, if any.

Agreement

Page 42
42

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 11
11. Quality Assurance, Monitoring and Supervision
11.1

Quality of Materials and workmanship


The Contractor shall ensure that the Construction, Materials and workmanship are in
accordance with the requirements specified in this Agreement, Specifications and Standards
and Good Industry Practice.

11.2

Quality control system

11.2.1 The Contractor shall establish a quality control mechanism to ensure compliance with the
provisions of this Agreement (the Quality Assurance Plan or QAP).
11.2.2 The Contractor shall, within 30 (thirty) days of the Appointed Date, submit to the
Employers Engineer its Quality Assurance Plan which shall include the following:
(a)

organization, duties and responsibilities, procedures, inspections and documentation;

(b)

quality control mechanism including sampling and testing of Materials, test


frequencies, standards, acceptance criteria, testing facilities, reporting, recording and
interpretation of test results, approvals, check list for site activities, and proforma for
testing and calibration in accordance with the Specifications for Road and Bridge
Works issued by MORTH, relevant IRC specifications and Good Industry Practice;
and

(c)

internal quality audit system.

The Employers Engineer shall convey its comments to the Contractor within a period of 21
(twenty-one) days of receipt of the QAP stating the modifications, if any, required, and the
Contractor shall incorporate those in the QAP to the extent required for conforming with the
provisions of this Clause 11.2.
11.2.3 The Contractor shall procure all documents, apparatus and instruments, fuel, consumables,
water, electricity, labour, Materials, samples, and qualified personnel as are necessary for
examining and testing the Project Assets and workmanship in accordance with the Quality
Assurance Plan.
11.2.4 The cost of testing of Construction, Materials and workmanship under this Article 11 shall be
borne by the Contractor.
11.3

Methodology
The Contractor shall, at least 15 (fifteen) days prior to the commencement of the construction,
submit to the Employers Engineer for review the methodology proposed to be adopted
for executing the Works, giving details of equipment to be deployed, traffic management
and measures for ensuring safety. The Employers Engineer shall complete the review and
convey its comments to the Contractor within a period of 10 (ten) days from the date of
receipt of the proposed methodology from the Contractor.

11.4

Inspection and technical audit by the Employer


The Employer or any representative authorised by the Employer in this behalf may inspect
and review the progress and quality of the construction of Project Works and issue
appropriate directions to the Employers Engineer and the Contractor for taking remedial
action in the event the Works are not in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

Agreement

Page 43
43

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

11.5

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

External technical audit


At any time during construction, the Employer may appoint an external technical auditor to
conduct an audit of the quality of the Works. The findings of the audit, to the extent
accepted by the Employer, shall be notified to the Contractor and the Employers Engineer for
taking remedial action in accordance with this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide all
assistance as may be required by the auditor in the conduct of its audit hereunder.
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Clause
11.5, the external technical audit shall not affect any obligations of the Contractor or the
Employers Engineer under this Agreement.

11.6

Inspection of construction records


The Employer shall have the right to inspect the records of the Contractor relating to the
Works.

11.7

Monthly progress reports


During the Construction Period, the Contractor shall, no later than 10 (ten) days after the close
of each month, furnish to the Employer and the Employers Engineer a monthly report on
progress of the Works and shall promptly give such other relevant information as may be
required by the Employers Engineer.

11.8

Inspection

11.8.1 The Employers Engineer and its authorized representative shall at all reasonable times:
(a)

have full access to all parts of the Site and to all places from which natural
Materials are being obtained for use in the Works; and

(b)

during production, manufacture and construction at the Site and at the place of
production, be entitled to examine, inspect, measure and test the Materials and
workmanship, and to check the progress of manufacture of Materials.

11.8.2

The Contractor shall give the Employers Engineer and its authorized agents access,
facilities and safety equipment for carrying out their obligations under this Agreement.

11.8.3

The Employers Engineer shall submit a monthly inspection report (the Inspection
Report) to the Employer and the Contractor bringing out the results of inspections and the
remedial action taken by the Contractor in respect of Defects or deficiencies. For the
avoidance of doubt, such inspection or submission of Inspection Report by the Employers
Engineer shall not relieve or absolve the Contractor of its obligations and liabilities under this
Agreement in any manner whatsoever.

11.9

Samples
The Contractor shall submit the following samples of Materials and relevant information to
the Employers Engineer for pre-construction review:
(a)

manufacturer's test reports and standard samples of manufactured Materials;


and

(b)

samples of such other Materials as the Employers Engineer may require.

Agreement

Page 44
44

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

11.10 Tests
11.10.1For determining that the Works conform to the Specifications and Standards, the Employers
Engineer shall require the Contractor to carry out or cause to be carried out tests, at such
time and frequency and in such manner as specified in this Agreement, and in accordance
with Good Industry Practice for quality assurance. The test checks by the Employers
Engineer shall comprise at least 20 (twenty) percent of the quantity or number of tests
prescribed for each category or type of test for quality control by the Contractor.
11.10.2 In the event that results of any tests conducted under this Clause 11.10 establish any Defects
or deficiencies in the Works, the Contractor shall carry out remedial measures and furnish a
report to the Employers Engineer in this behalf. The Employers Engineer shall require
the Contractor to carry out or cause to be carried out tests to determine that such remedial
measures have brought the Works into compliance with the Specifications and Standards,
and the procedure shall be repeated until such Works conform to the Specifications and
Standards. For the avoidance of doubt, the cost of such tests and remedial measures in
pursuance thereof shall be solely borne by the Contractor.
11.11 Examination of work before covering up
In respect of the work which the Employers Engineer is entitled to examine, inspect, measure
and/or test before it is covered up or put out of view or any part of the work is placed
thereon, the Contractor shall give notice to the Employers Engineer whenever any such
work is ready and before it is covered up. The Employers Engineer shall then either
carry out the examination, inspection or testing without unreasonable delay, or promptly give
notice to the Contractor that the Employers Engineer does not require to do so. Provided,
however, that if any work is of a continuous nature where it is not possible or prudent to keep
it uncovered or incomplete, the Contractor shall notify the schedule of carrying out such work
to give sufficient opportunity, not being less than 3 (three) business days notice, to the
Employers Engineer to conduct its inspection, measurement or test while the work is
continuing. Provided further that in the event the Contractor receives no response from
the Employers Engineer within a period of 3 (three) business days from the date on which the
Contractors notice hereunder is delivered to the Employers Engineer, the Contractor shall be
entitled to assume that the Employers Engineer would not undertake the said inspection.
11.12 Rejection
If, as a result of an examination, inspection, measurement or testing, any Plant,
Materials, design or workmanship is found to be defective or otherwise not in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement, the Employers Engineer shall reject the Plant,
Materials, design or workmanship by giving notice to the Contractor, with reasons. The
Contractor shall then promptly make good the Defect and ensure that the rejected item
complies with the requirements of this Agreement.
If the Employers Engineer requires the Plant, Materials, design or workmanship to be
retested, the tests shall be repeated under the same terms and conditions, as applicable in each
case. If the rejection and retesting cause the Employer to incur any additional costs, such cost
shall be recoverable by the Employer from the Contractor; and may be deducted by the
Employer from any monies due to be paid to the Contractor.
11.13 Remedial work
11.13.1 Notwithstanding any previous test or certification, the Employers Engineer may
instruct the Contractor to:
(a)
(b)
Agreement

remove from the Site and replace any Plant or Materials which are not in accordance with
the provisions of this Agreement;
remove and re-execute any work which is not in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement and the Specification and Standards; and
Page 45
45

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

(c)

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

execute any work which is urgently required for the safety of the Project Works,
whether because of an accident, unforeseeable event or otherwise; provided that in
case of any work required on account of a Force Majeure Event, the provisions of
Clause 21.6 shall apply.

11.13.2 If the Contractor fails to comply with the instructions issued by the Employers Engineer
under Clause 11.13.1, within the time specified in the Employers Engineers notice or
as mutually agreed, the Employers Engineer may advise the Employer to have the work
executed by another agency. The cost so incurred by the Employer for undertaking such work
shall, without prejudice to the rights of the Employer to recover Damages in accordance with
the provisions of this Agreement, be recoverable from the Contractor and may be deducted
by the Employer from any monies due to be paid to the Contractor.
11.14 Delays during construction
Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 10.3.2 in the event the Contractor does not
achieve any of the Project Milestones or the Employers Engineer shall have reasonably
determined that the rate of progress of Works is such that Completion of the Project Works
is not likely to be achieved by the end of the Scheduled Completion Date, it shall notify the
same to the Contractor, and the Contractor shall, within 15 (fifteen) days of such notice, by a
communication inform the Employers Engineer in reasonable detail about the steps it
proposes to take to expedite progress and the period within which it shall achieve the
Project Completion Date.
11.15 Quality control records and Documents
The Contractor shall hand over to the Employers Engineer a copy of all its quality control
records and documents before the Completion Certificate is issued pursuant to Clause 12.2.
11.16 Video recording
During the Construction Period, the Contractor shall provide to the Employer for every
calendar quarter, a video recording, which will be compiled into a 3 (three)- hour compact
disc or digital video disc, as the case may be, covering the status and progress of Works in
that quarter. The video recording shall be provided to the Employer no later than 15 (fifteen)
days after the close of each quarter after the Appointed Date.
11.17 Suspension of unsafe Construction Works
11.17.1

Upon recommendation of the Employers Engineer to this effect, the Employer may by
notice require the Contractor to suspend forthwith the whole or any part of the Works if,
in the reasonable opinion of the Employers Engineer, such work threatens the safety
of the Users and pedestrians.

11.17.2 The Contractor shall, pursuant to the notice under Clause 11.17.1, suspend the Works
or any part thereof for such time and in such manner as may be specified by the Employer
and thereupon carry out remedial measures to secure the safety of suspended works, the
Users and pedestrians. The Contractor may by notice require the Employers Engineer to
inspect such remedial measures forthwith and make a report to the Employer recommending
whether or not the suspension hereunder may be revoked. Upon receiving the
recommendations of the Employers Engineer, the Employer shall either revoke such
suspension or instruct the Contractor to carry out such other and further remedial measures
as may be necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Employer, and the procedure set forth
in this Clause 11.17 shall be repeated until the suspension hereunder is revoked.
11.17.3

Agreement

Subject to the provisions of Clause 21.6, all reasonable costs incurred for
maintaining and protecting the Works or part thereof during the period of suspension
(the Preservation Costs), shall be borne by the Contractor; provided that if the
Page 46
46

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

suspension has occurred as a result of any breach of this Agreement by the Employer, the
Preservation Costs shall be borne by the Employer.
11.17.4

Agreement

If suspension of Works is for reasons not attributable to the Contractor, the Employers
Engineer shall determine any Time Extension to which the Contractor is reasonably
entitled.

Page 47
47

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 12
12. Completion Certificate
12.1

Tests on completion

12.1.1 At least 30 (thirty) days prior to the likely completion of the Project Works, or a Section
or any Part thereof, the Contractor shall notify the Employers Engineer of its intent to subject
the Project Works or a Section/ or any part thereof, to Tests. The date and time of each of the
Tests shall be determined by the Employers Engineer in consultation with the Contractor,
and notified to the Employer who may designate its representative to witness the Tests. The
Contractor shall either conduct the Tests as directed by the Employers Engineer or provide
such assistance as the Employers Engineer may reasonably require for conducting the Tests.
In the event of the Contractor and the Employers Engineer failing to mutually agree on the
dates for conducting the Tests, the Contractor shall fix the dates by giving not less than 10
(ten) days notice to the Employers Engineer.
12.1.2

All Tests shall be conducted in accordance with Schedule-K. The Employers


Engineer shall either conduct or observe, monitor and review the Tests conducted by the
Contractor, as the case may be, and review the results of the Tests to determine compliance of
the Project Works or a Section or any part thereof, with Specifications and Standards and if it
is reasonably anticipated or determined by the Employers Engineer during the course of any
Test that the performance of the Project Works or Section or any part thereof, does not meet
the Specifications and Standards, it shall have the right to suspend or delay such Test and
require the Contractor to remedy and rectify the Defect or deficiencies. Upon completion of
each Test, the Employers Engineer shall provide to the Contractor and the Employer copies
of all Test data including detailed Test results. For the avoidance of doubt, it is expressly
agreed that the Employers Engineer may require the Contractor to carry out or cause
to be carried out additional Tests, in accordance with Good Industry Practice, for determining
the compliance of the Project Works or Section or any part thereof with the Specifications and
Standards.

12.2

Provisional Certificate

12.2.1 Subject to the provisions of Clause 12.2.5, upon completion of all Works forming part of the
Project Works, save and except the Works for which Time Extension has been granted under
Clause 10.5, the Employers Engineer shall, at the request of the Contractor, issue a
provisional certificate of completion substantially in the form set forth in Schedule-L (the
Provisional Certificate) if the Tests for and in respect of the completed Works are
successful. The Provisional Certificate shall have appended thereto a list of outstanding items
of work (the Punch List) that need to be completed in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement. The Contractor undertakes to complete the minor outstanding items of works
in respect of those Sections of the Project Works for which the Provisional Certificate has
been issued, within a period of 30 (thirty) days of the date of Provisional Certificate, and
those parts of the Works in respect of which Time Extension has been granted, within the
extended period thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that the Punch List
shall include all Works for which Time Extension has been granted and shall also include any
minor outstanding items of work forming part of the completed Sections if such works do
not materially affect the use of the completed Sections for their intended purpose. The Parties
further agree that Provisional Certificate shall not be issued if the completed Works cannot be
safely and reliably placed in service of the Users thereof.
12.2.2 Upon issue of Provisional Certificate, the provisions of Articles 14 and 17 shall apply to the
completed parts of the Project Works and the property and ownership of all such
completed Works shall vest in the Employer.
Agreement

Page 48
48

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

12.2.3 If the Employers Engineer determines that the Project Works or any completed part thereof
does not conform to the provisions of this Agreement and cannot be safely and reliably placed
in operation, it shall forthwith make a report in this behalf and send copies thereof to the
Employer and the Contractor and withhold issuance of the Provisional Certificate until
the Defects or deficiencies are rectified by the Contractor and Tests are successful in
accordance with this Article 12.
12.2.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Clause 12.2.3, the Employer may, at
any time after receiving a report from the Employers Engineer under that Clause, direct the
Employers Engineer to issue a Provisional Certificate under Clause
12.2.1 and such direction shall be complied forthwith.
12.2.5 No Provisional Certificate shall be issued under the provisions of this Clause 12.2 until
the Contractor has submitted valid claims for payment of at least 80% (eighty per cent) of
the amount arrived at after reducing the lump sum price specified in Clause 19.1.1 by the
amount attributable to works which have been withdrawn under the provisions of Clause
8.3.3. For the avoidance of doubt and by way of illustration, the Parties agree that if the
Contract Price specified in Clause 19.1.1 is Rs. 105 cr. (Rs. one hundred and five crore) and
the works withdrawn under Clause 8.3.3 have a value of Rs. 5 cr. (Rs. five crore), a
Provisional Certificate shall not be issued until valid claims for payment of an amount of Rs.
80 cr. (Rs. eighty crore) have been submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement. It is further agreed that all price adjustments made in
pursuance of Clause 19.10 shall not be reckoned for computation of the claims for
payments referred to in this Clause
12.2.5.
12.3

Completion of remaining Works


All items in the Punch List shall be completed by the Contractor in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement. For any delay in their completion other than for the reasons
solely attributable to the Employer or due to Force Majeure, the Employer shall be entitled to
recover Damages from the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.3.2 of
this Agreement.

12.4

Completion Certificate

12.4.1 Upon completion of all Works, including the items specified in the Punch List, and the
Employers Engineer determining the Tests to be successful, it shall forthwith issue to
the Contractor and the Employer a certificate substantially in the form set forth in
Schedule-L (the Completion Certificate).
12.4.2 Upon receiving the Completion Certificate, the Contractor shall remove its
equipment, materials, debris and temporary works from the Site within a period of 30 (thirty)
days thereof, failing which the Employer may remove or cause to be removed, such
equipment, materials, debris and temporary works and recover from the Contractor an amount
equal to 120% (one hundred and twenty per cent) of the actual cost of removal incurred by the
Employer.
12.4.3 Without prejudice to the obligations of the Contractor specified in Articles 14 and 17, the
property and ownership of all the completed Works forming part of the Project Works shall
vest in the Employer.
12.5

Rescheduling of Tests
If the Employers Engineer certifies to the Employer and the Contractor that it is unable to
issue the Completion Certificate or Provisional Certificate, as the case may be, because of
events or circumstances on account of which the Tests could not be held or had to be
suspended, the Contractor shall be entitled to re-schedule the Tests and hold the same as soon
as reasonably practicable.

Agreement

Page 49
49

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 13
13. Change of Scope
13.1

Change of Scope

13.1.1 The Employer may, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement,
require the Contractor to make modifications/alterations to the Works (Change of Scope)
before the issue of the Completion Certificate either by giving an instruction or by
requesting the Contractor to submit a proposal for Change of Scope involving additional cost
or reduction in cost. Any such Change of Scope shall be made and valued in accordance with
the provisions of this Article 13.
13.1.2 Change of Scope shall mean:
(a)

change in specifications of any item of Works;

(b)

omission of any work from the Scope of the Project except under Clause 8.3.3;
provided that, subject to Clause 13.5, the Employer shall not omit any work under this
Clause in order to get it executed by any other authority; and / or

(c)

any additional work, Plant, Materials or services which are not included in the Scope of
the Project, including any associated Tests on completion of construction.

13.1.3 If the Contractor determines at any time that a Change of Scope will, if adopted, (i)
accelerate completion, (ii) reduce the cost to the Employer of executing, maintaining or
operating the Project Works, (iii) improve the efficiency or value to the Employer of the
completed Project Works, or (iv) otherwise be of benefit to the Employer, it shall prepare
a proposal with relevant details at its own cost. The Contractor shall submit such proposal,
supported with the relevant details and the amount of reduction in the Contract Price to the
Employer to consider such Change of Scope. The Employer shall, within 15 (fifteen) days
of receipt of such proposal, either accept such Change of Scope with modifications, if any,
and initiate proceedings therefor in accordance with this Article 13 or reject the proposal
and inform the Contractor of its decision. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that the
Contractor shall not undertake any Change of Scope without the express consent of the
Employer, save and except any Works necessary for meeting any Emergency.
13.2

Procedure for Change of Scope

13.2.1 In the event of the Employer determining that a Change of Scope is necessary, it may direct
the Employers Engineer to issue to the Contractor a notice specifying in reasonable
detail the works and services contemplated thereunder (the Change of Scope Notice).
13.2.2 Upon receipt of a Change of Scope Notice, the Contractor shall, with due diligence, provide
to the Employer and the Employers Engineer such information as is necessary, together with
preliminary documentation in support of:
(a)

the impact, if any, which the Change of Scope is likely to have on the Project
Completion Schedule if the works or services are required to be carried out during the
Construction Period; and

(b)

the options for implementing the proposed Change of Scope and the effect, if any,
each such option would have on the costs and time thereof, including the following
details:
(i)
break down of the quantities, unit rates and cost for different items of work;
(ii)
proposed design for the Change of Scope; and

Agreement

Page 50
50

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

(iii)

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

proposed modifications, if any, to the Project Completion Schedule of the


Project Works.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties expressly agree that, subject to the provisions of
Clause 13.4.2, the Contract Price shall be increased or decreased, as the case may be, on
account of Change of Scope.
13.2.3 The Contractors quotation of costs for the Change of Scope shall be determined on
the following principles:
(a)

the latest available edition of Delhi Schedule of Rates (DSR) will be adopted for
the valuation of any works which are not already covered by the items included in
Price Schedules. Payments for the Variations Items shall be made in INR only.

(b)

the market rates substantiated with 3 quotations, followed by work order and/ or Tax
Invoice shall be considered only when the executed variation items are not covered
under Price Schedule or the above referred schedule of rates. A fixed percentage of
15% shall be added to cover the Contractors Overhead and Profit for the rates
evaluated under this category (c).

13.2.4 Upon reaching an agreement, the Employer shall issue an order (the Change of Scope
Order) requiring the Contractor to proceed with the performance thereof. In the event that
the Parties are unable to agree, the Employer may:
(a) issue a Change of Scope Order requiring the Contractor to proceed with the performance
thereof at the rates and conditions approved by the Employer till the matter is resolved in
accordance with Article 26; or
(b) proceed in accordance with Clause 13.5.
13.2.5 The provisions of this Agreement, insofar as they relate to Works and Tests, shall apply
mutatis mutandis to the works undertaken by the Contractor under this Article 13.
13.3

Payment for Change of Scope


Payment for Change of Scope shall be made in accordance with the payment schedule
specified in the Change of Scope Order.

13.4

Restrictions on Change of Scope

13.4.1 No Change of Scope shall be executed unless the Employer has issued the Change of
Scope Order save and except any Works necessary for meeting any Emergency.
13.4.2 Unless the Parties mutually agree to the contrary, the total value of all Change of
Scope Orders shall not exceed 10 (ten) per cent of the Contract Price.
13.4.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 13, no change made
necessary because of any default of the Contractor in the performance of its
obligations under this Agreement shall be deemed to be Change of Scope, and shall not
result in any adjustment of the Contract Price or the Project Completion Schedule.
13.5

Power of the Employer to undertake works

13.5.1 In the event the Parties are unable to agree to the proposed Change of Scope Orders in
accordance with Clause 13.2, the Employer may, after giving notice to the Contractor and
considering its reply thereto, award such works or services to any person on the basis of open
competitive bidding from amongst bidders who are pre-qualified for undertaking the
Agreement

Page 51
51

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

additional work; provided that the Contractor shall have the option of matching the first
ranked bid in terms of the selection criteria, subject to payment of
2% (two per cent) of the bid amount to the Employer, and thereupon securing the award of
such works or services. For the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that the Contractor shall be
entitled to exercise such option only if it has participated in the bidding process and its bid
does not exceed the first ranked bid by more than 10% (ten percent) thereof. It is also agreed
that the Contractor shall provide assistance and cooperation to the person who undertakes the
works or services hereunder, but shall not be responsible for rectification of any Defects
and/ or maintenance of works carried out by other agencies.
13.5.2 The works undertaken in accordance with this Clause 13.5 shall conform to the
Specifications and Standards and shall be carried out in a manner that minimises the
disruption in operation of the Project Works. The provisions of this Agreement, insofar
as they relate to Works and Tests, shall apply mutatis mutandis to the works carried out under
this Clause 13.5.

Agreement

Page 52
52

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 14
14. Maintenance
14.1

Maintenance obligations of the Contractor

14.1.1 The Contractor shall maintain the Project Works for a period of 2 (two) years commencing
from the date of the Provisional Certificate (the Maintenance Period). For the
performance of its Maintenance obligations, the Contractor shall be paid a total amount equal
to 1.5% (one and one-half per cent) of the Contract Price for the first year of maintenance, and
2% (two per cent) of the Contract Price for the second year of maintenance, inclusive of all
taxes.. The amount payable for maintenance shall be adjusted to reflect any increase or
decrease arising out of variation in WPI to be determined in accordance with the provisions of
Clause 19.12. For the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that in the event no Provisional
Certificate is issued, the Maintenance Period shall commence from the date of the Completion
Certificate. It is further agreed that the Contract Price hereunder shall be reckoned with
reference to the amount specified in Clause 19.1.1, which shall be adjusted to the extent of
Change of Scope and the works withdrawn under the provisions of Clause
8.3.3, but shall not include any price adjustments in pursuance of Clause 19.10.
14.1.2 During the Maintenance Period, the Employer shall provide to the Contractor access to the
Site for Maintenance in accordance with this Agreement. The obligations of the Contractor
hereunder shall include:
(a)

permitting safe, smooth and uninterrupted flow of traffic on the Project Roads;

(b)

undertaking routine maintenance including prompt repairs of potholes, cracks,


joints, drains, embankments, structures, pavement markings, lighting, road
signs and other traffic control devices;

(c)

undertaking repairs to structures;

(d)

informing the Employer of any unauthorised use of the Project Roads;

(e)

informing the Employer of any encroachments on the Project Roads; and

(f)

operation and maintenance of all utility service lines, communication,


patrolling, and administrative systems necessary for the efficient maintenance of the
Project Works in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

14.1.3 In respect of any Defect or deficiency not specified in Schedule-E, the Contractor shall,
at its own cost, undertake repair or rectification in accordance with Good Industry
Practice, save and except to the extent that such Defect or deficiency shall have arisen on
account of any default or neglect of the Employer or a Force Majeure Event.
14.1.4

The Contractor shall remove promptly from the Project Roads any waste materials
(including hazardous materials and waste water), rubbish and other debris (including, without
limitation, accident debris) and keep the Project Roads in a clean, tidy and orderly
condition, and in conformity with the Applicable Laws, Applicable Permits and Good
Industry Practice.

14.2

Maintenance Requirements
The Contractor shall ensure and procure that at all times during the Maintenance Period, the
Project Works conforms to the maintenance requirements set forth in Schedule-E (the
Maintenance Requirements).

Agreement

Page 53
53

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

14.3

Maintenance Programme

14.3.1

The Contractor shall prepare a monthly maintenance programme (the Maintenance


Programme) in consultation with the Employers Engineer and submit the same to the
Employers Engineer not later than 10 (ten) days prior to the commencement of the month
in which the Maintenance is to be carried out. For this purpose a joint monthly inspection by
the Contractor and the Employers Engineer shall be undertaken. The Maintenance
Programme shall contain the following:

14.4

(a)

the condition of the road in the format prescribed by the Employers Engineer;

(b)

the proposed maintenance works; and

(c)

deployment of resources for maintenance works.

Safety, vehicle breakdowns and accidents

14.4.1 The Contractor shall ensure safe conditions for the Users, and in the event of unsafe
conditions, lane closures, diversions, vehicle breakdowns and accidents, it shall follow
the relevant operating procedures for removal of obstruction and debris without delay.
Such procedures shall conform to the provisions of this Agreement, Applicable Laws,
Applicable Permits and Good Industry Practice.
14.4.2The Contractor shall promptly remove any damaged vehicles and debris from the Project
Road to enable safe movement of traffic and shall report all accidents to the police forthwith.
14.5

Lane closure/Utility line closure

14.5.1 The Contractor shall not close any lane of the Project Road/ Utility line for
undertaking maintenance works except with the prior written approval of the Employers
Engineer. Such approval shall be sought by the Contractor through a written request to be
made at least 10 (ten) days before the proposed closure of lane/ utility line and shall be
accompanied by particulars thereof. Within 5 (five) business days of receiving such request,
the Employers Engineer shall grant permission with such modifications as it may deem
necessary and a copy of such permission shall be sent to the Employer.
14.5.2 Upon receiving the permission pursuant to Clause 14.5.1, the Contractor shall be entitled
to close the designated lane/ utility line for the period specified therein, and in the event of
any delay in re-opening such lane/ utility line, the Contractor shall, for every section of 250
(two hundred and fifty) metres, or part thereof, pay Damages to the Employer calculated at the
rate of 0.1% (zero point one per cent) of the monthly maintenance payment for each day of
delay until the lane/ utility has been re-opened for traffic/ public use.
14.6

Reduction of payment for non-performance of Maintenance obligations

14.6.1 In the event that the Contractor fails to repair or rectify any Defect or deficiency set forth in
Schedule-E within the period specified therein, it shall be deemed as failure of performance of
Maintenance obligations by the Contractor and the Employer shall be entitled to effect
reduction in monthly lump sum payment for maintenance in accordance with Clause 19.7 and
Schedule-M, without prejudice to the rights of the Employer under this Agreement, including
Termination thereof.
14.6.2 If the nature and extent of any defect justifies more time for its repair or rectification than the
time specified in Schedule-E, the Contractor shall be entitled to additional time in conformity
with Good Industry Practice. Such additional time shall be determined by the Employers
Engineer and conveyed to the Contractor and the Employer with reasons thereof.

Agreement

Page 54
54

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

14.7

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Employers right to take remedial measures


In the event the Contractor does not maintain and/or repair the Project Works or any part
thereof in conformity with the Maintenance Requirements, the Maintenance Manual or the
Maintenance Programme, as the case may be, and fails to commence remedial works within
15 (fifteen) days of receipt of the Maintenance Inspection Report under Clause 15.2 or a notice
in this behalf from the Employer or the Employers Engineer, as the case may be, the
Employer shall, without prejudice to its rights under this Agreement including Termination
thereof, be entitled to undertake such remedial measures at the cost of the Contractor, and to
recover its cost from the Contractor. In addition to recovery of the aforesaid cost, a sum equal
to 20% (twenty per cent) of such cost shall be paid by the Contractor to the Employer as
Damages.

14.8

Restoration of loss or damage to Project Works


Save and except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, in the event that the
Project Works or any part thereof suffers any loss or damage during the Maintenance from
any cause attributable to the Contractor, the Contractor shall, at its cost and expense, rectify
and remedy such loss or damage forthwith so that the Project Works conforms to the
provisions of this Agreement.

14.9

Overriding powers of the Employer

14.9.1 If in the reasonable opinion of the Employer, the Contractor is in material breach of its
obligations under this Agreement and, in particular, the Maintenance Requirements,
and such breach is causing or likely to cause material hardship or danger to the Users
and pedestrians, the Employer may, without prejudice to any of its rights under this
Agreement including Termination thereof, by notice require the Contractor to take reasonable
measures immediately for rectifying or removing such hardship or danger, as the case may
be.
14.9.2 In the event that the Contractor, upon notice under Clause 14.9.1, fails to rectify or remove
any hardship or danger within a reasonable period, the Employer may exercise
overriding powers under this Clause 14.9.2 and take over the performance of any or all the
obligations of the Contractor to the extent deemed necessary by it for rectifying or removing
such hardship or danger; provided that the exercise of such overriding powers by the
Employer shall be of no greater scope and of no longer duration than is reasonably required
hereunder; provided further that any costs and expenses incurred by the Employer in
discharge of its obligations hereunder shall be recovered by the Employer from the
Contractor, and the Employer shall be entitled to deduct any such costs and expenses incurred
from the payments due to the Contractor under Clause 19.7 for the performance of its
Maintenance obligations.
14.9.3 In the event of a national emergency, civil commotion or any other circumstances
specified in Clause 21.3, the Employer may take over the performance of any or all the
obligations of the Contractor to the extent deemed necessary by it, and exercise such control
over the Project Works or give such directions to the Contractor as may be deemed
necessary; provided that the exercise of such overriding powers by the Employer shall be of
no greater scope and of no longer duration than is reasonably required in the circumstances
which caused the exercise of such overriding power by the Employer. For the avoidance of
doubt, it is agreed that the consequences of such action shall be dealt in accordance with the
provisions of Article 21. It is also agreed that the Contractor shall comply with such
instructions as the Employer may issue in pursuance of the provisions of this Clause 14.9.3,
and shall provide assistance and cooperation to the Employer, on a best effort basis, for
performance of its obligations hereunder.

Agreement

Page 55
55

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 15
15. Supervision and Monitoring During Maintenance
15.1

Inspection by the Contractor

15.1.1 The Employers Engineer shall undertake regular inspections to evaluate continuously
the compliance with the Maintenance Requirements.
15.1.2 The Contractor shall carry out a detailed pre-monsoon inspection of all bridges, culverts
and drainage system in accordance with the guidelines contained in IRC: SP35. Report of this
inspection together with details of proposed maintenance works as required shall be
conveyed to the Employers Engineer forthwith. The Contractor shall complete the proposed
maintenance works before the onset of the monsoon and send a compliance report to the
Employers Engineer. Post monsoon inspection shall be undertaken by the Contractor and the
inspection report together with details of any damages observed and proposed action to
remedy the same shall be conveyed to the Employers Engineer forthwith.
15.2

Inspection and payments

15.2.1 The Employers Engineer may inspect the Project Works and at any time, but at least once
every month, to ensure compliance with the Maintenance Requirements. It shall make a report
of such inspection (Maintenance Inspection Report) stating in reasonable detail the
Defects or deficiencies, if any, with particular reference to the Maintenance Requirements, the
Maintenance Manual, and the Maintenance Programme, and send a copy thereof to the
Employer and the Contractor within 10 (ten) days of such inspection.
15.2.2

After the Contractor submits to the Employers Engineer the Monthly Maintenance
Statement for the Project Works pursuant to Clause 19.6, the Employers Engineer shall carry
out an inspection within 10 (ten) days to certify the amount payable to the Contractor. The
Employers Engineer shall inform the Contractor of its intention to carry out the inspection at
least 3 (three) business days in advance of such inspection. The Contractor shall assist the
Employers Engineer in verifying compliance with the Maintenance Requirements.

15.2.3

For each case of non-compliance of Maintenance Requirements as specified in the


inspection report of the Employers Engineer, the Employers Engineer shall calculate the
amount of reduction in payment in accordance with the formula specified in Schedule-M.

15.2.4 Any deduction made on account of non-compliance will not be paid subsequently even
after establishing the compliance thereof. Such deductions will continue to be made every
month until the compliance is procured.
15.3

Tests
For determining that the Project Works conforms to the Maintenance Requirements, the
Employers Engineer shall require the Contractor to carry out, or cause to be carried out, tests
specified by it in accordance with Good Industry Practice. The Contractor shall, with due
diligence, carry out or cause to be carried out all such tests in accordance with the instructions
of the Employers Engineer and furnish the results of such tests forthwith to the Employers
Engineer.

15.4

Reports of unusual occurrence


The Contractor shall, during the Maintenance Period, prior to the close of each day, send to
the Employer and the Employers Engineer, by facsimile or e-mail, a report stating accidents
and unusual occurrences on the Project Works relating to the safety and security of the Users

Agreement

Page 56
56

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

and Project Roads and satisfactory performance of the utility lines. A monthly summary of
such reports shall also be sent within 3 (three) business days of the closing of month. For the
purposes of this Clause 15.4, accidents and unusual occurrences on the Project Road/ Works
shall include:
(a) Accident, death or severe injury to any person;
(b) Damaged or dislodged fixed equipment;
(c) Flooding of Project Roads;
(d) Functioning of the utilities line; and
(d) Any other unusual occurrence.

Agreement

Page 57
57

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 16
16. Traffic Regulation
16.1

Traffic regulation by the Contractor

16.1.1 The Contractor shall take all the required measures and make arrangements for the safety
of Users during the construction and maintenance of the Project Road or a Section thereof in
accordance with the provisions of MORTH Specifications. It shall provide, erect and maintain
all such barricades, signs, markings, flags, and lights as may be required by Good Industry
Practice for the safety of the traffic passing through the Section under construction or
maintenance.
16.1.2 All works shall be carried out in a manner creating least interference to traffic passing through
the Project Road or a Section thereof. In sections where construction or maintenance works on
the carriageway are taken up, the Contractor shall ensure that proper passage is provided for
the traffic. Where it is not possible or safe to allow traffic on part width of the
carriageway, a temporary diversion of proper specifications shall be constructed by the
Contractor at its own cost. The Contractor shall take prior approval of the Employers
Engineer for any proposed arrangement for traffic regulation during Construction and
Maintenance, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

Agreement

Page 58
58

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 17
17. Defects Liability
17.1

Defects Liability Period

17.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for all the Defects and deficiencies, except usual wear
and tear in the Project Works or any Section thereof, till the expiry of a period of
2 (two) years commencing from the date of Provisional Certificate (the Defects Liability
Period). Provided that the Defects Liability Period shall in no case be less than 18
(eighteen) months from the date of Completion Certificate for and in respect of works for
which Time Extension was granted. Provided further that in the event no Provisional
Certificate is issued, the Defects Liability Period shall commence from the date of the
Completion Certificate. For the avoidance of doubt, any repairs or restoration on account of
usual wear or tear in the Project Works or any Section or part thereof shall form a part of
the Maintenance obligations of the Contractor as specified in Article 14.
17.1.2 Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 17.1.1, the Defects Liability Period for and in
respect of any Structure or Major Bridge having a construction cost exceeding Rs.50 crore
(Rupees fifty crore) each, as estimated in accordance with the provisions of Schedule-H,
shall be deemed to be extended by a further period of 3 (three) years after the expiry of the
Defects Liability Period specified in Clause 17.1.1.
17.2

Remedying Defects
Save and except as provided in Clause 14.1.2, the Contractor shall repair or rectify all Defects
and deficiencies observed by the Employers Engineer during the Defects Liability Period
within a period of 15 (fifteen) days from the date of notice issued by the Employers Engineer
in this behalf, or within such reasonable period as may be determined by the Employers
Engineer at the request of the Contractor, in accordance with Good Industry Practice.

17.3

Cost of remedying Defects


For the avoidance of doubt, any repair or rectification undertaken in accordance with the
provisions of Clause 17.2, including any additional testing, shall be carried out by the
Contractor at its own risk and cost, to the extent that such rectification or repair is attributable
to:

17.4

(a)

The design of the Project;

(b)

Plant, Materials or workmanship not being in accordance with this Agreement and
the Specifications and Standards;

(c)

Improper maintenance during construction of the Project Works by the


Contractor; and/ or

(d)

Failure by the Contractor to comply with any other obligation under this
Agreement.

Contractors failure to rectify Defects


In the event that the Contractor fails to repair or rectify such Defect or deficiency within the
period specified in Clause 17.2, the Employer shall be entitled to get the same repaired,
rectified or remedied at the Contractors cost so as to make the Project Works conform to the
Specifications and Standards and the provisions of this Agreement. All costs consequent
thereon shall, after due consultation with the Employer and the Contractor, be determined by
the Employers Engineer. The cost so determined and an amount equal to twenty percent of

Agreement

Page 59
59

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

the cost as Damages shall be recoverable by the Employer from the Contractor and may be
deducted by the Employer from any monies due to the Contractor.
17.5

Contractor to search cause

17.5.1 The Employers Engineer may instruct the Contractor to examine the cause of any
Defect in the Works or part thereof before the expiry of the Defects Liability Period.
17.5.2 In the event any Defect identified under Clause 17.5.1 is attributable to the
Contractor, the Contractor shall rectify such Defect within the period specified by the
Employers Engineer, and shall bear the cost of the examination and rectification of such
Defect.
17.5.3 In the event such Defect is not attributable to the Contractor, the Employers Engineer shall,
after due consultation with the Employer and the Contractor, determine the costs
incurred by the Contractor on such examination and notify the same to the Contractor, with a
copy to the Employer, and the Contractor shall be entitled to payment of such costs by the
Employer.
17.6

Extension of Defects Liability Period


The Defects Liability Period shall be deemed to be extended till the identified Defects under
Clause 17.2 have been remedied.

Agreement

Page 60
60

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 18
18. Employers Engineer
18.1

Appointment of the Employers Engineer

18.1.1 The Employer shall appoint a consulting engineering firm substantially in accordance with the
selection criteria set forth in Schedule-N, to be the engineer under this Agreement (the
Employers Engineer).
18.1.2 The appointment of the Employers Engineer shall be made no later than 15 (fifteen) days
from the date of this Agreement. The Employer shall notify the appointment or replacement
of the Employers Engineer to the Contractor.
18.1.3 The staff of the Employers Engineer shall include suitably qualified engineers and other
professionals who are competent to assist the Employers Engineer to carry out its duties.
18.2

Duties and authority of the Employers Engineer

18.2.1 The Employers Engineer shall perform the duties and exercise the authority in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement, and substantially in accordance with the terms of
reference (Terms of Reference or TOR) set forth in Annex 1 of Schedule N, but
subject to obtaining prior written approval of the Employer before determining:
(a)

any Time Extension;

(b)

any additional cost to be paid by the Employer to the Contractor;

(c)

the Termination Payment; or

(d)

any other matter which is not specified in (a), (b) or (c) above and which
creates an obligation or liability on either Party for a sum exceeding Rs.
5,000,000 (Rs. fifty lakh).

18.2.2 No decision or communication of the Employers Engineer shall be effective or valid unless it
is accompanied by an attested true copy of the approval of the Employer/PMNC for and in
respect of any matter specified in Clause 18.2.1.
18.2.3 The Employers Engineer shall submit regular periodic reports, at least once every month,
to the Employer/PMNC in respect of its duties and functions under this Agreement. Such
reports shall be submitted by the Employers Engineer within 10 (ten) days of the
beginning of every month. For the avoidance of doubt, the Employers Engineer shall
include in its report, compliance of the recommendations of the Safety Consultant.
18.3

Delegation by the Employers Engineer

18.3.1 The Employers Engineer may, by order in writing, delegate any of his duties and
responsibilities to suitably qualified and experienced personnel who are accountable to
Employers Engineer, or may revoke any such delegation, under intimation to the
Employer/PMNC and the Contractor. Provided, however, that the Employers Engineer
shall be responsible and liable for all actions and omissions of such personnel.
18.3.2 Any failure of the Employers Engineer to disapprove any work, Plant or Materials shall
not constitute approval, and shall therefore not prejudice the right of the Employer to reject
the work, Plant or Materials, which is not in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement
and the Specifications and Standards.
Agreement

Page 61
61

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

18.3.3 Notwithstanding anything stated in Clause 18.3.1 above, the Employers Engineer shall
not delegate the authority to refer any matter for the Employers/PMNC prior approval
wherever required in accordance with the provisions of Clause 18.2.
18.4 Instructions of the Employers Engineer
18.4.1 The Employers Engineer may issue to the Contractor instructions for remedying any Defect.
The Contractor shall take such instructions from the Employers Engineer, or from an
assistant to whom appropriate authority has been delegated under Clause
18.3.
18.4.2 The instructions issued by the Employers Engineer shall be in writing. However, if the
Employers Engineer issues any oral instructions to the Contractor, it shall confirm in
writing the oral instructions within 2 (two) working days of issuing them.
18.4.3 In case the Contractor does not receive the confirmation of the oral instruction within the time
specified in Clause 18.4.2, the Contractor shall seek the written confirmation of the oral
instructions from the Employers Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain acknowledgement
from the Employers Engineer of the communication seeking written confirmation. In case of
failure of the Employers Engineer or its delegated assistant to reply to the Contractor within 2
(two) days of the receipt of the communication from the Contractor, the Contractor may not
carry out the instruction.
18.4.4 In case of any dispute on any of the instructions issued by the delegated assistant, the
Contractor may refer the dispute to the Employers Engineer, who shall then confirm, reverse
or vary the instructions within 3 (three) business days of the dispute being referred.
18.5

Determination by the Employers Engineer

18.5.1 The Employers Engineer shall consult with each Party in an endeavor to reach
agreement wherever this Agreement provides for the determination of any matter by the
Employers Engineer. If such agreement is not achieved, the Employers Engineer shall make
a fair determination in accordance with this Agreement having due regard to all relevant
circumstances. The Employers Engineer shall give notice to both the Parties of each
agreement or determination, with supporting particulars.
18.5.2 Each Party shall give effect to each agreement or determination made by the Employers
Engineer in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Provided, however, that if
any Party disputes any instruction, decision, direction or determination of the
Employers Engineer, the Dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the Dispute
Resolution Procedure.
18.6

Remuneration of the Employers Engineer


The remuneration, cost and expenses of the Employers Engineer shall be paid by the
Employer.

18.7

Termination of the Employers Engineer

18.7.1 The Employer may, in its discretion, replace the Employers Engineer at any time, but only
after appointment of another Employers Engineer in accordance with Clause
18.1.
18.7.2 If the Contractor has reasons to believe that the Employers Engineer is not discharging
its duties and functions in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, it may make a
written representation to the Employer and seek termination of the appointment of the
Employers Engineer. Upon receipt of such representation, the Employer shall hold a tripartite
meeting with the Contractor and Employers Engineer and make best efforts for an amicable
resolution of the representation. In the event that the appointment of the Employers Engineer
is terminated hereunder, the Employer shall appoint forthwith another Employers Engineer in
accordance with Clause 18.1.
Agreement

Page 62
62

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

PART IV - FINANCIAL COVENANTS

Agreement

Page 63
63

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 19
19. Payments
19.1

Contract Price

19.1.1 The Employer shall make payments to the Contractor for the Works on the basis of the
lump sum price accepted by the Employer in consideration of the obligations specified in this
Agreement for an amount of Rs. (Rs.
) (The Contract Price), which shall be subject to adjustments in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement.. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties expressly agree that
the Contract Price shall not include the cost of Maintenance which shall be paid
separately in accordance with the provisions of Clause 19.7. The Parties further agree that
save and except as provided in this Agreement, the Contract Price shall be valid and effective
until issue of Completion Certificate.
19.1.2 The Contract Price includes all duties, taxes, royalty, and fees that may be levied in
accordance with the laws and regulations in force as on the Base Date on the Contractor's
equipment, Plant, Materials and supplies acquired for the purpose of this Agreement and on
the services performed under this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall relieve the
Contractor from its responsibility to pay any tax including any tax that may be levied in India
on profits made by it in respect of this Agreement.
19.1.3 The Contract Price shall not be adjusted for any change in costs stated in Clause
19.1.2 above, except as stated in Clauses 19.10 and 19.17.
19.1.4 The Contract Price shall not be adjusted to take account of any unforeseen difficulties or costs,
unless otherwise provided for in this Agreement.
19.1.5 Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, the Contract Price covers all the Contractors
obligations for the Works under this Agreement and all things necessary for the Construction
and the remedying of any Defects in the Project Works.
19.1.6 All payments under this Agreement shall be made in Indian Rupees.
19.2

Advance Payment

19.2.1 The Employer shall make an interest bearing advance payment @ Bank Rate + 5% per
annum -(the Advance Payment), equal in amount to 10 (ten) percent of the Contract Price,
for mobilisation expenses and for acquisition of equipment. The Advance Payment shall be
made in three instalments. The first instalment shall be an amount equal to 2% (two percent)
of the Contract Price, the second instalment shall be equal to 3% (three percent) of the
Contract Price, and the third instalment shall be equal to 5% (five percent) of the Contract
Price.
19.2.2 The Contractor may apply to the Employer for the first instalment of the Advance
Payment at any time after the Appointed Date, along with an irrevocable and unconditional
guarantee from a Bank for an amount equivalent to 110% (one hundred and ten per cent) of
such instalment, substantially in the form provided at Annex-III
of Schedule-G, to remain effective till the complete and full repayment thereof.
19.2.3 At any time after 30 (thirty) days from the Appointed Date, the Contractor may apply for the
second instalment of the Advance Payment along with an irrevocable and unconditional
guarantee from a Bank for an amount equivalent to 110% (one hundred and ten per cent) of
such installment, substantially in the form provided at Annex-III of Schedule-G, to remain
Agreement

Page 64
64

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

effective till the complete and full repayment thereof along with proof of satisfactory
utilization of first instalment of the Advance Payment.
19.2.4 At any time, after 60 (sixty) days from the Appointed Date, the Contractor may apply to the
Employer for the third instalment of the Advance Payment along with an irrevocable and
unconditional guarantee from a Bank for an amount equivalent to
110% (one hundred and ten per cent) of such instalment, substantially in the form provided at
Annex-III of Schedule-G, to remain effective till the complete and full repayment thereof
along with proof of satisfactory utilization of second instalment of the Advance Payment. No
advance shall be given after 40% of the original Contract amount
has been paid
19.2.5 The first, second and the third instalments shall be paid by the Employer to the
Contractor within 15 (fifteen) days of the receipt of its respective requests in accordance with
the provisions of this Clause 19.2.
19.2.6 The recovery of all Advances shall commence when 20% (twenty per cent) of the original
Contract Price of the work has been paid, or at ten months after the Commencement Date of
the Contract whichever is the earlier, and it will be completed by the time 80% of the
original contract value has been paid or by the time of original Completion Date whichever is
earlier. The recovery of advances shall be limited to 30% (thirty per cent) of an account bill.
19.2.7 If the Advance Payment has not been fully repaid prior to Termination under Clause
21.7 or Article 23, as the case may be, the whole of the balance then outstanding including
interest shall immediately become due and payable by the Contractor to the Employer.
19.3

Procedure for estimating the payment for the Works

19.3.1 The Employer shall make interim payments to the Contractor as certified by the
Employers Engineer on completion of a stage, in a length, number or area as specified, and
valued in accordance with the proportion of the Contract Price assigned to each item and its
stage in Schedule-H.
19.3.2 The Contractor shall base its claim for interim payment for the stages completed till the end
of the month for which the payment is claimed, valued in accordance with Clause 19.3.1,
supported with necessary particulars and documents in accordance with this Agreement.
19.3.3 Any reduction in the Contract Price arising out of Change of Scope or the works
withdrawn under Clause 8.3 shall not affect the amounts payable for the items or stage
payments thereof which are not affected by such Change of Scope or withdrawal.
For avoidance of doubt and by way of illustration, the Parties agree that if the amount assigned
to Major Bridges is reduced from Rs. 100 crore to Rs. 80 crore owing to Change of Scope or
withdrawal of work, the reduction in payment shall be restricted to relevant payments for
Major Bridges only and the payment due in respect of all other stage payments under the item
Major Bridges shall not be affected in any manner. The Parties further agree that the
adjustments arising out of the aforesaid modifications shall be carried out in a manner that the
impact of such modifications is restricted to the said Change of Scope or withdrawal, as the
case may be, and does not alter the payments due for and in respect of items or stage
payments which do not form part of such Change of Scope or withdrawal.
19.4

Stage Payment Statement for Works


The Contractor shall submit a statement (the Stage Payment Statement), in 3 copies, by
the 7th (seventh) day of the month to the Employers Engineer in the form set forth in
Schedule-O, showing the amount calculated in accordance with Clause
19.3 to which the Contractor considers himself entitled for completed stage(s) of the Works.
The Stage Payment Statement shall be accompanied with the progress reports and any other
supporting documents. The Contractor shall not submit any claim for payment of incomplete
stages of work.

Agreement

Page 65
65

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

19.5

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Stage Payment for Works

19.5.1 Within 10 (Ten ) days of receipt of the Stage Payment Statement from the Contractor
pursuant to Clause 19.4, the Employers Engineer shall broadly check and determine the
amount due to the Contractor and recommend the release of 75 (seventy five ) percent of the
amount so determined as part payment against the Stage Payment Statement, pending issue of
the Interim Payment Certificate by the Employers Engineer. Within 10 (ten) days of the
receipt of recommendation of the Employers Engineer, the Employer shall make electronic
payment directly to the Contractors bank account.
19.5.2 Within 15 (fifteen) days of the receipt of the Stage Payment Statement referred to in Clause
19.4, the Employers Engineer shall determine and shall deliver to the Employer and the
Contractor an IPC certifying the amount due and payable to the Contractor, after adjusting the
payments already released to the Contractor against the said statement. For the avoidance of
doubt, the Parties agree that the IPC shall specify all the amounts that have been deducted
from the Stage Payment Statement and the reasons therefor.
19.5.3 In cases where there is a difference of opinion as to the value of any stage, the
Employers Engineers view shall prevail and interim payments shall be made to the
Contractor on this basis; provided that the foregoing shall be without prejudice to the
Contractors right to raise a Dispute.
19.5.4 The Employers Engineer may, for reasons to be recorded, withhold from payment:
(a)
the estimated value of work or obligation that the Contractor has failed to perform in
accordance with this Agreement and the Employers Engineer had notified the
Contractor; and
(b)
the estimated cost of rectification of work done being not in accordance with this
Agreement.
19.5.5

Payment by the Employer shall not be deemed to indicate the Employer's acceptance,
approval, consent or satisfaction with the work done.

19.6

Monthly Maintenance Statement of the Project Works

19.6.1 The Contractor shall submit to the Employers Engineer a monthly maintenance
statement (Monthly Maintenance Statement) in 3 (three) copies by the 7th (seventh)
day of each month in the format set forth in Schedule-O for the Maintenance of the
Project Works during the previous month.
19.6.2 The monthly lump sum amount payable for Maintenance shall be 1/12 th (one-twelfth)
of the annual cost of Maintenance as specified in Clause 14.1.1.
19.7

Payment for Maintenance of the Project Works

19.7.1 Within 15 (fifteen) days of receipt of the Monthly Maintenance Statement from the
Contractor pursuant to Clause 19.6, the Employers Engineer shall verify the Contractors
monthly maintenance statement and certify the amount to be paid to the Contractor taking into
account:
(a)

compliance with the Maintenance Requirements; and

(b)

reduction for non-compliance


accordance with Clause 19.7.2.

with

the

Maintenance

Requirement

in

The Employers Engineer shall deliver to the Employer an IPC approving or amending
the monthly statement to reflect the amount due to the Contractor in accordance with this
Agreement.
Agreement

Page 66
66

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

19.7.2 Maintenance shall be measured in units of one kilometer each; provided, however, that
payment thereof shall be made in fixed monthly amounts in accordance with this Agreement.
If the Maintenance Requirements set forth in Schedule-E are not met, reduction in payments
shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Schedule- M. The reductions for noncompliance with the Maintenance Requirements shall be applied on the basis of monthly
inspections by the Employers Engineer.
19.7.3 The deduction made on account of non-compliance with the Maintenance
Requirements shall not be subsequently considered for payment after the compliance is
achieved by repair or rectification.
19.7.4 The Employer shall pay to the Contractor every quarter any amount due under any IPC
under this Clause 19.7. The payment shall be made no later than 30 (thirty) days from the date
of submission of the last IPC for the relevant quarter.
19.8

Payment of Damages

19.8.1 The Contractor may claim Damages due and payable to it in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement.
19.8.2 The Employers Engineer shall issue the IPC within 15 (fifteen) days of the receipt of the
claim under Clause 19.8.1, after making adjustments in accordance with the provisions
of this Agreement. The Employer shall pay to the Contractor the amount due under any IPC
within a period of 30 (thirty) days from the date of the submission of the claim under this
Clause 19.8. In the event of the failure of the Employer to make payment to the
Contractor within the specified time, the Employer shall be liable to pay to the Contractor
interest thereon and the provisions of Clause 19.9 shall apply mutatis mutandis thereto.
19.9

Time of payment and interest

19.9.1 The Employer shall pay to the Contractor any amount due under any payment certificate
issued by the Employers Engineer in accordance with the provisions of this Article 19, or
in accordance with any other clause of this Agreement as follows:
(a)

payment shall be made no later than 30 (thirty) days from the date of
submission of the Stage Payment Statement by the Contractor to the Employers
Engineer for certification in accordance with the provisions of Clause 19.4 for an IPC;
provided that, in the event the IPC is not issued by the Employers Engineer within
the aforesaid period of 30 (thirty) days, the Employer shall pay the amount shown
in the Contractors Stage Payment Statement and any discrepancy therein shall be
added to, or deducted from, the next payment certificate issued to the Contractor; and

(b)

payment shall be made no later than 30 (thirty) days from the date of
submission of the Final Payment Certificate for Works along with the discharge
submitted to the Employers Engineer in accordance with the provisions of Clause
19.15 for certification.

19.9.2 In the event of the failure of the Employer to make payment to the Contractor within the time
period stated in this Clause 19.9, the Employer shall be liable to pay to the Contractor interest
at the Bank Rate plus 5% (five percent), calculated at quarterly rests, on all sums remaining
unpaid from the date on which the same should have been paid, calculated in accordance
with the provisions of Clause 19.9.1(a) and (b) and till the date of actual payment.
19.10 Price adjustment for the Works
19.10.1 The amounts payable to the Contractor for Works shall be adjusted in accordance with
the provisions of this Clause 19.10.
19.10.2 Subject to the provisions of Clause 19.10.3, the amounts payable to the Contractor for
Works, shall be adjusted in the IPC issued by the Employers Engineer for the increase or
Agreement

Page 67
67

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

decrease in the index cost of inputs for the Works, by the addition or subtraction of the
amounts determined by the formulae prescribed in Clause 19.10.4.
19.10.3 To the extent that full compensation for any increase or decrease in costs to the
Contractor is not covered by the provisions of this or other Clauses in this
Agreement, the costs and prices payable under this Agreement shall be deemed to include the
amounts required to cover the contingency of such other increase or decrease of costs and
prices.
19.10.4 The Contract Price shall be adjusted for increase or decrease in rates and price of labour,
cement, steel, Plant, machinery and spares, bitumen, fuel and lubricants, and other material
inputs in accordance with the principles, procedures and formulae specified below:
(a)

price adjustment shall be applied on completion of the specified stage of the respective
item of work in accordance with Schedule-H;

(b)

The following expressions and meanings are assigned to the value of the work done:

(c)

Price adjustment for changes in cost shall be paid in accordance with the following
formula:
PV= 0.85 R x (UI U0)/U0

Where
R= Value of work done for the completion of a stage under Schedule-H
PV = Increase or decrease in the cost of works during the period under consideration due to
changes in Indices
UO = The Urban Infra Construction Cost Indices for Delhi published by Construction
Industry Development Council, (hereinafter called Urban Infra CCI) for the month of
the Base Date.
UI = The Urban Infra CCI for the month three months prior to the month to which the IPC
relates.
19.11 Restrictions on price adjustment
Price adjustment shall be due and payable only in respect of the stages of Works for which
the Stage Payment Statement has been submitted by the Contractor no later than 30
(thirty) days from the date of the applicable Project Milestone or the Scheduled
Completion Date, as the case may be, including any Time Extension granted therefor in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of
submission of any Stage Payment Statement after the period specified herein, price adjustment
shall be applicable until the date of the respective Project Milestone or the Scheduled
Completion Date, as the case may be.
19.12 Price adjustment for Operation & Maintenance of Project
Lump sum payment for Maintenance shall be adjusted every quarter for changes in rates
and prices of various inputs in accordance with the formula given below:
V = P X (WI-WO)/WO
V=

Increase or decrease in the quarterly lump sum payment

P=

Quarterly lump sum payment due to the Contractor after adjusting any
reduction in payment for noncompliance of the Maintenance Requirements

WO = The wholesale price index (all commodities) for the month of the Base Date.
Agreement

Page 68
68

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

I
W =

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

The wholesale price index (all commodities) for the month, three months prior to the
month which IPC relates.

19.13 Final Payment Statement


19.13.1 Within 60 (sixty) days after receiving the Completion Certificate under Clause 12.4, the
Contractor shall submit to the Employers Engineer for consideration six copies of a Final
Payment Statement (the Final Payment Statement) for Works, with supporting documents
showing in detail, in the form prescribed by the Employers Engineer:
(a)

the summary of Contractors Stage Payment claims for Works as submitted in


accordance with Clause 19.4;

(b)

the amounts received from the Employer against each claim; and

(c)

any further sums which the Contractor considers due to it from the Employer.

If the Employers Engineer disagrees with or cannot verify any part of the Final Payment
Statement, the Contractor shall submit such further information as the Employers Engineer
may reasonably require. The Employers Engineer shall deliver to the Employer:
(i)

an IPC for those parts of the Final Payment Statement which are not in
dispute, along with a list of disputed items which shall then be settled in accordance
with the provisions of Article 26; or

(ii)

a Final Payment Certificate in accordance with Clause 19.15 if there are no


disputed items.

19.13.2 If the Employers Engineer does not prescribe the form referred to in Clause 19.13.1 within 15
(fifteen) of the date of issue of the Completion Certificate, the Contractor shall submit the
statement in such form as it deems fit.
19.14 Discharge
Upon submission of the Final Payment Statement for Works under Clause 19.13, the
Contractor shall give to the Employer, with a copy to the Employers Engineer, a written
discharge confirming that the total of the Final Payment Statement represents full and final
settlement of all monies due to the Contractor in respect of this Agreement for all the Works
arising out of this Agreement, except for any monies due to either Party on account of any
Defect. Provided that such discharge shall become effective only after the payment due
has been made in accordance with the Final
Payment Certificate issued pursuant to Clause 19.15.
19.15 Final Payment Certificate
19.15.1 Within 30 (thirty) days after receipt of the Final Payment Statement for Works under Clause
19.13, and the written discharge under Clause 19.14, and there being no disputed items
of claim, the Employers Engineer shall deliver to the Employer, with a copy to the
Contractor, a final payment certificate (the Final Payment Certificate) stating the
amount which, in the opinion of the Employers Engineer, is finally due under this Agreement
or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, before issuing the Final Payment Certificate, the
Employers Engineer shall ascertain from the Employer all amounts previously paid by the
Employer and for all sums to which the Employer is entitled, the balance, if any, due from the
Employer to the Contractor or from the Contractor to the Employer, as the case may be.
19.15.2 The Employer shall, in accordance with the provisions of Clause 19.9, pay to the Contractor
the amount which is stated as being finally due in the Final Payment Certificate.
Agreement

Page 69
69

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

19.16 Final payment statement for Maintenance


19.16.1 Within 30 (thirty) days after completion of the Maintenance Period, the Contractor shall
submit to the Employers Engineer six copies of the final payment statement for Maintenance
of the Project Works, with supporting documents showing the details set forth below in the
form prescribed by the Employers Engineer :
(a)

the total amount claimed in accordance with the monthly statement for
Maintenance of Project Works;

(b)

the amount paid in accordance with the Interim Payment Certificates; and

(c)

any sums which the Contractor considers to be due to it, with supporting
documents.

19.16.2 The Employers Engineer shall certify final payment within 30 (thirty) days of the receipt of
the final payment statement of Maintenance under Clause 19.16.1, segregating the items of
amount payable from the items of amount disallowed. The Employer shall make payment on
the basis of the final payment authorized by the Employers Engineer within a period of 30
(thirty) days of the receipt of the Final Payment Statement from the Employers Engineer.
19.16.3 If the Employers Engineer does not prescribe the form within 15 (fifteen) days of the date
of issue of the Completion Certificate, the Contractor shall submit the statement in such form
as it deems fit.
19.17 Change in law
19.17.1 If as a result of Change in Law, the Contractor suffers any additional costs in the
execution of the Works or in relation to the performance of its other obligations under this
Agreement, the Contractor shall, within 15 (fifteen) days from the date it becomes reasonably
aware of such addition in cost, notify the Employer with a copy to the Employers Engineer
of such additional cost due to Change in Law.
19.17.2 If as a result of Change in Law, the Contractor benefits from any reduction in costs for the
execution of this Agreement or in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, either Party
shall, within 15 (fifteen) days from the date it becomes reasonably aware of such reduction in
cost, notify the other Party with a copy to the Employers Engineer of such reduction in cost due
to Change in Law.
19.17.3 The Employers Engineer shall, within 15 (fifteen) days from the date of receipt of the notice from
the Contractor or the Employer, determine any addition or reduction to the Contract Price, as the
case may be, due to the Change in Law.
19.18 Correction of Interim Payment Certificates
The Employers Engineer may by an Interim Payment Certificate make any correction or
modification in any previous Interim Payment Certificate issued by the Employers Engineer.
19.19 Employers claims
If the Employer considers itself to be entitled to any payment from the Contractor under any
Clause of this Agreement, it shall give notice and particulars to the Contractor 20 (twenty)
days before making the recovery from any amount due to the Contractor, and shall take into
consideration the representation, if any, made by the Contractor in this behalf, before making
such recovery.
19.20 Bonus for early completion
In the event that the Project Completion Date occurs prior to the Scheduled
Completion Date, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive a payment of bonus equivalent to
Agreement

Page 70
70

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

1 % calculated on monthly basis of the Contract Price by which the Project Completion Date
precedes the Scheduled Completion Date, but subject to a maximum of 5 % (Five per
cent) of the Contract Price. Provided, however, that the payment of bonus, if any, shall be
made only after the issue of the Completion Certificate. For the avoidance of the doubt, the
Parties agree that for the purpose of determining the bonus payable hereunder, the Contract
Price shall always be deemed to be the amount specified in Clause 19.1.1, and shall exclude
any revision thereof for any reason. The Parties also agree that bonus shall be payable only if
each work for which Extension of Time has been granted is completed within respective
Extended Time.

Agreement

Page 71
71

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 20
20. Insurance
20.1

Insurance for Works and Maintenance

20.1.1 The Contractor shall effect and maintain at its own cost the insurances specified in
Schedule-P and as per the requirements under the Applicable Laws.
20.1.2 Subject to the provisions of Clause 21.6, the Employer and the Contractor shall, in
accordance with its obligations as provided for in this Agreement, be liable to bear the cost of
any loss or damage that does not fall within the scope of this Article 20 or cannot be
recovered from the insurers.
20.1.3 Subject to the exceptions specified in Clause 20.1.4 below, the Contractor shall, save and
except as provided for in this Agreement, fully indemnify, hold harmless and defend the
Employer from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges and/or claims with
respect to:
(a)

the death of or injury to any person; or

(b)

the loss of or damage to any property (other than the Works);

That may arise out of or in consequence of any breach by the Contractor of this Agreement
during the execution of the Works or the remedying of any Defects therein.
20.1.4

Notwithstanding anything stated above in Clause 20.1.3, the Employer shall fully
indemnify the Contractor from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges,
proceedings and/or claims arising out of or with respect to
(a)

the use or occupation of land or any part thereof by the Employer;

(b)

the right of the Employer to execute the Works, or any part thereof, on, over, under,
in or through any land;

(c)

the damage to property which is the unavoidable result of the execution and
completion of the Works, or the remedying of any Defects therein, in accordance with
this Agreement; and

(d)

the death of or injury to persons or loss of or damage to property resulting from


any act or neglect of the Employer, its agents, servants or other contractors, not being
employed by the Contractor.

Provided that, in the event of any injury or damage as a result of the contributory negligence
of the Contractor, the Employer shall be liable to indemnify the Contractor from and against
any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, proceedings and/or claims to the extent as
may be proportionately determined to be the liability of the Employer, its servants or agents
or other contractors not associated with the Contractor in such injury or damage.
20.1.5 Without prejudice to the obligations of the Parties as specified under Clauses 20.1.3 and
20.1.4, the Contractor shall maintain or effect such third party insurances as may be required
under the Applicable Laws.
20.1.6 The Contractor shall provide to the Employer, within 30 days of the Appointed Date,
evidence of professional liability insurance maintained by its Design Director and/or
consultants to cover the risk of professional negligence in the design of Works. The
professional liability coverage shall be for a sum of not less than 3% (three per cent) of the
Contract Price and shall be maintained until the end of the Defects Liability Period.
Agreement

Page 72
72

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

20.2

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Notice to the Employer


No later than 15 (fifteen) days after the date of this Agreement, the Contractor shall by
notice furnish to the Employer, in reasonable detail, information in respect of the insurances
that it proposes to effect and maintain in accordance with this Article 20. Within 15 (fifteen)
days of receipt of such notice, the Employer may require the Contractor to effect and maintain
such other insurances as may be necessary pursuant hereto, and in the event of any
difference or disagreement relating to any such insurance, the Dispute Resolution
Procedure shall apply.

20.3

Evidence of Insurance Cover

20.3.1 All insurances obtained by the Contractor in accordance with this Article 20 shall be
maintained with insurers on terms consistent with Good Industry Practice. Within 10 (ten)
days from the Appointed Date, the Contractor shall furnish to the Employer notarised true
copies of the certificate(s) of insurance, copies of insurance policies and premium payment
receipts in respect of such insurance, and no such insurance shall be cancelled, modified, or
allowed to expire or lapse until the expiration of at least 45 (forty-five) days after notice of
such proposed cancellation, modification or non- renewal has been delivered by the
Contractor to the Employer. The Contractor shall act in accordance with the directions of the
Employer. Provided that the Contractor shall produce to the Employer the insurance policies
in force and the receipts for payment of the current premium.
20.3.2 The Contractor shall ensure the adequacy of the insurances at all times in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement.
20.4

Remedy for failure to insure


If the Contractor shall fail to effect and keep in force all insurances for which it is responsible
pursuant hereto, the Employer shall have the option to either keep in force any such
insurances, and pay such premium and recover the costs thereof from the Contractor, or in the
event of computation of a Termination Payment, treat an amount equal to the Insurance Cover
as deemed to have been received by the Contractor.

20.5

Waiver of subrogation
All insurance policies in respect of the insurance obtained by the Contractor pursuant to this
Article 20 shall include a waiver of any and all rights of subrogation or recovery of
the insurers thereunder against, inter alia, the Employer, and its assigns, successors,
undertakings and their subsidiaries, Affiliates, employees, insurers and underwriters, and of
any right of the insurers to any set-off or counterclaim or any other deduction, whether by
attachment or otherwise, in respect of any liability of any such person insured under any such
policy or in any way connected with any loss, liability or obligation covered by such policies
of insurance.

20.6

Contractors waiver
The Contractor hereby further releases, assigns and waives any and all rights of
subrogation or recovery against, inter alia, the Employer and its assigns, undertakings and
their subsidiaries, Affiliates, employees, successors, insurers and underwriters, which the
Contractor may otherwise have or acquire in or from or in any way connected with
any loss, liability or obligation covered by policies of insurance maintained or required
to be maintained by the Contractor pursuant to this Agreement (other than third party liability
insurance policies) or because of deductible clauses in or inadequacy of limits of any such
policies of insurance.

Agreement

Page 73
73

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

20.7

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Cross liabilities
Any such insurance maintained or effected in pursuance of this Article 20 shall include
a cross liability clause such that the insurance shall apply to the Contractor and to the
Employer as separately insured.

20.8

Accident or injury to workmen


Notwithstanding anything stated in this Agreement, it is hereby expressly agreed between the
Parties that the Employer shall not be liable for or in respect of any damages or compensation
payable to any workman or other person in the employment of the Contractor or Subcontractor, save and except as for death or injury resulting from any act, omission or default
of the Employer, its agents or servants. The Contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified
the Employer from and against all such claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges, and
expenses whatsoever in respect of the above save and except for those acts, omissions or
defaults for which the Employer shall be liable.

20.9

Insurance against accident to workmen


The Contractor shall effect and maintain during the Agreement such insurances as may be
required to insure the Contractors personnel and any other persons employed by it on the
Project Site from and against any liability incurred in pursuance of this Article 20. Provided
that for the purposes of this Clause 20.9, the Contractors personnel/any person employed by
the Contractor shall include the Sub-contractor and its personnel. It is further provided
that, in respect of any persons employed by any Sub-contractor, the Contractor's
obligations to insure as aforesaid under this Clause 20.9 shall be discharged if the Subcontractor shall have insured against any liability in respect of such persons in such manner
that the Employer is indemnified under the policy. The Contractor shall require such Subcontractor to produce before the Employer, when required, such policy of insurance and the
receipt for payment of the current premium within 10 (ten) days of such demand being
made by the Employer.

20.10 Application of insurance proceeds


The proceeds from all insurance claims, except for life and injury, shall be applied for any
necessary repair, reconstruction, reinstatement, replacement, improvement, delivery or
installation of the Project Works and the provisions of this Agreement in respect of
construction of works shall apply mutatis mutandis to the works undertaken out of the
proceeds of insurance.
20.11 Compliance with policy conditions
Each Party hereby expressly agrees to fully indemnify the other Party from and against
all losses and claims arising from its failure to comply with conditions imposed by the
insurance policies affected in accordance with this Agreement.

Agreement

Page 74
74

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

PART V - FORCE MAJEURE AND TERMINATION

Agreement

Page 75
75

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 21
21. Force Majeure
21.1

Force Majeure
As used in this Agreement, the expression Force Majeure or Force Majeure Event shall
mean occurrence in India of any or all of Non-Political Event, Indirect Political Event and
Political Event, as defined in Clauses 21.2, 21.3 and 21.4 respectively, if it affects the
performance by the Party claiming the benefit of Force Majeure (the Affected Party)
of its obligations under this Agreement and which act or event (i) is beyond the reasonable
control of the Affected Party, and (ii) the Affected Party could not have prevented or
overcome by exercise of due diligence and following Good Industry Practice, and (iii) has
Material Adverse Effect on the Affected Party.

21.2

Non-Political Event
A Non-Political Event shall mean one or more of the following acts or events:

21.3

(a)

act of God, epidemic, extremely adverse weather conditions, lightning, earthquake,


landslide, cyclone, flood, volcanic eruption, chemical or radioactive
contamination or ionising radiation, fire or explosion (to the extent of contamination
or radiation or fire or explosion originating from a source external to the Site);

(b)

strikes or boycotts (other than those involving the Contractor, Sub-contractors or


their respective employees/representatives, or attributable to any act or omission
of any of them) interrupting supplies and services to the Project Works for a
continuous period of 24 (twenty-four) hours and an aggregate period exceeding 10
(ten) days in an Accounting Year, and not being an Indirect Political Event set forth in
Clause 21.3;

(c)

any failure or delay of a Sub-contractor but only to the extent caused by


another Non-Political Event;

(d)

any judgment or order of any court of competent jurisdiction or statutory


authority made against the Contractor in any proceedings for reasons other than
(i) failure of the Contractor to comply with any Applicable Law or Applicable
Permit, or (ii) on account of breach of any Applicable Law or Applicable Permit or
of any contract, or (iii) enforcement of this Agreement, or (iv) exercise of any of its
rights under this Agreement by the Employer;

(e)

the discovery of geological conditions, toxic contamination or archaeological remains


on the Site that could not reasonably have been expected to be discovered through a
site inspection; or

(f)

any event or circumstances of a nature analogous to any of the foregoing.

Indirect Political Event


An Indirect Political Event shall mean one or more of the following acts or events:
(a)

Agreement

an act of war (whether declared or undeclared), invasion, armed conflict or act of


foreign enemy, blockade, embargo, riot, insurrection, terrorist or military action, civil
commotion or politically motivated sabotage;
Page 76
76

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

21.4

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

(b)

industry-wide or State-wide strikes or industrial action for a continuous period of 24


(twenty-four) hours and exceeding an aggregate period of 10 (ten) days in an
Accounting Year;

(c)

any civil commotion, boycott or political agitation which prevents


construction of the Project Works by the Contractor for an aggregate period
exceeding 10 (ten) days in an Accounting Year;

(d)

any failure or delay of a Sub-contractor to the extent caused by any Indirect


Political Event;

(e)

any Indirect Political Event that causes a Non-Political Event; or

(f)

any event or circumstances of a nature analogous to any of the foregoing.

Political Event
A Political Event shall mean one or more of the following acts or events by or on
account of any Government Instrumentality:

21.5

(a)

Change in Law, only if consequences thereof cannot be dealt with under and in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 19.17;

(b)

compulsory acquisition in national interest or expropriation of any Project


Assets or rights of the Contractor or of the Sub-Contractors;

(c)

unlawful or unauthorised or without jurisdiction revocation of, or refusal to renew or


grant without valid cause, any clearance, licence, permit, authorisation,
no
objection certificate, consent, approval or exemption required by the Contractor
or any of the Sub-contractors to perform their respective obligations under this
Agreement; provided that such delay, modification, denial, refusal or revocation did
not result from the Contractors or any Sub-contractors inability or failure to
comply with any condition relating to grant, maintenance or renewal of such
clearance, licence, authorisation, no objection certificate, exemption, consent,
approval or permit;

(d)

any failure or delay of a Sub-contractor but only to the extent caused by


another Political Event; or

(e)

any event or circumstances of a nature analogous to any of the foregoing.

Duty to report Force Majeure Event

21.5.1 Upon occurrence of a Force Majeure Event, the Affected Party shall by notice report such
occurrence to the other Party forthwith. Any notice pursuant hereto shall include full
particulars of:
(a)

the nature and extent of each Force Majeure Event which is the subject of any claim
for relief under this Article 21 with evidence in support thereof;

(b)

the estimated duration and the effect or probable effect which such Force
Majeure Event is having or will have on the Affected Partys performance of its
obligations under this Agreement;

(c)

the measures which the Affected Party is taking or proposes to take for
alleviating the impact of such Force Majeure Event; and

(d)

any other information relevant to the Affected Partys claim.

Agreement

Page 77
77

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

21.5.2 The Affected Party shall not be entitled to any relief for or in respect of a Force
Majeure Event unless it shall have notified the other Party of the occurrence of the Force
Majeure Event as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event no later than
10 (ten) days after the Affected Party knew, or ought reasonably to have known, of its
occurrence, and shall have given particulars of the probable material effect that the Force
Majeure Event is likely to have on the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
21.5.3 For so long as the Affected Party continues to claim to be materially affected by such Force
Majeure Event, it shall provide the other Party with regular (and not less than weekly) reports
containing information as required by Clause 21.5.1, and such other information as the other
Party may reasonably request the Affected Party to provide.
21.6

Effect of Force Majeure Event on the Agreement

21.6.1 Upon the occurrence of any Force Majeure after the Appointed Date, the costs incurred
and attributable to such event and directly relating to this Agreement (the Force Majeure
costs) shall be allocated and paid as follows:
(a)

upon occurrence of a Non-Political Event, the Parties shall bear their respective
Force Majeure costs and neither Party shall be required to pay to the other Party
any costs thereof;

(b)

upon occurrence of an Indirect Political Event, all Force Majeure costs


attributable to such Indirect Political Event, and not exceeding the Insurance Cover
for such Indirect Political Event, shall be borne by the Contractor, and to the extent
Force Majeure costs exceed such Insurance Cover, one half of such excess amount
shall be reimbursed by the Employer to the Contractor for the Force Majeure events;
and

(c)

upon occurrence of a Political Event, all Force Majeure costs attributable to such
Political Event shall be reimbursed by the Employer to the Contractor.

For the avoidance of doubt, Force Majeure costs may include costs directly attributable
to the Force Majeure Event, but shall not include debt repayment obligations, if any, of the
Contractor.
21.6.2 Save and except as expressly provided in this Article 21, neither Party shall be liable in any
manner whatsoever to the other Party in respect of any loss, damage, cost, expense, claims,
demands and proceedings relating to or arising out of occurrence or existence of any Force
Majeure Event or exercise of any right pursuant hereto.
21.6.3 Upon the occurrence of any Force Majeure Event during the Construction Period, the Project
Completion Schedule for and in respect of the affected Works shall be extended on a
day for day basis for such period as performance of the Contractors obligations is affected on
account of the Force Majeure Event or its subsisting effects.
21.7

Termination Notice for Force Majeure Event

21.7.1 If a Force Majeure Event subsists for a period of 60 (sixty) days or more within a
continuous period of 120 (one hundred and twenty) days, either Party may in its discretion
terminate this Agreement by issuing a Termination Notice to the other Party without
being liable in any manner whatsoever, save as provided in this Article
21, and upon issue of such Termination Notice, this Agreement shall, notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, stand terminated forthwith; provided that before
issuing such Termination Notice, the Party intending to issue the Termination Notice shall
inform the other Party of such intention and grant 15 (fifteen) days time to make a
representation, and may after the expiry of such 15 (fifteen) days period, whether or not it is
in receipt of such representation, in its sole discretion issue the Termination Notice.
Agreement

Page 78
78

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

21.8

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Termination Payment for Force Majeure Event

21.8.1 In the event of this Agreement being terminated on account of a Non-Political Event, the
Termination Payment shall be an amount equal to the sum payable under Clause
23.5.
Provided that in the event Termination occurs during the Maintenance Period, the Employers
Engineer shall only determine the value of Works associated with Maintenance.
21.8.2 If Termination is on account of an Indirect Political Event, the Termination Payment shall
include:
(a)

any sums due and payable under Clause 23.5; and

(b)

the reasonable cost, as determined by the Employers Engineer, of the Plant and
Materials procured by the Contractor and transferred to the Employer for use in
Construction or Maintenance, only if such Plant and Materials are in conformity with
the Specifications and Standards; Provided that in the event Termination occurs
during the Maintenance Period, the Employers Engineer shall only determine the
value of Works associated with Maintenance.

21.8.3 If Termination is on account of a Political Event, the Employer shall make a Termination
Payment to the Contractor in an amount that would be payable under Clause 23.6.2 as if it
were an Employer Default.
21.9

Dispute resolution
In the event that the Parties are unable to agree in good faith about the occurrence or existence
of a Force Majeure Event, such Dispute shall be finally settled in accordance with the
Dispute Resolution Procedure; provided that the burden of proof as to the occurrence or
existence of such Force Majeure Event shall be upon the Party claiming relief and/or excuse
on account of such Force Majeure Event.

21.10 Excuse from performance of obligations


If the Affected Party is rendered wholly or partially unable to perform its obligations under
this Agreement because of a Force Majeure Event, it shall be excused from performance of
such of its obligations to the extent it is unable to perform on account of such Force Majeure
Event; provided that:
(a)

the suspension of performance shall be of no greater scope and of no longer duration


than is reasonably required by the Force Majeure Event;

(b)

the Affected Party shall make all reasonable efforts to mitigate or limit
damage to the other Party arising out of or as a result of the existence or occurrence
of such Force Majeure Event and to cure the same with due diligence; and

(c)

when the Affected Party is able to resume performance of its obligations under this
Agreement, it shall give to the other Party notice to that effect and shall promptly
resume performance of its obligations hereunder.

Agreement

Page 79
79

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 22
22. Suspension of Contractors Rights
22.1

Suspension upon Contractor Default


Upon occurrence of a Contractor Default, the Employer shall be entitled, without prejudice to
its other rights and remedies under this Agreement including its rights of Termination
hereunder, to (i) suspend carrying out of the Works or Maintenance or any part thereof, and
(ii) carry out such Works or Maintenance itself or authorise any other person to exercise or
perform the same on its behalf during such suspension (the Suspension). Suspension
hereunder shall be effective forthwith upon issue of notice by the Employer to the
Contractor and may extend up to a period not exceeding
90 (ninety) days from the date of issue of such notice.

22.2

Employer to act on behalf of Contractor


During the period of Suspension hereunder, all rights and liabilities vested in the Contractor in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall continue to vest therein and all things
done or actions taken, including expenditure incurred by the Employer for discharging the
obligations of the Contractor under and in accordance with this Agreement shall be deemed to
have been done or taken for and on behalf of the Contractor and the Contractor undertakes to
indemnify the Employer for all costs incurred during such period. The Contractor hereby
licences and sub-licences respectively, the Employer or any other person authorised by it
under Clause 22.1 to use during Suspension, all Intellectual Property belonging to or licenced
to the Contractor with respect to the Project Works and its design, engineering, construction
and maintenance, and which is used or created by the Contractor in performing its obligations
under the Agreement.

22.3

Revocation of Suspension

22.3.1 In the event that the Employer shall have rectified or removed the cause of Suspension within a
period not exceeding 60 (sixty) days from the date of Suspension, it shall revoke the
Suspension forthwith and restore all rights of the Contractor under this Agreement. For the
avoidance of doubt, the Parties expressly agree that the Employer may, in its discretion,
revoke the Suspension at any time, whether or not the cause of Suspension has been rectified
or removed hereunder.
22.3.2 Upon the Contractor having cured the Contractor Default within a period not exceeding
60 (sixty) days from the date of Suspension, the Employer shall revoke the Suspension
forthwith and restore all rights of the Contractor under this Agreement.
22.4

Termination

22.4.1 At any time during the period of Suspension under this Article 22, the Contractor may by
notice require the Employer to revoke the Suspension and issue a Termination Notice. The
Employer shall, within 15 (fifteen) days of receipt of such notice, terminate this Agreement
under and in accordance with Article 23.
22.4.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in the event that
Suspension is not revoked within 90 (ninety) days from the date of Suspension hereunder, the
Agreement shall, upon expiry of the aforesaid period, be deemed to have been terminated
by mutual agreement of the Parties and all the provisions of this Agreement shall apply,
mutatis mutandis, to such Termination as if a Termination Notice had been issued by the
Employer upon occurrence of a Contractor Default.
Agreement

Page 80
80

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 23
23. Termination
23.1

Termination for Contractor Default

23.1.1 Save as otherwise provided in this Agreement, in the event that any of the defaults specified
below shall have occurred, and the Contractor fails to cure the default within the Cure Period
set forth below, or where no Cure Period is specified, then within a Cure Period of 60 (sixty)
days, the Contractor shall be deemed to be in default of this Agreement (the Contractor
Default), unless the default has occurred solely as a result of any breach of this Agreement
by the Employer or due to Force Majeure. The defaults referred to herein shall include:
(a)

the Contractor fails to provide, extend or replenish, as the case may be, the
Performance Security in accordance with this Agreement;

(b)

subsequent to the replenishment or furnishing of fresh Performance Security in


accordance with Clause 7.3, the Contractor fails to cure, within a Cure Period of 30
(thirty) days, the Contractor Default for which the whole or part of the Performance
Security was appropriated;

(c)

the Contractor does not achieve the latest outstanding Project Milestone due in
accordance with the provisions of Schedule-J, subject to any Time Extension, and
continues to be in default for 45 (forty five) days;

(d)

the Contractor abandons or manifests intention to abandon the construction or


Maintenance of the Project Works without the prior written consent of the Employer;

(e)

the Contractor fails to proceed with the Works in accordance with the
provisions of Clause 10.1 or stops Works and/or the Maintenance for 30
(thirty) days without reflecting the same in the current programme and such stoppage
has not been authorised by the Employers Engineer;

(f)

the Project Completion Date does not occur within the period specified in
Schedule-J for the Scheduled Completion Date, or any extension thereof;

(g)

failure to complete the Punch List items within the periods stipulated therefor in
Clause 12.2.1;

(h)

the Contractor fails to rectify any Defect, the non-rectification of which shall have a
Material Adverse Effect on the Project, within the time specified in this Agreement or
as directed by the Employers Engineer;

(i)

the Contractor subcontracts the Works or any part thereof in violation of this
Agreement or assigns any part of the Works or the Maintenance without the prior
approval of the Employer;

(j)

the Contractor creates any Encumbrance in breach of this Agreement;

(k)

an execution levied on any of the assets of the Contractor has caused a


Material Adverse Effect;

(l)

the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or if a trustee or receiver is appointed


for the Contractor or for the whole or material part of its assets that has a material
bearing on the Project;

Agreement

Page 81
81

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

(m)

the Contractor has been, or is in the process of being liquidated, dissolved, woundup, amalgamated or reconstituted in a manner that would cause, in the reasonable
opinion of the Employer, a Material Adverse Effect;

(n)

a resolution for winding up of the Contractor is passed, or any petition for winding
up of the Contractor is admitted by a court of competent jurisdiction and a
provisional liquidator or receiver is appointed and such order has not been set
aside within 90 (ninety) days of the date thereof or the Contractor is ordered to be
wound up by court except for the purpose of amalgamation or reconstruction;
provided that, as part of such amalgamation or reconstruction, the entire property,
assets and undertaking of the Contractor are transferred to the amalgamated or
reconstructed entity and that the amalgamated or reconstructed entity has
unconditionally assumed the obligations of the Contractor under this Agreement; and
provided that:
(i)

the amalgamated or reconstructed entity has the capability and


experience necessary for the performance of its obligations under this
Agreement; and

(ii)

the amalgamated or reconstructed entity has the financial standing to


perform its obligations under this Agreement and has a credit worthiness
at least as good as that of the Contractor as at the Appointed Date;

(o)

any representation or warranty of the Contractor herein contained which is, as of the
date hereof, found to be materially false or the Contractor is at any time hereafter
found to be in breach thereof;

(p)

the Contractor submits to the Employer any statement, notice or other


document, in written or electronic form, which has a material effect on the
Employers rights, obligations or interests and which is false in material particulars;

(q)

the Contractor has failed to fulfil any obligation, for which failure Termination has
been specified in this Agreement; or

(r)

the Contractor commits a default in complying with any other provision of this
Agreement if such a default causes a Material Adverse Effect on the Project or on the
Employer.

23.1.2 Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies which the Employer may have under
this Agreement, upon occurrence of a Contractor Default, the Employer shall be entitled to
terminate this Agreement by issuing a Termination Notice to the Contractor; provided
that before issuing the Termination Notice, the Employer shall by a notice inform the
Contractor of its intention to issue such Termination Notice and grant 15 (fifteen) days to the
Contractor to make a representation, and may after the expiry of such 15 (fifteen) days,
whether or not it is in receipt of such representation, issue the Termination Notice.
23.1.3 After termination of this Agreement for Contractor Default, the Employer may complete the
Works and/or arrange for any other entities to do so. The Employer and these entities may
then use any Materials, Plant and equipment, Contractors documents and other design
documents made by or on behalf of the Contractor.
23.2

Termination for Employer Default

23.2.1

In the event that any of the defaults specified below shall have occurred, and the
Employer fails to cure such default within a Cure Period of 90 (ninety) days or such longer
period as has been expressly provided in this Agreement, the Employer shall be deemed to
be in default of this Agreement (the Employer Default) unless the default has occurred as a
result of any breach of this Agreement by the Contractor or due to Force Majeure. The
defaults referred to herein shall include:

Agreement

Page 82
82

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

(a)

(b)
(c)

(d)

(e)

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

the Employer commits a material default in complying with any of the


provisions of this Agreement and such default has a Material Adverse Effect on the
Contractor;
the Employer has failed to make payment of any amount due and payable to the
Contractor within the period specified in this Agreement;
the Employer has failed to provide, within a period of 180 (one hundred and eighty)
days from the Appointed Date, the environmental clearances required for construction
of the Project Works;
the Employer repudiates this Agreement or otherwise takes any action that
amounts to or manifests an irrevocable intention not to be bound by this Agreement;
or
the Employers Engineer fails to issue the relevant Interim Payment Certificate
within 60 (sixty) days after receiving a statement and supporting documents.

23.2.2 Without prejudice to any other right or remedy which the Contractor may have under this
Agreement, upon occurrence of an Employer Default, the Contractor shall be entitled to
terminate this Agreement by issuing a Termination Notice to the Employer; provided that
before issuing the Termination Notice, the Contractor shall by a notice inform the Employer
of its intention to issue the Termination Notice and grant 15 (fifteen) days to the Employer to
make a representation, and may after the expiry of such 15 (fifteen) days, whether or not it is
in receipt of such representation, issue the Termination Notice.
23.3

Termination for Employers convenience


Notwithstanding anything stated hereinabove, the Employer may terminate this Agreement
for convenience. The termination shall take effect 30 (thirty) days from the date of notice
hereunder.

23.4

Requirements after Termination


Upon Termination of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Article 23, the
Contractor shall comply with and conform to the following:

23.5

(a)

deliver to the Employer all Plant and Materials which shall have become the property
of the Employer under this Article 23;

(b)

deliver all relevant records, reports, Intellectual Property and other licences
pertaining to the Works, Maintenance, other design documents and in case of
Termination occurring after the Provisional Certificate has been issued, the as built
Drawings for the Works;

(c)

transfer and/or deliver all Applicable Permits to the extent permissible under
Applicable Laws; and

(d)

vacate the Site within 15 (fifteen) days.

Valuation of Unpaid Works

23.5.1 Within a period of 45 (forty-five) days after Termination under Clause 23.1, 23.2 or
23.3, as the case may be, has taken effect, the Employers Engineer shall proceed in
accordance with Clause 18.5 to determine as follows the valuation of unpaid Works (the
Valuation of Unpaid Works):
(a)

value of the completed stage of the Works, less payments already made;

(b)

reasonable value of the partially completed stages of works as on the date of


Termination, only if such works conform with the Specifications and Standards; and

Agreement

Page 83
83

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

(c)

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

value of Maintenance, if any, for completed months, less payments already made,

and shall adjust from the sum thereof (i) any other amounts payable or recoverable, as the
case may be, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; and (ii) all taxes due
to be deducted at source.
23.5.2 The Valuation of Unpaid Works shall be communicated to the Employer, with a copy to the
Contractor, within a period of 30 (thirty) days from the date of Termination.
23.6

Termination Payment

23.6.1 Upon Termination


Employer shall:

on account of

Contractors

Default

under Clause

23.1,

the

(a)

encash and appropriate the Performance Security and Retention Money, or in the
event the Contractor has failed to replenish or extend the Performance Security, claim
the amount stipulated in Clause 7.1.1, as agreed pre-determined compensation to the
Employer for any losses, delays and cost of completing the Works and Maintenance, if
any;

(b)

encash and appropriate the bank guarantee, if any, for and in respect of the outstanding
Advance Payment and interest thereon; and

(c)

pay to the Contractor, by way of Termination Payment, an amount equivalent to the


Valuation of Unpaid Works after adjusting any other sums payable or recoverable, as
the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

23.6.2 Upon Termination on account of an Employer Default under Clause 23.2 or for
Employers convenience under Clause 23.3, the Employer shall:
(a)

return the Performance Security and Retention Money forthwith;

(b)

encash and appropriate the bank guarantee, if any, for and in respect
outstanding Advance Payment; and

(c)

Pay to the Contractor, by way of Termination Payment, an amount equal to:

(i)

of the

Valuation of Unpaid Works;


(ii)

the reasonable cost, as determined by the Employers Engineer, of the Plant


and Materials procured by the Contractor and transferred to the Employer for
its use, only if such Plant and Materials are in conformity with the
Specifications and Standards;

(iii)

the reasonable cost of temporary works, as determined by the


Employers Engineer; and

(iv)

10% (ten per cent) of the cost of the Works and Maintenance that are not
commenced or not completed,

and shall adjust from the sum thereof (i) any other amounts payable or recoverable, as the
case may be, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and (ii) all taxes due
to be deducted at source.
23.6.3 Termination Payment shall become due and payable to the Contractor within 30 (thirty)
days of a demand being made by the Contractor to the Employer with the necessary
particulars, and in the event of any delay, the Employer shall pay interest at the Base Rate
plus 2% (two percent), calculated at quarterly rests, on the amount of Termination Payment
remaining unpaid; provided that such delay shall not exceed 90 (ninety) days. For the
avoidance of doubt, it is expressly agreed that Termination Payment shall constitute full
discharge by the Employer of its payment obligations in respect thereof hereunder.
23.6.4

The Contractor expressly agrees that Termination Payment under this Article 23 shall
constitute a full and final settlement of all claims of the Contractor on account of Termination

Agreement

Page 84
84

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

of this Agreement and that it shall not have any further right or claim under any law,
treaty, convention, contract or otherwise.
23.7

Other rights and obligations of the Parties


Upon Termination for any reason whatsoever

23.8

(a)

property and ownership in all Materials, Plant and Works and the Project Works
shall, as between the Contractor and the Employer, vest in the Employer in whole;
provided that the foregoing shall be without prejudice to Clause 23.6

(b)

risk of loss or damage to any Materials, Plant or Works and the care and
custody thereof shall pass from the Contractor to the Employer; and

(c)

the Employer shall be entitled to restrain the Contractor and any person
claiming through or under the Agreement from entering upon the Site or any part of
the Project except for taking possession of materials, stores, implements, construction
plants and equipment of the Contractor, which have not been vested in the
Employer in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

Survival of rights
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement any
Termination pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to the
accrued rights of either Party including its right to claim and recover money damages,
insurance proceeds, security deposits, and other rights and remedies, which it may have in
law or Agreement. All rights and obligations of either Party under this Agreement, including
Termination Payments, shall survive the Termination to the extent such survival is necessary
for giving effect to such rights and obligations.

Agreement

Page 85
85

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

PART VI - OTHER PROVISIONS

Agreement

Page 86
86

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 24
24. Assignment and Charges
24.1

Restrictions on assignment and charges


This Agreement shall not be assigned by the Contractor to any person, save and except
with the prior consent in writing of the Employer, which consent the Employer shall be
entitled to decline without assigning any reason.

24.2

Hypothecation of Materials or Plant


Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 24.1, the Contractor may pledge or hypothecate to
its lenders, any Materials or Plant prior to their incorporation in the Works. Further, the
Contractor may, by written notice to the Employer, assign its right to receive payments
under this Agreement either absolutely or by way of charge, to any person providing
financing to the Contractor in connection with the performance of the Contractors obligations
under this Agreement. The Contractor acknowledges that any such assignment by the
Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligations, duty or responsibility under
this Agreement.

Agreement

Page 87
87

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 25
25. Liability and Indemnity
25.1

General indemnity

25.1.1 The Contractor will indemnify, defend, save and hold harmless the Employer and its officers,
servants, agents, Government Instrumentalities and Government owned and/or controlled
entities/enterprises, (the Employer Indemnified Persons) against any and all suits,
proceedings, actions, demands and third party claims for any loss, damage, cost and expense
of whatever kind and nature, whether arising out of any breach by the Contractor of any of its
obligations under this Agreement or from any negligence under the Agreement, including any
errors or deficiencies in the design documents, or tort or on any other ground whatsoever,
except to the extent that any such suits, proceedings, actions, demands and claims have arisen
due to any negligent act or omission, or breach or default of this Agreement on the part of the
Employer Indemnified Persons.
25.2

Indemnity by the Contractor

25.2.1 Without limiting the generality of Clause 25.1, the Contractor shall fully indemnify, hold
harmless and defend the Employer and the Employer Indemnified Persons from and against
any and all loss and/or damages arising out of or with respect to:
(a)

failure of the Contractor to comply with Applicable Laws and Applicable


Permits;

(b)

payment of taxes required to be made by the Contractor in respect of the


income or other taxes of the Sub-contractors, suppliers and representatives; or

(c)

non-payment of amounts due as a result of Materials or services furnished to the


Contractor or any of its Sub-contractors which are payable by the Contractor or
any of its Sub-contractors.

25.2.2 Without limiting the generality of the provisions of this Article 25, the Contractor shall fully
indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Employer Indemnified Persons from and against
any and all suits, proceedings, actions, claims, demands, liabilities and damages which the
Employer Indemnified Persons may hereafter suffer, or pay by reason of any demands,
claims, suits or proceedings arising out of claims of infringement of any domestic or foreign
patent rights, copyrights or other intellectual property, proprietary or confidentiality rights
with respect to any materials, information, design or process used by the Contractor or by the
Sub-contractors in performing the Contractors obligations or in any way incorporated in or
related to the Project. If in any such suit, action, claim or proceedings, a temporary restraint
order or preliminary injunction is granted, the Contractor shall make every reasonable
effort, by giving a satisfactory bond or otherwise, to secure the revocation or suspension of
the injunction or restraint order. If, in any such suit, action, claim or proceedings, the Project
Works, or any part thereof or comprised therein, is held to constitute an infringement and its
use is permanently enjoined, the Contractor shall promptly make every reasonable effort to
secure for the Employer a licence, at no cost to the Employer, authorising continued
use of the infringing work. If the Contractor is unable to secure such licence within a
reasonable time, the Contractor shall, at its own expense, and without impairing the
Specifications and Standards, either replace the affected work, or part, or process thereof with
non-infringing work or part or process, or modify the same so that it becomes non-infringing.
25.3

Notice and contest of claims


In the event that either Party receives a claim or demand from a third party in respect of
which it is entitled to the benefit of an indemnity under this Article 25 (the
Indemnified Party) it shall notify the other Party (the Indemnifying Party) within

Agreement

Page 88
88

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

15 (fifteen) days of receipt of the claim or demand and shall not settle or pay the claim
without the prior approval of the Indemnifying Party, which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed. In the event that the Indemnifying Party wishes to contest
or dispute the claim or demand, it may conduct the proceedings in the name of the
Indemnified Party, subject to the Indemnified Party being secured against any costs involved,
to its reasonable satisfaction.
25.4

Defence of claims

25.4.1 The Indemnified Party shall have the right, but not the obligation, to contest, defend and
litigate any claim, action, suit or proceeding by any third party alleged or asserted against
such Party in respect of, resulting from, related to or arising out of any matter for which it is
entitled to be indemnified hereunder, and reasonable costs and expenses thereof shall be
indemnified by the Indemnifying Party. If the Indemnifying Party acknowledges in writing its
obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party in respect of loss to the full extent provided by
this Article 25, the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled, at its option, to assume and control
the defence of such claim, action, suit or proceeding, liabilities, payments and obligations at
its expense and through the counsel of its choice; provided it gives prompt notice of its
intention to do so to the Indemnified Party and reimburses the Indemnified Party for the
reasonable cost and expenses incurred by the Indemnified Party prior to the assumption by
the Indemnifying Party of such defence. The Indemnifying Party shall not be entitled to settle
or compromise any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding without the prior written consent
of the Indemnified Party, unless the Indemnifying Party provides such security to the
Indemnified Party as shall be reasonably required by the Indemnified Party to secure the loss
to be indemnified hereunder to the extent so compromised or settled.
25.4.2 If the Indemnifying Party has exercised its rights under Clause 25.3, the Indemnified Party
shall not be entitled to settle or compromise any claim, action, suit or proceeding
without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party (which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed).
25.4.3 If the Indemnifying Party exercises its rights under Clause 25.3, the Indemnified Party shall
nevertheless have the right to employ its own counsel, and such counsel may participate in
such action, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the
Indemnified Party, when and as incurred, unless:
(a)

the employment of counsel by such party has been authorised in writing by the
Indemnifying Party; or

(b)

the Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a
conflict of interest between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party in the
conduct of the defence of such action; or

(c)

the Indemnifying Party shall not, in fact, have employed independent counsel
reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, to assume the defence of such action
and shall have been so notified by the Indemnified Party; or

(d)

the Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded and specifically notified the
Indemnifying Party either:
(i)

that there may be specific defences available to it which are different from
or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party; or

(ii)

that such claim, action, suit or proceeding involves or could have a


material adverse effect upon it beyond the scope of this Agreement:

Provided that if Sub-clauses (b), (c) or (d) of this Clause 25.4.3 shall be applicable, the
counsel for the Indemnified Party shall have the right to direct the defence of such claim,
demand, action, suit or proceeding on behalf of the Indemnified Party, and the reasonable fees
and disbursements of such counsel shall constitute legal or other expenses hereunder.
Agreement

Page 89
89

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

25.5

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

No consequential claims
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 25, the indemnities herein
provided shall not include any claim or recovery in respect of any cost, expense, loss
or damage of an indirect, incidental or consequential nature, including loss of profit, except as
expressly provided in this Agreement.

25.6

Survival on Termination
The provisions of this Article 25 shall survive Termination.

Agreement

Page 90
90

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 26
26. Dispute Resolution
26.1

Dispute Resolution

26.1.1 Any dispute, difference or controversy of whatever nature howsoever arising under or out of
or in relation to this Agreement (including its interpretation) between the Parties, and so
notified in writing by either Party to the other Party (the Dispute) shall, in the first
instance, be attempted to be resolved amicably in accordance with the conciliation
procedure set forth in Clause 26.2.
26.1.2 The Parties agree to use their best efforts for resolving all Disputes arising under or in respect
of this Agreement promptly, equitably and in good faith, and further agree to provide each
other with reasonable access during normal business hours to all non- privileged records,
information and data pertaining to any Dispute.
26.2

Conciliation
In the event of any Dispute between the Parties, either Party may call upon the Employers
Engineer, or such other person as the Parties may mutually agree upon (the Conciliator)
to mediate and assist the Parties in arriving at an amicable settlement thereof. Failing
mediation by the Conciliator or without the intervention of the Conciliator, either Party may
require such Dispute to be referred to the CEO of the Employer and the Chairman of the
Board of Directors of the Contractor for amicable settlement, and upon such reference, the
said persons shall meet no later than 7 (seven) business days from the date of reference to
discuss and attempt to amicably resolve the Dispute. If such meeting does not take place
within the 7 (seven) business day period or the Dispute is not amicably settled within 15
(fifteen) days of the meeting or the Dispute is not resolved as evidenced by the signing of
written terms of settlement within 30 (thirty) days of the notice in writing referred to in
Clause 26.1.1 or such longer period as may be mutually agreed by the Parties, either Party
may refer the Dispute to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of Clause 26.3.

26.3

Arbitration

26.3.1 Any Dispute which is not resolved amicably by conciliation, as provided in Clause
26.2, shall be finally decided by reference to arbitration by a Board of Arbitrators appointed
in accordance with Clause 26.3.2. Such arbitration shall be held in accordance with the Rules
of Arbitration of the International Centre for Alternative Dispute Resolution, New Delhi (the
Rules), or such other rules as may be mutually agreed by the Parties, and shall be subject to
the provisions of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996. The venue of such arbitration
shall be ______ and the language of arbitration proceedings shall be English.
26.3.2 There shall be a Board of three arbitrators, of whom each Party shall select one, and the
third arbitrator shall be appointed by the two arbitrators so selected and in the event of
disagreement between the two arbitrators, the appointment shall be made in accordance with
the Rules.
26.3.3 The arbitrators shall make a reasoned award (the Award). Any Award made in any arbitration
held pursuant to this Article 26 shall be final and binding on the Parties as from the date it is
made, and the Contractor and the Employer agree and undertake to carry out such Award
without delay.
26.3.4 The Contractor and the Employer agree that an Award may be enforced against the Contractor
and/or the Employer, as the case may be, and their respective assets wherever situated.
Agreement

Page 91
91

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

26.3.5 This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Parties shall remain in full force and
effect, pending the Award in any arbitration proceedings hereunder.
26.3.6 In the event the Party against whom the Award has been granted challenges the Award
for any reason in a court of law, it shall make an interim payment to the other Party for an
amount equal to 75% (seventy five per cent) of the Award, pending final settlement of the
Dispute. The aforesaid amount shall be paid forthwith upon furnishing an irrevocable Bank
Guarantee for a sum equal to 120 % (one hundred and twenty per cent) of the aforesaid
amount. Upon final settlement of the Dispute, the aforesaid interim payment shall be adjusted
and any balance amount due to be paid or returned, as the case may be, shall be paid or
returned with interest calculated at the rate of 10% (ten per cent) per annum from the date of
interim payment to the date of final settlement of such balance.
26.4

Adjudication by Regulatory Authority, Tribunal or Commission


In the event of constitution of a statutory regulatory authority, tribunal or commission, as the
case may be, with powers to adjudicate upon disputes between the Contractor and the
Employer, all Disputes arising after such constitution shall, instead of reference to
arbitration under Clause 26.3, be adjudicated upon by such regulatory authority, tribunal or
commission in accordance with the Applicable Law and all references to Dispute Resolution
Procedure shall be construed accordingly. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties hereto
agree that the adjudication hereunder shall not be final and binding until an appeal against
such adjudication has been decided by an appellate tribunal or court of competent jurisdiction,
as the case may be, or no such appeal has been preferred within the time specified in the
Applicable Law.

Agreement

Page 92
92

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 27
27. Miscellaneous
27.1

Governing law and jurisdiction


This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with and governed by the
laws of India, and the courts at Gautam Budha Nagar in Uttar Pradesh State shall have
exclusive jurisdiction over matters arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

27.2

Waiver of immunity
Each Party unconditionally and irrevocably:

27.3

(a)

agrees that the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement constitute
commercial acts done and performed for commercial purpose;

(b)

agrees that, should any proceedings be brought against it or its assets, property or
revenues in any jurisdiction in relation to this Agreement or any transaction
contemplated by this Agreement, no immunity (whether by reason of sovereignty or
otherwise) from such proceedings shall be claimed by or on behalf of the Party with
respect to its assets;

(c)

waives any right of immunity which it or its assets, property or revenues now has,
may acquire in the future or which may be attributed to it in any jurisdiction; and

(d)

consents generally in respect of the enforcement of any judgement or award


against it in any such proceedings to the giving of any relief or the issue of any
process in any jurisdiction in connection with such proceedings (including the
making, enforcement or execution against it or in respect of any assets,
property or revenues whatsoever irrespective of their use or intended use of any
order or judgement that may be made or given in connection therewith).

Delayed payments
The Parties hereto agree that payments due from one Party to the other Party under the
provisions of this Agreement shall be made within the period set forth therein, and if no such
period is specified, within 30 (thirty) days of receiving a demand along with the
necessary particulars. In the event of delay beyond such period, the defaulting Party
shall pay interest for the period of delay calculated at a rate equal to Base Rate plus 2 (two)
percent, calculated at quarterly rests, and recovery thereof shall be without prejudice to the
rights of the Parties under this Agreement including Termination thereof.

27.4

Waiver

27.4.1 Waiver, including partial or conditional waiver, by either Party of any default by the other
Party in the observance and performance of any provision of or obligations under this
Agreement:-

EPC Agreement

Page 93
93

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

(a)

shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent default


hereof or of other provisions of or obligations under this Agreement;

(b)

shall not be effective unless it is in writing and executed by a duly authorised


representative of the Party; and

(c)

shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement in any manner.

27.4.2 Neither the failure by either Party to insist on any occasion upon the performance of the
terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement or any obligation thereunder nor time or
other indulgence granted by a Party to the other Party shall be treated or deemed as waiver of
such breach or acceptance of any variation or the relinquishment of any such right hereunder.
27.5

Liability for review of Documents and Drawings


Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement:

27.6

(a)

no review, comment or approval by the Employer or the Employers Engineer of any


Document or Drawing submitted by the Contractor nor any observation or inspection
of the construction, or maintenance of the Project Works nor the failure to review,
approve, comment, observe or inspect hereunder shall relieve or absolve the
Contractor from its obligations, duties and liabilities under this Agreement, the
Applicable Laws and Applicable Permits; and

(b)

the Employer shall not be liable to the Contractor by reason of any review,
comment, approval, observation or inspection referred to in Sub-clause (a) above.

Exclusion of implied warranties etc.


This Agreement expressly excludes any warranty, condition or other undertaking
implied at law or by custom or otherwise arising out of any other agreement between the
Parties or any representation by either Party not contained in a binding legal agreement
executed by both Parties.

27.7

Survival

27.7.1 Termination shall:


(a)

not relieve the Contractor or the Employer, as the case may be, of any
obligations hereunder which expressly or by implication survive Termination hereof;
and

(b)

except as otherwise provided in any provision of this Agreement expressly


limiting the liability of either Party, not relieve either Party of any obligations or
liabilities for loss or damage to the other Party arising out of, or caused by, acts or
omissions of such Party prior to the effectiveness of such Termination or arising out
of such Termination.

27.7.2 All obligations surviving Termination shall only survive for a period of 3 (three) years
following the date of such Termination.
27.8

Entire Agreement
This Agreement and the Schedules together constitute a complete and exclusive statement of
the terms of the agreement between the Parties on the subject hereof, and no amendment or
modification hereto shall be valid and effective unless such modification or amendment is

EPC Agreement

Page 94
94

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

agreed to in writing by the Parties and duly executed by persons especially empowered in
this behalf by the respective Parties. All prior written or oral understandings, offers or
other communications of every kind pertaining to this Agreement are abrogated and
withdrawn. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties hereto agree that any obligations of the
Contractor arising from the Request for Qualification or Request for Proposals, as the case
may be, shall be deemed to form part of this Agreement and treated as such.
27.9

Severability
If for any reason whatever, any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or
unenforceable or is declared by any court of competent jurisdiction or any other
instrumentality to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality or enforceability of
the remaining provisions shall not be affected in any manner, and the Parties will negotiate in
good faith with a view to agreeing to one or more provisions which may be substituted for
such invalid, unenforceable or illegal provisions, as nearly as is practicable to such invalid,
illegal or unenforceable provision. Failure to agree upon any such provisions shall not be
subject to the Dispute Resolution Procedure set forth under this Agreement or otherwise.

27.10 No partnership
This Agreement shall not be interpreted or construed to create an association, joint venture or
partnership between the Parties, or to impose any partnership obligation or liability upon
either Party, and neither Party shall have any right, power or authority to enter into any
agreement or undertaking for, or act on behalf of, or to act as or be an agent or
representative of, or to otherwise bind, the other Party.
27.11 Third parties
This Agreement is intended solely for the benefit of the Parties, and their respective
successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to create
any duty to, standard of care with reference to, or any liability to, any person not a Party to
this Agreement.
27.12 Successors and assigns
This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their
respective successors and permitted assigns.
27.13 Notices
Any notice or other communication to be given by any Party to the other Party under or in
connection with the matters contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall:
(a)

in the case of the Contractor, be given by facsimile or e-mail and by letter delivered by
hand to the address given and marked for attention of the person set out below or to
such other person as the Contractor may from time to time designate by notice to the
Employer; provided that notices or other communications to be given to an address
outside _________ may, if they are subsequently confirmed by sending a copy
thereof by registered acknowledgement due, air mail or by courier, be sent by
facsimile or e-mail to the person as the Contractor may from time to time designate
by notice to the Employer;

(b)

in the case of the Employer, be given by facsimile or e-mail and by letter


delivered by hand and be addressed to the ... with a copy
delivered to the Employer Representative or such other person as the Employer may
from time to time designate by notice to the Contractor; provided that if the
Contractor does not have an office in _______ it may send such notice by facsimile
or e-mail and by registered acknowledgement due, air mail or by courier; and

EPC Agreement

Page 95
95

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

(c)

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

any notice or communication by a Party to the other Party, given in accordance


herewith, shall be deemed to have been delivered when in the normal course of post it
ought to have been delivered and in all other cases, it shall be deemed to have been
delivered on the actual date and time of delivery; provided that in the case of
facsimile or e-mail, it shall be deemed to have been delivered on the working day
following the date of its delivery.

27.14 Language
All notices required to be given by one Party to the other Party and all other communications,
Documentation and proceedings which are in any way relevant to this Agreement shall be
in writing and in English language.
27.15 Counterparts
This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each of which, when executed and
delivered, shall constitute an original of this Agreement.
27.16 Confidentiality
The Parties shall treat the details of this Agreement as private and confidential, except to the
extent necessary to carry out obligations under it or to comply with Applicable Laws. The
Contractor shall not publish, permit to be published, or disclose any particulars of the
Works in any trade or technical paper or elsewhere without the previous agreement of the
Employer.
27.17

Copyright and Intellectual Property rights

27.17.1 As between the Parties, the Contractor shall retain the copyright and other intellectual property
rights in the Contractor's Documents and other design documents made by (or on behalf of)
the Contractor. The Contractor shall be deemed (by signing this Agreement) to give to the
Employer a non-terminable transferable non-exclusive royalty-free licence to copy, use and
communicate the Contractor's Documents, including making and using modifications of them.
This licence shall:
(a)

apply throughout the actual or intended working life (whichever is longer) of the
relevant parts of the Works,

(b)

entitle any person in proper possession of the relevant part of the Works to copy,
use and communicate the Contractor's Documents for the purposes of completing,
operating, maintaining, altering, adjusting, repairing and demolishing the Works, and

(c)

in the case of Contractor's Documents which are in the form of computer programs
and other software, permit their use on any computer on the Site and other places as
envisaged by this Agreement, including replacements of any computers supplied by
the Contractor:

27.17.2 The Contractor's Documents and other design documents made by (or on behalf of) the
Contractor shall not, without the Contractor's consent, be used, copied or communicated to a
third party by (or on behalf of) the Employer for purposes other than those permitted under
this Clause 27.17.
27.17.3 As between the Parties, the Employer shall retain the copyright and other intellectual property
rights in this Agreement and other documents made by (or on behalf of) the Employer. The
Contractor may, at its cost, copy, use, and obtain communication of these documents for the
purposes of this Agreement. They shall not, without the Employer's consent, be copied, used
or communicated to a third party by the Contractor, except as necessary for the purposes of
the contract.
EPC Agreement

Page 96
96

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

27.18 Limitation of Liability


27.18.1 Neither Party shall be liable to the other Party for loss of use of any Works, loss of profit, loss
of any contract or for any indirect or consequential loss or damage which may be suffered
by the other Party in connection with this Agreement, save and except as provided under
Articles 23 and 25.
27.18.2 The total liability of one Party to the other Party under and in accordance with the provisions
of this Agreement, save and except as provided in Articles 23 and 25, shall not exceed the
Contract Price. For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause shall not limit the liability in any case
of fraud, deliberate default or reckless misconduct by the defaulting Party.

EPC Agreement

Page 97
97

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ARTICLE 28
28. Definitions
28.1

Definitions
In this Agreement, the following words and expressions shall, unless repugnant to the context
or meaning thereof, have the meaning hereinafter respectively assigned to them:
Accounting Year means the financial year commencing from the first day of April of any
calendar year and ending on the thirty-first day of March of the next calendar year;
Advance Payment shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 19.2;
Affected Party shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 21.1;
Affiliate means, in relation to either Party {and/or Members}, a person who controls, is
controlled by, or is under the common control with such Party {or Member} (as used in this
definition, the expression control means, with respect to a person which is a company or
corporation, the ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% (fifty per cent) of the
voting shares of such person, and with respect to a person which is not a company or
corporation, the power to direct the management and policies of such person, whether by
operation of law or by contract or otherwise);
Agreement means this Agreement, its Recitals, the Schedules hereto and any amendments
thereto made in accordance with the provisions contained in this Agreement;
Applicable Laws means all laws, brought into force and effect by GOI or the State
Government including rules, regulations and notifications made thereunder, and judgements,
decrees, injunctions, writs and orders of any court of record, applicable to this Agreement and
the exercise, performance and discharge of the respective rights and obligations of the Parties
hereunder, as may be in force and effect during the subsistence of this Agreement;
Applicable Permits means all clearances, licences, permits, authorisations, no objection
certificates, consents, approvals and exemptions required to be obtained or maintained under
Applicable Laws in connection with the construction, operation and maintenance of the
Project Works during the subsistence of this Agreement;
Appointed Date means that date which is later of the 15th day of the date of this
Agreement, the date on which the Contractor has delivered the Performance Security in
accordance with the provisions of Article 7 and the date on which the Employer has provided
the Right of Way on no less than 90% (Ninety per cent) of the total length of Project Right of
Way;
Arbitration Act means the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 and shall include
modifications to or any re-enactment thereof, as in force from time to time;

EPC Agreement

Page 98
98

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Employer shall have the meaning attributed thereto in the array of Parties hereinabove as
set forth in the Recitals;
Employer Default shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 23.2;
Employers Engineer shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 18.1;
Employer Representative means such person or persons as may be authorised in writing
by the Employer to act on its behalf under this Agreement and shall include any person or
persons having authority to exercise any rights or perform and fulfil any obligations of the
Employer under this Agreement;
Bank means a bank incorporated in India and having a minimum net worth of Rs.
1,000 crore (Rupees one thousand crore) or any other bank acceptable to the
Employer;
Bank Rate means the Repo rate of interest announced by the Reserve Bank of
India for all its lending operations on the Base Date;
Base Date means the last date of that calendar month, which date precedes the Bid
Due Date by at least 28 (twenty eight) days;
Bid means the documents in their entirety comprised in the bid submitted by the [selected
bidder/Consortium] in response to the Request for Proposals in accordance with the provisions
thereof;
Bid Security means the bid security provided by the Contractor to the Employer in
accordance with the Request for Proposal, and which is to remain in force until substituted by
the Performance Security;
Change in Law means the occurrence of any of the following after the Base Date: (a)
the enactment of any new Indian law;
(b)

the repeal, modification or re-enactment of any existing Indian law;

(c)

the commencement of any Indian law which has not entered into effect until
the Base Date;

(d)

a change in the interpretation or application of any Indian law by a


judgement of a court of record which has become final, conclusive and
binding, as compared to such interpretation or application by a court of record
prior to the Base Date; or

(e)

any change in the rates of any of the Taxes or royalties that have a direct
effect on the Project;

Change of Scope shall have the meaning set forth in Article 13;
Change of Scope Notice shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 13.2.1;
Change of Scope Order shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 13.2.4;
Completion Certificate shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 12.4;

EPC Agreement

Page 99
99

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

{Consortium means the consortium of entities which have formed a joint venture for
implementation of this Project ;}$
Construction shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 1.2.1 (f);
Construction Period means the period commencing from the Appointed Date and ending
on the date of the Completion Certificate;
Contract Price means the amount specified in Clause 19.1.1;
Contractor shall have the meaning attributed thereto in the array of Parties hereinabove as
set forth in the Recitals;
Contractor Default shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 23.1;
Cure Period means the period specified in this Agreement for curing any breach or default
of any provision of this Agreement by the Party responsible for such breach or default and
shall:

(a)

commence from the date on which a notice is delivered by one Party to the
other Party asking the latter to cure the breach or default specified in such
notice;

(b)

not relieve any Party from liability to pay Damages or compensation under
the provisions of this Agreement; and

(c)

not in any way be extended by any period of Suspension under this


Agreement; provided that if the cure of any breach by the Contractor requires
any reasonable action by the Contractor that must be approved by the
Employer or the Employers Engineer hereunder, the applicable Cure Period
shall be extended by the period taken by the Employer or the Employers
Engineer to accord their approval;

This definition may be omitted if the Contractor is not a Consortium.


Damages shall have the meaning set forth in paragraph (w) of Clause 1.2.1;
Defect means any defect or deficiency in Construction of the Works or any part thereof,
which does not conform with the Specifications and Standards, and in the case of
Maintenance, means any defect or deficiency which is specified in Schedule- E;
Defects Liability Period shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 17.1;
Dispute shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 26.1.1;
Dispute Resolution Procedure means the procedure for resolution of Disputes set forth in
Article 26;
Drawings means all of the drawings, calculations and documents pertaining to the Project
Works as set forth in Schedule-I, and shall include as built drawings of the Project Works;
Document or Documentation means documentation in printed or written form, or in
tapes, discs, drawings, computer programmes, writings, reports, photographs, films, cassettes,
or expressed in any other written, electronic, audio or visual form;
Emergency means a condition or situation that is likely to endanger the safety or security
of the individuals on or about the Project Works, including Users thereof, or which poses an
immediate threat of material damage to any of the Project Assets;

EPC Agreement

Page 100
100

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Encumbrances means, in relation to the Project Works, any encumbrances such as


mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, hypothecation, security interest, assignment, privilege or
priority of any kind having the effect of security or other such obligations, and shall include
any designation of loss payees or beneficiaries or any similar arrangement under any
insurance policy pertaining to the Project Works, where applicable herein but excluding
utilities referred to in Clause 9.1;
EPC means engineering, procurement and construction;
Final Payment Certificate shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 19.15.1; Final
Payment Statement shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 19.13.1; Force Majeure
or Force Majeure Event shall have the meaning ascribed to it
in Clause 21.1;
GAD or General Arrangement Drawings shall have the meaning set forth in
Clause 4.1.3 (b);
GOI or Government means the Government of India;
Good Industry Practice means the practices, methods, techniques, designs, standards,
skills, diligence, efficiency, reliability and prudence which are generally and reasonably
expected from a reasonably skilled and experienced contractor engaged in the same
type of undertaking as envisaged under this Agreement and which would be expected to
result in the performance of its obligations by the Contractor in accordance with this
Agreement, Applicable Laws and Applicable Permits in reliable, safe, economical and
efficient manner;
Government Instrumentality means any department, division or sub-division of the
Government or the State Government and includes any commission, board, authority, agency
or municipal and other local authority or statutory body including panchayat under the
control of the Government or the State Government, as the case may be, and having
jurisdiction over all or any part of the Project Works or the performance of all or any of the
services or obligations of the Contractor under or pursuant to this Agreement;
IRC means the Indian Roads Congress;
Indemnified Party means the Party entitled to the benefit of an indemnity pursuant to
Article 25;
Indemnifying Party means the Party obligated to indemnify the other Party pursuant to
Article 25;
Indirect Political Event shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 21.3;
Insurance Cover means the aggregate of the maximum sums insured under the insurances
taken out by the Contractor pursuant to Article 20, and includes all insurances required to be
taken out by the Contractor under Clauses 20.1 and 20.9 but not actually taken, and when
used in the context of any act or event, it shall mean the aggregate of the maximum sums
insured and payable or deemed to be insured and payable in relation to such act or event;
Intellectual Property means all patents, trademarks, service marks, logos, get-up, trade
names, internet domain names, rights in designs, blue prints, programmes and manuals,
drawings, copyright (including rights in computer software), database rights, semi-conductor,
topography rights, utility models, rights in know-how and other intellectual property rights, in
each case whether registered or unregistered and including applications for registration, and
all rights or forms of protection having equivalent or similar effect anywhere in the world;
EPC Agreement

Page 101
101

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Interim Payment Certificate or IPC means the interim payment certificate issued by
the Employers Engineer for payment to the Contractor in respect of Contractors claims for
payment raised in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;
{Lead Member shall, in the case of a consortium, mean the member of such consortium
who shall have the authority to bind the contractor and each member of the Consortium;
and shall be deemed to be the Contractor for the purposes of this Agreement ;}
LOA or Letter of Acceptance means the letter of acceptance referred to in
Recital (E);
Maintenance means the maintenance of the Project Works as set forth in Article
14 for the period specified therein;
Maintenance Inspection Report shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 15.2.1;
Maintenance Manual shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 10.7; Maintenance
Programme shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 14.3;
Maintenance Period shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 14.1.1;
Maintenance Requirements shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 14.2;
Major Bridge means a bridge having a total length of more than 60 (sixty) metres
between the inner faces of the dirt walls as specified in IRC: 5-1998;
Manual shall mean the Manual of Standards and Specifications for Two Laning of
Highways (IRC: SP: 73-2007);
Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect of any act or event on the ability
of either Party to perform any of its obligations under and in accordance with the provisions
of this Agreement and which act or event causes a material financial burden or loss to either
Party;
Materials are all the supplies used by the Contractor for incorporation in the
Works or for the maintenance of the Project Works;
Monthly Maintenance Statement shall have the meaning set forth in Clause
19.6.1;
MORTH means the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways or any substitute thereof
dealing with Highways;
Non-Political Event shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 21.2;
Parties means the parties to this Agreement collectively and Party shall mean
any of the parties to this Agreement individually;
Performance Security shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 7.1;
Plant means the apparatus and machinery intended to form or forming part of the
Works;
EPC Agreement

Page 102
102

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

PMNC shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 4.1.1; Political
Event shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 21.4; Programme
shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 10.1.3;
Project means the construction and maintenance of the Project Works in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement, and includes all works, services and equipment
relating to or in respect of the Scope of the Project;
Project Assets means all physical and other assets relating to (a) tangible assets such as
civil works and equipment including foundations, embankments, pavements, road surface,
interchanges, bridges, culverts, road over-bridges, drainage works, traffic signals, sign
boards, kilometre-stones, [toll plaza(s)], electrical systems, communication systems, rest areas,
relief centres, maintenance depots and administrative offices; and (b) Project Facilities situated
on the Site;
Project Completion Date means the date on which the Provisional Certificate is issued and
in the event no Provisional Certificate is issued, the date on which the Completion Certificate
is issued;
Project Completion Schedule means the progressive Project Milestones set forth in
Schedule-J for completion of the Project Works on or before the Scheduled Completion Date;
Project Facilities means all the amenities and facilities situated on the Site, as described in
Schedule-C;
Project Works means the Site comprising the existing road forming part
of project and all Project Assets, and its subsequent
development and augmentation in accordance with this Agreement;
Project Milestone means the project milestone set forth in Schedule-J; Proof
Consultant shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 10.2.2; Provisional
Certificate shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 12.2; Punch List shall
have the meaning set forth in Clause 12.2.1;
Quality Assurance Plan or QAP shall have the meaning set forth in Clause
11.2;
Re., Rs. or Rupees or Indian Rupees means the lawful currency of the
Republic of India;
Request for Proposals or RFP shall have the meaning set forth in Recital D;
Request for Qualification or RFQ shall have the meaning set forth in Recital
C;
Retention Money shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 7.5.1;
EPC Agreement

Page 103
103

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Right of Way means the constructive possession of the Site free from
encroachments and encumbrances, together with all way leaves, easements, unrestricted
access and other rights of way, howsoever described, necessary for construction and
maintenance of the Project Works in accordance with this Agreement;
Safety Consultant shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 10.1.5;
Scheduled Completion Date shall be the date set forth in Clause 10.3.1;
Scope of the Project shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 2.1; Section
means a part of the Project Works;
Site shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 8.1;
Specifications and Standards means the specifications and standards relating to the
quality, quantity, capacity and other requirements for the Project Works, as set forth in
Schedule-D, and any modifications thereof, or additions thereto, as included in the design
and engineering for the Project Works submitted by the Contractor to, and expressly
approved by, the Employer;
"Stage Payment Statement" shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 19.4;
Structures means an elevated road or a flyover, as the case may be;
Sub-contractor means any person or persons to whom a part of the Works or the
Maintenance has been subcontracted by the Contractor and the permitted legal successors in
title to such person, but not an assignee to such person;
Suspension shall have the meaning set forth in Article 22;
Taxes means any Indian taxes including excise duties, customs duties, value added tax,
sales tax, local taxes, cess and any impost or surcharge of like nature (whether Central, State
or local) on the goods, Materials, equipment and services incorporated in and forming part of
the Project Works charged, levied or imposed by any Government Instrumentality, but
excluding any interest, penalties and other sums in relation thereto imposed on any account
whatsoever. For the avoidance of doubt, Taxes shall not include taxes on corporate income;
Termination means the expiry or termination of this Agreement;
Termination Notice means the communication issued in accordance with this
Agreement by one Party to the other Party terminating this Agreement;
Termination Payment means the amount payable by either Party to the other upon
Termination in accordance with Article 23;
Terms of Reference or TOR shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 18.2.1;
Tests means the tests set forth in Schedule-K to determine the completion of Works in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;
Time Extension shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 10.5.1;
EPC Agreement

Page 104
104

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

User means a person who uses or intends to use on the Project Works or any part thereof;
Valuation of Unpaid works shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 23.5.1;
Works means all works including survey and investigation, design, engineering,
procurement, construction, Plant, Materials, maintenance, temporary works and other things
necessary to complete the Project Works in accordance with this Agreement; and
WPI means the wholesale price index for various commodities as published by the
Ministry of Commerce and Industry, GOI and shall include any index which substitutes the
WPI, and any reference to WPI shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be construed as a
reference to the WPI published for the period ending with the preceding month.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE PARTIES HAVE EXECUTED AND DELIVERED THIS


AGREEMENT AS OF THE DAY, MONTH AND YEAR FIRST ABOVE WRITTEN.
SIGNED, SEALED AND

SIGNED, SEALED AND

DELIVERED

DELIVERED

For and on behalf of

For and on behalf of

THE EMPLOYER by:

THE

(Signature)

CONTRACTOR

by:

(Signature) (Name)

(Name)
(Designation)

(Designation) In the presence of:

1.
2.
{COUNTERSIGNED and accepted by:
Name and particulars of other members of the Consortium}

EPC Agreement

Page 105
105

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

SCHEDULES

EPC Agreement

Page 106
106

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

SCHEDULE A

EPC Agreement

Page 107
107

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Schedule A - Site of the Project


Annex

SITE
1. Site
The site for the proposed, integrated Industrial Township-Greater Noida is located in Greater
Noida and has a total area of302.63 Ha. The location of the site with reference to the DMIC
region shown below.

2. Land
The site is located at a road distance of 11 km from Pari Chowk, Greater Noida. The site abuts
the Delhi-Howrah Railway line and Ajayabpur Railway station is situated near the north-eastern
periphery of the site. The aerial distance of the Sikanderpur (South east) town and NH-91 (North
East) are approximately 10km and 6km respectively. The Dadri railway junction is also located
close to the site. It is situated approximately 9.5km from the site.

Agreement

Page 108

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

3. Access to site
The project area is connected to Greater NOIDA, NOIDA and Delhi through the Yamuna
Expressway via three existing 60m sector roads. Two of these sector roads will cross the
proposed IIT to connect Greater NOIDA with the proposed DNGIR, NH 91/GT Road and the
proposed Eastern Peripheral Expressway (as proposed in draft NCR Regional Plan 2021,
currently under implementation). The nearest access points to the Yamuna Expressway and NH
91/GT Road from the site are located at a distance of approximately 11km and 6km

Agreement

Page 109

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

SCHEDULE B
(See Clause 2.1)
1

Development of the Project

Infrastructure works for Integrated Industrial Township-Greater Noida


Development of the Project shall include design and construction of the Infrastructure Works as
described in this Schedule-B and in Schedule-C.
2

Description of the Works


The Project shall include the following and as described in
Annex-I of this Schedule-B and Schedule-C.
i)

Road

ii)

Water Supply

iii)

Sewerage

iv)

Storm Water Drainage

v)

Information and Communication Technology

vi)

Solid Waste Management

vii)

Power Supply

viii) General works (Land development, building, Compound wall etc.)


3

Specification and Standards


The Project Infrastructure works for Integrated Industrial Township-Greater Noida
shall be designed and constructed in conformity with the Specifications and Standards
specified in Annex-I of Schedule- D. All designs shall be based on the latest Indian Standard
(IS) Specifications or Codes of Practice

Agreement

Page 110

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Annex I
(Schedule B)

(Design Criteria, Works Requirement and Performance criteria)


Change of Scope
The work specified hereinabove shall be treated as an approximate assessment. The actual works as
required on the basis of detailed t opo gr a phi c al su r ve y, Ge ot ec hni cal i n vest i gat i on and
design shall be determined by the Contractor in accordance with the Specifications and Standards.
Any variations in the works specified in this Schedule-B shall not constitute a Change of Scope,
save and except any variations in the works arising out of a Change of Scope expressly
undertaken in accordance with the provisions of Article 13.
B 1. Road
B1.1.

Design and Construction of Roads

The Design and Construction of Roads shall be in accordance with Schedule-B. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in the Schedules, the Finished Road Level (FRL) shall be designed
based on area drainage requirement.
Width of Carriageway
Width of carriageway is as per the typical cross sections drawings given in Appendix B IV.
B1.2.

Typical Cross Sections

Typical Cross Sections details are given below in Table:


Table: Typical Cross Sections
S. No. Road Name
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Arterial Road AR 01
Arterial Road AR 02
Arterial Road AR 03
Sub Arterial Road SAR 01
Primary Collector Road PCR 01
Primary Collector Road PCR 02
Primary Collector Road PCR 03
Primary Collector Road PCR 04
Secondary Collector Road SCR 01
Secondary Collector Road SCR 02

Length (m) Applicable TCS PROW (m)


4215
911
956
4000
384
477
2500
894
673
530

TCS - 2A
TCS - 1
TCS - 2
TCS - 2
TCS 3
TCS 3
TCS 3A
TCS 3
TCS 4
TCS 5

60
80
60
60
45
45
45
45
30
30

Note:
a. The actual length of roads may vary as per detailed engineering design.
b. On AR01 and PCR 03 roads, retaining wall or toe wall shall be provided to contain the
elements of TCS within project boundary.
c. Service roads shall be terminated before the bridges and junctions as per the standards,
the tapers shall be provided as per the design standards

Agreement

Page 111

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

B1.3.

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Geometric Design and Other Features

B 1.3.1. General
Geometric design and other features of the Project Roads shall be in accordance with the Standards and
Specifications as per Schedule D.
B 1.3.2. Design Speed
The Design Speeds for different category of roads are given below in Table:
Table: Design Speed
Sr. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Road Name
Arterial Road AR 01
Arterial Road AR 02
Arterial Road AR 03
Sub Arterial Road SAR 01
Primary Collector Road PCR 01
Primary Collector Road PCR 02
Primary Collector Road PCR 03
Primary Collector Road PCR 04
Secondary Collector Road SCR 01
Secondary Collector Road SCR 02

Design Speed (km/hr)


80
80
80
80
60
60
60
60
50
50

Note: To contain roadway elements within ROW the speed may be reduced at curve and approach to
junctions
B1.4.

Appendix B III (c)

B 1.4.1. Junctions (At grade)


Junction details are given below in Table:
Table: Junctions (At grade)
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Junction No.
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115

Agreement

Intersecting Roads
AR 01 & SCR 01
SAR 01 & SCR 01
AR 01 & External Road
AR 01, AR 02 & External Road
AR 02 & SAR 01
SAR 01 & PCR 01
PCR-01 & PCR-03
AR-01 & PCR-02
SAR-01 & PCR-02
AR-01, AR-03 & External Road
AR-03 & SAR-01
AR-03 & PCR-03
AR-01 & PCR-04
SAR-01 & PCR-04
PCR-03 & PCR-04

Type
Roundabout 3 Arm
Roundabout 4 Arm
Roundabout 3 Arm
Roundabout 4 Arm
Elongated Roundabout 4 Arm
Roundabout 3 Arm
Roundabout 3 Arm
Roundabout 3 Arm
Roundabout 3 Arm
Roundabout 4 Arm
Elongated Roundabout 4 Arm
Roundabout 4 Arm
Roundabout 3 Arm
Roundabout 4 Arm
Roundabout 3 Arm

Page 112

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

B1.5.

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Embankment & Pavement Design

Construction of embankment and pavement shall conform to the Standards and Specifications as per
Schedule D.

B 1.5.1. Pavement Design


Pavement design shall be carried out as per schedule D.
B 1.5.2. Type of Pavement
The pavement type for different roads and cross sections shall be as given below in Table:
Table: Type of Pavement
Main
Carriageway

Parking Lane/ Service


Cycle Track
Roads

Flexible

Flexible

B1.6.

Flexible

Pedestrian
Pathway
Interlocking
Cement Concrete
paver blocks

Design Requirements

B 1.6.1. Design Period


Flexible pavement shall be designed for a minimum period of 20 years.
B 1.6.2. Design Traffic
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Schedules, the Contractor shall design the
pavement for minimum MSA as given below in Table:.
Table: Design Traffic
Type of Road
AR 01
AR 02
AR 03
SAR 01
PCR 01
PCR 02
PCR 03
PCR 04
SCR 01
SCR 02
Service Road

Traffic MSA (10 years)


12
6
5
5
5
6
11
5
5
5
5

Traffic MSA (20 years)


28
30
10
27
12
10
20
12
10
10
10

Note: Bituminous layers may be designed for 10 years MSA and base & sub Base layers shall be
designed for 20 years MSA.
Overlay is not allowed over the Existing pavement, where proposed road alignment is over the
Existing road, it shall be reconstructed with new pavement crust, however the existing pavement
granular layers may be recycled as per the standards and specifications mentioned in Schedule D.

Agreement

Page 113

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

B 1.6.3. Cycle Track Pavement


For cycle track flexible pavement is considered. 7% CBR as subgrade material. Layer
composition is shown below in Table:

Table: Cycle Track Pavement


BC

DBM

Granular Base

Granular Sub base

Total(mm)

20

30

150

150

350

B 1.6.4. Pedestrian Pathway Pavement


Pedestrian pathway Pavement shall be of Interlocking Paver Blocks as per the guidelines given in
IRC: SP: 63-2004. The proposed composition is as given below in Table:
Table : Pedestrian Pathway Pavement
Cement Concrete Block

60 mm

Sand Bed

30 mm

Granular base layer

200 mm

B 1.6.5. Granular Sub-base Layer


Minimum thickness of Granular Sub-base layer shall be 150 mm in median, cycle track and
Pedestrian pathway.
B1.7.

Typical Cross Section Drawings

Typical cross section drawings are given in tender drawing.


B1.8.

Structures: Bridges and Culverts

B 1.8.1. Bridges
All bridges and structures shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the Schedule D.
Details of Bridges are given in table below;
Table : Bridges

Sr.
Road
Chainage
No.
Name

1+390

1+102

AR 01

Total Length
Span
of Bridge (c/c Formation
Arrangement
of expansion Width (m)
(c/c of wall)
joint) in m

3 x 12

Type
of
Remark
Structure

7.23m on
each side of RCC
existing
Solid Slab
bridge

36

RCC
Solid Slab
General arrangement drawings of bridges are given in tender drawing.
SAR 01

3 x 12

36

2x19.5

Widening
Existing
Structure

of

New structure

B 1.8.2. Culverts

Agreement

Road Name

Chainage

Type

Size
(m)

AR 01

2+628

Box

3.0x3.0

AR 01

2+678

Box

3.0x3.5
Page 114

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

AR 02

0+048

Box

2.5x3.0

AR 02

0+507

Box

1.8x1.8

AR 02

0+538

Box

2.0x2.5

SAR 01

2+318

Box

2.5x2.5

SAR 01

2+363

Box

3.0x3.0

SAR 01

3+245

Box

2.5x3.5

SAR 01

3+280

Box

2.5x1.5

PCR 01

0+018

Box

1.5x1.5

PCR 02

0+048

Box

1.5x2.6

PCR 03

0+758

Box

1.5x1.6

PCR 03

1+889

Box

2.0x1.8

PCR 04

0+017

Box

2.5x3.5

SCR 01

0+368

Box

1.5x1.5

SCR 01

0+403

Box

1.5x1.5

B 2. CIVIL Works for Storm water drain, Elevated service reservoirs, manholes, Underground
storage tanks and Pump house, Office and staff quarters, Substations, compound wall,
Transfer Station for Solid Waste Management, Biomethanation plant , miscellaneous
structures etc.
B 2.1.1. DESIGN CRITERIA & GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Standard Basic Specifications
The Standard Specifications (civil works) issued by the CPWD, set out the specifications that
shall be followed for construction of General Works under the INTEGRATED INDUSTRIAL
TOWNSHIP, GREATER NOIDA. Particular Technical Specifications for the works to be
tendered are as set out in these Schedules.
In the event of any discrepancy between the provisions of the Standard Basic Specifications and
the Particular Technical Specifications, the provisions of the Particular Technical Specifications
will prevail.
Particular Technical Specifications
Design Submissions
Contractor shall submit design basis report, design calculations, general arrangement drawings,
reinforcement detail drawings and explanatory sketches, to the Engineer. Separate design
calculations for foundations or superstructures submitted independent of each other shall be
deemed to be incomplete and will not be accepted by the Engineer.
Submissions of detailed design calculations and Good for Construction drawings shall include the following as a
minimum:
A. Detailed Design Calculations
1.

2.

One (1) Copy of a Compact Disc (CD) containing electronic files relevant to the structures
modelling, analysis and design calculations (Microsoft Excel, STAAD Pro, etc.). Files submitted
shall be in editable format.
Print copy (6 Copies) of the contents as submitted in the Compact Disc.

B. Good for Construction Drawings


1. One (1) Copy of a Compact Disc (CD) containing Autocad files (Civil General Arrangement,
Structural Dimensions and Reinforcement Details) pertaining to the structure. Files submitted
shall be in editable format.
Agreement

Page 115

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

2.

Print copy (6 Copies) of the contents as submitted in the Compact Disc. Prints to be submitted on

3.

A1 Size Sheet as a minimum or A0 Size Sheet when required by the employer.


Bar-bending schedule indicating the number, shape and size of the rebars shall be submitted as

4.

part of the Reinforcement Details


Detailed drawing showing the location, number and depth of inserts shall be included for any
structural steel inserts/Metal inserts in the structure such as rungs, bolted connections for
ladders/railings, etc.

5.

Location of Construction Joints and pour sequence shall be included on the drawing for base
slabs, walls and top slabs.

Revised drawings shall be submitted by clouding at the location with the latest revision number
and also show the history of revisions in a table format just above the title block.The design
considerations described hereunder establish the minimum basic requirements of plain and
reinforced concrete structures, masonry structures and structural steel works. However, any
particular structure shall be designed for the satisfactory performance of the functions for which
the same is being constructed. The Contractor shall also ensure the stability of the partly
completed structures.
Design Standards
All designs shall be based on the latest Indian Standard (IS) Specifications or Codes of Practice.
The design standards adopted shall follow the best modern engineering practice in the field based
on any other international standard or specialist literature subject to such standard reference or
extract of such literature in the English language being supplied to and approved by the Engineer.
In case of any variation or contradiction between the provisions of the I.S. Standards or Codes
and the specifications given along with the submitted tender document, the provision given in
this Specification shall be followed.
All reinforced concrete structural design shall generally conform to latest editions of the
following publications of the Indian Standards Institution:
I.S. 456
I.S. 875

Code of Practice for plain and reinforced concrete


Code of Practice for design loads for buildings and structures (Part I to V)

I.S. 3370

Code of Practice for concrete structures for the storage of liquids (Part I to IV)

I.S. 1893
IS:1893
(Part 2)I.S. 2974

Criteria for earthquake resistant design of structures (Part-1)


Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures (Part 2 Liquid retaining
tanks Elevated and ground supported).
Code of Practice for design and construction of machine foundations(Part 1 to 4)

IS 5525

Code of Recommendations for detailing of reinforcement in reinforced concrete


works
Ductile Detailing of Reinforced Concrete Structures subjected to Seismic forcesCode of Practice
Standard specification and Code of Practice for road bridges -section-II Loads and
Stresses
Code of Practice for Concrete Road Bridges.
Guidelines for Design and Construction of River Training and Control Works for
Road Bridges.
Code of Practice for Small Bridges and culverts.

I.S. 13920
IRC: 6
IRC112
IRC89
IRC SP13
IRC 78

Standard Specifications and code of practice for road bridges


Agreement

Page 116

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IS: 4701
IS-2911 all
parts

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Code of practice for earthwork on canals


Code of Practice for design and construction of pile foundations.

All structural steel design shall generally conform to the following publications of the Indian
Standards Institution:
(i)
I.S. 800
: Code of Practice for general construction in steel
(ii)
I.S. 806
: Code of Practice for use of steel tubes in general building construction
Design Life
The design life of all structures and buildings shall be 50 years.
Durability
The design life is specified as 50 years. The special considerations made to ensure the long life of
the structures are presented below.
The reinforced concrete that will go into the construction will be exposed to moderate
environment conditions.
The use of structural steel is to be bare minimum as it is prone to corrosion.
To achieve durability of concrete it is to be ensured that there is minimal cracking and has a very
low permeability. Also the concrete should have high strength, should be dense and compact. To
reduce permeability and cracking, proper and adequate curing techniques shall be adopted. The
crack width shall be checked with respect to the allowable crack width. Reinforcement in RC
structures shall be placed at closer spacing to reduce crack width. Further, sharp corners, edges
are to be avoided. All edges of RC sections shall be chamfered or rounded to avoid cracking.
To achieve higher design life of 50 years,
1) It is recommended to use structural concrete of minimum Grade M30 using Portland
Pozzolana Cement as per IS: 1489-1991 (Part -1) limiting minimum content of PPC to 320 kg/m3
and maximum water binder ratio of 0.45 for water retaining structures as per IS3370 part I.
2) It is recommended to use structural concrete of minimum Grade M25 using Portland
Pozzolana Cement as per IS: 1489-1991 (Part -1) limiting minimum content of PPC to 300 kg/m3
and maximum water binder ratio of 0.5 for other reinforced structures as per IS456.
Incorporation of fly ash in concrete improves its long term strength and modulus of elasticity,
reduces its long term shrinkage and creep, decreases its permeability significantly at later stages
and enhances its long term durability properties. Use of pozzolanic material like fly ash in
concrete reduces the amount of heat generated in the concrete mass that in turn reduces the
thermal gradients and thermal stresses in concrete. It also reduces its water demand. It also offers
higher resistance to chloride ion penetration and higher resistance to sulphate attack, if exposed
to such chemicals. Pozzolanic Material like fly ash shall be of approved quality (IS 1489 part 1)
Low permeability of concrete can be checked in the concrete mix design at site by conducting the
Rapid Chloride Penetration Test as per AASHTO T277 (ASTM C1202) and the chloride ion
penetration can be checked to be within the range of 1000 -2000 Coulomb (low permeability
category). To reduce permeability and cracking we must ensure that proper and adequate curing
techniques are adopted.
The reinforcing bars used in RC structures shall be Thermo Mechanically Treated (TMT) bars,
as these have better corrosion resistance as compared to ordinary cold twisted bars and have a
longer life. Further, the steel used shall be provided with adequate cover so as to protect it from
corrosion. From durability and 2 hours fire resistance considerations, reinforcement in the
concrete shall be protected by adequate concrete cover.
As an additional measure of protection, PVC water stops shall be provided at the construction
joints in the water retaining structures.

Agreement

Page 117

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

The roof slab shall be protected with a layer of thermal insulation in the form of cast-in-situ
autoclaved concrete as per IS: 2185-1984 (Part 3). This will be further protected by the
membrane water proofing treatment.
The measures mentioned above, will go in the long way to protect the structure for the desired
long life.
The bidder shall submit a note in his bid, on how he proposes to achieve the durability in the
works under this tender in terms of design, materials and construction practices to achieve leak
proof and durable water retaining structures.
Geotechnical Data
Geotechnical report and calculations has been given in tender only for guideline purpose.
Contractor shall carry detail geotechnical investigation and accordingly shall carry out detail
design before starting the work. It is mandatory to contractor to get design and drawings approval
from client engineer before start of work.
Design Loadings
All buildings and structures shall be designed to resist the worst combination of the following
loads/stresses under test and working conditions; these include dead load, live load, equipment
load, water pressure, soil pressure, wind load, seismic load, stresses due to temperature changes,
shrinkage and creep in materials, dynamic loads:
Dead Load:
This shall comprise all permanent construction including walls, floors, roofs, beams, columns
foundations, partitions, stairways, fixed service equipments and other items of machinery. In
estimating the loads of process equipment all fixtures and attached piping shall be included, but
excluding contents, shall be considered.
The following minimum unit weights shall be considered in design of structures:
Loading Area

Load Intensity

Water

9.81 kN/m3

Soil (irrespective of strata available


at site and type of soil used for filling
etc). However, for checking stability
against uplift, actual weight of soil as
determined by field test shall be
considered
Plain concrete

16.50 kN/m3

Reinforced concrete

25.00 kN/m3

Brickwork (exclusive of plaster)

20.00 kN/m3

Siporex Blocks(exclusive of plaster)

8.00 kN/m3

Plaster to masonry surface

20.00 kN/m3

Granolithic
terrazo
rendering screed, etc.
MS chequered plates
Structural steel

finish

or

24.00 kN/m3

24.00 N/m2 per mm thickness


78.50 kN/m3
78.50 kN/m3

Live Load:
Live Load (LL) shall include the superimposed loads due to the use/occupancy of the
structure/building not including dead, wind or earthquake load. Live loads shall be in general as
per I.S. 875 Part (II). However, the following minimum loads shall be considered in the design of
structures:
Agreement

Page 118

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Loading Area

Load Intensity (KN/m2)

Inaccessible Roof

0.75

Accessible Roof

1.50

For Sloping Roof with slope


greater than 10 degrees
applicable)

0.75 kN/m2 less 0.02 kN/m2 for every


degree increase in slope over 10
degrees, subject to a minimum of
0.40 kN/m2

Balconies,
Corridors,
lobbies and staircases

(if

passages,

5.00

Storage Area

5.00

Pantry

3.00

Kitchen

3.00

Cafeteria

4.00

Toilets

2.00

Electrical room (H T/ LT Panel


room)

5.00

AHU / HUB

5.00

Mechanical room

5.00

UPS
room

10.00

rooms/Transformer/Battery

Lobby

5.00

floors supporting equipment such as


pumps, valves etc.

10.00

Control Panel

10.00

DG room

10.00

Parking/ Ramp

5.00

Landscape/ Lawn

5.00

In the absence of any suitable provisions for live loads in I.S. Codes or as given above for any
particular type of floor or structure, assumptions made must receive the approval of the Engineer
prior to starting the design work. Apart from the specified live loads or any other load due to
material stored, any other equipment load or possible overloading during maintenance or
erection/construction shall be considered and shall be partial or full whichever causes the most
critical condition.
Wind Load:
Wind loads shall conform to I.S. 875 Part (III).
Earthquake Load:
Seismic loads shall be computed according to latest IS 1893. Dadri area falls in Zone IV of
Seismic map of India. An importance factor appropriate to the type of structure shall be
considered for design of all the structures. Environmental condition shall be considered
appropriate as per IS 456, IS 800 and IS3370. Seismic loads for water retaining structures shall
be computed according to IS 1893 part-2.
Impact Loads

Agreement

Page 119

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Dynamic loads due to working of plant items such as pumps, travelling cranes, etc. shall be
considered in the design of structures.
Water Pressure:
Water pressure is the horizontal pressure of the water acting on the structure. The water pressure
shall be calculated as follows:
P =w h
Where
P = water pressure
h = depth of water pressure
w = Unit weight of water (kN/m3)
Hydrodynamic forces due to water shall be considered for water retaining structures as per
IS1893-PART2-2014
Earth Pressure:
Earth pressure means the horizontal pressure of the soil acting on the underground structure and
foundation. Earth pressure for all underground structures (walls of basement / tanks) shall be
calculated using coefficient of active earth pressure or pressure at rest.
The earth pressure of submersed soil shall be calculated as follows:
P = K(sub) h+ wh
Where
P = Submerged soil weight (kN/m3)
h = depth of earth pressure
w = Unit weight of water (kN/m3)
K = Earth pressure coefficient
sub= Submersed soil weight (kN/m3)
The earth pressure of saturated soil shall be calculated as follows:
p =K (sat) h
Where
sat= Saturated soil weight (kN/m3)
h = depth of earth pressure
K = Earth pressure coefficient
Uplift pressure:
Ground water table shall be considered as per geotechnical investigation. Appropriate seasonal
variation shall be considered while calculating ground water table.. Uplift pressure due to ground
water on foundation is calculated as follows:
p= wH
Where
H = depth of foundation bottom from water table level (m)
w = Unit weight of water (kN/m3
Surcharge Load:
Minimum surcharge of 10KN/m2 shall be considered for design of all underground structures to
take in to account the construction load and vehicular traffic in the vicinity of structure. The soil
parameters and ground water table will be considered as per soil investigation report. If structure
is near the road, surcharge shall be considered as per latest IRC-6 code.
Vehicular Load
For any structure or pipeline below roads, shall be designed for Class A , Class AA or 70R
whichever is governing of IRC loading
Load Combinations
The individual members of the frame shall be designed for worst combination of forces such as
bending moment, axial force, shear force and torsion as applicable. Permissible stresses for
Agreement

Page 120

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

different load combinations shall be taken as per latest IS 456 & relevant IRC codes. Structural
Steel Building shall be designed in accordance with latest IS 800.
Collapse/Strength Load Combinations
For the strength design, factored load combinations as specified in latest IS 456, IS 875 part V &
relevant IRC codes shall be used.
Serviceability Load Combinations
For ascertaining safety under service load conditions the Serviceability load combinations shall
be used as per latest IS 456 & relevant IRC codes.
Load Combinations for Structural Steel Frames
The design load combinations for Structural Steel Frames shall be used as per latest IS800
Joints
Location of Construction joints and shrinkage strips shall be designed & planned by the
contractor and only be used in locations pre-approved by Engineer. All construction joints for
water retaining structures in RCC shall be made water tight using approved make water stops.
PVC water-stops of 230 mm width shall be provided in all construction joints below ground level
in addition to any joint which may be detailed on the drawing. To avoid segregation of concrete
in walls, horizontal construction joints shall be provided at maximum 2.0 m spacings.
Expansion Joint
To relieve the structure from temperature stresses, appropriate expansion joints shall be provided
as per design requirements & as agreed by the Client Conforming to IS codes. This spacing may
vary depending of the Geometry & lateral load resisting system adopted for the structure. Gap for the
expansion / separation joint shall be provided as per the provisions mentioned in IS 1893 part IV.
The gap in between shall be filled by approved board & sealant with proper treatment to make
the joint leak proof. Dual column system supported on single foundation shall be provided at the
expansion joint.
Permissible Deflections
Permissible deflections shall be as per IS: 456 clause 23.2. Total deflection of various structural
members shall be calculated as per ANNEX C of IS 456. Provisions of IS 1893 and IS 875 shall
be followed for lateral deformations.
Crack Width
Water retaining elements like tank walls, base slab, cover slab etc. shall be designed for limiting
crack width of 0.1 mm and elements in contact with soil like foundation shall be designed for
limiting crack width of 0.2 mm and non water retaining elements like building floor slabs, beams
shall be designed for limiting crack width of 0.3 mm as per IS 3370 and IS 456 respectively.
Design Conditions for Underground or Partly Underground Liquid Retaining Structures
All underground or partly underground liquid containing structures shall be designed for the
following conditions:
(i)
(ii)

Liquid depth up to full height of wall: no relief due to soil pressure from outside to be considered;
Structure empty (i.e., empty of liquid, any material, etc.): full earth pressure and surcharge pressure as

applicable but minimum of 10 kN/m2 shall be considered ;


(iii)

Partition wall between dry sump and wet sump : to be designed for full liquid depth up to full height of

(iv)

wall on one side;


Partition wall between two compartments : to be designed as one compartment empty and other full;

(v)

Structures shall be designed for uplift in empty conditions with the water table till the finished ground

level;

Agreement

Page 121

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida
(vi)

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Underground or partially underground structures shall also be checked against stresses developed due to
any combination of full and empty compartments with appropriate ground/uplift pressures from below to
base slab. A minimum factor of safety of 1.2 shall be ensured against uplift or floatation.

(vii)

All the liquid retaining structures shall be designed for maximum design crack widths of 0.1 mm for direct
tension and flexure.

(viii)

All the structures wherever applicable shall be checked for overturning. Minimum factor of safety of 1.2 .
Overturning shall be checked for empty condition

(ix)

All the structures wherever applicable shall be checked for sliding. Minimum factor of safety of 1.4 against
sliding shall be considered. Sliding shall be checked for empty condition.

(x)

All liquid retaining structures shall be designed for Seismic effects latest IS 1893 part 2 -2014.

Structural Analysis
General: The structural analysis will be carried out as three dimensional space frames with
finite elements using commercially available software STAAD Pro / ETABS
Mathematical Modelling of Structure: pump houses, office building, substation buildings etc
shall be modelled analysed and using STAAD.Pro. Tank Structures shall be modelled analysed
and designed using Finite Element Method. Pump house, office building, substation buildings etc
shall be modelled, analyse and design as frame structures.
Analytical Result: Bending moments, Axial forces, Shear forces, Support reactions, Support
displacements, Base pressures etc shall be considered while extracting force envelope.
Foundations
(i)

The minimum depth of foundations for all structures, equipments, buildings and frame foundations and
load bearing walls shall be as per IS 1904.

(ii)

Maximum safe bearing capacity of soil strata shall be taken as indicated in geotechnical reports.

(iii)

Care shall be taken to avoid the fouling with the foundations of adjacent buildings or structure foundations,
either existing or not within the scope of this Contract. Suitable adjustments in depth, location and sizes
may have to be made depending on site conditions. No extra claims for such adjustments shall be accepted
by the Employer.

(iv)

Special attention is drawn to danger of uplift being caused by the ground water table. All underground
structural slabs shall be designed for uplift forces due to ground water pressure.

General Design Requirements


The following are the design requirements for all reinforced or plain concrete structures:
a)
All blinding and leveling concrete shall be a minimum 100 mm thick in concrete grade or M10 as shown in
the drawing.

b)

For all Water retaining reinforced concrete structures, concrete shall be of a minimum M30 grade with a
maximum 20 mm aggregate size for sections having 300 or minimum thickness and with a maximum 40
mm aggregate size for sections having thickness more than 300 mm and for all other reinforced concrete
structures, reinforced concrete shall be of a minimum M25 grade with a maximum 20 mm aggregate size
for sections having 300 or minimum thickness and with a maximum 40 mm aggregate size for sections
having thickness more than 300 mm. Reinforced concrete shall have minimum slump of 100 mm with
maximum water cement ratio of 0.45.

c)

For all reinforced concrete structures, Portland Pozzolana Cement (PPC) shall be use confirming to latest
IS: 1489

d)

The minimum clear cover to all reinforcement including stirrups and links shall be 50 mm for all water
retaining structures. As design consideration to control crack, though general requirements of IS 3370 shall
be followed, permissible crack width shall be limited to 0.1 mm for water retaining structures.

e)

The amount of reinforcement in each of the two directions at right angles within each surface zone should
not be less than 0.35% of the surface zone cross section (As per Clause 8.1 of IS 3370-2-2009) for water
retaining structures. For slabs, minimum of 10 mm dia bars shall be used to avoid any deformation of
lesser diameter bars under loads prior to construction.

Agreement

Page 122

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

f)
g)

The clear cover to the main reinforcing bars for different members shall be as per latest IS codes
For reinforced concrete structures, reinforcement shall be HYSD TMTBARS of grade Fe 500-D

h)

All buildings shall have a minimum 1 metre wide, 100 mm thick plinth protection paving in M10 grade
concrete or stone slabs/tiles. All plinth protection shall be supported on well compacted strata.

i)

All pipes and ducts laid below the structural plinth and road works shall be encased on all sides
with concrete of grade M20 minimum.

j)

Any structure or pipeline crossing below roads shall be designed for Class A loading conforming
to IRC-6.

k)

To relieve the upward ground water pressure, pressure release valves shall not be used.

l)

Maximum 40mm aggregate size shall be used for footings and rafts and maximum 20mm
aggregate size for all other structural members.

m)

Grade slabs of liquid retaining structures shall have the following


(i)
(ii)

Minimum thickness of 200 mm.


Minimum percentage of distribution reinforcement shall be as per clause no 8 of
IS 3370 (Part II).

(iii)

Maximum length of pour panel considering partial or complete contraction joints


shall be 7.5 meters.

(iv)

n)

Panels shall be poured in sequence and not in chessboard fashion.

Walls of liquid retaining structures shall have the following:


(i)
Minimum thickness of 200 mm.
(ii)

Minimum percentage of distribution reinforcement shall be as per clause no 8 of


IS 3370 (Part II).

(iii)

Maximum

length

of

pour

panel

considering

partial

or

complete

contraction joints shall be 7.5 meters.


(iv)

Panels shall be poured in sequence and not alternately.

o)

Floors of water retaining structures shall have 50 mm thick Indian Patent Stone (IPS) finish of
grade 1:1 :3. Joints in IPS shall be staggered from those in floor slab.

p)

For non liquid storage structures, expansion joints shall be located at a distance of about 45m,
these expansion joints shall have appropriate & approved joint filler with sealing compound.
Expansion joints for x for liquid retaining structures shall be spaced at 30 m maximum. .

q)

At all inner faces of construction and contraction joints in walls and floor slabs, a groove shall be
provided. This groove shall be filled with joint seal compatible with water.

Agreement

Page 123

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

r)

Water test of water retaining structures shall be done in accordance with IS: 3370 (Part I).The
depth of water for testing shall be upto the soffit of the top slab of the tank.

s)

Curing period shall conform to IS456 and IS3370.


The following minimum thicknesses shall be used for different reinforced concrete members,
irrespective of design thicknesses:

(i)
(ii)

Walls for liquid retaining structures

200 mm

Roof slabs for liquid retaining structures


(Other than flat slabs)
Bottom slabs/Raft for liquid retaining structures

150 mm

200 mm

canopy slabs
Walls of cables / pipe trenches,
underground pits etc.
Column footings

125 mm

:
:

200 mm
300 mm

Parapets, chajja

100 mm

(viii)

Precast trench cover

(ix)

Column Dimension

(iii)
(iv)

Floor slabs including roof slabs, walkways,

(v)
(vi)
(vii)

75 mm
300 mm

Steel Structures
General
The requirements for design, material and fabrication including connections of steel framing for buildings, steel
structures supporting equipment, pipe supports and miscellaneous structural steelwork like staircases, hand railing
etc. are covered in this section.

Design Method

Design of all steel structural members shall conform to IS-800-2007.


Connections
All shop connections shall be welded (minimum structural weld 4mm throat thickness) except for shop connections
for light platform framing etc. which may be bolted. Field connections may be bolted or welded. In case of
welding, welders will be certified before they are allowed to work.

Materials in General
The term "materials" shall mean all materials, goods and articles of every kind whether raw, processed or
manufactured and equipment and plant of every kind to be supplied by the Contractor for incorporation in the
Works.
Except as may be otherwise specified for particular parts of the works the provision of clauses in "Materials and
Workmanship" shall apply to materials and workmanship for any part of the works.
All materials shall be of approved quality and sourced from the manufacturer. Relevant documents supporting the
sources of the purchased material shall be submitted to the client.
Conctractor shall supply the names of the supplier before the start of the work and place order only after the
approval of the client. Approval of the material shall be done only after the samples identified by the Engineer is
tested as. The Contractor shall thereafter keep the Engineer informed of of the delivery dates of all materials.
Materials shall be transported, handled and stored in such a manner as to prevent deterioration, damage or
contamination failing which such damaged materials will be rejected and shall not be used on any part of the Works
under this contract. Appropriate and safe storage and stacking of all material is the sole responsibility of the
contractor.

Material, Workmanship and Design Criteria


Materials specified will confirm to the latest edition of the relevant Indian Standard or other accepted standards.
Specifications for materials will include sampling and testing as stipulated in the design standards. Detailed material
specifications will be included in the Technical Specifications.
Agreement

Page 124

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Concrete
a)
Cement
Generally Ordinary Portland cement (OPC) conforming to IS: 8112 or Portland pozzolana cement(PPC) conforming
to IS: 1489 shall be used for superstructure. It is recommended to use Portland pozzolana cement(PPC) as per IS
1489 for all structures.
b)
Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC)
Reinforced concrete conforming to Table 2; IS 456-2000 shall be used with 20mm and down size graded crushed
stone aggregate unless noted otherwise. The Minimum grade of reinforced cement concrete shall be M25 for
moderate conditions of exposure for different structures and foundations as per Table 5 of IS456-2000. The
Minimum grade of reinforced cement concrete shall be M30 for water retaining structures as per Table 1 of IS33702009.
The contractor has to submit the detailed methodology including quality control measures for the manufacture and
supply of concrete to the project site and take prior approval of the engineer before proceeding.
c)
Lean Concrete
Concrete of minimum 100 mm thickness of lean concrete grade M15 (by weight, using 20mm and down size grade
crushed stone aggregate) shall be provided under all RCC foundations.

Reinforcement Bars
a)

b)
c)

High Strength Deformed Thermo mechanically treated (TMT) Steel bars of grade Fe
500 D, conforming to IS: 1786 with minimum elongation of 14.5% and of approved
make listed in the tender document shall be used.
No re-rolled reinforcement bars shall be used.
Couplers shall be used for laps of bars higher than 32 mm diameter

Aggregates
Selected aggregates of proper sizes shall conform to IS: 383.

Structural Design of RCC Elements


The design aims to achieve an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform satisfactorily
during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and deformations
of normal construction and use and have adequate durability and resistance to the effects of earthquake, wind as
well as misuse and fire. Structures and structural elements will be designed by Limit State Method. Due
consideration will be given to the accepted theories, experience and modern design philosophy and practices.

Samples and Tests of Materials


The Contractor shall submit samples of such materials as may be required by the Engineer and shall carry out the
specified tests directed by the Engineer at the Site, at the supplier's premises or at a laboratory approved by the
Engineer.
Samples shall be submitted and tests carried out sufficiently early to enable further samples to be submitted and
tested if required by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall give the Engineer seven days' notice in writing of the date on which any of the materials will
be ready for testing or inspection at the supplier's premises or at a laboratory approved by the Engineer. The
Engineer shall attend the test at the appointed place within seven days of the said date on which the materials are
expected to be ready for testing or inspection according to the Contractor, failing which the test may proceed in his
absence unless instructed by the Engineer to carry out such a test on a mutually agreed date in his presence. The
Contractor shall in any case submit to Engineer within seven days of every test such number of certified copies (not
exceeding six) of the test results as the Engineer may require.
Approval by the Engineer as to the placing of orders for materials or as to samples or tests shall not prejudice any of
the Engineer's powers under the Contract.
The provisions of this clause shall also apply to materials supplied under any nominated sub-contract.

General Arrangement of structures


The following general guidelines shall be followed in the preparation of general arrangement of structures.
Sufficient room shall be allowed between components of pumping stations, ESR, substations, administrative
buildings, transferstations and adjacent fixed structures to permit safe and convenient access for operation and
maintenance.
An area adjacent to all structures area shall be provided as maintenance lay down area.
Fixed runways, lifting eyes or other means shall be provided to permit the removal of units that may be
required to be removed during the course of its normal operational life for maintenance or any other purpose.

Orientation
The works shall be laid out within the confines of the Site in order to interface to the existing infrastructure of
roadways and inlet and outlet pipe work. Underground services shall be relocated to accommodate the site
layout after the approval of the Engineer.

Agreement

Page 125

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Buildings and Structures

All the building and structure works shall generally comply with the following Employers Requirements unless
otherwise specified elsewhere.
1.

All building works shall be of reinforced concrete framework.

2.

All external walls above ground shall be in brick/ RC block masonry and shall be minimum 230 mm
thick.

3.

All internal partition walls shall be in brick/ RC block masonry. All internal walls shall be minimum
230mm thick. Toilet block internal partition walls shall be in 115 mm thick brick masonry.

4.

5.

All internal masonry surfaces finish shall have 12 mm thick plain faced cement plaster in cement mortar
(1:4) with neat cement finish on top. Over this, one coat of primer and two coats of plastic emulsion paint
of approved quality and shade shall be provided.
All external masonry surfaces and concrete surfaces with rough board finish shall have 20 mm thick sand
faced cement plaster in two coats, base coat 12 mm thick in cement mortar 1:4 and finishing coat 8 mm
thick in cement mortar 1:3. Waterproofing compound of approved make and quality shall be added to the
cement mortar in proportions as specified by the manufacturer.

6.

All RCC surfaces below ground shall be treated with anti carbonation treatment

7.

All external surfaces above ground level shall have one coat of primer and two coats of waterproof cement
based paint of approved quality and shade. A coat of silicone water repellent paint shall also be applied

8.

thereon.
Toilet areas, walls and ceilings, shall have one coat of primer and two coats of plastic emulsion paint.

9.

Toilet floor slab shall be filled with brick bat coba (broken bricks in lime) and provided with waterproofing

as per the specifications of an approved specialist waterproofing company.


10. The finished floor level in toilet areas shall be 25 mm below general finished floor level elsewhere in the
building.
11. The flooring along with skirting in office building shall be of vetrified tiles of approved shade. 150mm
high skirting shall be provided in these areas. Granite stone shall be provided for laboratory platforms
fixed over double sandwiched cuddappah support as directed and the edges of granite is to be embedded
into the wall.
12. Toilet areas shall be of ceramic tiles of approved shade. 1500 mm high dado, in 150 mm x 150 mm x 6
mm thick glazed tiles placed in cement mortar shall also be provided in these areas.
13. The toilet facilities shall include at least :
(i)
(ii)

1 No. Water closet with white porcelain Orissa pan minimum 580 mm long with flushing cistern
of 10 liters capacity.
1 No. Urinal of sizes 600 mm x 400 mm x 300 mm flat back type in white porcelain separated by
a marble partition of size 680 mm x 300 mm.

(iii)

1 No. wash basin of size 510 mm x 400 mm in white porcelain with inlet, outlet and overflow
arrangements.

(iv)
(v)

1 No. mirror of size 400 mm x 600 mm wall mounted type fitted over wash basin.
1 No. plastic liquid soap bottle

(vi)
(vii)

1 No. chromium plated brass towel rails minimum 750 mm long.


All stopcocks, valves and pillar cocks shall be heavy duty chromium plated brass.

(viii)

All fittings such as `P or `S traps, floor traps, pipes, etc.

14. All floor cut-outs and cable ducts, etc. shall be covered with precast concrete covers in outdoor areas and
mild steel chequered plates of adequate thickness in indoor areas. All uncovered openings shall be
protected with MS hand railing with minimum Class B pipes.
15. All staircases shall be provided with Stainless MS hand railing for protection with minimum

Class B pipes.

Agreement

Page 126

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

16. The reinforced concrete roofs shall be made waterproof by application of an approved cement

17.

18.
19.
20.

21.
22.

based roof waterproofing providing brick bat coba with IPS finish. The finished roof surface
shall have adequate slope to appropriately drain the storm water at the quick rate.
For roofing drainage, uPVC rain water down-take with all uPVC accessories shall be used. For
roof areas up to 40 sq.m minimum two nos. 100 mm diameter down-take pipes shall be provided.
For every additional area of 40 sq.m or part thereof, at least one no. 100 mm dia. down-take pipe
shall be provided.
Top surfaces of chajjas and canopies shall be made waterproof by providing a screed layer of
adequate slope or application of an approved roof membrane and sloped to drain the rain water.
Building plinth shall be minimum 450 mm above average finished ground level around building.
All Lintels over the openings shall be RCC with a cantilever canopy ( Chajja). Minimum Chajja
projection shall be 750 mm for rolling shutters, 600 mm for doors and 450 mm, with the width of
the chajja larger than the opening by 150 mm on either side.
All windows and ventilators shall have 25 mm thick Granite stone sills/ jambs bedded in cement
mortar (1:3).
All doors, windows and ventilators including all required accessories & frames shall be of
aluminium conforming to IS: 1948 (latest).. Aluminium grills shall be provided in all the
windows. Doors shall be in two panel and both panels shall be glazed/unglazed. Minimum
weight of aluminium doors & windows shall be as follows.

I.

Single Glazed Window : (Weights indicated shall be aluminium)


a) Openable
Outer Frame
Shutter Frame
Intermediate Mullion
Beading
:

:
Weight 0.70 kg/Rmt
:
Weight 0.97 kg/Rmt
:
Weight 0.97 kg/Rmt
Weight 0.31 kg/Rmt

Fixing Louvers windows/ventilators


Outer Frame
:
Weight 0.46 kg/Rmt
II.

Double Glazed Window


Outer Frame
Shutter Frame
Intermediate Mullion
Beading
:

III.

IV.

:
Weight 0.72 kg/Rmt
:
Weight 0.97 kg/Rmt
:
Weight 0.98 kg/Rmt
Weight 0.31 kg/Rmt

Sliding Windows
Bottom & Top Frame :
Shutter Frame
Interlocking Section

Weight 0.70 kg/m


:
Weight 0.42 kg/m
:
Weight 0.47 kg/m

Aluminium Door
Outer Frame
Shutter Frame
Bottom Stile

:
:
:

Weight 2.508 kg/Rmt


Weight 2.508 kg/Rmt
Weight 2.508 kg/Rmt

Glazing shall be 6.0 mm thick glass.


23. Openings of the windows & ventilators shall be minimum 25% of the floor area
24. Ventilator shall be provided where height of floor is more than 3m. All windows and ventilators shall have
wire mesh. Doors, Windows and Ventilators shall be of size as per schedule to be submitted by the
Contractor for approval of Engineer. The minimum opening size shall be as below:
Door of opening size 1.2m x 2.1m
Agreement

Page 127

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Door of opening size 0.75m x 2.1m for toilets


Glazed windows of minimum size 1.2m x 1.2m
Ventilators of minimum size 0.6m x 0.6m
25. Rolling shutters shall be made of 80 x 1.25 mm MS laths. Rolling shutter shall be of minimum size 2.5m
wide x 3.0m high. Rolling shutter shall be provided in MCC cum panel room, chlorine tonner shed, at
entry and exit of the pump house for access to pumps, motors, valves, panels and as wherever required.
26. All structural steel members shall be painted with two coats of enamel paint over one shop and one field
coat of Zinc Phosphate primer.
27. All concrete channels and ducts used for conveying liquid shall have inside finish of type F2. The width of
concrete channels shall not be less than 500 mm. All open channels shall be provided with MS hand
railings.
28. Concrete Kerbs to be provided below the hand railing on the catwalks/pathways should be as per relevant
sections of Factory Act.
29. All units shall be provided with appropriate sign boards of approved material indicating the function of the
rooms involved.
30. Wherever equipment and machinery are to be moved for inspection, servicing, replacement etc., suitable
movable EOT crane as required shall be provided .
31.

The design of buildings shall reflect the climatic conditions existing on site. Office buildings shall as far
as possible permit the entry of natural light, preference given to window openings protected by weather
canopies.

32. All the walkways shall have minimum 1.0 m width.


33. Hand railings shall be minimum 32 NB medium MS pipe conforming to latest IS codes. Height of railing
shall not be less than 1100mm.The distance between 2 vertical posts shall not be more than 1.5 metres.

Roadways, Pathways & Hard-standings


A comprehensive network of roads shall be provided around the specific utility area to link in
with the existing road network and permit access to the specific utility area for necessary
maintenance, delivery of consumables and personnel access. All roads shall be of asphalt
macadam and minimum 5 meters wide. Vehicular access shall be provided for all specific utility
area structures and buildings. All roads shall be constructed to prevent standing water.
Paved pedestrian access ways shall be constructed to provide a network of logical routes
interlinking plant areas. Damage to any existing roads on account of their use by the Contractor
shall be made good to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Hard-standing areas shall be provided to permit the parking of vehicles involved in the delivery
of consumables from blocking site roadways during unloading or loading. The road system shall
be designed such that vehicles involved in the delivery of consumables can follow a continuous
route through the works and out again without the need to reverse or carryout complicated
manoeuvres in order to exit the site.
Site Drainage
The contractor shall provide a site drainage system. The system shall comprise of the following:
Storm Water Drainage
Foul Drainage
Storm Water Drainage
Storm water drains adjacent to the existing and proposed roads (under this Contract) shall be
sized for a rainfall intensity of that area, allowing for 100% runoff. Drains adjacent to roads shall
be in reinforced concrete of M20 grade minimum. However, 500 mm x 500 mm size or smaller
trenches may be constructed in brick/ Concrete Blocks and internally flush pointed in cement
mortar (1:4), 20 mm thick. The minimum width of drain shall be 450mm.

Agreement

Page 128

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

The storm water drainage system shall also be designed to cater the run-off from the existing plot
areas and structures, if necessary depending upon the site topography.
Foul Drainage
The foul drainage system shall accept discharge from toilets, washrooms, offices and the
laboratory. The foul drainage system shall discharge to a septic tank or or nearest public sewer
wherever exist.
Cable and Pipe work Trenches
Cable and pipe work trenches shall generally be constructed in reinforced concrete. However, 500 mm x 500 mm
size or smaller trenches, not on fill may be constructed in brick/Concrete Blocks. The trenches will be plastered
internally with cement mortar (1:4) and externally in cement mortar (1:3).
Trenches within the buildings or specific utility area areas shall be covered with M.S chequered plates, suitably
painted and those outside the buildings shall be covered with M20 precast R.C.C covers. The trenches shall be
suitably sloped to drain rain water.
Layout of trenches outside the buildings shall allow space for construction of future trenches, where necessary with
due consideration for planning for future developments. This aspect shall be brought to the notice of the Engineer,
while planning the works.

Compound Wall, Gate and Guard rooms


Designing and Constrution of Compound wall in brick wall with column post at 2.5m spacing, 2 m height above
finished ground with Razor Wire security fencing , Gate Ways with proper openable decorative mechanized MS
gates with wicket gate ,Guard rooms with vitrified tile flooring,Aluminium doors & windows including internal
wiring,lighting fixtures,switches,breakers,etc access control system,boom barriers and provision for communication
system & control systems,CCTV & Surviellance system,with provision for Ascent lights highliting the Gate Ways
,with provision for waiting room and parking for Visitors, and aesthetically appealing landscaping in forecourt of
gate ways
The design and pattern of the gate with drawing shall be submitted for approval.

Valve Chambers
All valve chambers, manholes are to be of adequate size to facilitate maintenance and operation. The base slab of
valve chambers, manholes shall slope towards a sump pit from which water can be pumped to keep the chamber
dry. All valve chambers, manholes shall be constructed in reinforced concrete. Chambers shall have removable cast
iron / reinforced concrete covers, as appropriate, approach ladders and valve supports.

Office Building, Substations buildings


The building shall comply with the requirements of various items given in section above. The
architectural design concept of buildings structure shall be evolved considering the
functional, technological and other requirements for efficient operation, ensuring
comfortable working environment for personnel, satisfying the aesthetic requirements.
Special care shall be taken to provide elegance and aesthetics, with effective use of
appropriate treatment, materials fittings and finishes. Location and size has been provided
in tender drawings.
Landscaping
The site shall be landscaped once the Works are substantially complete. Landscaping area shall be marked in layout
plan.
Landscaping shall include planting of suitable trees and development of grass loan areas. Landscaping in general
shall meet ecological and environmental conditions of the site. Road widths shall determine the size of the tree
height and spread to be selected for planting. Trees suitable for local conditions shall be selected. Medicinal and
fruit trees shall be avoided. Landscaping shall be maintained in good condition till the completion of contract.

Tree Planting
Pits dug a few days in advance of actual planting shall be allowed to weather and be filled with top soil mixed with
manure. Size of the pit shall be as per standard requirement. Only one tree shall be planted in each pit. A guard
made of bamboo with wire mesh or bricks or M.S. rings as approved by Engineer shall be provided.

Agreement

Page 129

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

B 3. WATER SUPPLY
B3.1.

Back ground

The potable water will be supplied by Greater Noida Industrial Development Authority up to the project
boundary as shown in drg. TCE-7504A-150-WS-6000 with requisite head. From this point water will be
brought to the Clear Water Reservoir (CWR) within the project area by laying rising main and will be
further pumped from the proposed clear water pump house to the Elevated service reservoirs (ESR)
adjoining it. This ESR is planned based on topography and the residual pressure requirements at the
consumer level. From the ESR water will be distributed by gravity to the consumers for potable water
system.
For non potable water system, treated water from 72MLD STP (treated to the tertiary level) would be
pumped to the GLR (R) inside the project site. Further distribution from this main reservoir for recycle
water will be by direct pumping into the system. Scope under this package would start from tapping point
near the project boundary as shown on drawing no. TCE-7504A-150-6001
B3.2.

Description of the works

B 3.2.1. Potable water system

Design, Construction, commissioning and maintenance of potable Water transmission system


from tapping point to Clear Water Reservoir inside the project area of 350mm pipe diameters for
a length of approximately 1.8 KM. (HDPE- PE 100 PN10 / DI -K-9 material) (Pumping
System). Drg No. TCE-7504A-150-WS-6000 can be referred for details.
Design, Construction, commissioning and maintenance of Clear Water Reservoir of Capacity
6.00ML (RCC reservoir)
Design, Construction, commissioning and maintenance of potable Water Pumping station at
CWR location (Q= 7.25 MLD and Head = 29 m) to pump water from CWR to adjoining ESR.
Design, Construction and maintenance of ESR of Capacity 2.00ML (RCC reservoir) with 15m
staging.
Design, Construction, commissioning and maintenance of potable Water distribution system
(HDPE- PE 100 PN6 / DI -K-7 material) (gravity System) of pipe diameters varying from
110mm to 450 mm dia for a length of 21 Km.
Development and drilling of approximately 7 nos of bore wells, carrying out required
hydrogeological test, draw dawn test, yield test, design and laying of transmission pipe line of
diameter 200 to 350mm for a over all length of 5 km, installation of required capacity pumps to
discharge the water from bore well to CWR, all electrical, instrumentation works, construction of
pump house near each bore well.
Design and installation of vacume type online chlorination system including construction of
chlorination building as per approved design
The entire distribution zone shall be planned into different DMA (District Metered Area) so that
total incoming flow to a particular area can be measured.
Complete automation of the system including flow measurement, water level in reservoirs,
pressure monitoring, leakage detection including all required equipments and instrumentation
system
House service connection for individual plot including smart water meter, communication pipe,
meter chamber and valves.
Complete electrical works like transformer, MCC, cabling upto motors, lighting, earthing and
lightning protection for pump house.

B 3.2.2. Recycle water system:

Design, Construction, commissioning and maintenance of Recycle Water transmission system


from tapping point to Recycle Water Reservoir inside the project area of pipe diameter of 400mm
for a length of approximately 1.2 Km. (HDPE- PE 100 PN10 / DI -K-9 material) (Pumping
System). Drg No. TCE-7504A-150-WS-6001
Design, Construction, commissioning and maintenance of Recycle Water Reservoir of Capacity
7.0 ML (RCC reservoir) inside the project area.

Agreement

Page 130

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Design, Construction, commissioning and maintenance of Recycled Water Pumping station at


Recycle Water Reservoir location (Q= 12.46 MLD and Head = 25m) to pump water from MBR
to distribution system.
Design, Construction, commissioning and maintenance of Recycled Water distribution system
(HDPE- PE 100 PN6 / DI -K-7 material) ( direct pumping ) of pipe diameters varying from
110mm to 400 mm dia for a length of 22 Km,
Complete automation of the system including flow measurement, water level in reservoirs,
pressure monitoring, leakage detection including all required instrumentation system
House service connection for individual plot including smart water meter, communication pipe,
meter chamber and valves.
Complete electrical works like transformer, MCC, cabling upto motors, lighting, earthing and
lightning protection for pump house.

B 3.2.3. General:

Design, Construction and maintenance of Water Transmission / Distribution Main allied works
such as thrust blocks, anchor blocks, concrete encasing of pipes, valve chambers, nalla crossings
etc
Design, Construction and maintenance of Control and instrumentation systems (Motor & allied
electrical, cabling & Instrumentation work), SCADA and mechanical systems (Pumps & Valves)
with Valves.
Surge protection system is proposed with a view to control the maximum and minimum
pressures within specified limits following the transient event. The maximum pressure inside the
transmission main restricted to pump shut-off head, which is expected to be less than the
stipulated maximum pressure under transient conditions and also less than the pipeline internal
design pressure. The maximum pressure anticipated should be less than the pipeline internal
design pressure which about 1.5 times the working pressure.
Design and construction of House service connections for Potable (56 Number) and Non potable
system (56 Number). The scope includes laying of pipe line upto the road edge and fixing
suitable end cap.
Design and installation of Bulk flow meters at all Reservoirs, Pump station inlet and out let
locations.
Design and installation of pressure gauges at all Reservoirs, Pump station and at strategic
locations in the network.
Wherever pipes lines required to be laid in open (i.e crossing of nalla) DI pipe shall be laid
instead of HDPE in that particular portion
Pipe line markers shall be provided along the pipe line. ID tags shall be provided for all pipe line
appurtenances.
B3.3.

Water Supply Appurtenances

The water supply system (transmission and distribution system) shall be provided with the following
appurtenances and specials etc as per the criteria given below,
a) The mains shall be provided with sluice valves, particularly near pump header, near delivery at
pump house for isolation purpose. The size of the valve shall be same as pipe dia.
b) The scour valves shall be provided at low points or at natural drainage for emptying the pipe
when necessary. The drainage arrangement will consists of a DI special having drain pipe at
bottom and a sluice valve connecting to the near by drain. The size of the drain valve will be as
per CPHEEO guidelines.
c) The pipeline shall be provided with air valves at every summit point and also at about 1 Km
distance, suitably. The size of the air valve will be as per CPHEEO guidelines.
d) All the valves shall be enclosed in valve chambers with manhole cover and frames as per
relevant standard and codes.
e) At bends and gaps suitable specials shall be provided. The use of specials shall be kept to
minimum possible.
f) Concrete anchor and thrust blocks in M20 concrete will be provided at bends and below valves to
avoid movement of pipe as per the standard.
g) At crossing of roads, concrete encasing with re-filling and compaction along with necessary
WBM and bitumen layers shall be provided
Agreement

Page 131

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

h) House service connections with HDPE saddle straps (for HDPE pipes) and DI straps (DI pipes),
MDPE communication pipes, Water stops, globe valves, specials as per the requirements.
i) Clear identifications of Potable water and Recycled water pipe line shall be made by adopting
different colour pipes as per relevant standards.
j) Above information is for guidance of the bidder.It is Contractors responsibility to complete the
work in all respect.Any additional work, if required, to complete the work shall be done by
contractor at no extra cost and the same shall be deemed to be included in his Price Bid.Such
additional work shall be as per design criteria and specifications as mentioned in Tender document
and as approved by Employer.
B3.4.

Population and water demand

Population and water demand for the project is provided below.


Table :Population Details
LAND USE
Residential

Group Housing
EWS Housing
Hi-tech
Biotech
R&D
IT

Industries

Commercial/Mixed use
Village Population
Total

AREA (Ha)
21
3.67
36.22
30.36
41.20
26.69
15.23

Population (nos.)
23100
7340
6882
12903
34495
39701
31983
10798
167202

Table: Unit Water Demand


Particulars

Value
Potable

Residential

105

Non Potable
45

Commercial

20

25

LPCD

Industrial (Employees/work force)

20

25

LPCD

Potable Water
Hospital

240

Potable Water Demand for Hotels

S. No.

Demand

for

100

Unit
LPCD

L/Bed/day

45

L/Bed/day

Industries

45000

L/Ha/day

Landscaping irrigation

3000

L/Ha/day

Road Side plantation

28000

L/Km/day

Fire demand

100(p^1/2)

KL

135

Table : Water Demand


Land use
Residential
Commercial
Industries (Employees)
village buffer
PSP
Industries
Agreement

Potable (MLD)
3.19
0.67
1.88
1.13
0.02

Non potable (Recycle) (MLD)


1.37
0.81
2.34
0.49
0.01
6.02
Page 132

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

Green/landscaping
Fire
Total
Gross including 5% lossess
B3.5.

6.89
7.25

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

0.55
1.29
12.88
13.56

Design Criteria

B 3.5.1. Potable Water Supply Infrastructure


B 3.5.1.1. Clear Water Reservoir (CWR)
The storage capacity of under ground CWR is proposed for 18 Hours capacity which shall be
constructed in RCC with RCC roof. The treated water from this tank shall be pumped to the ESR
after disinfection with chlorine. This tank shall have two compartments from the point of view of
O & M. Necessary appurtenances such as inlet, outlet, overflow, vent pipes etc shall be provided.
B 3.5.1.2. Clear Water Pump House
The clear water pump house shall be provided adjacent the reservoir. The pumps shall be horizontal split
casing centrifugal type and with 50% standby. The pumping shall be considered for 22 hrs working per
day. Power supply arrangement shall be made for the pump house. Automation shall be provided for
operation of pumps. Bulk flow meters shall be provided on clear water transmission mains for recording
quantum of water supplied. Superstructure shall house MCC, office, toilet, loading unloading bay etc.
Refer drawing for pump house details
Salient features of pump house are
Pump : 68m3/hr - 7 (5+2) nos
Head-29 m
Design criteria for Clear Water Pump House
Criteria adopted in the design of Pumping Station for water supply are as follows:i.
Velocity in suction and delivery pipes shall be restricted to 1.5 m/s to 2.5 m/s respectively.
ii.
Velocity in pumping main range from 0.6 m/sec (minimum) to 2.5 m/sec (maximum).
iii.
Hazen William`s Coefficient will be considered as 130 for DI pipe.
iv.
Safe working load of lifting equipment will be at least 50% higher than maximum weight
required to be handled at the pumping station.
v.
The preferred range of specific speed shall be 3000 to 4000 USCU.
vi.
Type of pumps shall be horizontal split case.
vii.
Hours of operation for pumps shall be 22.
viii.
Design head shall include static head, friction loss in suction, delivery and rising main and head
loss in valves and fittings.
ix.
The sizes of valves shall be same as size of individual pipes.
B 3.5.1.3. Chlorination unit
The chlorination plant shall be installed near the Clear water Pumping station so that chlorine can be
injected directly in the feeder main upstream side of ESR
.
Table : Design Parameters
Sr.
No.
1
2
3

Design Parameters

Value

Chlorine dose
Contact time
Residual chlorine

1 2 mg/l
>15 min
0.2 mg/l

Particular requirements
The plant shall be vacume feed type.
Agreement

Page 133

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Wall mounted type with 2 Hp Booster Pump With control unit, Injector, filter trap, vacuum vent,
PVC encapsulated copper pipe. 1 W + 1 standby
Provision shall be made for 6 chlorine cylinders of 100kg
Safety items shall include :

Breathing Apparatus. -30 minute


Chlorine Test Kit
Exhaust Fan.[ non corrosive]

1 no.
5 nos.
13 nos.

A pit and alkali absorption system shall be provided to contain and neutralise chlorine in the
event of a leak. The system shall comprise a pit located in the tonner storage room and accessible
by the overhead crane system. The pit shall be surrounded with removable guard railing. The pit
shall be kept full with a neutralising solution of lime. The pit shall be capable of holding side by
side two chlorine tonners. A provision shall be made to drain the pit.

B 3.5.1.4. Potable water rising main from Tapping point to CWR


Potable water from tapping point shall be conveyed to CWR by laying transmission pipe.
The limit for detailed design and implementation starts from the tapping point to Inlet of CWR including
required interconnections. Location of tapping point is indicated in drawing. The design parameters shall
be as follows:
Table : Design Parameters
Sr.
No.
1

Design Parameters

Value

Minimum Residual Pressure above FSL of ESR


2.0 m
(Peak flow)
2
Pumping hours
22 hours (To be coordinated with
GNIDA prior to designing)
3
Design Velocity
1.0 m/sec - 1.5 m/sec
4
Max. Unit head loss in the Pipe
8 m/Km.
5
Hazens William coefficient
130 / 140
6
Pipe Material
DI K-9 / HDPE (PE -100/ PN 10)
The rising main should be designed based on economical size of rising main and water hammer
calculations with reference to CPHEEO Manual and relevant IS codes.
B 3.5.1.5. Potable water rising main from CWR to ESR
Potable water from CWR shall be pumped to the Potable water ESR through the Potable water pumping
station inside the same campus.
The limit for detailed design and implementation starts from the common header of the pumping station
at CWR premise to Inlet of Potable ESR. The design parameters for the Potable water rising main shall
be as follows:
Table : Design Parameters
Sr.
No.
1

Design Parameters

Value

Minimum Residual Pressure above FSL of ESR


2.0 m
(Peak flow)
2
Pumping hours
22
3
Design Velocity
1.0 m/sec - 2.5 m/sec
4
Max. Unit head loss in the Pipe
8 m/Km.
5
Hazens William coefficient
130 / 140
6
Pipe Material
DI K-9 / HDPE (PE -100/ PN 10)
The rising main should be designed based on economical size of rising main and water hammer
calculations with reference to CPHEEO Manual and relevant IS codes.

Agreement

Page 134

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

B 3.5.1.6. Development of bore well

Scope under this works include broadly as follows:


Hydrogeological investigation
Drilling of bore well. The size and depth of bore well be shall be so decided that, the safe
yield of all bore wells shall meet the demand of 7.25 mld.
Yield test, draw dawn test
Construction of pump house at each bore well
Installation of submerssibble pumps of required capacity and head to discharge water
from bore wells to the CWR.
All Electrical works
Desiging and laying of rising main from bore wells to CWR
The above works are for reference purpose, the contractor shall have to execute all the works as
required by employer to complete the work in all respect.
Design specifications
Type of drilling method As per nature of formation below the ground the best suitable drilling
methods are either Direct or Reverce rotary method, with drilling diameter of minimum 20/18.
As per expected presence of good quality of groundwater the casing assembly of MS B calss
(12 / 8 Diameter) plain & stainer pipes may be lowered in the tubewell. The MS pipes shall be
connected by threaded MS sockets, followed by gas/electric welding. The casing pipe should be
connected at top by MS clamp set.
The annular space between wall of the bore & casing assembly, should be filled by well sorted
Pea Gravel.
The development of tubewell to be recommended first by high capacity air compressor (Min. 300
cfm / 150 psi as per IS - 2800 part II) followed by an over pumping unit.
Additonal gravel should be filled, after completion of development.
The tubewell shall be sealed at top, by Cement sealing, preferably upto 1 m depth, to prevent
percolation of surface run-off in the tubewell.
The litho-logs obtained from the tubewell to be collected & preserved at every 3 m interval for
further study & record.
The submercible pump set related to expected discharge, water level, drawdown & total head, to
be recommended for installation in the tubewell.
The tubewell should be plugged at bottom by bail plug & at top by well cap.
The pump set should be of approved make, confirming to IS specifications, suitable for 415
volts, 3 phase, 50 cycles AC supply, having delivery outlet, suitable for connecting 100 mm outer
diameter GI pipe.
The pump set shall be lowered by 100 mm outer diameter, threaded GI pipes, which shall be
connected by sockets. Flat MS flanges may be applied at joints for additional support.
A steel rope may also be used for connection of pump, along with GI pipes, for additional
support.

B 3.5.1.7. Elevated Service Reservoir for Potable Water Supply


The design parameters for the Potable water ESR shall be as follows:
Table : Design Parameters for ESR
Sr.
No.

Design Parameters

Value

Minimum storage capacity of ESR

Maximum storage capacity of Zone wise ESR

6 Hours of average daily water


requirement of the project area.
2.0 ML

Staging Height

15 m

Type

Circular & Intz type RCC reservoir

Agreement

Page 135

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

Foundation

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Raft foundation / Pile Foundation

B 3.5.1.8. Potable Water Distribution System


The design parameters for the Potable water distribution system shall be as follows:
Table: Design Parameters for distribution system
Sr.
Design Parameters
Value
No.
1
Minimum Residual Pressure at all nodes in the 7 m
D/S system during Peak hours
2
Peak factor for design of water distribution 2.5
system
3
Losses as Unaccounted for water (UFW) to be 5% losses
considered for designing
5
Bedding:
Minimum Depth of Bedding below the
pipe
for pipe diameters up to 400 mm
150 mm
for pipe diameters greater than 400 mm.
200 mm
6
Clear cover above the crown of pipe
1 m (minimum)
7
Basis of supply to the consumers
24 x 7 and on gravity
130 (DI/MS)
8
Hazens William coefficient
140 (HDPE Pipe)
9

Pipe Material

HDPE (PE -100/ PN 6.0)/ DI K-7 / MS

10
11

Software for designs


Network type

Water GEMs
Loop network-Gravity

B 3.5.2. Recycle Water Supply Infrastructure


B 3.5.2.1. Recycle water rising main from Tapping point to Recycle Water Reservoir (RWR)
Recycle water from tapping point shall be conveyed to RWR by laying transmission pipe.
The limit for detailed design and implementation starts from the tapping point to Inlet of RWR including
required interconnections. Location of tapping point is indicated in drawing. The design parameters shall
be as follows:
Table : Design Parameters
Sr.
No.
1
2
3
4
5

Design Parameters

Value

Minimum Residual Pressure above FSL of RWR


2.0 m
(Peak flow)
Pumping hours
22 hours (To be coordinated with
GNIDA prior to designing)
Design Velocity
1.0 m/sec - 1.5 m/sec
Hazens William coefficient
130 / 140
Pipe Material
DI K-9 / HDPE (PE -100/ PN 10)

The rising main should be designed based on economical size of rising main and water hammer
calculations with reference to CPHEEO Manual and relevant IS codes.

Agreement

Page 136

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

B 3.5.2.2. Recycle Water Reservoir (RWR)


The storage capacity of under ground RWR is proposed for 12 Hours capacity which shall be constructed
in RCC with RCC roof. The recycle water from this tank shall be pumped to recycle water distribution
system for various non potable uses such as flushing, gardening, non domestic industrial purpose etc..
This tank shall have two compartments from the point of view of O & M. Necessary appurtenances such
as inlet, outlet, overflow, vent pipes etc shall be provided.
B 3.5.2.3. Recycle Water Pump House (RWPS)
Pumping station will be provided adjacent to the storage tank which will have horizontal split casing
pumps with VFD motors. Initially the demand for recycled water will be less and pumping hours are to
be planned accordingly. Pumping hours will be considered upto 22 hours for the ultimate demand for
distribution system, peak factor of 1.1 is considered since distribution system will cater for entire
recycled water. All pumps shall be provided with variable frequency Drive.
B 3.5.2.4. Design criteria for Recycle Water Pump House
Criteria adopted in the design of Recycle water Pump House are as follows:i.
Velocity in suction and delivery pipes shall be restricted to 1.0 m/s to 2.5 m/s respectively.
ii.
Velocity in pumping main range from 0.6 m/sec (minimum) to 2.5 m/sec (maximum).
iii.
Hazen William`s Coefficient will be considered as 130 for DI pipe.
iv.
Safe working load of lifting equipment will be at least 50% higher than maximum weight
required to be handled at the pumping station.
v.
The preferred range of specific speed shall be 3000 to 4000 USCU.
vi.
Type of pumps shall be horizontal split case.
vii.
Hours of operation for pumps shall be 22.
viii.
Design head shall include static head, friction loss in suction, delivery and rising main and head
loss in valves and fittings.
ix.
The sizes of valves shall be same as size of individual pipes.
B 3.5.2.5. Recycle Water Distribution System
The design parameters for the Recycled water distribution system shall be as follows:
Table: Design parameters for distribution network
Sr.
Design Parameters
Value
No.
1
Minimum Residual Pressure at all nodes in the D/S 7m
system during Peak hours
2
Peak factor for design of water distribution system
1.1
3
Losses as Unaccounted for water (UFW) to be 5 % losses
considered for designing
4
Bedding:
Depth of Bedding
for pipe diameters up to 400 mm
150 mm
for pipe diameters greater than 400 mm.
200 mm
5
Clear cover above the crown of pipe
1m
6
Basis of supply to the consumers
24 x 7 and on gravity
130 (DI/MS)
7
Hazens William coefficient
140 (HDPE Pipe)
HDPE (PE -100/ PN 6.0)
8
Pipe Material
DI K-7 /MS
9
Software
Water GEM
10
Network type
Loop Network-Pumping

Agreement

Page 137

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

B 3.5.3. Training
The Contractor shall provide on-site training on HDPE/DI pipe laying, jointing, testing, maintenance,
operation, leak detection etc., to the personnel authorized by EMPLOYER.
B 3.5.4. Supply of Equipments
It will be under obligation of Contractor to supply following brand new equipments of approved makes
and specification to employer before handing over of project:
i.
Leak detecting machine- 3 nos.
ii.
Electrofusion fusion welding machine 3 nos
The equipment shall be procured only after obtaining necessary QAP approval from
employer
B 3.5.5. Performance requirement
The contractor shall achieve the following Performance guarantees during the maintenance period

Unaccounted for Water (UFW)- Less than 5%


Unaccounted for Water (UFW) is the difference between the total amount of water entering the
distribution system and the total amount consumed (billed).This is the total volume of water in
litres lost during the month.
Quality compliance- 95%
Quality Compliance in 24x7 Area shall mean the proportion measured in percentage terms of
the number of water samples conforming to the water quality measured near the tapping point out
of the total water samples tested for checking the quality both in terms of residual chlorine
content, chemical quality and bacteriological quality during the six months under review in the
project area. Water samples shall be measured at every fortnightly at the locations specified by
the SPV.
Minimum Pressure compliance-95%
Pressure Compliance means the proportion of pressure measurements complying to 7 m residual
pressure at customer tap or 10m residual pressure at the critical measurement point as the case
may be out of the total pressure measurements undertaken during the months under review in the
project area. Pressures shall be measured at the critical points every fortnightly at the locations
specified by the Owner / at the installed pressure gauge locations.
B 3.5.6. Commissioning of the system
On completion of the Trial Run, commissioning of the System shall be done by the Contractor.
The total time allotted for commissioning of the full system is 30 days. The commissioning of the
system shall be considered as fully achieved after the entire system has run continuously for a
period of 7 days without any breakdown to the satisfaction of Engineer. If continuous run is not
achieved fully to the satisfaction of Engineer, the Contractor has to do the needful to achieve the
same at his cost.
All the Costs including the cost of staff, water , electricity,chemicals, other consumables that
are required for Operation & Maintenance of System during Commissioning period shall be
borne by Contractor. It is the obligation of contractor to dispose off the water from the pipe line,
if required as per the direction of employerto the nearest water body/ drain in an environmental
friendly manner without affecting the project area.
B 3.5.7. Documents to be submitted by contractor

Contractor shall submit following documents/drawings for approval from employer before
execution of work.
Topographical survey and drawing
Geotechnical Investigation report
Hydraulic Design of all components
Structural Design of all RCC structures
Design, general arrangement and drawing for instrumentation and automation system
Design Calculations of all components
Drawings for all components

Agreement

Page 138

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

B 4. MECHANICAL WORKS-PUMPING STATION


B4.1.

Technical Data Sheets

Following are the Technical Data for Clear water and Recycle water pumping station
The Bidder shall furnish the following details as a part of technical bid. Bidder shall furnish all relevant
catalogues relevant to the equipment.
B 4.1.1. HORIZONTAL SPLIT CASE PUMP
SR. NO.

DESCRIPTION

1
2
3
4

DESIGNATION
NUMBER OFFERED
TAG NUMBERS
PUMP MAKE AND
NUMBER

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28

29
30
31
32
33
34
35
Agreement

UNIT
GENERAL
MODEL -

BIDDER TO INDICATE

DESIGN DATA
LIQUID PUMPED
o
TEMPERATURE
C
SPECIFIC GRAVITY
VISCOSITY
cP
SOILDS IN SUSPENSION
YES / NO
% SOLID BY WEIGHT
DESIGN CAPACITY
M3/Hr
DIFFERENTIAL HEAD
MLC
SHUT-OFF HEAD
MLC
MINIMUM SUCTION HEAD
MLC
MAXIMUM SUCTION HEAD
MLC
MINIMUM DISCHARGE HEAD
MLC
DESIGN CODE
HYDROSTATIC TEST PRESSURE
Kg/cm2(g)
PUMP EFFICIENCY AT DUTY %
POINT
PUMP SPEED
RPM
PUMP BKW
KW
MAXIMUM
PUMP
POWER KW
REQUIREMENT
POWER INPUT TO DRIVER AT KW
DUTY POINT
MINIMUM CONTINOUS FLOW
M3/Hr
NPSH REQUIRED
MLC
DRIVER SPEED
RPM
DRIVER EFFICIENCY
%
MINIMUM CAPACITY FOR
M3/Hr
CONTINUOUS OPERATION
CONSTRUCTION FEATURES
DESIGN PRESSURE
Kg/cm2(g)
o
DESIGN TEMPERATURE
C
IMPELLER
OPEN/ SEMI-OPEN/
CLOSED
SEAL
BEARING TYPE
FLANGE DRILLING STANDARD
FLANGE FACE
Page 139

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
43.1
43.2
44
44.1
44.2
45
46
47
48
49
49.1
49.2
50.3
51
51.1
52.2
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

61

62

Agreement

NUMBER OF STAGES
METHOD OF LUBRICATION
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION
DRIVE TRANSMISSION DETAILS DRIVER RATING
KW
DIRECTION OF ROTATION FROM THE DRIVER END
MOMENT OF INERTIA OF PUMP
Kg-M2
ROTOR
SUCTION NOZZLE
ORIENTATION
SIZE
mm NB
DISCHARGE NOZZLE
ORIENTATION
SIZE
mm NB
TYPE OF STRAINER & SIZE
NB
TYPE AND MAKE OF
MECHANICAL SEAL
TYPE OF COUPLING
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SIZE mm
OF SOLIDS
EXTERNAL WATER
REQUIREMENTS FOR COOLING
FLOW RATE
M3/Hr
PRESSURE
Kg/cm2(g)
ARRANGEMENT OF COOLING SYSTEM
EXTERNAL WATER
REQUIREMENT FOR SEALING
FLOW RATE
M3/Hr
PRESSURE
Kg/cm2(g)
WEIGHT OF BARE PUMP
Kg
WEIGHT OF DRIVER
Kg
WEIGHT OF COMMON BASE
Kg
PLATE
NOISE LEVEL AT 1.0 M
dB
MAXIMUM TORQUE ( 100 % )
SPEED
VIBRATION LEVEL
OUTLINE DIMENSIONAL
DRAWING TO BE ENCLOSED
FOUNDATION DRAWING WITH
STATIC AND DYNAMIC LOADS
TO BE ENCLOSED
CROSS-SECTION DRAWING OF
PUMP WITH PART LIST AND
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
AND RELEVANT STANDARDS
TO BE ENCLOSED
PERFORMANCE CURVES FLOW
RATE Vs HEAD, BKW,
EFFICIENCY, NPSHR AND
TORQUE-SPEED CURVE TO BE
ENCLOSED
PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

CLOCKWISE / ANTI
CLOCKWISE

WHETHER ENCLOSED
YES / NO
WHETHER ENCLOSED
YES / NO
WHETHER ENCLOSED
YES / NO

WHETHER ENCLOSED
YES / NO

Page 140

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

CAPACITY
M3/Hr
DIFFERENTIAL HEAD
MLC
POWER CONSUMPTION
KW
MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION
CASING
IMPELLER
SHAFT
SHAFT SLEEVE
CASING RING
IMPELLER RING
BASE PLATE
SOLE PLATE
COMPANION FLANGES
FASTENERS
ACCESSORIES
COMPANION FLANGES WITH YES / NO
NUTS, BOLTS, GASKETS
COMMON BASE PLATE
YES / NO
FOUNDATION BOLTS
YES / NO
COUPLING
YES / NO
COUPLING GUARD WITH BOLTS YES / NO
DRIP TRAY
YES / NO
LATERN RING
YES / NO
NON SPARK GUARD
YES / NO
BASE PLATE DRAIN RIM
YES / NO
STRAINER
YES / NO
PRIMING TANK WITH
YES / NO
ACCESSORIES
FOOT VALVE
YES / NO
BEARING TEMPERATURE
YES / NO
GAUGE
SUCTION PRESSURE GAUGE
YES / NO
DISCHARGE PRESSURE GAUGE
YES / NO
VIBARTION MONITORING
YES / NO
SYSTEM
MOTOR STARTER
YES / NO
CANOPY FOR MOTOR
YES / NO
ACOUSTIC ENCLOSURE
YES / NO
RECOMMENDED SPARES
YES / NO
PAINTING : EPOXY/ SYNTHETIC YES / NO
ENAMEL

63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96

B 4.1.2. SLUICE VALVE


SR.
NO.

DESCRIPTION

UNIT

BIDDER TO INDICATE

GENERAL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Agreement

MANUFACTURER
TYPE
MODEL
SERVICE
NUMBER
SIZE
RATING

NOS
MM
KG/CM2
Page 141

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

TEST PRESSURE
KG/CM2
MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION
BODY MATERIAL
GATE MATERIAL
SEALING FACE MATERIAL
SHAFT MATERIAL / SHAFT SEAL
HANDWHEEL MATERIAL
FLANGE DRILLING STANDARD
-

8
9
10
11
12
13
14

B 4.1.3. ACTUATOR
DESCRIPTION

UNIT

BIDDER TO INDICATE

GENERAL
1
2
3
4
5

MANUFACTURER
TYPE
MODEL
SERVICE
QUANTITY
NOS.
TECHNICAL PARTICULARS
MOTOR RATING
KW
DESIGN TORQUE
N-M
TIME FOR FULL OPEN TO FULL SECS
CLOSE

6
7
8

B 4.1.4. NON RETURN VALVE


SR
NO.
1
2
3
4
5

6
7

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Agreement

DESCRIPTION

UNIT

BIDDER TO INDICATE

GENERAL
MAKE
TYPE
SIZE
RATING
BAR
STANDARD TO WHICH
MANUFACTURED
TECHNICAL PARTICULARS
NON-SLAM CHARACTERISTICS
METHOD OF ACHIEVING NON
SLAM CHARACTERISTICS
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
BODY
DOOR/PLATE
DIAPHRAGM
SEAT
BODY
DOOR
BODY RING
HINGE PIN
SPRING
SEAT/FACE RINGS
BY-PASS WITH ISOLATING
SLUICE VALVE
BEARINGS BUSH
INTERNAL FASTENERS
Page 142

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

SR
NO.
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
22

DESCRIPTION

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

UNIT

BIDDER TO INDICATE

EXTERNAL FASTENERS
TESTING AND INSPECTION
BODY TEST PRESSURE
BAR
SEAT TEST PRESSURE
BAR
MAKERS MAXIMUM
M/S
RECOMMENDED FLOW VELOCITY
MAX. PERMISSIBLE VELOCITY ON M/S
SITE
PRESSURE DROP ACROSS NRV AT MWC
RATED CAPACITY
WHETHER RESTING FEET
YES / NO
PROVIDED
WEIGHT
KG
SHIPPING DIMENSIONS
MM
ARRANGEMENT DRAWING NO.
CHARACTERISTIC CURVE NO.
PRESSURE LOSS
MWC
CLOSING FEATURES
-

B 4.1.5. BUTTERFLY VALVES


SL.
NO.

DESCRIPTION

UNIT

BIDDER TO INDICATE

GENERAL
MAKE
TYPE
MODEL
QUANTITY
NOS
SIZE
MM
RATING
BAR
TEST PRESSURE
BAR
FLANGE DRILLING STANDARD
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
BODY MATERIAL
DISC MATERIAL
SEALING FACE MATERIAL
SHAFT MATERIAL
GEAR REDUCERS
TESTING AND INSPECTION
HYDRAULIC TEST PRESSURE
BAR

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15

B 4.1.6. DISMANTLING JOINT


SL.
NO.

DESCRIPTION

1
2
3
4
5

GENERAL
MAKE
QUANTITY
DESIGN & FABRICATION CODE
DESIGN PRESSURE
DESIGN TEMPERATURE

6
7

CORROSION ALLOWANCE
FLANGE

Agreement

UNIT

BIDDER TO INDICATE

NOS
BAR
DEG
C
MM

Page 143

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

7.1
7.2
8
9

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

STANDARD
RATING
BAR
DRUM THICKNESS
MM
FLANGE THICKNESS FOR FLANGES MM
TRANSMITTING STRESS ( TIED
FLANGES )
FLANGE THICKNESS FOR
MM
FOLLOWER FLANGE (SEAL
FLANGE)
DISMANTLING ALLOWANCE
MM
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
BODY
NUT
ALL OTHERS AS PER TENDER
(YES/ NO)
SPECIFICATION
TESTING AND INSPECTION
HYDRAULIC TEST PRESSURE
BAR

10

11
12
13
14

15

B 4.1.7. EOT CRANES


SL.
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
25.1
25.2
26
Agreement

DESCRIPTION

UNIT

BIDDER TO INDICATE

GENERAL
DESIGNATION
NUMBER OFFERED
NOS
TAG NUMBERS
DESIGN CODE/STD
SAFE WORKING CAPACITY/HOIST
T
HOIST
TYPE
MANUFACTURER
MAKE
MODEL NUMBER
BRAKE MANUFACTURER / MAKE
TROLLEY
MANUFACTURER
MAKE
MODEL NUMBER
BRAKE MANUFACTURER / MAKE
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
HOIST MOTOR
MAKE
TYPE
RATING
KW
SPEED
RPM
TROLLEY MOTOR
MAKE
TYPE
RATING
KW
SPEED
RPM
LIMIT SWITCHES FOR
HOISTING : MAKE, TYPE AND NUMBERS PROVIDED
TRAVELLING : MAKE, TYPE AND NUMBERS PROVIDED
TYPE OF DOWN SHOP LEAD
Page 144

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

SL.
NO.
26.1
26.2
26.3
27
28
29

30

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38

39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49

DESCRIPTION

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

UNIT

BIDDER TO INDICATE

MAKE
SIZE
LENGTH
M
SUPPORTING ARRANGEMENT
METHOD OF OPERATION
DIMENSIONS
MONORAIL IF PROVIDED BY MM
ISMB
VENDOR : MONORAIL BEAM SIZE
MINIMUM / MAXIMUM SUITABLE
FOR TROLLEY MOVEMENT.
DISTANCE BETWEEN HIGHEST M
HOOK POSITION TO BOTTOM OF
MONORAIL
TECHNICAL PARTICULARS
WIRE
ROPE
DIAMETER
/ MM
CLASSIFICATION
WIRE ROPE BREAKING LOAD
KN
LINK CHAIN DIAMETER
MM
LINK CHAIN BREAKING LOAD
KN
WEIGHT OF COMPLETE HOSIT KG
AND TROLLEY ASSEMBLY
WEIGHT OF HOIST
KG
WHEEL LOAD WITH IMPACT AND KG
WITHOU IMPACT
PRELIMINARY DIMENSIONAL
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
DRAWING OF HOSIT ALONG WITH
WHEEL STOP DETAILS AND
WIRING DIAGRAM TO BE
FURNISHED
SLING / SHACKLE CAPACIITES
T
SLING LOAD ANGLE FACTOR
DEGRE
ES
LONG TRAVEL DISTANCE
MM
CROSS TRAVEL DISTANCE
MM
HOISTING DISTANCE
MM
PERFORMANCE GURANTEES
CAPACITY
T
LIFT
M
SPEED FOR ALL MOTIONS
MPM
MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION
CABLE DRUM
WIRE ROPE
HOOK
-

/ISMB

B 4.1.8. SLUICE GATES


SL.
NO.

DESCRIPTION

1
2
3
4

MANUFACTURER
MODEL
QUANTITY
SERVICE

Agreement

UNITS

BIDDER TO INDICATE

GENERAL
NOS
Page 145

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

SL.
NO.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42

DESCRIPTION

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

UNITS

BIDDER TO INDICATE

TYPE
SPINDLE TYPE
SIZE

MM X
MM
WEIGHT
KG
SEATING HEAD
M
UNSEATING HEAD
M
MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION
WALL THIMBLE
GATE
FRAME
SPINDLE
STEM COUPLING
SEATING FACE
WEDGE
HEADSTOCK
GEAR HOUSE COVER & STEM GUIDE
LIFT NUT
FASTENERS & ANCHORS
LIFTING
MECHANISM,
GEAR HOUSE & STEM GUIDE
SLUICE GATE ACTUATORS
MANUFACTURER
TYPE
MODEL
SERVICE
-NUMBER
NOS
MOTOR RATING
KW
MOTOR SPEED
RPM
PROTECTION
GEAR REDUCER MAKE
TYPE
MANUFACTURER
MODEL
QUANTITY
SERVICE
TYPE
SPINDLE TYPE
SIZE
MM X
MM
WEIGHT
KG
SEATING HEAD
M
UNSEATING HEAD
M

B 4.1.9. SUMP PUMPS


SL.
NO.

DESCRIPTION

1
2
3
4

MAKE
MODEL
TYPE
SERVICE/LOCATION

Agreement

UNIT

BIDDER TO INDICATE

GENERAL
Page 146

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

SL.
NO.
5

DESCRIPTION

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

UNIT

BIDDER TO INDICATE

QUANTITY

TECHNICAL PARTICULARS
CAPACITY
M3/HR
HEAD
M
EFFICIENCY
%
POWER ABSORBED
KW
SPEED
RPM
MOTOR
MOTOR TYPE
MOTOR RATING
KW

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
B4.2.

Performance criteria

B 4.2.1. PERFORMANCE CRITERIA FOR PUMPING STATION


B 4.2.1.1. Guarantees
The Contractor's guarantee given in the Schedule of Guarantees as mentioned below when bidding both
in respect of output and efficiency shall be binding under the Contract.
The fulfillment of these guarantees shall be verified at the Tests on Contractor's Premises which shall be
in accordance with Class B in the latest edition of BS 5316: Part 2 or equivalent ISO 3555. However, the
pump and motor efficiency shall be guaranteed without any negative tolerance whatsoever.
SCHEDULE FOR GUARANTED POWER REQUIREMENTS
The Tenderer shall furnish below the total estimated Power requirements
Sr.
No.

Description of load

1.

Horizontal split case


Pumps
Motorized sluice valves
Dewatering Pumps for
dewatering reservoir
Sump Pumps
Ventilation system
EOT Cranes
Lighting
Miscellaneous

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8

KW

No. of
Units

Installed
load
(KW)

Continuous
Running
load (KW)

TOTAL LOAD

Monthly Guaranteed Power Consumption:- _____ Kw Hr Units

Note: Contractor should quote monthly guaranteed power consumption. Excess Power consumption
above guaranteed consumption will be recovered from Contractor on monthly basis based on current
power charges.

Agreement

Page 147

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

B 4.2.1.2. Noise level in the Pumping Station


If, on Site testing, the noise level in the pumping station with all working pumps provided with acoustic
enclosure running simultaneously exceeds the guaranteed noise level, the pump set shall be rejected.
B 4.2.1.3. TRAINING AND ADVISORY REQUIREMENTS
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
General
The Contractor shall provide comprehensive training for the different categories of the
Employers operation and maintenance staff. Training shall fall into two main types which are off
the job and on the job. Off the job training shall take place in the class room, on the job
training shall be carried out on the site for the entire infrastructure component.
Off The Job Training
The Contractor shall prepare formal training documentation for distribution to the trainees.
Visual aids shall be used where possible to illustrate the points being made and to make the
training programme as interesting and enjoyable as possible for the participants.
The off the job training shall comprise the following:
(a)
Off the Job Training Programme for all Trainees
To provide training:
(i) health and safety;
(ii) System safety procedures;
(iii) on the use of the local and central HMI s.
(b)
Off the Job Process Training Programme for Operators
To provide training:
(i) on operation of individual items of plant and sections of the Works
including
automatic operation and manual operation in the event of say automatic control failure;
(ii) on day to day operation of the Works and procedures;
(iii) on a comprehensive list of what if scenarios dealing with the actions to be taken in the
event of potential process problems, alarms, system failures overflows, power failures
etc.;
(iv) on first line mechanical maintenance;
(v) safe methods of work general;
(vi) on safety procedures to be followed in operating, maintaining and cleaning
the
system;
(vii) Special precautions to be followed in the event of Hazards.
(c)
Off the Job Training Programme for Electrical Maintenance Staff
To provide training:
(i) on configuration, construction and operation of the electrical Plant;
(ii) on electrical maintenance requirements of the Works;
(iii) on switching and safety procedures to be followed;
(iv) safe methods of working;
(v) On fault finding and repair procedures.
(d)
Off the Job Training Programme for Control and Instrumentation Maintenance Staff
To provide training:
(i) on configuration, construction and operation of the Plant;
(ii) on control and instrumentation maintenance requirements of the Works;
(iii) on fault finding and repair procedures;
(iv) safe methods of working;

Agreement

Page 148

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

(e)

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

(v) special training on the use of the PC and associated programming


software
for
fault finding on PLC based control systems;
(vi) special training on the use and performance of the central HMI SCADA hardware and
software and other specialist hardware and software
systems used on the plant;
Off the Job Training Programme for Mechanical Maintenance Staff
To provide training:
(i) on routine mechanical maintenance requirements of the Works;
(ii) on lubrication requirements of the Works;
(iii) on fault finding, repair and overhaul procedures;
(iv) Safe methods of working.
On The Job Training
The Contractor shall utilize the Operations and Maintenance Manuals as the primary training aid
in carrying out the on the job training. Short comings, omissions and errors identified in the O &
M Manuals during the training shall be rectified prior to final acceptance of the O & M Manuals.

(a)

On the Job Training Programme for all Trainees


To provide training:
(i) plant familiarisation tour;
on use of the local and central HMI s;
health and safety;
Identify areas where special safety precautions are necessary.

(b)

On the Job Process Training Programme for Operators


To provide training:
Under operational conditions on the operation of individual items of plant and sections of
the Works including automatic operation and
manual operation in the event of say
automatic control failure;
illustrate by example day to day operation of the Works and procedures;
illustrate by example the actions to be taken in the event of potential process problems,
alarms, plant failures overflows, power failures etc.(as identified in the what if scenario
off the job training);
illustrate by example the first line mechanical maintenance;
illustrate by example safety procedures to be followed in operation, maintenance and
cleaning of the Works.

(c)

On the Job Training Programme for Electrical Maintenance Staff


To provide training:
carry out detail tour of the electrical plant;
illustrate by example the operation of the electrical Plant;
illustrate by example the electrical isolation and maintenance procedures;
illustrate by example fault finding and repair procedures;
illustrate by example switching and safety procedures to be followed;
illustrate by example safe systems of work.

(d)

On the Job Training Programme for Control and Instrumentation Maintenance Staff
To provide training:
illustrate by example the operation of the Works;
illustrate by example the control and instrumentation maintenance requirements of the
Works;
illustrate by example fault finding and repair procedures

Agreement

Page 149

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

(e)

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

illustrate by example fault finding on PLC based control systems,


the
central
HMI SCADA hardware and software and other specialist
hardware and software
systems used on the plant;;
illustrate by example safe systems of work.

On the Job Training Programme for Mechanical Maintenance Staff


To provide training:
illustrate by example the routine mechanical maintenance requirements of the Works;
illustrate by example lubrication procedures;
illustrate by example fault finding, repair and overhaul
procedures.
Illustrate by example safe systems of work.
Training Programme
Off the job training shall be carried out prior to Taking Over of the Works or any section of the
Works. On the job training shall be carried out primarily after Taking Over of the Works or any
section of the Works. However where it is possible to do so without reducing the effectiveness of
the training and with the permission of the Engineer and the Employer on the job training may be
carried out prior to Taking Over. On the job training shall be completed as a condition for
acceptance of the Works following completion of the Tests after Completion.
The Contractor shall provide a training plan for each category of staff. The training plan shall
detail the content and duration of each course. The training plan shall be submitted for the
approval of the Engineer at least 120 days prior to the commencement of the Tests on
Completion. The duration of training offered for each category of staff shall not be less than that
detailed in the following table.
Category of Staff
Off the Job
On the Job
(minimum days duration (minimum days duration for
for each course)
each course)
All staff
1
1
Operator
3
5
Electrical
2
2
technician/electrician
Control/instrument
10
5
technician
Mechanical
2
2
technician/fitter
The training day shall be assumed to be not less than 6 hours split into two sessions. The off the
job training rooms shall be provided by the Employer at the Site in the existing buildings. The
Contractor shall provide facilities for training which shall include inter alia tables and chairs,
projectors, white/black boards, training aids etc.
Where trainees of a given category can all be released from their Works operational duties
simultaneously they may be trained together. Where this is not possible the Contractor shall
repeat the complete course for those who could not attend.
Training Personnel
The Contractor shall provide suitably qualified trainers to carry out the off the job and on the job
training. The trainers are to be experienced in infrastructure management, operation and
maintenance in their relevant discipline and in the training of skilled and unskilled staff. The
Contractor shall submit the curriculum vitae of the nominee's to the Engineer for approval. The
training expert shall be fluent in both English and Hindi or the Contractor shall provide the
services of an interpreter during the training periods.

Agreement

Page 150

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Operation and Maintenance Manual


This Operation & Maintenance manual shall be provided by the contractor to establish guideline
for system operator to understand and operate the system efficiently and successfully. The
guideline shall be provided to the training personnel, on how to operate the system so that they
shall be able to manage; with less consumption of energy; with less cost of maintenance
expenses; providing a long life of equipment; protection against accident, safe working methods
and protecting systems from damages.
The system operation and unit operation of each component needs to be adjusted and modified
depending on situational requirements and the required data are collected during the training
program as well as operation and maintenance period.
The contractor shall train the SPV personnel about system operation knowledge, abilities and
skill as follows:
(a)

(b)

Capacity Building
(i) Knowledge;
System flow and unit operation, maintenance, pumps, other plant equipment and
machinery;
Basic maintenance period and work sheet;
Avoiding any chance of accident, and
Basic safety and health;
(ii) Abilities;
Make repairs and/or adjustments to system and to keep records and prepare reports;
Make repairs and/or adjustments to each equipment and to keep
records
and
prepare reports;
Handling safety valves and its pipeline;
Read and interpret gauges and recording devices;
Usage of safety Equipment in case of Emergency.
Tasks of Maintenance works shall include:
(i) Makes minor repairs and adjustments to machinery, equipment, pipes and other materials
pertinent to the operation of the system;
(ii) Work on troubleshooting including bulk flow control as well;
(iii) Maintain maintenance records;
(iv) Cleaning of machinery, equipment and civil structure, building, loading and
unloading of materials properly;
(v) Does general maintenance of the plant, including, but not limited to, painting, general
custodial work, maintenance of equipment, etc;
(vi) Assist in repairing flow meters and pipe line including valves in inactive time and /or
operation time;
(vii) Assist in the inspection of all necessary equipment.
(viii) Information to be covered in the Operation and Maintenance Manual
(ix) The operation and maintenance manual shall include but not necessarily be limited to the
following;
(x) Background of project;
(xi) Plan and design condition;
(xii) System operation indices and unit operation indices;
(xiii) Outline of system operation (Civil, Mechanical & Electrical );
Summary
Table of facilities
(Tag number, Type, Number, Nominal bore, capacity, motor rating, and weight)

Agreement

Page 151

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

(c)

Outline of component and its aim (Civil & Mechanical);


(i) Normal operation
(ii) Emergency operation
(iii) Selection of facility
(iv) Selection of Auto/Manual mode
(v) Notice of danger/peril/hazard

(d)

Verification items of system operation mode (Civil & Mechanical);


(i) Before start of system operation
(ii) Start of system operation
(iii) During regular operation
(iv) Set value of level sensors and safety pressure on safety devices
(v) Position of plant/equipment on the selected mode
(vi) Remove potential danger/peril/hazard

(e)

Detail of facility/equipment component (Civil & Mechanical);


(i) Summary
(ii) Specification
(iii) Outside dimension
(iv) Weight, quality of material
(v) Outside drawing
(vi) Graph, charts, performance curve, table
(vii) Photo after installation
(viii) Notice of danger/peril/hazard

(f)

Verification items of component operation (Civil & Mechanical);


(i)
Preparation before the operation
(ii) Starting operation flow
(iii) Normal operation
(iv) Set value of level sensors and safety valves
(v) Emergency maintenance
(vi) Notice of danger, peril, hazard

(g)

Outline of component and its aim (Electrical);


(i)
Verify income power Hz, Kwh
(ii) Verify output from cogeneration Hz, Kwh
(iii) Ordinary line or Emergency line operation
(iv) Detail and full operation procedure
(v) Select standby generator
(vi) Emergency operation
(vii) Selection of facility
(viii) Notice of danger/peril/hazard

(h)

Verification items of system operation mode (Electrical);


(i)
Before start of system operation
(ii) Start of system operation
(iii) Set value of level sensors and protection
(iv) Select Auto/Manual mode on central control panel
(v) Remove potential danger/peril/hazard

Agreement

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Page 152

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

(i)

Detail of facility component (Electrical);


(i)
Summary
(ii) Specification
(iii) Single line diagram
(iv) Panel dimension
(v) Weight, quality of material
(vi) Outside drawing
(vii) Graph, charts, performance curve, table
(viii) Photo after installation
(ix) Notice of danger/peril/hazard

(j)

Facility verification items(Electrical);


(i)
Preparation before the operation
(ii) Select Normal operation or Emergency operation
(iii) Select equipment operation mode/switch by Auto /manual
(iv) Before start of system operation
(v) Start of system operation
(vi) Set value of level sensors and protection
(vii) Remove potential danger/peril/hazard
(viii) Notice of danger/peril/hazard

(k)

Standard;
(i)
Emission control
(ii) Noise and vibration

(l)
(m)

Fire/explosion protection
Frequency of sampling, analysis and evaluation;
(i)
Regulated pollutants
(ii) Operation index
(iii) Water temperature
(iv) Water pressure
(v) Water quality

(n)

Maintenance schedule(Mechanical & Electrical);


(i)
Routine work
(ii) Regular work
(iii) Manufacturer recommendation

(o)

Maintenance schedule(Civil);
(i)
Routine work
(ii) Regular work
(iii) Manufacturer recommendation

(p)

Troubleshooting guide (Phenomenon/action/comments);


(i)
Mechanical equipment
(ii) Electrical equipment
(iii) Case study or/and previous experiences (Normal

(q)

troubleshooting)

Operation / test data


(i)
Operation index
(ii) Mechanical site inspection data
(iii) Electrical site inspection data

Agreement

Page 153

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

(iv)
(v)
(vi)

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Noise and vibration


Water temperature
Power consumption

(vii) Operation cost during training period


(viii) Consumables, spare parts and its list
(ix) Photo of inspection (evidence )
(r)

List
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)

Equipment control
Operation record formats
Maintenance record formats
Material control
Inventory
Spare parts
Safety and Health

B4.3.

INSPECTION AND TESTING DURING MANUFACTURE

B 4.3.1. GENERAL
All inspection and testing shall be carried out in accordance with the Specification and in absence
of Specification relevant Indian Standard or internationally approved equivalent standard shall be
referred to. After award of contract, Tender shall furnish QA plan which will be mutually
discussed with the Employer and finalized. QA plan shall include test, on incoming supply of raw
materials and bought out items, stage inspections and tests on finished products at manufacturers
works / appropriate testing station. QA plan shall clearly indicate tests which are intended to be
witnessed by the Tender alone and those by both Tender and Employee.
The Contractor shall carry out at the place of manufacture tests of the Plant / Equipment at any
part of the Works. The Employer shall be entitled to attend the aforesaid inspection and / or tests
by his own duly authorized and designated representatives.
The Employer and his duly authorized representative shall have access to the Contractors
premises at all suitable times to inspect and examine the material and workmanship of the
mechanical and electrical plant and equipment during its manufacture there. If part of the plant
and equipment is being manufactured on other premises, the Contractor shall obtain permission
for the Employer or his duly authorized representative, to inspect as if the plant and equipment
was manufactured on the Contractors own premises. Testing (including testing for chemical
analysis and physical properties) shall be carried out by the Contractor and certificates submitted
to the Employers Representative who will have the right to witness or inspect the above
mentioned inspection / testing at any stage desired by him. Where inspection or testing is to be
carried out at a subcontractors works, a representative of the Contractor shall be present.
The procedure for the testing and inspection to be carried out during or following the
manufacture of the materials to ensure the quality and workmanship of the materials and to
further ensure that they conform to the Contract in whatever place they are specified shall be as
described below. The Contractor shall give the Employer at least 21 clear days notice in writing
of the date and the place at which any plant or equipment will be ready for inspection / testing as
provided in the Contract. The Employer or his duly authorized representative shall thereupon at
his discretion notify the Contractor of his intention either to release such part of the plant and
equipment upon receipt of works tests certificates or of his intention to inspect. The employer
shall then give notice in writing to the Contractor, and attend at the place so named the said plant

Agreement

Page 154

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

(a)
(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

(i)

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

and equipment which will be ready for inspection and / or testing. As and when any plant shall
have passed the tests referred to in this section, the Employers Representative shall issue to the
Contractor a notification to that effect.
The Contractor shall forward to the Employer 6 duly certified copies of the test
certificates and characteristics performance curves for all equipment.
If the Employers Representative(s) fails to attend the inspection and/or test, or if it is
agreed
between the parties that the Employers Representative(s) shall not do so,
then the Contractor
may proceed with the inspection and / or test in the absence of
the Employers Representative
and provide the Employer with a certified report of the
results thereof as per (ii) above.
If any materials or any part of the works fails to pass any inspection / test, the
Contractor
shall rectify or replace such materials or part of the works and shall repeat the inspection and/or
test upon giving a notice as per (i) above. Any fault or
shortcoming
found
during
any
inspection or test shall be rectified to the satisfaction of
the Engineer before proceeding with
further inspection of that item. Any circuit previously tested, which may have been affected by the
rectification work, shall be retested.
Where the plant and equipment is a composite unit of several individual pieces
manufactured
in different places, it shall be assembled and tested as one complete working unit, at the makers
works.
Neither the execution of an inspection test of materials or any part of the works, nor
the
attendance by neither the Employers Representative(s), nor the issue of any test
certificate
pursuant to (iii) above shall relieve the Contractor from his responsibilities under the Contract.
The test equipment, meters, instruments etc., used for testing shall be calibrated at recognised test
laboratories at regular intervals and valid certificates shall be made available to the Employers
Representatives at the time of testing. The calibrating
instrument used as standards
shall be traceable to National / International standards.
Calibration
certificates
or
test
instruments shall be produced from a recognised / Laboratory for the Engineers consent in
advance of testing and if necessary instruments shall be recalibrated or substituted before the
commencement of the test.
Items of plant or control systems not covered by standards shall be tested in
accordance
with the details and program agreed between the Employers
Representative and Contractors
Representative. If such materials or works are found to be defective or not conforming to the
Contract requirements, due to the fault of the
Contractor or his sub-contractors the Contractor
shall defray all the expenses of such inspection and/or test and of satisfactory reconstruction.
Tests shall also be carried out such that due consideration is given to the Site
conditions
under which the equipment is required to function. The test certificates shall give all details of such
tests.
The Contractor shall establish and submit a detailed procedure for the inspection of
materials or any part of the works to the Employer for approval within the date indicated in the
Programme Details. The detailed procedure shall indicate or specify, without limitation,
the
following :
(i) Applicable code, standard, and regulations.
(ii) Fabrication sequence flow chart indicating tests and inspection points.
(iii) Detailed tests and inspection method, indicating the measuring apparatus to
be
used, items to be measured, calculation formula, etc.
(iv) Acceptance criteria.
(v) Test report forms and required code certificates and data records.
(vi) Method of sampling, if any sampling test to be conducted.
(vii) Contractors or Employers witness points.
The Contractor shall not pack for shipment any part of the Plant until he has obtained from the
Employer or his authorised representative his written approval to the release of such part for

Agreement

Page 155

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

shipment after any tests required by the Contract have been completed to the Employers
satisfaction.
(j)
The following Inspection and Testing procedures shall be carried out for the equipment as
applicable
(i) Visual Inspection.
(ii) Dimension Checking
(iii) Dynamic balancing for all rotating parts
(iv) Hydrostatic / Leak testing for all pressure parts, Pneumatic Leak Test
wherever applicable
(v) Operation check
(vi) Liquid pen-entrant tests or magnetic particle tests for all machined surfaces of
pressure parts.
The Contractor shall maintain proper identification of all materials used, along with reports for all
internal / stage inspection work carried out, based on the specific job requirement and or based on
the datasheets / drawings / specifications.
(i) The expenses incurred during inspection shall include, but not be limited to all travelling,
boarding, lodging and out of pocket expenses.
(ii) For inspections within India, the Contractor shall incur all the expenses of
Employer and Employers Representative.
(iii) For inspection outside India, the Contractor shall incur the expenses of
Employer,
Employers Representative and delegates of Employers Representative.
(iv) However, cost of inspection when material or any part of the facilities is not
ready
at the time specified by the Contractor for inspection or when re- inspection
is
necessitated by prior rejection shall be borne by the Contractor and will not be
reimbursed.
Inspection and testing witnessed by the Engineer (termed witnessed testing) shall be carried out at
the manufacturer's works in accordance with the relevant clauses of the Conditions of Contract.
Witnessed testing will normally be waived on standard types of equipment such as small motors
made by approved manufacturers, individual standardised instruments, small mass produced
components used in the manufacture of Plant items, small bore pipe work and fittings, minor
installation materials and low voltage cable. In order to remove doubt this shall not relieve the
Contractor of his obligation under the Contract to ensure that all Plant is tested at the
manufacturer's works prior to delivery to Site.
As a guide to the Contractor the Engineer will require witnessing test the following, but not limited
to the Plant items listed below:
(k) Electrical:
33kV Outdoor CT & PT
Transformers;
PCC s, MCC s and switchboards;
capacitor banks with APFCR;
Motors
Control and Instrumentation:
plant control and HMI software systems;
control panels;
MIMIC
HMI s;
UPS s.
Mechanical:
Agreement

Page 156

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

All types of pumps;


Air vessels;
Compressors;
Valve and valve actuators;
Valves and non return valves greater than 300 mm diameter;
SS screens
Piping & specials
Water meters,
The Engineer reserves the right to be present during the testing of all items.
All apparatus, instruments and connections required for the tests shall have been tested for
accuracy and safety and certified as such within the preceding six months.
Any equipment used in the testing of the Plant shall in all respects comply with the appropriate
safety regulations and / or requirements regarding electrical apparatus for the safety of the Plant
and the personnel working thereon.
B 4.3.2. FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TEST DOCUMENT
Fifty six (56) days prior to commencement of inspection of each Plant item the Contractor shall
supply a Factory Acceptance Test (FAT) Document for approval. This shall comprise four
copies of the following:
(a)
Un-priced copy of the Contractors order for the Plant item concerned:
(b)
Details of the inspection and test procedures to be carried out.
The FAT Plan shall provide comprehensive details of the tests to be carried out, the purpose of
each test, the equipment to be used in carrying out the test and the methods to be adopted in
carrying out the tests. The FAT shall provide space within the documentation for results of the
tests to be added and for each test and for the FAT as a whole to be signed off by the Contractor
and the Engineer.
On completion of the tests the Contractor shall provide four copies of all test certificates, curves
etc. for the inspected Plant item. To remove doubt test certificates shall be provided for the
system item as a whole plus certificates for the relevant component parts such as:
(a)
motors;
(b) pumps;
(c)
instruments;
(d) gear boxes;
(e)
electrical switchgear rated in excess of 250 A;
(f)
integral control and switchgear panels;
(g)
valve gear;
(h) Castings.
(i)
Pipe
(j)
All types of water meters
(k)
Manhole chambers with covers
Where witness tests are not required the test certificates and curves etc. shall be forwarded to the
Engineer within two weeks of the tests being completed.
INSPECTION AND TESTING PROGRAMME
The Contractor shall not deliver Plant to Site without the Engineers approval in writing. This
permission will not be given unless amongst other things a valid Contractors test certificate and
completed FAT document for the item of Plant concerned is in the possession of the Engineer.
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer not later than 56 days prior to the commencement of
the first inspection and test during manufacture a programme detailing the inspection dates for all
Agreement

Page 157

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Plant. Those items of Plant that the Engineer has specifically identified for witness testing test
shall be highlighted in the programme.
The Contractor shall keep the Engineer informed of any changes to the programme.
The Engineer shall not be requested to inspect an item of Plant until the Contractor has satisfied
himself that the equipment meets all requirements of the Employers Requirements.
The Contractor shall inform the Engineer in writing at least 21 days in advance regarding
readiness for carrying out inspection of equipment/material etc. at manufacturer's works or at
places of inspection. The programme for inspection shall be finalised by the Engineer after the
receipt of the above. In case inspection cannot be carried out due to non-readiness of
equipment/material etc. a subsequent date shall be finalised for carrying out the inspection in
which event all expenses incurred by the Employer for such visits shall be recovered from the
Contractor. In case equipment/material etc. is found not to comply with the specification, dates
for re-inspection shall be finalised and expenses incurred by the Employer for such visits shall
also be recovered from the Contractor. Contractor's Representatives shall essentially be present
during all inspections. The following information shall be given in the inspection call letter
mentioned above:
(a) Name of manufacturer/supplier;
(b) Address of place where inspection is to be carried out;
(c) Proposed date/s and equipment to be inspected;
(d) Name/s of contact personnel at manufacturer's/ supplier/s works with their telephone
and fax numbers.
(e) Name of Contractor's Representative who will be present during the inspection.
(f) Confirmation that internal testing has been completed.
(g) Testing Procedure with relevant codes and standards.
The Contractor shall provide all the necessary instruments, labour, chemicals and all other
materials to carry out the tests after assembly. All instruments used for such tests shall be
calibrated and certified by and approved by an independent testing authority not more than six
month prior to the tests in which they are used. Calibration certificates for instruments used for
such tests shall be produced for the approval of the Engineer and if necessary, instruments shall
be recalibrated before the commencement of the tests. No material shall be delivered to the Site
without inspection having been carried out or waived in writing by the Engineer. If during or
after testing, any item of plant fails to achieve its intended duty or otherwise proves defective, it
shall be modified or altered as necessary and retested and re-inspected as required by the
Engineer.
B 4.3.3. MANUFACTURER'S WORKS ACCEPTANCE TESTS ON
MECHANICAL
EQUIPMENT
The Contractor shall carry out further specified tests (but not limited to) as follows in addition to
any tests stated or implied by the foregoing sections of this clause.
Pumps
Manufacturers standards test certificates will be acceptable for small centrifugal pumps rated for
powers of 25 kW or less. All other pumps shall be tested individually in accordance with the
relevant international standard. Site conditions shall be simulated as near as possible including
the NPSH condition. Pumps shall be tested with their own prime movers. Where it is impractical
to include the full length of the connecting shaft, the Contractor shall state the allowances to be
made for the losses incurred by its omission and shall demonstrate the accuracy of the allowances
to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Each centrifugal pump shall be tested on the manufacturer's
premises individually, in accordance with the provisions of BS EN ISO 9906:2000 with clean,
cold water. Each and every rotating part / assembly / sub-assembly shall be dynamically balanced
as per grade G6.3 of ISO 1940/1 - 1986.

Agreement

Page 158

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Each pump shall be tested at its guaranteed duty point and over its full working range from its
closed valve condition to 20% in excess of the specified quantity at minimum head. Tests shall
provide information for performance curves to be drawn for: head / quantity, efficiency /
quantity, power absorbed/quantity and net positive suction head/quantity.
Pump casings shall be subject to a pressure test at 2.0 times the pressure obtained with the
delivery valve closed. The positive suction head shall be taken into account in determining this
pressure. Performance characteristics of motors used during testing shall be furnished prior to
commencement of tests. In addition to confirming the hydraulic performance of the pump set as
specified, the test shall demonstrate that vibration is within the specified limits and that the
mechanical performance is satisfactory. However, for the purpose of the Performance Guarantee,
noise and vibration levels shall be demonstrated at site to be within acceptable limits
Valves
Type test certificates will be acceptable for valves sized 300 mm diameter or less. All valve
bodies shall be hydraulically tested closed ended to (minimum) 1.5 times the rated pressure in
accordance with the appropriate standards. Satisfactory operation of manual/motorised and
pneumatic actuators with valves shall be demonstrated.
Butterfly valves with rubber seats shall be tested to the maximum differential pressure, at which
pressure they shall be drop-tight. Filter outlet control valve type testing shall be witnessed.
During testing there shall be no visible evidence of structural damage to any of the valve
component.
Motorized valves shall be tested with their actuators, with a differential head equivalent to their
maximum working pressure, to prove that the actuators are capable of opening and closing the
valves under maximum unbalanced head condition within the specified opening or closing
period.
The following test shall be carried out for sluice valves:
(a) Seat leakage test at rated pressure
(b) Body hydrostatic test at 1.5 times the rated pressure
(c) Valve operation
The following test shall be carried out for non-return valves:
(d) Seat leakage test at rated pressure
(e) Body hydrostatic test at 1.5 times rated pressure
(f) Operation
Plant Items
All plant items shall be tested to ensure they meet the Employers Requirements for quality of
workmanship, construction and performance.
Ventilation system
The ventilation fans shall be tested at manufacturer's works to verify the design flow and
pressure. Internal test certificates shall be furnished.
Other equipments
For all other equipment other than those specified above, functional test shall be carried out at
site prior to commissioning.
Cranes & Hoists
Cranes shall be completely assembled and tested for all operations in accordance the relevant
international standard. Internal Test certificates shall be furnished. Hoists and lifting equipment
shall be assembled and tested at the place of manufacture in accordance with IS 3938. Each and
every rotating part/assembly/sub-assembly shall be dynamically balanced as per grade G16 of
ISO 1940/1 - 1986.
Motors
Condition of winding insulation be tested and insulation values shall be restored to required level
by suitable heating arrangements locally.
Agreement

Page 159

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Cranes
The crane and lifting tackle shall be tested to 125 % of the safe working load. The Contractor
shall arrange the test load.
PIPE WORK
The inspection and testing of all pipe work shall be carried out in accordance with the
appropriate standards approved by the Engineer.
Ductile iron pipes
(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(a)

(b)
(c)
(d)

Mechanical Tests
Mechanical tests shall be carried out during manufacture of pipes and fittings as specified in
relevant IS codes. The results so obtained shall be considered to represent all the pipes and
fittings of different sizes manufactured during that period and the same shall be submitted to the
Employers Representative. The method for tensile tests and the minimum tensile strength
requirement for pipes and fittings shall be as per relevant IS codes.
Brinell Hardness Test
For checking the Brinell hardness, the test shall be carried out on the test ring or bars cut from the
pipes used for the ring test and tensile test in accordance with IS 1500.
Retests
If any test piece representing a lot fails in the first instance, two additional tests shall be made on
test pieces selected from two other pipes from the same lot. If both the test results satisfy the
specified requirements, the lot shall be accepted. Should either of these additional test pieces fail
to pass the test, the lot shall be liable for rejection.
Hydrostatic test
For hydrostatic test at works, the pipes and fittings shall be kept under test pressure as specified
in relevant IS codes for 15 seconds, they may be struck moderately with a 700 g hammer. They
shall withstand the pressure test without showing any leakage, sweating or other defect of any
kind. The hydrostatic test shall be conducted before coating the pipes and fittings.
Pumps, piping and valves
The erected pipe work shall be subjected to a hydraulic test at 1.5 times the maximum pressure or
twice the working pressure whichever is higher to test the soundness of the joints. Provision of
the necessary pumps, gauges, blank flanges, tappings etc. for carrying out these tests shall be
included in the Contract. All gas piping shall be air tested to twice normal working pressure.
Leakage tests shall be carried out on all erected pipe work, pumps and valves immediately after
erection and where possible before being built in.
Operating tests shall be conducted on valves.
The pump set shall be tested for satisfactory operation. The vibration and noise level shall be
checked to be within the specified limits.
B 4.3.4. MANUFACTURER'S WORKS ACCEPTANCE TESTS ON
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
The Contractor shall carry out further specified tests as follows in addition to any tests stated or
implied by the foregoing sections of this clause.

(a)
(b)
(c)

(a)

Switchgear and Motor Control gear Assemblies


Switchgear and control gear shall be witness tested as complete assemblies. Factory built
assemblies of LV switchgear and control gear shall be tested in accordance with relevant Indian
Standards. Additionally, switchgears and control gear assemblies shall be tested for the following
Interchange ability
All components of the same rating and construction, designated as draw out or plug-in shall be
demonstrated as being interchangeable.
Protection and control circuits
For all forms of current transformer protection the following information, as applicable shall be
made available to the Engineer before the time of inspection:
Current transformer magnetising curve.

Agreement

Page 160

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)

Recommended relay setting.


Calculated primary operating current at this setting
Calculated through-fault stability values where applicable.
Values of any stabilising and setting resistors employed in the system.
As far as possible, based on the completeness of the circuits, in the final manufactured form
within manufacturer's premises, the satisfactory operation of associated control and protection
circuits shall be proved by the following tests as applicable.
(f)
To ensure the correct operation of all relays and coils at the recommended setting by
current
injection.
(g)
To ensure the correct polarity between current and voltage elements of power relays,
meters
and instruments.
(h)
To ensure the correct operation of control circuits at normal operating voltage by
operation of local control switches and simulation of operation from remote control
positions.
Note: Checking the operation of protection relays and control circuits shall be carried out with
all relevant circuits energized at their normal rated voltage.

(a)
(b)

(c)
(d)

(e)

(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)

The following tests shall be carried out:


Dielectric tests at an approved voltage/s.
Primary injection tests to ensure correct ratings and polarity of current and voltage
transformers and of the current operated protection relays and direct acting coils, over
their full range of settings.
Tests on auxiliary relays at normal operating voltages by operation of associated remote relays.
Correct operation of sequencing and control circuits at normal operating voltages by
operation of local control switches, and simulation of operation from remote control
positions.
Correct functionality of the equipment in all modes of control.
Cables
All cables and armoured cables shall be subject to routine and acceptance tests in accordance
with the relevant Indian Standards. Test certificates shall be provided against each drum and / or
cable length.
The tests carried out on every cable length and / or drum at manufacturer's premises shall
include:
High voltage dc insulation pressure test, between cores, each core to earth, metallic
sheath
or armour as applicable;
Insulation resistance test;
Core continuity and identification;
Conductor resistance test.
Motors
The manufacturers type test certificate will be accepted for motors rated at less than 55 kW. A
type test certificate and an individual motor test certificate shall be provided for all other motors.
All type test certificates shall be not later than 3 years. Electric motors shall be subjected to
routine and acceptance tests in accordance with relevant Indian Standards.
It will be responsibility of the Contractor to select sizes, and types of motors to suit the starting
and running characteristics of driven equipment with due consideration for specified margin over
the requirement of the driven equipment at duty point. Motors not complying with the above
shall be replaced by the Contractor at his own cost by appropriate motors. Replacement motors
shall undergo testing and inspection as per the provisions in the contract. Cost of such testing and
inspection shall be to Contractor's account. The motor rotor assembly shall be dynamically
balanced as per grade 6.3 of ISO 1940/1-1986.
Manufacturer's Works Acceptance Tests on PLC s and Associated Equipment
The Contractor shall carry out further specified tests as follows in addition to any tests stated or
implied by the foregoing sections of this clause. The tests shall be carried out on the fully
assembled control panel containing the PLC and associated equipment in order to demonstrate
correct functional operation of the hardware and software systems.

Agreement

Page 161

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

(a)
(b)
(c)

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

The Contractor shall prepare for the approval of the Engineer a detailed Factory Acceptance Test
(FAT) document that shall fully detail the scope of the tests to be carried out and the tests
themselves. The tests shall encompass the normal modes of operation and failure modes and shall
demonstrate correct functionality of the system or systems in accordance with the Functional
Design Specification (FDS).
The PLC program or programs shall be tested by means of a test rig designed to input and receive
digital and analogue signals. Using this test rig it shall be possible to fully simulate the operation
of the controlled equipment in order to demonstrate correct functional operation of the hardware
and software systems. The analogue to digital conversion shall be tested by means of a calibrated
current source, digital to analogue outputs shall be tested by means of ramping the output channel
and measuring the current by means of a calibrated current meter.
All inputs and outputs to the PLC and associated equipment shall be made through the field
terminal connections of the control panel containing the PLC and associated equipment.
Manufacturer's Works Acceptance Tests on Uninterruptible Power Supplies
The Contractor shall carry out further specified tests as follows in addition to any tests stated or
implied by the foregoing sections of this clause. The tests shall be carried out on the fully
assembled unit utilising the batteries that are to be supplied with the unit. The Contractor shall
demonstrate the following:
Change-over from full load with mains present to full load on battery supply;
Carry out a discharge test on the system at full load and for the specified duty
bridging time
period;
Carry out recharge test after operation for the specified duty bridging time at full load.
The UPS shall supply the full load during the recharge cycle.
Inspection at Site
In addition to the progressive supervision and inspection by Employer the Contractor shall offer
for inspection to Engineer, the completely erected system / part of system on which tests are to be
carried out. After such inspection by Engineer, each equipment/sub-system shall be tested by the
Contractor in accordance with the applicable standards in the presence of Engineer. Such tests
shall include but not be limited to the tests specified in following clause.
The Contractor shall possess during the entire working period the Electrical Contractor's licence
of appropriate class from the concerned statutory authorities governing the area of work place.
The Contractor shall fully comply with the relevant statutory rules and regulations. On
completion of the installation or at intermediate stages, if required by the statutory authorities, the
Contractor shall arrange for inspection and obtain the approval from the concerned statutory
authorities. If any fees are to be paid to statutory authorities for testing, inspection and calibration
these shall be paid by the Contractor and shall be included in his erection and commissioning
charges.
Plant Protection on Site
Factory finished plant shall be adequately protected both before and during installation against
damage to finished surfaces, fitted components, and the ingress of dust. It may be necessary for
structural finishing operations to be carried out in the vicinity of installed plant before it is taken
over and the Contractor shall take this into consideration in complying with the requirement of
this clause.
Erection Staff
The Contractor shall provide at least two approved senior English speaking working erectors to
supervise the erection of all system in the Contract. The Contractor shall also provide sufficient
erectors skilled in electrical, mechanical and instrument engineering, with such skilled, semiskilled and unskilled labour as are necessary to ensure completion of the various sections of the
Contract in the time required. The Contractor shall not remove any supervisory staff or labour
from the site without the prior approval of the Engineer.

Agreement

Page 162

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

The Contractor shall make all the necessary arrangements to ensure that sufficient plant has been
or is about to be delivered to site, so that there shall be no delay to the start of erection. It shall be
the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to obtain necessary Licence / Authorisation / Permit for
work from the Licensing Boards of the Locality / State where the work is to be carried out. The
persons deputed by the CONTRACTOR's firm should also hold valid permits issued or
recognized by the Licensing Board of the Locality / State where the work is to be carried out.
B 4.3.5. Erection and Building
a. General
The installation work shall comply with the latest applicable Standards, Regulations, Electricity
Rules and Safety Codes of the locality where the installation is to be carried out. Nothing in this
specification shall be construed to relieve the CONTRACTOR of this responsibility.
It will be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to obtain approval / clearance from local statutory
authorities including Electrical Inspector, wherever applicable for conducting of any work or for
installation carried out which comes under the purview of such authorities. The Contractor shall
carry out the complete erection of all system, including the provision of all necessary skilled and
unskilled labour, material, transportation, supplies, power and fuel, Contractor's Equipment and
appurtenances necessary, for the complete and satisfactory implementation of the system.
The CONTRACTOR shall have a separate cleaning gang to clean all equipment under erection
and as well as the work area and the project site at regular intervals to the satisfaction of the
Engineer. In case the cleaning is not up to the Engineers satisfaction, he will have the right to
carry out the cleaning operations and any expenditure incurred by the Engineer in this regard will
be to the CONTRACTOR's account.
b. Erectors
The Contractor's employees shall include skilled erection staff in sufficient number, who shall
arrive on the site on or before the respective dates set out in the approved work programme and
prior to delivery of any item of Plant to the Site. The Engineer will not entertain any claim by the
Contractor in respect of delayed erection due to a delay in the delivery of any items of Plant to
the site.
Contractor's Equipment, materials and appurtenances
The Contractor shall have available on the Site sufficient suitable equipment and machinery, as
well as all other materials and appurtenances required by him, of ample capacity to ensure the
proper erection of system and to handle any emergencies such as may normally be expected in
work of this character. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible if any installation materials are
lost or damaged during installation. All damages and thefts of equipment/component parts, after
takeover by the CONTRACTOR, till the installation is taken over by Engineer shall be made
good by the CONTRACTOR.
c. Workmanship
System shall be erected in a neat and workmanlike manner at the locations and elevations shown
on the approved drawings and other engineering documents. Unless otherwise directed by the
Engineer the Contractor shall adhere strictly to the drawings and no departures there from will be
permitted. All system shall be correctly aligned, levelled and adjusted for satisfactory operation
and shall be installed so that the proper and satisfactory connection can be made readily between
the various units and pipe work and equipment installed under the Contract.
d. Building-in
Before commencing any erection work, the Contractor shall check the dimensions of structures
where the various items of system are to be installed, and shall bring any deviations from the
required positions, lined or dimensions to the notice of the Engineer and shall take such measures
as are necessary for their correction.
The Contractor shall take particular care for the correct positioning and alignment of all pipes
which are required through concrete structures prior to, and during the pouring of concrete. The
Contractor shall pin and plug in the holes prepared, all small clips, plugs, screws, nails, sleeves,
inserts, etc., required for fixing electric wires and conduits, pipe work and all other apparatus.
Agreement

Page 163

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

e.

(a)

(b)
(c)

(d)

(a)
(b)
(c)

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

The Contractor shall align all equipment and holding down bolts and shall inform the Engineer
before proceeding with grouting-in the item or item concerned. The Contractor shall ensure that
all equipment is securely held and remain in correct alignment before, during and after groutingin.
The Contractor shall properly bed in cement grout each item of plant or its supporting base
resting on foundations, and shall grout-in where required holding down bolts placed in the holes
prepared in the foundations. The materials and workmanship used in grouting shall be such as
will result in a solid anchoring of foundation bolts and complete filling of the gaps between the
Plant or its base and the foundations, without shrinkage or cracking.
Precautions
The approval by the Engineer of the Contractor's proposals for rigging and hoisting of any item
of system into its final position shall not relieve the Contractor from his responsibility for
avoiding damage to completed structures, parts or members thereof or other installed equipment.
He shall at his own cost make good, repair or replace any damaged or injured items whether
structural, mechanical, electrical, architectural, or of any other description, promptly and
effectively to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Inspection after Erection
After the erection of any item of system and its associated equipment has been completed, it shall
be offered to the Engineer for inspection in its static state prior to commissioning the item.
Completion of erection and procedure prior to setting to work
The mechanical completion of plant under erection shall be deemed to occur if all the
units/systems of the Works are structurally and mechanically complete as noted below:
All rotary, static, structural equipment, piping, electrical/instrumentation and other equipment
under the scope of the Contract have been erected, installed and grouted and are as per the
specifications.
All systems have been washed/flushed/drained/boxed up where necessary.
All system testing including pressure, vacuum and non-destructive tests, no load
tests
and such other tests are completed with safety valves / relief valves set to
operating conditions installed in position.
All panels, local control desks erected with power / control cable terminations with all
continuity checks, insulation checks and other installation checks are carried out.
Prior to pre-commissioning checks, the Contractor shall erect the entire system and ensure
readiness of civil works to the satisfaction of Engineer, so that the Works are physically ready to
undergo pre-commissioning checks. Pre-commissioning checks will include checks like no-load
running of machinery, checks on instruments and electrical including calibration and loop
checks, functional checks, inter-lock checks etc.
At the stage of mechanical completion of erection, the Contractor shall ensure that all the
physical, aesthetic and workmanship aspects are totally complete and the Plant is fit and sound to
undergo pre-commissioning checks.
The following documentation shall be completed before the Contractor notifies Mechanical
Completion of Erection to the Engineer:
All shop inspection records updated, As-built drawings compiled and bound in 4 (four) copies.
All erection and commissioning procedures duly approved.
All instruction manuals in draft form - with each sheet bearing a stamp to indicate
"DRAFT FOR REVIEW ONLY" submitted in 4 (four) copies.
Upon achieving mechanical completion, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer of such
completion of section / units / systems and readiness for inspection for acceptance of mechanical
completion of erection. The Engineer shall proceed with inspection of such
sections/units/systems within 10 days of such notice.
Consequent to inspection, the Engineer will inform the Contractor a list of deficiencies for

Agreement

Page 164

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

rectification and the Contractor shall complete the rectification work within a jointly agreed
period prior to start of pre- commissioning tests. The erection period allowed by the Contractor
shall include all activities of mechanical completion as noted above.
B4.4.

GENERAL PAINTING AND PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS

B 4.4.1. GENERAL
The preparation, application and conditions for work shall comply with the recommendations of
BS 5493 and BS 6150 or if the protection is of a special nature, in accordance with the
manufacturer's directions. Paints, primers and undercoats shall be obtained from the same
manufacturer and except where a definite time is specified between mixing and application, shall
be ready mixed for use. They shall be compatible with one another.
Paints shall be delivered in sealed containers bearing the manufacturer's name, batch number, etc.
and shall carry a label giving details of quality and instructions for use. No site painting shall be
carried out unless the surface to be painted is dry, the air temperature above 4 oC and the relative
humidity less than 85%. The Engineer shall approve the methods for removing all dirt, oil,
grease, etc, before Site painting commences. Test plates carrying finishes from the actual coating
used may be required by the Engineer for inspection and test purposes. To facilitate inspection,
no consecutive coats of paint shall be of the same shade except in the case of white. Priming to
two mating surfaces shall be applied prior to assembly.
All items of system shall be delivered to Site with the shop paint finish applied unless specified
otherwise. A further coat of final finish paint shall be applied at Site, of sufficient thickness to
produce a uniform colour and appearance. Such painting shall be carried out within one month of
successful acceptance trials for the system components. All paint thicknesses shall be checked
using an alkometer or equivalent instrument, supplied by the Contractor, for each layer of paint,
to the reasonable satisfaction of the Engineer.
B 4.4.2. COLOUR CODING AND LABELLING OF PIPES AND EQUIPMENT
All pipes and equipment shall be colour coded to a schedule to be agreed with the Engineer
before any site painting starts, or earlier if necessary to suit manufacturing procedures. Valves
and fittings shall be painted in the same colour as the pipe of which they form a part. Where a
pipe enters or leaves a piece of equipment the pipe colour shall extend up to but not including the
flange attached to the equipment. All pipelines shall be identified by stick-on 90 micron thick
vinyl film labels showing the name of the material to be carried by the pipeline and an arrow
indicating the direction of flow. Letters of titles shall be pre-spaced on carrier tape and the
complete title protected by one piece removable liners. Titles shall be at intervals not less than 8
m, but shall in any case be provided in every space through which the pipe passes. Locations of
labels shall be subject to prior approval by the Engineer. Lettering sizes shall be between 16 mm
and 75 mm in height depending on the size of the pipe.
Pipes smaller than 22 mm outside diameter shall be labelled by use of tags instead of labels. Tags
shall be made of brass no smaller than 65 mm x 16 mm by 1.5 mm thick, with lettering etched
and filled with black enamel. Titles shall also be provided on all equipment in locations and in
sizes to be approved by the Engineer.
B 4.4.3. CLEANING AND PREPARING AT PLACE OF MANUFACTURE

(a)

The Contractor shall be responsible for cleaning and preparation for painting, priming or
otherwise protecting as specified of all parts of the Plant at the place of manufacture prior to
packing.
Cleaning
Parts shall be cleaned prior to testing at the manufacturer's works. Parts subject to hydraulic test
shall be tested before any surface treatment. After test all surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned
and dried out if necessary by washing with an approved dewatering fluid prior to surface
treatment.

Agreement

Page 165

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

(b)

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Preparation
(i)
Bright parts: Bright parts and bearing surfaces shall be thoroughly polished and
protected from corrosion by the application of rust preventive lacquer or high melting-point
grease, as approved by the Engineer, before the parts are packed. A sufficient quantity of the
correct solvent for removal of the protective compounds shall be supplied and packed with
each particular part.
(ii)
Embedded parts: Embedded parts or those parts of an assembly which will be
embedded in concrete shall be thoroughly descaled and cleaned to the satisfaction of the
Engineer and before being packed shall be protected by a cement wash or other approved
method. No cast iron or steel work shall be bitumen or tar coated where it is to be cast into the
concrete and provision shall be made for cleaning off any portions so coated.
(iii)
Grit or shot blasted parts: Grit or shot blasting shall be carried out in accordance with
B.S. 7079 to a standard between `First Quality' and `Second Quality' given in Table 1 after
which the maximum amplitude of the surface shall not exceed 0.1 mm.
Cast Iron and Steel pipe work: All un-galvanised steel pipe work including pump suspension
mains, bearing spiders and tunnel tubes shall be prepared internally and externally by grit or shot
blasting as specified above and the surfaces primed as specified within four hours of blasting.
B 4.4.4. PAINTING AND FINISHING AT PLACE OF MANUFACTURE
This Clause governs the methods for the protective coatings to be applied to structural steel,
metal work and ironwork as corrosion protection systems. The systems designed as specified
here shall be applied as specified under Protective Coatings. Protective coating specified
elsewhere for particular works such as pipes and cladding shall firstly be designed in accordance
with particular requirements
specified elsewhere and secondly in accordance with any
requirements herein which are not overridden elsewhere.
This specification makes reference to the following standard:
B.S.5493 "code of practice for the protective coating of iron and steel against corrosion"
The Contractor shall design each protective coating system and shall submit details of each
system to the Engineer for approval. Submissions shall where possible be in the format of
which examples are given at the end of this section with such additional information and
samples as the Contractor may provide or the Engineer may require to enable the system to be
assessed.
Protective coating shall be designed in accordance with B.S. 5493 to have a long life, generally
of at least 10 years to first maintenance. Protection systems shall be chosen to be easily
maintained in the future and to allow non-specialist on-site re-coating where necessary using
single part paints.
For the purposes of system design the general environment shall be as specified in B.S. 5493
Table 3 Part 2 `Exterior exposed polluted inland. Bulkhead gates and stop logs shall be assumed
to be exposed to a Table 3 Part 8 `Non-saline water environment unless otherwise approved by
the Engineer.
Interior spaces shall be considered to be dry in administration areas open to continuous access
and damp or immersed in other spaces. The protective coating of components or structures
which are continuously or infrequently immersed shall be designed for the more onerous of
these two conditions relevant to the protection system used.
All exterior exposed items to be coated shall have a final coat of good appearance of a colour and
type as approved by the Engineer.
Protective coating systems shall generally fall into one of the following basic systems;

Agreement

Page 166

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

(a) galvanising;
(b) galvanising plus painting;
(c) multi-coat painting;
(d) bitumen enamel;
(e) others as proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer details of his proposals for the corrosion protection
of each of the items requiring such protection, which will generally fall into the above categories
as follows:
(a)
(b)

(c)
(d)
(e)

7.5.1

(a)

trash screens, flooring, ladders, access covers and frames, step irons and other components
which are inaccessible but subject to abrasion/damage;
structural steelwork (including crane beams, monorails, crane structures and chassis),
bulkhead gates, stop logs, grappling beams, steel tanks and other large items readily
accessible for maintenance;
valves and other corrosion-susceptible items which may be buried and are not covered by
the provisions of other specifications :
other components not covered by the above for which the contractor may propose a system
which he considers to be more suitable for the duty;
Electrical switchgear, transformers, control panels etc.
All painting material shall be applied in strict accordance with the paint manufacturer's
instructions.
Plant supplied to site with final coating applied:
Before any steel work is painted the steel must be thoroughly cleaned and an approved antirusting priming coat applied so that the possibility of rusting or corrosion taking place is
negligible. All surfaces should have not less than two stoved undercoats and two top coats or air
drying paint. The undercoats shall be easily distinguishable in shade or colour form the priming
and finishing coats. The two final coats shall be in a colour and finish to be advised by the
Engineer. The inside surfaces of any cubicles, cabinets etc. where condensation is liable to occur,
shall be coated with an approved anti-condensation composition. The Contractor shall ensure that
all component sections of a switch board wherever manufactured shall have a finish of uniform
texture and an exact colour match.
Chromium plated parts:
Where chromium plating is specified or offered by the manufacturer it shall comply with the
requirements of B.S. 1224 including the following provisions. No blistering of any surfaces will
be tolerated. The finished appearance shall be brought. Where the base metal is steel, plating
shall be applied in accordance with Table 2. Other base metals shall be plated in accordance with
Tables 3, 4, 5 as appropriate. For all base metals the service condition number 2 shall be used.
Small bore pipes, valves and fittings etc., which are sited in architecturally finished areas of the
station and selected by the Engineer shall be chromium plated. Damage to chromium plating
shall be made good before taking over.

(b)

Galvanised parts:
All materials to be galvanised shall be of the full dimensions shown on the approved
drawings or specified and all punching, cutting, drilling, screw tapping and the removal of
burrs shall be completed before the galvanising process begins. Parts to be galvanised shall be

Agreement

Page 167

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

shot blasted as specified above. Such parts shall be galvanised not more than four hours after
commencement of shot blasting.
All galvanizing shall be done by the hot dip-process. No alternative process may be used without
the approval of the Engineer. No components shall be galvanized which are likely to come into
subsequent contact with oil. The zinc coating shall be uniform, clean smooth and as free from
spangle as possible. In the case of component parts the zinc coating shall weigh not less that 610
g/sq.m of area covered and shall not be less than 0.090 mm in thickness.
Bolts and nuts shall be sherardised. The Engineer may select for test as many components to be
weighed after pickling, and before and after galvanizing as he may think fit. All galvanized parts
shall be protected from injury to the zinc coating due to differential serration and abrasion
during the periods of transit, storage and erection. Damaged areas of the coating shall be
touched up with an approved zinc-dust paint or other approved flake metallic compound.
(c)

Cast iron and steel pipe work: (Internal surfaces):

The internal surfaces shall have an approved coating. Where a bitumen based coating is used, it shall be
in accordance with Type 2 of B.S. 4147.
Prior to lining, the pipe shall be grit blasted and primed with an approved primer. The lining shall
be in accordance with B.S. 534. After installation, the internal lining shall be made good and
satisfactorily tested with a Holiday detector to 8 KV.
The coating shall be suitable for use in contact with drinking water. The type of coating shall be
entered in Schedule L provided and the Engineer reserves the right to call for test plates of the
paint. The manufacturer shall at the time of ordering carry out the `Taste and smell test'
(Appendix E of B.S.4147) and `Effects on water test' (Appendix C of B.S. 3416) and forward 3
copies of the test results to the Engineer for approval.
Where pipe are to be welded after the protective coatings have been applied the pipe
surfaces shall be primed and all other coating stopped 250 mm short of the weld preparation.
Collars and fillings shall be primed but no other coating applied. The manufacturer shall supply a
sufficient quantity of suitable materials to repair damage occurring during delivery to site and to
provide a flush finished internal lining at welded joints. He shall supply sufficient coating to fill
in the recesses at internal welds over the previously primed areas. The coating shall be applied in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and with Appendices J and K of B.S. 3416.
Machinery- (Internal surfaces) e.g. pumps, valves, strainers, rising and suspension mains of wet
well pumps:
As for cast iron and steel pipe work (Internal surfaces).
Cast iron and steel parts (External surfaces) immersed in Water:
All un-galvanized metal parts which will be immersed in water shall be cleaned by grit blasting
and within four hours of blasting given an approved coating.
Cast iron and steel (External surfaces) in manholes and areas of high humidity.
Ungalvanised metal parts exposed in manholes or areas of high humidity shall be cleaned by grit
blasting and given two coats of a black bituminous solution.
(d)

Plant forwarded to site for final finishing.


Cast iron and steel parts (External surfaces) outside buildings:

Agreement

Page 168

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

All un-galvanised metal parts which will be exposed to the outside atmosphere shall be cleaned
by grit blasting and provided with two coats of an approved primer.
Cast iron and steel parts inside buildings:
All exposed metal surfaces which will not be immersed in water or exposed in areas described
above shall be rubbed down, cleaned by grit blasting and within four hours of blasting given one
coat of an approved primer before packing.
B 4.4.5. PAINTING AT SITE
Immediately on arrival at the site, all items of plant shall be examined for damage to the paint
coat applied at the manufacturers works, and any damaged portions shall be cleaned down to the
bare metal, all rust removed, and the paint coat made good with similar paint.
Steel and cast iron parts received at site shall be provided with adequate number of further coats
of coal tar epoxy polyamine coating or Polyurethane coating as specified & approved, to a total
dry film thickness of minimum 275 microns including the primer coats. All sharp edges, nuts,
bolts and other items difficult to be painted shall receive a brush coat of specified paint before
application of each coat of epoxy based coal tar paint giving a total dry film thickness of at least
275 microns. In the case of fabricated steelwork this work shall be done after assembly.
Before painting is commenced the Contractor shall submit for the approval of the Engineer, full
details of the paints he proposes to use together with colour charts for the gloss finishes. After
erection, such items which are not finish painted shall be finish painted, items finish painted at
the Manufacturers works shall be touched up for any damaged paint work. The painting work
shall conform to the following requirements:
(a)

The surface preparation shall be carried out generally in accordance with IS: 1477 Part I and IS:
6005

(b)

The surface preparation shall be carried out generally in accordance with IS: 1477 Part I and IS:
6005
After surface preparation, two coats of primer-red oxide zinc chromate with modified phenolic
alkyd base conforming to IS: 2074 shall be applied. Dry film thickness of each coat shall be 25
microns.
For finish painting, after application of primer as in (b) above, two coats of synthetic enamel
conforming to IS: 2932 shall be applied. Dry film thickness of each coat shall be 25 microns.
Colours shall be selected as per IS: 5
No painting shall be carried out unless the item has been inspected and accepted by Engineer at
the Manufacturers works The dry paint film thickness shall be measured by Electrometer or
other instruments approved by the Employer. In order to obtain the dry film thickness DFT
specified, the Contractor shall ensure that the coverage rate given by the paint manufacturer will
enable this thickness to be obtained. Strength of adhesion shall be measured with an adhesion
tester and this value shall not be less than 10 kg/cm2. Painted fabricated steel Work which is to
be stored prior to erection shall be kept clear of the ground and shall be laid out or stacked in an
orderly manner that will ensure that no. poles of water or dirt can accumulate on the surface.
Suitable packings shall be laid between the stacked Materials. Where cover is provided, it shall
be ventilated.
The painting procedure shall be submitted in the following format for approval:

(c)

(d)
(e)

Agreement

Page 169

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Surface Preparation
Reference Standard
Conditions of Work
Type of Materials
Tests and inspection methods and sequence, thickness (DFT)
Colour in final coat
Total thickness of coats (DFT)
Other necessary data and information
The following items in the plant are required to be painted;
Outer surfaces of pumps, valves, pipes, fittings, motors etc., not exposed to treated water
Steelwork exposed to weather, such as outer surface of surge vessel, valves, pipes etc.
Internal Plant and pipe work, cranes, exhaust fans, fire extinguishers and miscellaneous
steelwork not exposed to weather
Steelwork exposed to weather, such as platforms, ladders, hand railing, etc.
Steelwork exposed to humid weather and requiring hard maintenance and repairs
Buried steelwork
Buried pipes and fittings prior to application of wrapping
Other equipment, as per requirement of employer.

All buried steel pipes and fittings shall be coated and unwrapped with hot or cold applied, selfadhesive, polyethylene in accordance with AWWA C214 or equivalent Standard.
Cast iron or mild steel parts to be built into concrete shall remain unpainted. Immediately before
it is cast in-situ, it shall be made perfectly free from dirt, scale, loose rust, paint, oil limewash or
any other coating. No blast cleaning or painting shall be applied to corrosion resistant Materials
such as stainless steels. Ni-resist cast iron, bronze and other metals used for seals, bearings,
lighting fitting etc.
Machined surfaces such as gear teeth shall be coated with a thick layer of grease. Other
mechanical surfaces such as shaft ends or other bright parts shall be coated with two coats of an
anti-rust solution which can be removed easily when required. Permanently bolted mechanical
interfaces such as flanges shall be coated with a thin coat of anti-rust compound before assembly.
All primers, under coats and finishes shall be applied by brush or airless spray, except where
otherwise specified.
Consecutive coats shall be in distinct but appropriate shades. All paints shall be supplied from
the store to the painters, ready for application, and addition of thinners or any other Material shall
be prohibited. Any instruction given by the paint manufacturer shall be strictly followed.
All painting shall be carried out by the painters under supervision. Paint shall be applied to the
dry surface which has been prepared in compliance with the approved procedure. Paint shall not
be supplied when the ambient temperature falls below 4oC or relative humidity rises above 90%.
The Plant and equipment shall be inspected and reviewed at the various stages of the coating
application both at the manufacturers Works and at the Site of the Works. Samples may be
taken from the paints as delivered and submitted to such tests as are deemed necessary. The
completed paint systems shall be tested by instruments to ensure that the protection is of
adequate thickness and is free from pinholes and the direct measurement of adhesion shall be
checked by the removal of a small section of the coating. The Contractor shall supply all
instruments and apparatus required for carrying out such tests required by the Employer.
B 4.4.6. WATERWORKS FINISH
A high standard of finish, defined as Waterworks finish" is required for all Plant as detailed
below.

B 4.4.6.1. Welding and flame cutting


A smooth neat finish, by careful grinding if necessary is required on all exterior welding and
flame cutting. All plates and bars used in fabrication shall have smooth surfaces with no pitting
or deep slag inclusions
Agreement

Page 170

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

B 4.4.6.2. Castings
Casting surfaces shall be smooth and free from surface blowholes. Stock castings shall be
specially selected with this in mind. All castings shall be shot blasted before machining.
B 4.4.6.3. Covers
All covers shall be firmly fixed. Weld mesh shall sit square in its frame. Where panels are
placed next to each other the patterns shall line up.
B 4.4.6.4. Flanges and beadings
All bolt holes shall be spot faced parallel with the mating face for good seating of nuts and bolt
heads. Surplus jointing shall be removed from mating faces and peripheries.
B 4.4.6.5. Items to be chromium plated
Name plates, instruction plates, rotation arrows, indicators and pointers, small bore pipe
work, tundish oil level gauges and fittings, small valves (including air valves), plugs and grease
nipples, which are sited in architecturally finished areas of the station and as selected by the
Engineer, shall be chromium plated. Damage to chromium plating shall be made good. All
pipes and fittings etc., shall be fitted in a straight, neat symmetrical manner so as to present
a pleasing appearance.
B 4.4.6.6. External screws, bolt heads, nuts and washers
These shall be chromium plated, sherardised or made in stainless steel.
B 4.4.6.7. Gauges
All indicating gauges fitted to any machine assembly shall be of similar appearance and grouped
together to present a pleasing aspect. They shall all have chromium plated cases, bezels, cocks
and fittings.
B4.5.

GENERAL WORKMANSHIP, MATERIAL AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR


SYSTEM
B 4.5.1. INTRODUCTION
This part of the Employers Requirements sets out the standards of materials, workmanship and
design to be used by the Contractor for the entire infrastructure system. Reference to any specific
material or equipment does not necessarily imply that such material or equipment is to be
included in the Works.
All Plant used for the Works shall, unless otherwise specified, comply with the provisions of this
part. The names of the manufacturers of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in
the Works together with performance, capacities, certified test reports and other significant
information pertaining to the same, shall be furnished when requested for consideration by the
Engineer, who shall have power to reject any parts which in his opinion are unsatisfactory or not
in compliance with the Specifications and such parts shall be replaced by the Contractor at no
extra cost to the Employer.
B 4.5.2. COMPLIANCE WITH STANDARDS
The British Standard specifications shall refer to the latest issue or revision of those standards as
issued by the British Standards Institution of 2 Park Street, London W1 and the Indian Standard
Specifications as issued by the Bureau of Indian Standards. Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah
Zafar Marg, New Delhi 110 001, Central Public Health Engineering and Environmental
Organizations, New Delhi and ASTM standards as issued by the American Society for Testing
and Materials, 1916, Race Street, Philadelphia, PA, 19103, U.S.A. and ANSI standards as issued
by the American National Institute, 1430, Broadway, New York, NY 10018, U.S.A. Equipment
conforming to other national or international standards shall be at least equivalent to those

Agreement

Page 171

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

specified and shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. Full details of the difference shall be
supplied by the Contractor.
Where the design or choice of materials of plants is affected by the Factory Acts, then the
materials and plant supplied shall comply with all relevant sections of those Acts even though no
particular reference may be made in this Specification.
B 4.5.3. MATERIALS GENERAL
All materials incorporated in the Works shall be the most suitable for the duty concerned and
shall be new and of first class commercial quality, free from imperfections and selected for long
life and minimum maintenance.
All submerged moving parts of the Plant, or the pins and spindles, etc., of the submerged moving
parts or the faces etc. in contact with them (water, sludge, waste water) shall be of corrosion
resistant metals. All parts in direct contact with various chemicals, shall be completely
resistant to corrosion, or abrasion by these chemicals, and shall also maintain their properties
without aging due to the passage of time, exposure to light or any other cause. Where Mild
steel is specified for submerged parts, the metal shall be protected by polyurethane coating.
Where stainless steel" is specified or used it shall have resistance to atmospheric corrosion not
less than that provided by B.S.970, Grade 410 S21 for forgings and B.S. 3100, Grade 410-C-21
for castings. Particular attention shall be made to the prevention of seizure by fretting where two
corrosion resistant metals are in contact, by the selection of materials of suitable relative
hardness and surface finish and the application of lubricants. Where bronze is specified or used it
shall be zinc free, to B.S. 1400, Group B- PB1.
Particular attention shall be paid to the prevention of corrosion due to the close proximity of
dissimilar metals. Where it is necessary to use dissimilar metals in contact, these shall be
selected so that the bimetallic corrosion is as low as possible. The publication by H. M.
Stationery Office (in the U.K.) entitled Corrosion and its Prevention at bimetallic Contacts"
shall be used as a guide.
B 4.5.4. WORKMANSHIP GENERAL
Workmanship and general finish shall be of first class commercial quality and in accordance with
best workshop practice and shall provide what is generally recognised as waterworks finish as
defined elsewhere. All similar items of system and their component parts shall be completely
interchangeable. Spare parts shall be manufactured from the same materials as the originals and
shall fit all similar items of plant. Machining fits on renewable parts shall be accurate and to
specified tolerances so that replacements made to manufacturer's drawings may be readily
installed.
All equipment shall operate without excessive vibration and with minimum of noise. All
revolving parts shall be dynamically balanced so that when running at all operating speeds and
any load up to the maximum there shall be no vibration due to lack of balance.
All parts which can be worn or damaged by dust shall be totally enclosed in dust proof housings.
All materials incorporated in the Works shall be the most suitable for the duty concerned, free
from imperfections and selected for long life and minimum maintenance. All necessary
accessories required for satisfactory and safe operation of the Plant shall be supplied by the
Contractor unless it is specifically excluded from his scope. Suitable provision by means of
eyebolts or other means are to be provided to facilitate handling of all items that are too heavy or
bulky for lifting and carrying by two men.
If, after installation, the operation or use of the materials or equipment furnished by the
Contractor proves to be unsatisfactory, then the Employer shall have the right to operate or use
such materials or equipment until correction of defects, errors or omissions, by repair or by
partial or complete replacement, can be made without interfering with the system operations.
Agreement

Page 172

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Except for any warranty provided for elsewhere in this Contract or unless otherwise agreed upon
in advance, the period of such operation or use, pending correction of defects, will not exceed 1
year.
Dynamic balancing of rotary components shall be to the relevant standards. All bearings shall
have L-10 rating life of minimum 16,000 hours. All instruments used for the works whether for
permanent installation or for checks / inspection at the Manufacturer's works or for checks /
inspection at site shall be calibrated using standard reference instruments from institutions
recognised by the Government such as "Institute for Design of Electrical Measuring Instruments
(IDEMI), Mumbai. All outdoor instruments shall be provided with locked, galvanised metallic
enclosures of 2 mm thickness, suitably painted.
B 4.5.5. DESIGN LIFE
All materials, system and equipment shall be designed for long reliable operating life and shall be
suitable for continuous 24 hour per days operation for prolonged periods in climatic and working
conditions prevailing at the Site, and with minimum maintenance and the Contractor may be
called upon to demonstrate this for any component either by the service record of similar
equipment elsewhere or by records of extensive type tests.
Routine maintenance and repair shall as far as possible, not require the services of highly skilled
personnel.
Except for consumable items such as rubber bushings, gland packings, carbon brushes etc. which
normally require replacement more frequently, no part subject to wear shall have a life from new
to replacement or repair of less than three years of continuous normal operation and where major
dismantling is required to replace a part, such life shall be not less than ten years. Design features
shall include the protection of Plant against damage caused by vermin, dirt, dust and dampness
and to reduce risk of fire. Plant shall operate without undue vibration, and parts shall be designed
to withstand the maximum stresses under the most severe condition of normal service. Materials
shall have a high resistance to change in their properties due to the passage of time, exposure to
light, temperature and any other cause which may have a detrimental effect upon the performance
or life of the Works. Plant located outside lockable areas/buildings shall have additional features
to prevent unauthorized operation. All water, sewage and other storm water related components
including civil works shall be designed as per the CPHEEO recommendations.
B 4.5.6. WELDING
In all cases where welds are liable to be highly stressed the Contractor shall supply to the
Engineer before fabrication commences detailed drawings of all welds and weld preparations
proposed. No such welding shall be carried out before the Engineer has signified his approval of
the details proposed. No alteration shall be made to any previously approved detail of weld
preparation without prior approval of the Engineer.
Welding shall comply with the latest revision of the B.S 5135. Approval of welding procedures
shall be as per B.S. EN 288-3:1992. Welders shall be qualified to B.S. EN 287-1:1992. All
aspects of fabrication and examination procedures including pre / post heating treatment,
electrodes, non-destructive Tests (NDT) shall be subject to approval of the Engineer.
The Engineer shall have the right to call for further qualification from time to time from any
welder who, in the opinion of the Engineer, does not produce weld in accordance with the
qualification. Each welder shall be assigned a number and letter. Each weld-ments shall clearly
be identified as to its welder marking the welders Code adjacent to the welds. A record chart
shall be maintained for each welder showing the procedures, for which he has qualified, the date
of such qualification, the type of defects produced and their frequency. The Engineer shall
disqualify the welder whose Work requires a disproportionate amount of repairs. Inspection and
Agreement

Page 173

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

quality of surveillance shall not be limited to the examination of finished welds. The techniques
employed shall be based on methods which are known to produce good results and which have
been verified at Site by actual demonstration.
Haphazard striking of the electrodes for establishing an arc shall not be permitted. The arc shall
be struck either on the joint or on a starting tag. The starting tag shall be of the same material or a
material compatible with the base metal being welded. In case of any inadvertent strike on place
other than the welding, the area affected shall be ground flushed and examined by liquid
penetration method. Generally, a stringer bead technique shall be used with a slight oscillation if
necessary to avoid slag and to minimize the number of beads needed to fill exceed 3 times the
wire diameter. Vertical welds shall be made in upward direction. For all pipes above 300 mm
dia., welding shall be done whenever possible, by 2 welders working simultaneously along both
sides of the pipe.
The root pass shall have less than 1.5 mm internal reinforcement. Defects like icicles, burn
through and excessive such back, etc. shall be cause for rejection of welds. Final welds shall be
suitable for appropriate fabrication of the non-destructive examination of the weld. If grinding is
necessary, the weld shall be blended into the parent metal without gouging or thinning of the
parent metal in any way. Uneven and excessive grinding may be a cause for rejection. Fillet weld
shall preferably be convex and free from undercutting and overlap at the toe of weld. Convexity
and concavity shall not exceed 1.5 mm. The leg lengths shall not exceed the specified size by
more than 1.5 mm.
All attachments such as lugs, brackets and other non pressure parts shall also be done by
qualified welders in accordance with the design details and materials specifications. Temporary
attachments shall be removed in a manner that will not damage the parent metal. Areas of
temporary attachments shall be dressed smooth and examined by ultrasonic or liquid penetration
methods. All tack welds shall be made using qualified procedure and welders, the number of size
of tack welds shall be kept as small as possible consistent with to consist of adequate strength and
joint alignments. All tack welds shall be examined visually for defects and if found defective
shall be completely removed. As welding proceeds, tack welds shall be either removed
completely or shall be properly prepared by grinding or filling their starting ends so that they
may be satisfactorily incorporated in the welds. Unacceptable defects shall be removed by
grinding machine or chipping or gouging. Flame gouging may be permitted provided gouged
surfaces are ground at least by 1.0 mm below the deepest indentation. All weld repairs shall be
carried out using the approved welding procedures and welders. Re-welded areas shall be reexamined by the methods specified for the original welds and repair procedures shall be duly
qualified by the Engineers Representative.
Following codes shall apply for the NDTs:
(a) B.S. 2600: Radiography;
(b) B.S. 3923: Ultrasonic Test;
(c) B.S. 6072: Magnetic Particle Test;
(d) B.S. 6443: Penetrant Test.
B 4.5.7. CASTINGS
All cast iron shall be of standard grey close-grained quality to B.S.1452: 1977 Grade 220 or
better. The structure of the castings shall be homogeneous and free from non-metallic inclusions
and other injurious defects. All surfaces of castings which are not machined shall be smooth and
shall be carefully fettled to remove all foundry irregularities.
Minor defects not exceeding 12.5 per cent of total metal thickness and which will not ultimately
affect the strength and serviceability of the casting may be repaired by approved welding
techniques. The Engineer shall be notified of larger defects and no repair welding of such defects
shall be carried out without prior approval.
Agreement

Page 174

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

If the removal of metal for repair should reduce the stress resisting cross-section of the casting by
more than 25 per cent, or to such an extent that the computed stress in the remaining metal
exceeds the allowable stress by more than 25 per cent, then that casting may be rejected. Castings
repaired by welding for major defects shall be stress relieved after such welding.
Test coupons cast simultaneously with the main castings shall be identified to check physical,
chemical analysis of casting. Major defects on casting are not acceptable. Non-destructive tests
will be required for any casting containing defects whose extent cannot otherwise be judged, or
to determine that repair welds have been properly made.
B 4.5.8. INSTRUMENT COMPONENTS
Iron and steel parts shall in general be painted or galvanised as appropriate in accordance with
the Specification. Indoor parts may alternatively have chromium or copper-nickel plating or other
approved protective finish.
Small iron and steel parts (other than stainless steel) of all instruments and electrical equipment,
the poles of electro-magnets and the metal parts of relays and mechanisms shall be chromium or
copper-nickel plated or have some other approved finish to prevent rust Cores, etc., which are
built up of laminations or cannot for any other reason be antirust treated, shall have all exposed
parts thoroughly cleaned and heavily enamelled, lacquered or compounded.
B 4.5.9. SAFEGUARDING OF MACHINERY
The Contractor shall ensure that all designs and equipment for which he is responsible are safe.
Nothing in this requirement shall remove the Contractors obligation from drawing the attention
of the Engineer to any feature of the Works which is not consistent with safety, or to prevent him
making proposals for incorporating equipment or designs which would increase the safety of the
Plant.
The installation layout and system design shall not allow any item of system to be so positioned
that danger to operating personnel could arise during normal operation and maintenance.
Particular attention shall be paid to the position of pipes, air vents and rotating machinery,
Electrical Equipments etc.
All rotating shafts, couplings, gears, flywheels, belt drives or other moving parts shall be fully
guarded. Guards shall be designed to provide ready access to bearings, grease points,
thermometer sockets and other check points and to allow safe routine observation and servicing
to be executed without the need to dismantle any part of the structure.
B 4.5.10. RATING PLATES, NAMEPLATES AND LABELS
All equipment, apparatus and Plant shall be clearly labelled or fitted with nameplates and rating
plates generally as follows:
B 4.5.10.1. Indoor Type Labels
(a)

Labels for the outside of equipment shall be of a rigid type laminated and engraved
plastic material, with black block capitals on a white background. The labels shall be fixed by nonrusting screws or similar approved.
(b)
Labelling inside equipment shall be as above except that a flexible self-adhesive
type
labelling may be used if suitable for the ambient temperatures and if not less than 12 mm in width.
B 4.5.10.2. Weatherproof Labels
These labels may be vitreous enamelled or brass. Plastic labels will not be accepted unless proof
can be given that the labels can withstand the environmental conditions found at Site. Vitreous
Agreement

Page 175

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

enamelled labels shall be secured by brass or non-rusting roundhead screws, with brass and fibre
washers in contact with the enamel front and back to prevent damage.
B 4.5.10.3. Name and Rating Plates
Each main and auxiliary item of sytem shall have permanently attached to it in a conspicuous
position a nameplate and a rating plate. Upon these shall be engraved the manufacturer's name,
type and serial number of Plant, details of the loading and duty at which the item of Plant has
been designed to operate, and such diagrams as may be required by the Engineer. All indicating
and operating devices shall have securely attached to them or marked upon them designation as
to their function and proper manner of use. Provision shall be made to incorporate descriptive
numbering codes as indicated on the Record Drawings. Details of proposed plates, labels and
inscriptions shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before manufacture.
B 4.5.10.4. LUBRICATION
A complete schedule of recommended oils and other lubricants shall be furnished by the
contractor. The number of different types of lubricants shall be kept to a minimum. The schedule
and the name of the supplier of the lubricants shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval
before incorporation in the instruction manuals. In the case of grease lubricated roller type
bearing for electric motors lithium base grease is preferred. Contractor shall indicate
indigenously available equivalent lubricants, with complete specification, to enable the Employer
to arrange for regular supply.
Where lubrication is effected by means of grease, preference shall be given to a pressure system
which does not require frequent adjustment of recharging. Frequent, for this purpose means more
than once a week and grease systems having shorter periods between greasing should be avoided.
Where necessary for accessibility grease nipples shall be placed at the end of the extension
piping, and, when a number of such points can be grouped conveniently, the nipples shall be
brought to a common place mounted in a convenient position. Button head type nipples shall be
used for normal grease and all grease nipples shall be of the same size and type for every part of the
Plant. Arrangements shall be provided to prevent bearings being overfilled with either grease or
oil. Where more than one special grease is required a grease gun for each special type shall be
supplied and permanently labelled.
Oil lubricated bearings shall be provided with an oil reservoir capable of automatically
maintaining the correct oil level within the bearings. It must not be necessary to shut down the
pump in order to see the oil level or to add oil to the bearings.
Oil sumps shall be fitted with oil level indicators of the sight glass type, or where this is not
practicable, with dipsticks. The indicators shall show the level at all temperatures likely to be
experienced in service. The normal, maximum and minimum levels at 20C shall be clearly
visible in the sight glass type from the normal access floor to the particular item of plant, and
they shall be easily dismantled for cleaning.
All sight glasses shall be firmly held and enclosed in metal protection in such manner that they
cannot be accidentally dislodged. All lubrication systems shall be designed so as not to present a
fire hazard and particular care shall be taken to prevent leakage of lubricants and to avoid leaking
lubricants coming into contact with any electrical equipment, heated surfaces or another potential
source of fire. The Contractor shall supply flushing oil for each lubrication system when an item
of plant is ready for preliminary running and a sufficient quantity of the approved lubricants for
setting to work and for the commercial operation of the Plant for two years after the Taking over
Certificate has been issued.
B 4.5.11. INITIAL CHARGES OF OIL AND GREASE, ETC.
The initial charges of oil, grease, and similar materials necessary for the correct setting to work
and operation of the system shall be included in the appropriate system item.
Agreement

Page 176

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

B 4.5.12. NON-METALLIC MATERIALS


Fabrics, cork, paper and similar materials which are not subsequently to be protected by
impregnation shall be treated, with an approved fungicide. Sleeving and fabrics treated with
linseed oil varnish will not be permitted. The use of organic materials shall be avoided as far as
possible but where these have to be used they shall be treated to make them fire resistant and
non-flame propagating.
The use of wood shall be avoided as far as possible. If used, woodwork shall be thoroughly
seasoned teak or other approved hardwood which is resistant to fungal decay and other
blemishes. All woodwork shall be treated to protect it against damage by fire, moisture, fungus,
vermin, insect, bacteria or chemical attack, unless it is naturally resistant to all these. All joints in
woodwork shall be dovetailed or tongued and pinned. Metal fittings on wood shall be of nonferrous material. Adhesives shall be specially selected to ensure the use of types which are
impervious to moisture and fungus growth. Synthetic resin cement shall be used for joining
wood.
B 4.5.13. ENGINEERING HARDWARE
Nuts, bolts, studs and washers for incorporation in the Works shall conform to the requirements
of the appropriate British or other approved standard. Nuts and bolts for pressure fittings shall be
of the best quality steel machined on the shank and under the head and nut.
Bolts shall be of such a length that one thread shall show through the nut when in the fully
tightened condition. Fitted bolts shall be a light driving fit in the reamed holes they occupy, shall
have the screwed portion of such a diameter that it will not be damaged in driving and shall be
marked in a conspicuous position to ensure correct assembly at site.
Washers, locking devices and anti-vibration fittings shall be provided where necessary to ensure
that no bending stress is caused in the bolt. Where there is a risk of corrosion, bolts and studs
shall be designed so that the maximum stress in the bolt does not exceed half the yield stress of
the material under all conditions. All submerged hardware Nuts, bolts, studs, washers, Fasteners
shall be SS316 material.
All bolts, nuts and screws which are subject to frequent adjustment or removal in the course of
maintenance and repair shall be made of nickel-bearing stainless steel. The Contractor shall
supply all holding down, alignment and leveling bolts complete with anchorages, nuts, washers
and packings required to attach the Plant to its foundation, and all bedplates, frames and other
structural parts necessary to spread the loads transmitted by the Plant to concrete foundations
without exceeding the design stresses.
Unless otherwise necessary to meet special requirements all thread shall be of preferred metric
sizes with standard coarse threads. ISO metric black hexagon bolts, nuts and screws shall comply
with SII 0589-81, or ISO 885, ISO 888, ISO 898-1 and -2. ISO metric precision hexagon bolts,
nuts and screws shall comply with ISO 272, ISO 4759-1, ISO 885, ISO 888, ISO 898-1 and -2 or
ASTM F-593, ASTM F-468 M, strength grade 8.8.
The dimensions of ISO metric countersunk head bolts screws and hexagon nuts shall comply
with ISO 225, or ISO 888, ISO 898-I. Plain steel washers for use with ISO metric bolts shall
comply with ISO 887 or ASTM F-844. Taper steel washers shall comply with ASTM F-844 and
ASTM F-436.
B 4.5.14. INSTRUMENTS
Unless otherwise specified, any indicating and recording instruments supplied under the Contract
shall be approved by the Engineer. They shall be flush-mounted pattern with dust- and moistureproof covers and shall be suitable for the environment in which they are installed. Where hinged
covers are necessary, they shall be provided with locks. Indicating instruments shall be of the dial
type and shall be provided with a readily accessible zero adjustment.
Agreement

Page 177

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Dials in general shall be white with black markings and not subject to fading. Scales shall be of
such material that no peeling or discoloration will take place with age under humid conditions.
Motor ammeters shall be capable of withstanding the starting current and shall have a
compressed overload scale. Steel screws, when used, shall be zinc, cadmium or chromium-plated,
or where plating is not possible due to tolerance limitations, shall be of stainless steel. Instrument
screws (except those forming part of a magnetic circuit) shall be of brass or bronze. Springs shall
be non-rusting materials, e.g. phosphor-bronze or nickel-silver, as far as possible. Pivots and
other parts for which non-ferrous material is unsuitable shall be of stainless steel.
Pressure gauges shall be not less that 150 mm diameter unless otherwise approved. The internal
components shall be of stainless steel, bronze or some other corrosion resistant material other
than aluminum. The gauges may be mounted directly on the pipe work or side by side on a board
or panel. Each pressure gauge shall be fitted with a stop cock immediately adjacent to the gauge,
and all pressure gauge piping shall be fitted with an isolating valve at each point of connection to
the main system. Where pressure gauges are mounted on panels, the isolating valve shall be
suitable for the connection of a test gauge. Stop cocks of gauges shall be clearly identified by
means of separate labels of approved type and lettering.
All fixed pipes below 25 mm nominal bore shall be compression jointed heavy gauge copper
where this material is suitable. In other cases pipe materials are to be approved by the Engineer.
All pressure gauges shall be fitted with an air release cock and hydraulic pressure snubbers to
protect them against shock pressures.
B 4.5.15. NOISE AND VIBRATION
The Contractor shall provide a quiet installation. All items of system, Plant and equipment shall
be carefully chosen with a view to minimizing sound levels.
The Contractor shall provide and fix all material for the prevention of transmission of noise and
vibration through the system. Where appropriate all fans, compressors, and other motive Plant
shall be mounted on resilient mountings in such a manner that the Plant foundations are isolated
from the floor or structure. In addition, all rotating Plant shall be statically and dynamically
balanced. Mechanical vibration shall be eliminated by the use of anti-vibration mountings and
flexible connections to ensure an isolation efficiency of 95% from the building structure.
The noise level produced by any equipment like pump sets, and compressor sets etc shall not
exceed 85 dBA measured at a distance of 1.86 m from the outline of the equipment. At the time
of operation, the mechanical vibration shall not exceed the limits given below, at recommended
points of measurement as per ISO 10816:1995.
Equipment
Velocity of Vibration mm/sec
All rotating equipment not having reciprocating 1.12
parts
with motor KW less than or equal to 15 KW
All rotating equipment not having reciprocating 1.8
parts
with motor KW more than 15 KW and less than or
equal to 75 KW
All rotating equipment not having reciprocating 2.8
parts
with motor KW greater than 75 KW
B 4.5.16. PIPING AND EQUIPMENT LAYOUT
In general, all pipes and fittings shall be steel or ductile iron with flanges to BS EN 1092-1 & 2.
Where steel and cast flanges are mated together the steel flange shall be machined over its full
face, after welding to its respective pipe is completed. The pipe work shall be laid out and
designed such as to facilitate its erection, painting in situ, dismantling of any section for
maintenance and to give a constant and uniform flow of working fluid with a minimum loss in
head. Where steel pipe work is used the number of flanges is to be kept to a minimum with the
Agreement

Page 178

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

size of each unit of pipe work determined by the ease of handling, installation and general
appearance of the completed pipe system. Positions of flanges shall take into account any
necessary concrete pipe supports or thrust blocks.
Facilities shall be provided for proper draining the pipe system. Where a pipe passes through a
wall, retaining wall or is subject to thrust it shall incorporate a puddle flange which shall conform
to the dimensions stated in BS EN 1092-1 but remain undrilled. Unless otherwise specified, nuts,
bolts and washers for pipe work shall conform to the requirements of BS EN 1092-1. Bolts shall
be of sufficient length that one thread shall show through the nut when in the fully tightened
condition.
B 4.5.17. GASKETS AND JOINT RINGS
Joint rings shall be manufactured to conform with BS 2494 and shall be of chloroprene rubber or
other approved synthetic material suitable for temperatures up to 80oC.
Joints shall be made in accordance with manufacturer's instructions or as specified herein.
Until immediately required for incorporation in a joint, each rubber ring or gasket shall be stored
in the dark free from the deleterious effects of heat or cold, and kept flat so as to prevent any part
of the rubber being in tension. Only lubricants recommended by the manufacturer shall be used
in connection with rubber rings and these lubricants shall not contain any constituent soluble in
water of the quality stated in the Requirements, shall be suitable for the climatic conditions at the
Site and shall contain an approved bactericide.
After cleaning the flanges, the gaskets shall be fitted smoothly to the flange and the joint made by
tightening the nuts to finger pressure first. Thereafter the final tightening of the nuts shall be
made by gradually and evenly tightening bolts in diametrically opposite positions using standard
spanners. Graphite grease shall be applied to the threads of bolts before joints are made.
B 4.5.18. STEELWORK
Any small areas of chequer plating or similar covering that are necessary to cover gaps between
items of Plant and the surrounding structure, and any access ladders, platforms and handrails that
must be attached to items of Plant to facilitate operation, inspection or maintenance, shall be
supplied and erected by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall include in his Contract for providing adequate means of access to all hand
wheels, sight glasses, gauges, lubrication points and any other items to which access is necessary
for routine maintenance. Handrails shall be of SS304 construction as per Para No.5.14 of Part-5
and shall be made of 32NB pipes / tubes with top and intermediate rows of pipes running parallel
to each other and the height of railing not less than 1100mm. The distance between 2 vertical
posts shall not be more than 1.8 metres. Chequer plating shall be of `Durbar' or other non-slip
pattern, not less than 4.5 mm thick (exclusive of pattern) and hot dipped galvanised after
fabrication in accordance with BS 729. Aluminium alloy flooring may be offered as an
alternative, manufactured in accordance with BS 1470, material H30 TB.
B 4.5.19. SPARE PARTS
The Contractor shall supply the details of Recommended spare parts and quantity required for
continuous operation of works. The spare parts required shall be decided by the Employer prior
to Award of contract or during the execution of the contract, which shall be binding on the
contractor. The cost of spare parts shall be borne by the Contractor. It shall not be binding on the
Employer to select the spare parts recommended by the contractor.
All spare parts shall be new, unused and strictly interchangeable with the parts for which they are
intended to be replacements and shall be treated and packed for long storage under the climatic
conditions prevailing at the site. Each spare part shall be clearly marked or labelled on the outside
of its packing with its description and purpose, and when more than one spare is packed in a
single case or other container, a general description of its contents shall be shown on the outside
Agreement

Page 179

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

of such case or container and a detailed list enclosed. All cases, containers and other packages
shall be marked and numbered in an approved manner for purposes of identification. All cases,
containers or other packages are liable to be opened for such examination as the Engineer may
require and packings shall be designed to facilitate opening and thereafter repacking.
"Spares, accompanied by technical details/leaflets etc., shall be delivered to site before the start
of commissioning tests. Spare parts shall be indicated in the assembly drawings of respective
plant items with clear details of part numbers. Contractor shall also furnish the manufacturers
recommendations on spares for respective plant items."
B 4.5.20. TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENTS
The contractor shall supply the details of recommended special tools and test equipment required
to enable any erection, dismantling or testing to be carried out on any part of the Plant, whether
of an electrical, mechanical or any other nature during the life of the Plant and shall be listed in
Schedule for Recommended Spare Parts, Accessories and Tools. The cost of Tools and Test
equipment shall not be taken for evaluation. It shall not be binding on the Employer to buy
any/part of the tools and test equipment recommended by the contractor. The tools and testing
equipment required shall be decided prior to award of contract or during the execution of the
contract, which shall be binding on the contractor.
The tools and test equipment shall not be used for the erection of the Plant and except that the
Engineer may call upon the Contractor to demonstrate their use or effectiveness, they must be
handed over to the Employer in a completely new and unused condition. Should the Contractor
require any such tools and test equipment at the site during erection, he shall provide his own.
The tools for each different type of equipment shall be contained in a suitable box clearly marked
or labelled with its description. Each tool shall be identified and a list of tools shall be affixed to
the inside of the box lid. Each set of tools shall be supplied with the equipment with which it is
associated. The test equipment shall include only special purpose items essential to the testing or
recalibration of related items of Plant. The tools provided shall include clamps, wrenches, lifting
lugs, grease guns; gauges test rigs, jigs or extractors which may be required for the life of Plant.
All tools and test equipment shall be clearly detailed with size/capacity etc.
B 4.5.21. PROTECTION AND PACKAGING FOR TRANSPORTATION
Before any Plant is dispatched from a manufacturer's works it shall be properly prepared and
packed. Prior to dispatch all Plant shall be adequately protected by painting or by other approved
means for the whole period of, transit storages and erection, against corrosion and incidental
damage, including the effects of vermin, sunlight, rain, high temperatures and humid
atmospheres. The Contractor shall be held responsible for the Plant being so packed and / or
protected as to ensure that it reaches the site intact and undamaged. The Plant shall be packed to
withstand rough handling in transit and all packages shall be suitable for storage including
possible delays in transit.
The Contractor shall be deemed to have included in the Schedule of Prices for all materials and
packing cases necessary for the safe package, conveyance and delivery of the Plant.
The flanges of pipes, valves and fittings shall be protected by wooden discs attached by means of
service bolts (which shall not be used at Site) or by other approved means. The sleeves and
flanges of flexible couplings shall be bundled by wire. Cases containing rubber rings, bolts and
other small items shall not normally weigh more that 500 kg gross. No one package or bundle
shall contain items of Plant intended for incorporation in more than one section of the Works. All
items of Plant shall be clearly marked for identification against the packing list. Every crate or
package shall contain a packing list in a water proof envelope. A duplicate copy of the packing
list shall be sent by post to the Engineer at Site.
All crates, packages, etc., shall be clearly marked with a waterproof material to show the weight,
Agreement

Page 180

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

and where the slings should be attached, and shall also have an indelible identification mark
relating them to the packing lists.
B 4.5.22. CHECK LIST FOR HAND-OVER AT THE END OF CONSTRUCTION
PERIOD
B 4.5.22.1. GENERAL
This section applies to procedure(s) on how to transfer the works after the completion of
Construction period (after necessary testing and commissioning of the system up to the
satisfaction of the Employer) by the Contractor.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)

Internal road network including bridges and culverts,


Water supply Transmission and Distribution system including Elevated service reservoirs for
both potable and Recycled water system ( thro direct pumping),
Waste water collection system including Intermediate sewage pumping stations
Strom water drainage and rain water harvesting systems
Power supply transmission and distribution system including 33kv/433kv substations
All Mechanical, Electrical and SCADA systems required for the infrastructure works.
All ancillary buildings in campus area.
Complete instrumentation and communication system.
The procedure for Handover shall be verified through the final examination by the Engineer. A
completion approval Certificate shall be issued after the successful final examination and
submission of the completion documents before the contract deadline.

B 4.5.22.2. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES


(a)
(b)
(c)

(d)
(e)

(F)

All the Responsibility lies with Contractor:


All cost for the examination / test / training, and preparation of any document of the activities
shall be the Contractors responsibility.
Official certificate:

All test certificates shall be issued by authorized organization with qualified personnel with his
signature.
Receiving inspection
All of equipment and construction material installed in site shall be inspected by the Engineer to
verify whether damaged or not. Rejected items shall be replaced by the Contractor at his own
cost.
The typical examination shall consist of as follows:
(i) Appearance test / Visual examination
(ii) Check attached invoice
conduct first training:
The Contractor shall provide the first training program to clients staff member for one months
before acceptance inspection. The typical training program is as follows:
(i) Study of Operation and maintenance manual
(ii) Operation skill / technology (Mechanical and Electrical) including normal and
emergency operation
(iii) Maintenance, repair skill / technology (Mechanical and Electrical)
(iv) Recordkeeping and maintenance of records
(v) SCADA systems
(vi) Safety & Health
(vii) Evaluation of the program (examination)
(viii) Others requested by the Engineer

Agreement

Page 181

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

(G)

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Conduct joint completion inspection:


To verify the plant condition and its performance before operation, joint inspection will be
carried out using up-dated Operation and, maintenance manual. The typical inspection items
shown in Table 17.1.
(i) Submission of the report of completion documents:
The contractor shall submit the completion document after passing the final examination before
the deadline on the contract time.
The typical report consists of relevant documents as shown in Table 17.2.
These data shall be provided in soft and hard copies in proper professional format.

Table: Typical Items to be examined at the End of Construction Period


Items
Description
Appearance test / Visual
All Road network, Civil structures, Water and waste water pipelines,
examination
(Damage/crack, differential Storm water drainage, building including interior/exterior, fence/gate,
settlement, soil settlement, stairs, others
peel off painting, missing / All Mechanical & Electrical equipment /accessories, others
lost, leakage of water All Pipe line valves and others
/solution /gas, corrosion, All SCADA system, Instrumentation and control equipment, others
decolonization, condition of
maintenance, others)
Check Sequence, or Manual operation including water level sensors /
protections, others
Check specification of all Mechanical equipment including pressure
gauges, valves, others
Operational characteristics of all Electro-Mechanical Equipments in
Pump stations etc
Check specification of all Electrical equipment, others
Performance examination
(Selection of operation mode, Check specification of all pipe line including valves, others
selection of facilities, flow / Check specification of all accrual condition after troubleshooting,
water
level,
overflow, others
leakage of water, heating, Check for the actual losses in the water transmission and water
vibration / noise level, speed distribution system.
of rotation, smoothness, Check for the actual residual pressures in the water distribution system.
accuracy,
setting value, Working condition of the Waste water collection system including
condition, others)
septicity conditions if any.
Strom water drainage working conditions, condition of storm inlet
arrangements and water stagnations conditions during rainy season.
Performance of Culverts / bridges during a storm event and also during
heavy vehicular movement.
Performance of fire station building during an event of fire.
Operational characteristics of the Fire station building.
Check a list of all defect items, tendency, repeating, others
Verification of rectified Check a list of all miss operation and maintenance items, others
works
Check all factors of defect / miss operation, others
(System, leakage, crack, Verification of action on the take measures, others
damage, soil settlement, Verification of all rectified works with the reports and photo, others
corrosion, others)
Check emergency works and its factor, action plan, others
Check actual condition after rectified works, others
- Format for preparation of daily report and summary reports on O/M
activities, time and motion of staff member , others
Operation skill
- Interview of Experienced operators in the respective fields regarding
(staff member, others)
troubleshooting, others
- Paper test ( basic knowledge, safety, others)
- Check inventory list (parts, others)
5. Spare parts and others
- Check the quantity of inventory, others
- Check maintenance tools and equipment, vehicles, others
Agreement

Page 182

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Table: Typical Completion Documents to be handed over at the end Construction period
Contents
Description
1. Outline
Outline
- Summary of project, scope of work, location of project, main
component with specification, others
2. Completion Photographs
(At
acceptance
complete
inspection,
completion
inspection
and
final
inspection)

3. Inspection summary
(At
acceptance
complete
inspection,
completion
inspection
and
final
inspection)

4. Main inspection data


during construction

5. Inspection record
(At
acceptance
complete
inspection,
completion
inspection
and
final
inspection)
Training and commissioning
record
(At first and second training
program)

Photographs with short description


- Road networks including street lighting, Signals, Road furnitures,
etc
Civil (structural, buildings, Reservoirs, Pump stations, Culverts /
bridges, others)
-Mechanical, Electrical (equipment, facility, others)
- SCADA , Instrumentation and Control systems
- Piping works
Appearance test / Visual / performance examination
Table of Summary of test activity based on daily and monthly
- List/ of type of test , date, inspector, evaluation, comments
- Road (name, Length, Road furniture etc drawing No., drawings,
design dimension, previous dimension, actual dimension,
photograph with short description others)
- Civil (name of structure, drawing No., drawings, design dimension,
previous dimension, actual dimension, photograph with short
description others)
- Mechanical (name of facility and equipment, Tag. No., QTy,
others).
- Electrical (name of facility and equipment, Tag. No., QTy, others).
Summary of data with graphic / chart
Civil (plate load bearing test, compressive strength test, water
retaining test, compaction field test, road restoration works, road
construction works, hydrostatic test, others)
Mechanical,
Electrical (earthing resistance test, others)
Appearance test / Visual / performance examination
Performance examination
Verification of rectified works

- Summary (Schedule of training and commissioning, attendance


rate, impression on training program)
-Training attendance list (participants, trainings date, others)
-Commissioning daily record (designed and actual, tested, name of
operated facility, list of measurement and its time and reading
value, value of V/Am/kw of each equipment, others)
-Photographs with short description
Operation/maintenance manual Update
(Civil, Mechanical, Electrical)
Spare parts list

- Mechanical (name of parts, Tag.No., QTy., location of stock,


others)
- Electrical (name of parts, Tag. No., QTy., location of stock others)
-Pipe & fittings (name of parts, Tag. No., QTy., location of stock
others)
-Valve & accessories (name of parts, Tag. No., QTy., location of
stock others)
-Others (name of parts, Tag. No., QTy., location of stock others)

Key list with boxes

-Name of key, location, Tag. No., QTy.

Agreement

Page 183

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Manufacture
produced Civil (all related material: bar, round bar, cement, cement paste,
catalogue
asphalt, chemical admixture, water reducing agent, pozzolan,
(Civil, Mechanical, Electrical) vibrator, water-tightness sheet, construction equipment, manhole,
fence-gate, pipe, water-resistant coating, paint, coating agent,
windows, door, lock & key, others).
Mechanical (all related equipment; pumps, dewatering pumps, tanks,
pipe, valve, pressure gauge, safety valves, flow meter, coating,
painting, Water meters etc others.
Electrical (all related equipment: electric wire, electric conduit,
manhole, motor, control panel, relay, transformer, heater, generator
and silencer, timer, breaker, light / lamp, switch, street light, earthing
measurement equipment, air condition, communication equipment,
electric pole, coating painting, ventilation fan, air duct, others )
SCADA and instrumentation system
Safety equipment
Others
Instruction manual
See above
(Civil, Mechanical, Electrical)
Factory inspection record or Civil (all related material : bar, round bar, cement, asphalt, chemical
quality assurance
admixture, water reducing agent, pozzolan, vibrator, water-tightness
(Civil, Mechanical, Electrical) sheet, construction equipment, manhole, fence-gate, pipe, waterresistant coating, paint, coating agent, windows, door, lock & key,
others)
Mechanical (all related equipment; pumps, compressors dewatering
pumps, tanks, pipe, valve, pressure gauge, safety valves, flow meter,
coating painting, others
Electrical (all related equipment: electric wire, electric conduit,
manhole, motor, control panel, relay, transformer, heater, timer,
breaker, light/lamp, switch, street light, earthing measurement
equipment, air condition, communication equipment, electric pole,
coating painting, ventilation fan, air duct, others )
Safety equipment
Others
Photograph
History of construction
(during Construction, at joint Replacement of defect liability
completion
inspection, at Road: construction site before starting construction, earthwork, Base
defect liability )
course, sub base coarse formation, tack coat and final coat, Road
(Civil, Mechanical, Electrical) furnitures, street lighting, all field inspection and lab test, others
Civil construction site before starting construction, earthwork, ,
arrangement of bar, rust, cleaning before placing, formwork,
concrete mixing work, placing, violator, curing, remove of
formwork, backfill, compaction, all field inspection and lab test,
Reservoirs, Bridges / Culverts others
Water and Waste water pipelines etc including Storm water and
Rainwater harvesting etc
Mechanical: inspection at factory, receiving inspection, completion
inspection, all field inspection, others
Electrical: inspection at factory, receiving inspection, completion
inspection, all field inspection, others
SCADA and instrumentation and control system.
production samples
All samples for technical approval
(civil, mechanical, electrical)
Attach Tag.No, and its name, approved sign of the Engineer.
Report

Agreement

Monthly and annual report


Others

Page 184

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

SPECIFICATIONS
The specification of materials suggested for repairs shall be the same as used in the original
work. Specifications for any materials which were not used during construction shall be approved
by the Engineer prior to HANDOVER. Without being limited by this clause, the Contractor shall
suggest appropriate material for repairs even if material required for such repairs has not been
approved earlier, However, subsequent to suggestion of use of such material the Contractor shall
submit proposals for the approval of specifications of such material.
CHECK LIST
General
Within the framework of the Contractors responsibilities given above, the Contractor shall carry
out the following activities. However, these shall not limit the requirement for other activities
which otherwise are required as per terms and conditions of the Contract or to fulfill the
Contractors responsibilities or are essential as per good industrial practices. The Contractor shall
hand over the components of works in good working condition for the following, but not limited
to:
(a)
(b)

(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)

(g)
(h)
(i)

(j)

All required consumables required for functioning of infrastructure works with inventory of
material.
All Electrical Equipments such as 33kV/433V Transformers, LT Switchgears / MCCs, Control
Stations, Cables, Earthing, etc., pumping station, administrative buildings, fire station unit
etc.(all works constructed in this Contract) in neat and clean condition
All required consumables required for functioning of infrastructure works with inventory of
material.
All required consumables required for functioning of infrastructure works with inventory of
material.
All required consumables required for functioning of infrastructure works with inventory of
material.
All Electrical Equipments such as 33kV/433V Transformers, LT Switchgears / MCCs, Control
Stations, Cables, Earthing, etc., pumping station, administrative buildings, fire station unit
etc.(all works constructed in this Contract) in neat and clean condition
AMC contracts with system / equipment suppliers, as necessary for PLC and SCADA system
supplier or the authorized system integrator who executed the work for this project.
Lighting fixtures and the lighting system of all areas and replacement of all non-functional
lighting fixtures.
Records for:
(i) Repair history of all mechanical, electrical and instrumentation control equipment, and
communication instruments;
(ii) Logbooks through PLC system;
(iii) Daily log of operations of all the important equipment such as electrically
actuated valves, etc., with time tag;
(iv) Daily list of alarms with time tag;
(v) Logbook format and the data to be included in the logbook;
(vi) Last periodic maintenance done for all equipment / buildings of the system;
Required spares, special tools and test equipment and adequate inventory of required accessories
or equipment itself for repair of Pipe line system (including water and sewage system), electrical,
mechanical, instrumentation and control system, pipe and the communication system. However
at the end of the Contract the Contractor shall hand over the full spares, tools and tackles as

Agreement

Page 185

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

(k)
(l)
k)

l)

m)

(a)
(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)
(f)

(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)

(k)

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

supplied with the Contract by replacing the used items with fresh supplies of the same
specifications.
Repair of the roads, buildings and campus area utilities.
Potable water supply and recycled water facilities, Waste water collection facilities and all its
units.
Record of stores for the electrical, mechanical and instrumentation and control equipment. The
records will include but shall not be limited to:
(i) Loading / unloading of materials received and issued for works;
(ii) Proper arrangement of material in stores to ensure its safety and easy
availability;
(iii) Maintaining store areas in a neat and tidy condition;
(iv) Keeping records and accounting for the incoming materials,
(v) Keeping records and accounting for the consumed materials.
Structures / buildings of the project areas and others built in the Contract must ensure adequate
cleanliness, ventilation, illumination and structural safety. In addition to this, the general
hygienic standards must be in acceptable condition and adequate plantation; horticultural
activities must be well maintained to give pleasant environment of the project area.
Updated operation and maintenance manual as defined in specifications for O&M works.
Infrastructure system
The Contractor shall hand over all components of the works in good working condition for the
following, but not limited to:
Manpower requirement chart along with organizational chart with responsibility matrix for and
maintenance of the entire Infrastructure components in the project area.
All required spares for daily maintenance of the road system including road furniture works like
bitumen, paints, signals and requisite O&M manual on the traffic management plans, road safety
measures, etc.
All required spares for daily maintenance of the water supply system including feeder systems
works like pipe line operations and maintenance, UFW reduction programs and requisite O&M
manuals, etc. Tools and Equipments required for the routine operation and maintenance of the
system
All required spares for daily maintenance of the Waste water collection system including
pumping station works operations and maintenance and requisite O&M manuals, Tools and
Equipments required for the routine operation and maintenance of the system.
All required spares for daily maintenance of the Storm water collection system including storm
inlet works operations and maintenance and requisite O&M manuals, etc
All Pump house facilities including pipes, valves pumps, sluice valves, dismantling joints, non
return valves, pressure gauges, flow meters, dewatering pumps, HV/LV switchgear room, PLC
control, MCCs, Cables ,Earthing , all motors and valves in the system.
PLC, including the hardware, software and all instruments, in good working condition.
Entire control system and instruments as per the manufacturers recommendations.
Communication cables and power supply cables.
All instruments such as flow meters, pressure transmitters, pressure gauges, level
sensors/transmitters, float type level switches, and
laboratory instruments along with all
other equipment.
Calibration of all measuring /metering equipment or as recommended by the manufacturer. The
calibration at manufacturers works shall be done only in case of major failure/ repairs of the
instruments.
Preparation and Submission of daily and monthly customized report formats produced by the
local SCADA system

Agreement

Page 186

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Provision of all required consumables for printing.


Details of all moving parts, steel structures and the RCC structures.
Lubrication of all gears of reduction motors, motorized valves, and other parts of the system.
Check all valves for their manual and electric operation. Operation of valves must be checked
from local control console, switchgear and through PLC system.
Make good all circuits and buildings all electrical, mechanical and instrumentation equipment,
substation equipment, lighting, and earthing system associated works
Painting of the exposed mild steel components of pipeline, ladders, railings etc.
Make good surrounding areas of the works free from shrubs, weeds, grass and other unwanted
vegetation.
Ensure safety accessories, e.g. gloves, shoes, first aid box, etc.
Ensuring fire and safety equipment.
Lubrication for pump stations
The Contractor, in the operation and maintenance manuals, shall furnish a complete schedule of
recommended oils and other lubricants. The number of types of lubricants shall be kept to a
minimum. In case of grease lubricated bearings for electric motors, lithium base grease is
preferred. The Contractor shall indicate the brand name of indigenously available equivalent
lubricants, with their complete duty specifications, in the O&M manual. The Contractor shall
also furnish the schedule of quantities for each fill, frequency of filling and annual requirement in
O&M manual.
Where lubrication is effected by means of grease, preference shall be given to a pressure system
which does not require frequent adjustment or recharging. Frequent, for this purpose, means
more than once in a month. Where more than one type of special grease is required, a grease gun
for each special type shall be used. All lubricant systems shall be designed so as not to cause a
fire or pollution hazard.The Contractor shall supply flushing oil for such lubrication system when
an item of plant is ready for preliminary running.
Spare Parts
All spare parts used for the equipment in the maintenance of the system must be from the
manufacturer of the equipment or, if the equipment itself has been made with parts from other
manufacturers, the parts must be of the same make as used in the equipment supplied and
installed.
All spare parts shall be packed for long storage under the climatic conditions prevailing at the
Site. Each spare part shall be labelled on the outside of its packing with its description, number
and purpose and, if more than one spare is packed in a single case, a general description of the
case contents shall be shown on the outside and a packing list enclosed.
Electrical System
The Contractor shall hand over the following at the end of the Period

(a)

As built drawings based on all modifications suggested. All Electrical Drawings like Single Line
Diagrams, Control Circuits Equipment Layout, Cable Layout, and Cable
Schedules, earthing Layouts

Agreement

Page 187

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

(b)

(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Details of Protective Relay Settings and time relay settings including any changes, Details of Oil
Changes / Filtration of Transformers, Records of any changes made in the System suggested etc
should be maintained.
Equipment wise maintenance record for O&M Period. Motor wise Power consumption Details
and over all power consumption detail of plant, equipments etc.
Details of IR Test of all Equipments like HT/LT Panels, HT/LT Motors, Transformers,
Switchgears, and Cables etc.
Log book showing details Electrical faults that have occurred in the plant and record of
corrective actions taken.
Equipment wise technical data given by equipment supplier, Documents showing Bill of
Materials and Operation & Maintenance Manual (hard copy or soft copy).
List of mandatory spares that are to be maintained at stores and their actual availability in plant,
if it is below same has to be replenished.
Details of Measurement of Earth resistance, Earth Pit wise and Overall Values during the O&M
Period.
Details of Illumination Levels required during the O&M Period along with details of changes,
required if any.
Electrical Checks to Be Done During Handover

(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)

Contractor to provide a test schedule & format to be approved by engineer before commencing
any test.
Checking of all electrical equipment, items etc as per bill of materials. Visual checking and
tracing out the circuit based on revised as built drawings.
Visual Operational checks of all Equipment & Protections have to be done.
Transformer oil samples testing have to be done during taking over.
Earth Resistance of individual, Combined Pits for Substations should be checked during Hand
over.
Instrumentation, Control and Automation System
The Contractor shall hand over the following documents/drawings/manuals/programs at the end
of Construction Period

Agreement

Page 188

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)
(i)

(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)

(q)

(r)
(s)

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

As built drawings approved by the employers representative based on all modifications. All ICA
Drawings like P&ID, System configuration diagram (PLC & SCADA architecture), Instrument
installation drawings, Instrument cable schedule, and cable layouts should be maintained and
should be handed over.
Handing over document / manuals shall include on a minimum 3 sets of softcopies and 3 sets of
hard copies. The hard copies shall be spiral bounded clearly indicating the version/revision
submitted. All the contents shall be indexed .The contents of handing over document/manual
shall be clearly legible and shall include original manufacturers literature minimum, and incorporate any changes as per site conditions.
Detailed drawing and manual of the PLC installed. Manual shall include the PLC series installed
along with complete details on I/O modules, Ethernet switch, Relay modules, and converters (if
any).
A complete manual shall be provided which shall include operating instructions and
troubleshooting techniques of the PLC and accessories installed illustrated with examples. This
shall be provided along with the standard manufacturers literature.
A complete manual shall be provided which shall include operating instructions and
troubleshooting techniques of the SCADA and accessories installed, illustrated with examples
.This shall be provided along with the standard manufacturers literature.
A complete manual shall be provided which shall include operating instructions and
troubleshooting techniques of the ODMS installed illustrated with examples. This shall be
provided along with the standard manufacturers literature.
A complete manual shall be provided which shall include operating instructions and
troubleshooting techniques of the interface control panel to Central Monitoring unit, illustrated
with examples. This shall be provided along with the standard manufacturers literature.
Interoperability testing tool / software shall be provided along with relevant manuals and
operating instruction with examples.
Latest PLC program back-up, SCADA software back-up with license, SCADA database backup,
reports and alarm back-up, Historical archived data containing reports and alarms and ODMS
data and configuration set-up shall be provided.
All softwares used under ICA shall be handed over along with their original licenses.
Complete list of database /addresses shall be provided clearly indicating the spare tags for PLC,
SCADA and ODMS softwares.
List of mandatory spares that are to be maintained at stores for complete ICA package and their
actual availability in plant, has to be provided.
Any passwords set to access the internal PLC program; interface control panel shall be provided
and demonstrated.
All passwords (PLC, Interface control panel & SCADA and other software / hardware) shall be
provided in a sealed envelope and addressed to the Engineer In Charge.
PLC, SCADA and ODMS package shall be updated with the latest software version / patch
before handing over. The same has to be demonstrated to the Engineer in Charge.
Latest licensed version of windows operating system along with MS Office or equivalent
software which is prevailing at that point of time shall be installed on SCADA machines and
other machines installed and integrated with the SCADA and ODMS package. The same shall be
demonstrated to the engineer.
Contractor shall conduct a training session for the clients staff which shall include PLC
configuration, trouble shooting techniques, SCADA configuration and troubleshooting
techniques, ODMS configuration and troubleshooting techniques, diagnostic techniques and
troubleshooting techniques for wireless technology employed for communication.
The training session shall be of duration of minimum Five (5) working days at a stretch.
Manufacturers literature / Manuals for flow meters, level transmitters, switches, pressure
transmitters etc and analytical instruments installed.

Agreement

Page 189

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

(t)
(u)

(v)

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Instrument wise, PLC and SCADA wise and ODMS maintenance record during complete O&M
Period shall be provided.
A complete and updated list of all manufacturers/system integrators/contractors of ICA with
contact numbers shall be provided. The same shall also be made available on site for ready
reference.
The latest versions of all drawings of ICA, which will include cable termination details, I/O
mapping, database details etc shall be provided in PDF format and editable format and loaded in
the operator machine available on site. The same shall be demonstrated to the engineer.
ICA Checks to Be Done During Handover

(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)

(j)

(k)
(l)
(m)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)

Contractor to provide a test schedule and format to be approved by the engineer before
commencing any of the tests.
Functional Checking of all ICA equipment including flow meters, pressure and level instruments,
vibration monitoring instruments, and wireless equipment being used for communication.
Loop checks shall be conducted.
All instrument cabling shall be inspected for continuity. If found faulty, the same shall be
replaced and demonstrated.
All instrumentation cable conduits shall be checked for damage. If found faulty, they should be
rectified or replaced and sealed to the satisfaction of the engineer
Visual operational checks of PLC panel, SCADA system and interface control panel.
Licensing feature of PLC, SCADA software and hardware, ODMS software and other hardware
shall be demonstrated.
Functional check of set points change at HMI and its downloading to PLCs concerned.
Hot-standby feature of PLC and hot swappable feature of I/O modules shall be demonstrated. If
found to be faulty / non-operational, shall be rectified and if required replaced to normal working
condition and demonstrated to the client.
Dual-redundant server feature of SCADA shall be demonstrated. If found to be faulty / nonoperational, shall be rectified and if required replaced to normal working condition and
demonstrated to the client.
Functional check of ODMS software in conjunction with SCADA shall be conducted.
Functional check of data received / transmitted from remote stations shall be conducted in
conjunction with SCADA.
Functional check of interface control panel to Centralised Monitoring station in conjunction with
other units shall be conducted.
Historical archiving of all data shall be demonstrated.
Availability of memory for smooth operation of PLC, SCADA and ODMS machines shall be
demonstrated. If found to be in-adequate, the same shall be rectified / archived and demonstrated.
If any instruments and automation equipment are found to be faulty during the above tests, the
same shall be rectified or replaced as necessary.

Agreement

Page 190

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Ancillary Works
(a)

(b)
(c)

Make gardeners and plantation in the campus area green, neat and tidy with removal of shrubs,
weeds, grass and unwanted vegetation and make pruning, trimming and cutting of old big trees
from the Area along with including pumping station locations, office building locations etc as
directed by the Engineer.
Make good and in working condition for lighting fixtures and lighting circuits, water supply
facilities in project area, offices and other residential buildings.
The Contractor shall carry out ordinary repairs to buildings / pump stations. The repairs may
include but not limited to the following items:
(i) Easing of doors and windows, monsoon repairs to roofs, attention to drains,
rain
water spouts, attention to plinth protection.
(ii) External white or color wash, external or internal painting, internal
distempering,
renewal of approach roads within the campus.
(iii) Repairs to other administrative buildings.
Wireless Communication System

(a)
(b)

Make good a wireless communication system to ensure reliable and easy communication to and
from all infrastructure components.
Replacement of batteries, faulty sets and all other non-functional equipment to ensure trouble
free communication if required.
Operations and Maintenance Manual
The comprehensive manual (six sets) shall be submitted at the end of the construction period, as
specified. It shall be updated based on the principals broadly listed in O&M section. These
manuals shall be made available during both the first and second training module conducted by
the contractor.
Payments
The Contractor, at the time of bidding, will be responsible to ensure the completeness and
adequacy of his Bid Price to fulfill the entire responsibilities as described above. His bid price, as
quoted in the Schedule of Prices, shall include all costs for hand-over.
Format
For proper maintenance and recording of all the infrastructure works, the formats are given in O
& M section. All the O & M record should be submitted in soft editable form.
Completion Certificate
A joint inspection shall be arranged by the contractor to assess the condition of civil structure,
electrical & mechanical equipment and instrumentation equipment. Based on this inspection, a
list of remedial, repair and replacement for the components shall be prepared by employer. The
contractor shall carryout such remedial works at his own cost. Again joint inspection shall be
arranged by the contractor for certification completeness of remedial work as well as restoring
the condition of all civil work to its original appearance.
The contractor shall submit the entire required document to employer for review and comments.
The contractor shall resubmit the document incorporating the comment. The employer shall issue
a completion certificate to the contractor on his request within 30 days after the take back of the
works by the employer subject to the above documents and obligation are met by the contractor
before 90 days prior to hand over of the project area.

Agreement

Page 191

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

B 5. SEWERAGE
B5.1.

Back ground

The Sewerage network system shall be designed for the expected domestic sewage flows from
residential as well as other sectors such as commercial & institutional. Sewage flow from a plot
shall be primarily based on the estimated population for the plot and per capita sewage generation
rate as per the CPHEEO manual/ National Building Code norms / as per Development Plan.
There are two zones planned for the project area contributing to existing 72MLD STP
(GNIDA STP outside the project area). The area north of the KOT escape Canal is considered as
zone 1 and the area south of kot Escape canal has been considered as Zone 2. Waste water from
these zones flows by gravity to the existing / ongoing 72MLD STP of GNIDA. As the network is
planned to be connected to the existing STP of GNIDA, no new STP is proposed for the project
area.
B5.2.

Description of the works

Hydraulic design of sewage collection system including house service connections. Remodeling /
integration of the existing collection system to the possible extent with suitable rehabilitation
works.
Design. Construction and maintenance of Sewage collection system for zone 1 area having a total
length of 3.92 KM along with other appurtenances.
Design. Construction and maintenance of Sewage collection system for zone 2 area having a total
length of 11.64 KM along with other appurtenances.
Construction of plot connection chambers of 16 numbers for Zone 1 and 42 numbers for Zone 2.
B5.3.

Population and Sewerage Generation

LAND USE
Residential
Industries

AREA (Ha)
Group Housing
EWS Housing
Hi-tech
Biotech
R&D
IT

Commercial/Mixed use
Village Population
Total

Sr.

Type of Population

1
2
3

Residential
Commercial
Industrial
(Employees/work
force)
Potable Water
Demand for Hospital
Potable Water
Demand for Hotels
Industries

4
5
6
Agreement

21
3.67
36.22
30.36
41.20
26.69
15.23

Population
(nos.)
23100
7340
6882
12903
34495
39701
31983
10798
167202

UNIT SEWERAGE COLLECTION


Per Capita Sewage
Per capita
generation from
sewage
Potable water
generation from
recycled water

Unit

Total of per
capita
sewage
excluding
infiltration
129
41
41

84
16
16

45
25
25

LPCD
LPCD
LPCD

192

100

LPCD

292

108

45

LPCD

153

36000

L/Ha/day

36000
Page 192

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

Land use
Residential
Commercial
Industries (Employees)
village buffer
PSP
Industries
Total

B5.4.

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Non potable (Recycle)


(MLD)
3.92
1.35
3.84
1.39
0.026
4.81
15.34

Design Criteria

B 5.4.1. Sewage Collection Network


Peak factors shall be considered based on contributory population to arrive at the peak flows as
per CPHEEO manual.
Design formula: Mannings formula
System design: Gravity system
Coefficient of Roughness: as prescribed in CPHEEO manual,1993 / 2013.
Pipe Material: RCC of NP3 Class as per IS 458.
Bedding for Sewers: as per the relevant standards.
Minimum size of sewers: 200mm
Design capacity of sewers: 80 % at ultimate peak flow
Self cleansing velocities: Minimum velocity : 0.6 m/s (present peak flows)
: 0.8m/s (design peak flows)
Maximum velocity: 2.5m/s
As per relevant CPHEEO guidelines
Depth of cover: The minimum depth of cover at sewers start is 1.0 meters
Per capita sewage generation shall be 80% of potable water supply and 100% of non-potable
water supply. Sewage generation from industrial area (Hitech, IT, Biotech and R&D) shall be
80% of non-potable water supply per area basis.
In the hydraulic design of sewers, an allowance for infiltration for the project area shall be
considered as per Part A of CPHEEO Manual, Nov 2013
Peak factor for sewerage system shall be based on contributing population for domestic sewage
as per CPHEEO sewerage manual, 2013.
Mannings formula shall be adopted for design of gravity sewers with coefficient of roughness as
specified in CPHEEO manual.
Sr.
Design Parameters
Value
No.
1.
Ground water infiltration
500 ltr/day/manhole
2.
Peak Factor
2.25
3.
Capacity of conduits
80% full at peak flow
4.
Minimum velocity
0.6 m/s minimum velocity at initial peak flow
0.8 m/sec peak flow
5.
Depth of cover
1.2 m Minimum depth of cover will be provided over top of
pipe at the start of the sewers.
6.
Bedding for Sewers
Bedding Factor
Type of Bedding
Up to 1.9
Granular
1.9 -2.8
Concrete Cradle Bedding with
Carefully compacted backfill (PCCB)
2.8-3.4
Agreement

Reinforced concrete cradle (RCCB)


Page 193

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

> 3.4

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

7.

Manholes

Reinforced concrete
(RCE)
@ 30 m c/c distance and at junctions

8.

Pipe Material

RCC- NP3 class

encasement

B 5.4.2. Manhole
Brick Masonry manholes for depths up to 2.3m and RCC manholes for higher depth .
The manhole frame and cover proposed shall be of Steel Fibre Reinforced Concrete (SFRC)
conforming to the relevant IS codes.
Sizes of Manhole is as per relevant IS codes.
B 5.4.3. General requirements
Design, construction and maintenance of Sewer collection network including manholes, vent
shafts etc.
Interconnection with existing sewer networks
B5.5.

Sewerage Appurtenances

Manholes: Manholes shall be constructed at the locations as per the relevant codes. The
manholes shall be circular and shall be constructed in brick masonry / RCC. The manhole
spacing in general shall be 30m or more and at every junction, change in direction or change in
diameter of pipe or as per the directions of Engineer in Charge. The manhole cover and frame
shall be heavy duty Steel Fibre Reinforced Concrete (SFRC) /CI / DI/ RCC material and shall
be capable of withstanding Class AA loading as per IRC and shall conform to IS: 12592 (Part I
& II) for manholes up to 1.2m dia. For manholes greater than 1.2m dia, RCC manhole cover and
frames (heavy duty class-HD 20) shall be provided. The inspection and testing of manhole
frames and covers shall be done at factory in presence of Engineer and the cost of such
inspection shall be made by the contractor and shall be deemed part of the pipeline works. The
entire height of the manhole shall be tested for water tightness as per the relevant specifications
/ Engineer In charge.
Connection of pipes and bedding: Suitable pipe material with bedding shall be used. The pipe
material used and its laying joining, testing and commissioning shall confirm to relevant IS
codes. Granular bedding shall be provided for pipes as per the relevant IS codes. Road side
chambers (House connection chambers) shall be constructed of brick walls / RCC with Medium
duty SFRC covers and frames of as per the relevant IS codes.
Concrete encasements: shall be provided in those places where the sewer lines cross the road or
as per the directions of the engineer in charge. The pipe shall be encased all-around in 15 cm
thick cement concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement: 5 fine sand: 10 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal
size) with compacted sand or gravel. The material and construction shall confirm to relevant IS
codes.
Chamber for property connection Property connection chambers (at least 1 for each property)
shall be constructed at suitable locations. Chamber shall be of rectangular sections made of
masonry /RCC with suitable manhole covers and frame as per the relevant IS codes. All
Masonry works shall be suitably plastered and painted as per the relevant IS codes.

Agreement

Page 194

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

B 6. STORM WATER DRAINAGE


B6.1.

Back ground

The total project area is of 302.63 ha. Two villages - Ajayabpur and Rithori Village are taken into
consideration for the Strom water drainage design. About 10ha open land located near the
northern part of project area between railway track and Kalda Distributory canal contributes to
the drainage catchment of the area. Apart from this, there is no major external catchment
contributing to the project site. Considering the external catchments, the total catchment area
considered for design of storm water drains is about 444 ha.
The storm water runoff from plot drains and roads gets collected via catch basins located at the
curb of roads which in turn gets collected in the storm water drains.
The project site is divided into three catchment zones with catchment area above Kot escape
(Zone 1) and the catchment area above elbow road (Zone 2) draining into KOT escape canal
outfall at KE1 (near the North south sector Road). Whereas the rest of the project area (Zone 3)
will drain into outfall Ke2 located in OMICRON 1A.
The trunk mains are planned along the central spine road which is designed to cater the storm
runoff from the catchment area up to the railway track. This also includes the adjacent villages,
i.e., Ajayabpur and Rithori.
B6.2.

Description of the works

B 6.2.1. Storm Water Dainage water system

Storm water drains adjacent to the existing and proposed roads (under this Contract) shall be
sized for a rainfall intensity, allowing for 100% runoff. Drains adjacent to roads shall be in
reinforced concrete of M20 grade minimum.
The storm water drainage system shall also be designed to cater the run-off from the existing plot
areas and structures, if necessary depending upon the site topography. Hydraulic design of storm
water collection system including Parcel connections. Remodeling / integration of the existing
collection system to the possible extent with suitable rehabilitation works.
Construction of RCC storm water drains of 6.5 KM for zone 1 area
Construction of RCC storm water drains of 3.2 KM for zone 2 area
Construction of RCC storm water drains of 16.4 KM for zone 3 area
Construction of plot connection chambers of 16 numbers for Zone 1, 6 numbers for Zone 2 and
34 numbers for Zone 3 area
Construction of ground water recharge structures.
B6.3.

CATCHMENTS

Project area is divided into 3 major catchments, each catchment comprising of various small subcatchments. The outfalls are proposed considering the topography of the Area, availability of
government land, location of river/creek etc.
Storm water generated from Catchment-1 and Catchment-2 will contribute to outfalls at Kot
Escape canal and catchment 3 will contribute to existing outfall at Amircon 3A present outside
the project area. The above details are tentative in nature and are subjected to changes by the
operator during his detailed engineering phase.
B6.4.

Design Criteria

Computation of Design Flow: Rational formula Qp = CIA/360 shall be used


Frequency of Storm / Return Period
For bridges: 25year return period
For road side drains, residential and commercial: 2 year return period restricting the velocity
to 3m/s but analysed for 5 year return period

Agreement

Page 195

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Depth-Duration of Rainfall: Past 50 year rain fall data collected from the Nearest Rain Gauge
Station (From IMD station) shall be used
Time of Concentration: The empirical formula, (Kirpich) shall be used
Co-efficient of Runoff : CPHEEO / as per the Surface drainage design Manual, US department
of Transportation)
Method of Computing Flow: Mannings formula.
Co-efficient of Roughness: as per Relevant IS / International standards
Rainfall Intensity
The past 30 years rainfall data from the Sikandarpur rain gauge station has been considered
for formulating IDF curves. IDF curve details are provided in below table.
IDF Curve Details
Return period /Intensity (mm/hr)
Duration
10.00
(Min)
2.00
5.00
5
126.02
159.77
191.19
10
79.37
100.63
120.42
15
60.56
76.78
91.88
20
49.99
63.38
75.84
25
43.07
54.61
65.35
30
38.14
48.36
57.87
35
34.42
43.63
52.21
40
31.48
39.92
47.76
45
29.10
36.90
44.16
50
27.13
34.40
41.16
55
25.46
32.28
38.62
60
24.02
30.46
36.45
80
19.83
25.14
30.08
100
17.09
21.66
25.92
120
15.13
19.18
22.95
Other Design Parameters
The design parameters for the drainage system shall be followed as per the following table.
Table: Design Parameters
Sr. No Design Parameter
Value
1
System
Gravity system
Minimum
and
maximum
2
As per CPHEEO manual
velocity
3
Time of Concentration
As per CPHEEO manual
4
Coefficient of Run off
As per CPHEEO manual
5
Mannings 'n' value
As per CPHEEO manual
Drain Width (m)
Free Board (m)
< 0.3
0.1
6
Minimum Free Board
0.3 to 0.9
0.15
0.9 to 1.5
0.3
>1.5
Depends on discharge

Agreement

Page 196

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

B 7. SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT


B7.1.

INTRODUCTION

This section gives the detailed scope of work to be carried out by the Contractor along with the
Technical Specifications for the Solid Waste Management System for Project. The solid waste
collection, transportation, treatment/disposal shall be in accordance with Municipal Solid Waste
(Management & Handling) Rules 2000 notified by Government of India.
B7.2.

OBJECTIVE

The objective of Solid Waste Management System to be established by this Tender is to manage
Collection, Transportation, Treatment/ Disposal of Solid Waste generated by the project in a
manner that is in accordance with the best principles of public health, economics, engineering,
aesthetics, and other environmental considerations.
B7.3.

DEFINITIONS

Solid Waste Management: Solid Waste Management refers to the Collection, Transportation and
Treatment/Disposal of Solid Waste generated at specified sources.
Solid waste: Solid waste includes commercial and residential wastes generated in the
aforementioned Sources in either solid or semi-solid form excluding hazardous wastes.
Biodegradable Waste: Biodegradable waste refers to the waste that can be degraded by microorganisms which includes, but not limited to kitchen waste, food residue, discarded dairy
products, egg shells, fruit or vegetable peels, biodegradable plastics, yard waste etc from the
aforementioned Sources.
Non-biodegradable Waste: Non-biodegradable waste refers to all waste from the Sources,
excluding the biodegradable waste. This includes the recyclable and inert waste. This is exclusive
of household hazardous waste and E-waste.
Generator of waste: Generator of waste means persons or users at the aforementioned sources
generating solid waste.
Source Segregation: Source segregation refers to separate the solid wastes into the groups of
biodegradable and non-biodegradable at the source itself by the generators of waste
Collection: Collection means lifting and removal of solid wastes from Sources.
Transportation: Transportation means conveyance of Solid Waste from Sources to
Treatment/Disposal facility, hygienically through specially designed transport system so as to
prevent foul odour, littering, unsightly conditions and accessibility to vectors.
Automated Waste Collection System (AWCS): An automated waste collection system transports
waste at high speed through underground pipes to a collection station where it is compacted and
sealed in containers. When the container is full, it is transported away and emptied.
Treatment: Treatment refers to the biological methods employed to reduce or eliminate the
potential of solid waste to cause harm to living beings and the environment.
Waste Management Centre (Transfer station and treatment facility): Waste management centre
refers to the area which is dedicated for the complete handling and management of solid waste.
This centre would have facilities like storage of waste for utmost 03 days, secondary segregation,
composting (biomethanation) for energy production from organic waste, transfer facility from
source to TS and TS to landfill site, water supply, proper approach and internal road, drains,
power supply, proper internal and external lighting and all the mechanical equipment for the
Agreement

Page 197

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

smooth, efficient and satisfactory operation of the plant. The proposed location of the Transfer
station and treatment facility and its typical layout are given in Tender Drawings.
Rejects: Rejects refer to the inert materials which include the pre-process and post-process rejects
from the Biomethanation Plant.
Disposal: Disposal means final disposal of Solid waste in terms of the specified measures to
prevent contamination of groundwater, surface water and ambient air quality.
Landfill: Landfill means a facility designed with protective measures against pollution of ground
water, surface water and air fugitive dust, wind-blown litter, bad odour, fire hazard, bird menace,
pests or rodents, greenhouse gas emissions, slope instability and erosion for the disposal of inert
waste.
B7.4.

Brief SCOPE OF WORK

Supply Installation, testing and commissioning of fully operational underground piped aotumated
waste collection system for handling and transportation of waste. The waste collection system
consists of following major equipments:
Waste conveyance pipe net including inlets
Waste collection stations
Electrical and control system

Site clearance

Construction of Compound wall, Fencing and Gate.

Construction of Cement Concrete and WBM Road and Road side drains for storm water

Construction of Administration office cum Laboratory, Labour rest room, Vehicle shed cum
store Room, Vehicle cleaning platform, DG cum panel room, Central shed, Process hall, Finished
product godown, Watchman cabin and Weigh bridge record room

Supply and Installation of machineries and equipments for Bio-methanation Plant.

Construction of platforms and sheds for presorting of bio-degradable waste, shredding, drying
etc. of waste.

Construction of Leachate collection well, Leachate holding tank and treatment

Horticulture works

Compliance of all safety rules at work sites.

Third Party Inspection

Preparation of As Built Drawings.

Repairs and maintenance of all works during defect liability period.

Electrical works including Compact Substation (MV switchgear, Transformers, LV switchgear


and components), Lighting, Cabling, Earthing & Lightning protection etc. & related civil works
complete in all respects.

Agreement

Page 198

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

B7.5.

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

DESIGN PARAMETERS

The solid waste generation for the proposed city is estimated based on CPHEEO manual for
SWM and the report published by NEERI for metro cities in India.
The basis for solid waste generation from different sectors is presented in table below:
Basis of Solid Waste Generation from Different Sectors
S. No.

Source of waste

CPHEEO/ NEERI

Unit

Residential

0.5

Kgpcd

Commercial

0.2

Kgpcd

Institutional

0.2

Kgpcd

Roads

0.05

Kgpcd

Garden

Hospital

0.0037

Kg/ sqm/ day

0.5

Kg/ bed/ day

7
STP sludge
300
The expected solid waste generation is given in Table below:

Kg/ MLD

Quantitative Estimation of Solid Waste from Different Sectors


Sl.
Source of waste
No.
Residential Population
1.
2. a) Commercial Population
2. b) Commercial Land use
Industrial Workforce
3.
Institutional
4.
5. a) Roads
5. b) Street Sweeping
6. a) Open Space Land use
6. b) Garden/Open Area
Hotel
7.
Hospital/ Biomedical Waste
8.
E-Waste
9.
Total (TPD)
Say (TPD)

CPHEEO/
NEERI/ Amount of Waste
CPCB Norms
(TPD)
0.5 kgpcd
20.62
0.2 kgpcd

7.31

0.2 kgpcd
0.2 kgpcd

18.80
0.41

0.05 kgpcd

8.36

0.0037 kg/ sqm/ day

0.65

1.0 kgpcd
0.5 kg/ bed/ day
7%

0.20
0.05
3.90
60.30
61

Solid waste can further be categorized according to their nature (qualitative) as given in Table
below.
Solid Waste Categorization
S. No.

Type of waste

Quantity in ton/ day

Total Solid waste

60.30

Total Municipal waste

56.35

Biodegradable

24.74

Recyclable

11.95

Non-Biodegradable

19.67

The information given above is provided for the general information of the Contractor and the
Engineer-in-Charge takes no responsibility whatsoever for their correctness and the Contractor is
Agreement

Page 199

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

required to make their own enquiries and obtain such information and confirmation as is
considered necessary by them.
The Contractor shall not be entitled to any claim in whatever manner on account of any error or
difference of opinion in regard to these details
Applicable IS Codes
Code
IS 6839 (Part 2) : 1998

IS 12402 (Part 1): 1988


IS 12402 (Part 1): 1988
IS 12647:1989
Reaffirmed 2003
IS 12662 (Part 1) : 1989
Reaffirmed 1999
B7.6.

Description
Glossary of terms relating to Non-Powered
Materials Handling Equipment, Part 2: Hand
Trucks and Trolleys
Specification for Mobile Containers for Solid
Waste, Part 1: General characteristics
Specification for Mobile Containers for Solid
Waste, Part 2: Methods of test
Solid Waste Management System- Collection
equipment Guidelines
Guidelines for use of Vehicles for Collection of
Municipal Solid Wastes, Part 1: Selection of
Vehicles

Environmental Requirement:

(a) Regular monitoring of noise and air quality in the vicinity of biomethnation plant and
maintaining air quality as per National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)
(b) Authorization from State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) under MSW Rules 2000 and regular
reporting
(c) Regular treatment of premise for pathogens, rodents etc.
(d) All traffic carrying surfaces paved
(e) Installing misting systems to suppress dust inside the building or using a hose to spray dusty
wastes as they are unloaded and moved to the receiving vehicles.
(f) Sprinkle system in open areas for dust suppression
(g) Provision of tyre washing facility for vehicles
(h) Green belt development with tree species having high foliage canopy to act as wind break.
(i) Provisions for treating drainage systems periodically with odor-neutralizing and bacteriainhibiting solutions.
(j) Provision for regularly cleaning and disinfecting containers, equipment, and other surfaces that
come into contact with waste.
(k) Adequate ventilation and exhaust system for proper circulation of air in the facility
(l) Green belt all around the facility to avoid migration of foul odour to neighbouring areas
(m) Quality check for compost for heavy metals and nutrient level
(n) Biosolids (compost) to be treated at 70oC for removal of pathogenic bacteria before use as soil
conditioner.
(o) Leachate collection and treatment
Drawings
General
I. Separate drawings shall be prepared and submitted for each equipment/system.
II. All drawings to be furnished by the Contractor shall be in standard size of sheets with maximum
size being A0. Drawings shall contain the following particulars in the title block at lower right
hand corner like Contractor's name, date, scale, drawing number, drawing title etc.
III. The drawing no. shall be marked with a subsequent revision no. every time the drawing is
revised. The drawing title shall also identify name of the substation/site.
IV. The equipment and systems, which are to be bought out from the sub-vendors, are also required
to be approved by the Employer representative prior to manufacture. The relevant technical
literature and drawings pertaining to such equipment and systems shall contain information
Agreement

Page 200

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

detailed above and shall be submitted for approval. In addition, drawings submitted by subvendor/sub-contractor shall carry Contractor's approval stamp and the Contractor shall be
responsible for their contents, accuracy and completeness.
V. Contractor shall ensure that the contents on copies of drawings are legible and are complete with
all details. Drawings that are not legible or are incomplete will not be reviewed.
VI. One copy of reviewed/approved drawings will be furnished to the Contractor. Drawings returned
not approved/approved with comments shall be resubmitted for review/approval until the final
approval is obtained. Delays caused by submission of incomplete/incorrect drawings shall be to
Contractor's account.
Detailed Drawings/Documents
I. The Contractor shall submit the design calculations for various equipment/systems, all working
drawings, equipment data and detailed drawings. These shall include general arrangement,
details of equipment, foundations, cable routing, openings in walls and floors, wiring diagrams,
cable schedules, interconnection diagrams, etc. necessary for the erection of plant. These
drawings/data having been corrected or amended as necessary based on the comments shall
become the 'Approved' drawings/data to be used for manufacture and erection of plant.
II. Minimum details required on drawings of different categories are given below.
Permits, approvals and Clearances
o The Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits, approvals and clearances required for
operating the Solid Waste Management System.
o Authorization from Uttar Pradesh State Pollution Control Board, if required for setting
up waste processing and disposal facility in order to comply with the implementation
programme laid down in Schedule I of Municipal Solid Waste (Management and
Handling) Rules, 2000, notified by the Government of India.
o Any other relevant approval
B7.7.

PERFORMANCE CRITERIA FOR BIOMETHANATION PLANT & OPERATION


& MAINTENANCE OF PLANT FOR 5 ( Five) YEARS

The contractor shall guarantee the Biomethanation Plant and Maintenance of plant for 5 years
which have been installed for the Complex described below:
Building Biomethanation Plant for waste collected from the site and construction of
security cabin, admin room etc and compound wall are in complete accordance with the
requirements of the Contract and are perfect with regards to materials and workmanship. The
contractor shall also guarantee that the equipment will operate satisfactorily and the performance
and efficiencies of the equipment when operating under design conditions shall not be less than
the guaranteed values.
The contractor shall repair or replace to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge, any or all such
work that may prove defective in workmanship, equipment or materials within that period,
ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse or, neglect excluded, together with any other work
which may be damaged or displaced in so doing. The guarantee for replaced or repaired work
shall be one year from the date of installation of the replaced /repaired parts. In the event of
failure to comply with the above mentioned conditions within a reasonable period of time of 30
days, after being notified in writing, the engineer-in-charge is authorize to proceed to have the
defects repaired and made good at our expense, and the contractor shall pay the cost and charges
thereof immediately upon demand without any let or demure.
The contractor has to undertake to test the entire installation in the first summer, monsoon
and winter following the completion of the installation, to check and do everything
necessary to ensure that the specified conditions are achieved, that all systems are properly
balanced, that all controls are calibrated accurately and that all units are functioning
satisfactorily
Agreement

Page 201

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

B 8. POWER
(Attached as a separate part at the end of the report)

Agreement

Page 202

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

B 9. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY


B9.1.

General Requirements:

The Government of Uttar Pradesh (Greater Noida Development Authority) and the DMICDC
will form a Joint Venture Company (JVC formed as an SPV for the project), to provide for land
and trunk level infrastructure. It is proposed that the trunk level infrastructure be executed as a
Design-Build (DB) contract.
The SPV (Special Purpose Vehicle) for the project, will create the trunk level infrastructure
presently limited to the Integrated Operations Center, the service corridors, ducting systems,
manholes, and provide for Points-of-Presence at different levels in the IIT-GN for the Passive &
Active Network during the stage-1 of development. A part of the passive network (Optical fibers
- FTTH) and active network components may be sourced to Licensed / Regulated Service
Providers.
The SPV shall be the final authority to make sure the provisioning of initial trunk infrastructure
from passive network components such as Duct for laying optical fiber cable. It is responsibility
of the DB contractor to provide redundant Optical fiber connectivity for Electric Sub Stations,
Main Receiving Station, Potable water pumping Station, Recycled water Pumping Station,
Elevated Service Reservoirs, Solid waste management system, Integrated Operation Center and
Data Center and other monitoring Station. Also redundant optical fiber connectivity is to be
provided to the city wide sensors installed for monitoring Sewage, Water network and traffic
signals; this will be a part of the initial trunk infrastructure to be provided by appointed DB
contractor. Contractor has to lay down 144 core fiber cable on both sides of road through out the
city. (Approximate length of 30 KM
B9.2.

Design & Performance Criteria:

Outside Plant fiber passive network infrastructure for initial development of IIT-GN region
consists of designing:
ICT Duct for optical fiber
144 core single mode fiber optic cable shall be laid in one single HDPE conduit on both side of
road. Duct bank shall be provided on both side of road through out project area for laying of
cables.
Provisioning of Manhole
Street Cabinet
Open Access network passive & active layer shall be designed for Monitoring and management
of utility services like Water, energy, gas, etc. . ICT trunk infrastructure such as ICT duct for
laying optical fiber cables for backbone connectivity, Manholes for Splicing and providing
connectivity to end services and users through street cabinets of Telecom Room. Duct should be
designed in consideration for the current and future requirement of the Bandwidth for the use of
smart services such a Video on Demand, Voice Services, Internet use, use of bandwidth by Smart
services within the city. Further during this design phase, the components of pathway system are
suitably modified in order to review proposed pathway routing, aesthetic requirements, long
range plans that IIT-GN has regarding new adjacent plots, paved areas, opens spaces, etc., which
could be affected by the design and any unique requirements specific to the project. Trunk
infrastructure is to be sufficient to cater the current and future requirement of the ICT.
B9.3.

Instrumentation and ICT for Water supply works:

Within the scope of this project, the electro technical, instrumentation, PLC, DCS and control
system equipment of the plant is issued. The scope of work includes the basic design, detail
engineering, installation/erection, start up and commissioning of the systems.
Agreement

Page 203

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

I.
II.
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
VII.
VIII.
IX.

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

In IIT-GN Area a Clear Water Reservoir (CWR) for potable water is planned in U2 plot along
with Elevated Service Reservoir (ESR). Clear Water Pumping Station (CWPS) is proposed to
pump the potable water from CWR to ESR. The Pumping Station is having a working pumps and
standby pumps. Each pump is of 68 Cu Meter/ Hour throughput will supply water to Elevated
Service Reservoir (ESR) at Plot U2 in project Area. Automation and remote monitoring of entire
water system, Pumping station, Clear Water Reservoir and ESR with the help of SCADA system
shall be provided by the contractor. SCADA System shall consist of Field Instruments, RTU,
PLC, Redundant Engineering and Operator Workstations, Network equipment, FRLS armored
cables for interconnection and network connectivity. Logic for the SCADA System operation
shall be submitted by the successful contractor for Engineers approval. Contractor shall provide
all the softwares with valid license and software licences shall be handed over to client after
commissioning the system. Following parameters shall be monitored and controlled from
Pumping Ststion and IOC:
Water level monitoring at Water reservoir (Clear Water & Recycle water) and over head service
reservoir
Flow and Pressure measurement for all pumps.
Flow measurement at inlet and out let of reservoir and in distribution system
Water Quality monitoring
Status of Pump Operation
Leakage in water pipe line
Pressure monitoring in distribution system
Remote operation & monitoring of Equipments Installed at pumping Station
Energy consumption
SCADA System at pumping station, Clear water Reservoir will be connected to the IOC over
dedicated redundant optical fiber backbone. Provision of Optical fiber connectivity from street
cabinet to the plot area will have to be provided with redundancy. Human Machine Interface
(HMI) is provided at IOC to monitor and control the entire water system.
Recycled water pumping Stations (2 Sets of pumping) are planned at U8 plot are with 3 pump in
each pumping set. The water throughput of each of these pumps is 155 Cubic meter / hour for
zone-1pumping set and 129 Cubic meter / hour for zone-2. The pumps are planned for 2 working
and 1 standby mode.
Water distribution pipeline is designed within the project area as per details in Water distribution
section. Entire pipe line is provided with Water Quality and Pressure measurement equipment at
twelve strategic locations. All these sensors are to be connected to City wide fiber network with
redundancy through RTU. Redundant HMIs shall be provided at Pumping Station and IOC for
entire water network monitoring. Monitoring of the parameters listed above at Clear Water
Resorvoir, Elevated Service Resorvoir, Recycled Water Resorvoir and Recycled Water Pumping
Station will be done at MBR and IOC. Detailed specifications of the instruments, HMI, SCADA
Software, controller is provided in subsequent sections.
As for the materials used, it must be ensured that only tested materials are used. Furthermore, for
main power supply (middle voltage and low voltage), equipment (e.g. pump motors, ventilation
motors, transformer etc.), instrumentation, automation and process control technology, it must be
ensured that the product diversity is kept to a minimum in order to later have the least amount of
replacement parts in stock as possible. The same applies to the machinery (drives, pumps, etc.).
To ensure operation even during the realization phase, makeshift solutions must be considered. If
these are not explicitly requested in the specifications, the bidder is obligated to point them out in
his bid and to specify them with regard to price. If this is not done, later remuneration is ruled
out. All cables used for interconnectivity shall be FRLS and Armoured. FRP Canopies shall be
provided for all instruments and control panels outdoor and indoor wherever necessary.

Agreement

Page 204

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

For main power supply (middle voltage and low voltage) and process control technology, the
bidder must ensure that an integrated control system is used due to the size of the system.
The requirements for main power supply (middle voltage and low voltage), equipment,
instrumentation, automation and process control technology, are described in the following.
The following laws, standards, and directives, each in their latest version, must be observed, if
not otherwise specified in the corresponding sections.
Unit System
The System of International Units (S.I.) system of units shall be used throughout the contract.
Special requirements regarding degrees of protection will be specified in the relevant chapters of
this tender.
Glossary
This section should explain essential shortcuts.
Shortcut
Description
ISO
International Organization for Standardization
IEEE
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
IEC
International Electro-technical Commission
ULUnderwriters Laboratories (USA Standard organization)
Certificat
es
CSA
Canadian Standards Association
NAMUR
is an international user association of automation technology
in process industries
EMC
Electro-Magnetic Compatibility
ATEX
EU directives describing what equipment and working
directive
environment with an explosive atmosphere
CENELE
(French:
Comit
Europen
de
Normalisation
C
lectrotechnique) is the European Committee for
Electrotechnical Standardization.
S.I.
Systme International d'Units (Unit System)
IP Code
International Protection Rating in accordance to IEC 60529
RAL
Color matching system
SIL
Safety Integrity Level
MES
Management Execution System
ERP
Enterprise Resource Planning
PC
Personnel Computer
IPC
Industrial Personnel Computer
PCS
Process Control System
PLC
Programmable Logic Controller
DCS
Distributed Control System
SCADA
Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition
OS
Operator Station
ES
Engineering Station
AS
Automation System (summarize functionality of controlling
level)
CP
Communication Processor
HMI
Human Machine Interface
LAN
Local Area Network
WAN
Wide Area Networks
iWLAN
Industrial Wireless Local Area Networks
Agreement

Page 205

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

Shortcut
TIM
LED
LCD
CAD
System
CAE
System
I/O
modules
CPU
RAM
OEM
ACL
RSTP
VPN
VLAN
OPC
SQL
ODBC
CFC
SFC
SCL
LAD
FBD
STL
CCTV
LV
MV
UPS
MCC
VFD
HVAC
MCB
RCD
NC
NO
RTD
PT100
NTC
BTU
POL
PVC
PCB
PPS
PVDF
Agreement

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Description
Telecontrol Interface Module
Light Emitting Diode
Liquid Crystal Display
Computer-Aided Design System
Computer-Aided Engineering System
Input and Output modules
Central Processing Unit
Random-Access Memory
Original Equipment Manufacturer
Access Control List
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol
Virtual Private Networks
Virtual Local Area Networks
OLE for Process Control
Standard Query Language
Open Database Connectivity
Continuous Function Chart
Sequential Function Chart
Structured Control Language
Ladder Diagram
Function Block Diagram
Statement List
Closed Circuit Television
Low Voltage (up to 1000 V in electric supply systems)
Middle Voltage (from 1 kV up to 24 kV in electric supply
systems)
Uninterruptible Power Supply
Motor Control Center
Variable Frequency Drive
Heat Ventilation and Air Conditioning
Miniature Circuit Breakers
Residual Current Device
Normal closed (switch contact is closed without energizing
living contact)
Normal open (switch contact is open without energizing)
Resistant Temperature Detector
RTD with 100 at 0 C
Thermistor Sensor (Negative Temperature Coefficient)
British Thermal Unit (is a unit of energy equal at a
temperature)
Petroleum, Oil and lubricants
Poly Vinyl Chloride
Poly-Chlorinated Biphenyls
Polyphenylene sulfide
Polyvinylidene Fluoride
Page 206

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Integrated System
The expected automation system must provide an integrated solution for necessary system
features as follows, but not limited to:
Engineering maximum engineering efficiency in all phases of the lifecycle of the plant from
planning and design through configuring as far as commissioning, operation and upgrading: e.g.
intuitive user interface, windows operated industrial grade PC, open system for import/export
data from/to Excel or from/to CAE Systems.
Communication maximum data transparency on all automation levels based on proven
standards: PROFIBUS, PROFINET and Industrial Ethernet
Diagnostics minimization of downtimes through efficient diagnostic concepts: integrated
functions on all automation levels which a fault can be identified
Safety protection of personnel and machines certified products which facilitate compliance
with relevant standards: e.g. IEC 62061 up to, ISO 13849-1 up to PL
Security data security in the network world through harmonized, scalable security systems:
e.g. firewall functions, access protection, encryption, virtual private networks
Robustness maximum industrial suitability through increased robustness: temperature, shock
and vibration resistance or electromagnetic compatibility, special versions for extreme rated
environmental conditions must be available.
Technology integrated technology functions counting, measuring, closed-loop control and
cam control
High availability a comprehensive high availability concept to ensure high availability for the
entire plant
System Openness - The system must be an open system that is designed based on technical
standards, such as interoperability of PC platforms with Windows operating systems, Industrial
Ethernet communication, TCP/IP, OPC for connecting different systems from different vendors,
control system that can be installed in the field, remote I/O subsystems and bus-supported
communication with field devices via PROFIBUS, HART, ASi, and/or Modbus networks.
System Structure - The system must have client/server architecture with comprehensive
scalability to be able to implement an extensive distributed system structure. It must be
expandable and support up to 10 engineering workstations, 32 operator stations (OS) (every
station with access to the whole plant) and 150,000 configurable messages per server.
Application of Standards - The system must be set up using the manufacturer's standard hardware
and firmware to be able to fulfill the specified requirements. The manufacturer's standard
software or firmware must not be modified to fulfill the requirements of the user.
The user software must be implemented such that no modification of the manufacturer's
standards is required.
A system should be used which has proven itself several times over and can be correspondingly
scaled to the size of the plant. A future retrofitting of the plant must not be more expensive than
the previously over-sized plant.
The process control system must be capable of optimizing all process sequences from the
automation system of the entire process automation level to the MES level (Management
Execution System) and ERP level (Enterprise Resource Planning). The integration in data
administration, communication, configuration, and commissioning must be ensured.
The integration encompasses simple and reliable process control, user-friendly operation of
plants, channel network controllers, pump stations, and stormwater overflow tank via the
internet/intranet, integrated system-wide engineering, system-wide online changeability,
openness and redundancy on all levels, and scalability.
The automation system shall include a scalable process visualization system with functions for
monitoring automated processes. The system shall provide complete SCADA functionality under

Agreement

Page 207

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Windows for all sectors from single-user to distributed multi-user systems with redundant
servers and cross-location solutions with web clients.
The system must afford the time synchronization over PROFIBUS or Ethernet to ensure a
synchronous time in whole system.
The software must be developed such that future changes or updates of the system software do
not impair the operation of the system.
Application of the norms and standards are mentioned below:
Norm/Guideline
Description
IEC - International Electrotechnical Commission
IEC 61000-4-2
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 4-2: Testing and
measurement techniques - Electrostatic discharge immunity test
IEC 61000-4-3
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 4-3: Testing and
measurement techniques - Radiated, radio-frequency,
electromagnetic field immunity test
IEC 61000-4-4
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 4-4: Testing and
measurement techniques - Electrical fast transient/burst
immunity test
IEC 61158-2
Industrial communication networks - Fieldbus specifications Part 2: Physical layer specification and service definition
IEC 61131-3
Programmable controllers - Part 3: Programming languages
IEC 61508
Functional
safety
of
electrical/electronic/programmable
electronic safety-related systems: Functional safety
UL-Certificates
Underwriters Laboratories
CSA-Certificates
Canadian Standards Association
ISO International Standardization Organisation
ISO-9001
The supplier use a quality management system in accordance to
and certified for ISO 9001
CENELEC / ATEX
Directive 94/9/EC equipment and protective systems intended for use in potentially
ATEX Guidelines
explosive atmospheres (ATEX)
HMI Requirements
The process control technology must afford client/server architecture. The architecture must
support the use of several server configurations and several client configurations. The system
must be flexible enough to cover all possible applications of single-user stations all the way to
distributed client/server architectures. Furthermore, it must be scalable and permit the extension
of an existing installation simply by upgrading the license.
It must be possible to use any server computer as dedicated computer for specific process
functions (alarm service, acquisition of historical data, etc.).
All clients must have access to all servers, and the servers must be able to access each other.
The software must support the portability of applications between computers without new
development or modification. The user must be able to monitor and control the process from the
client or from the server. This includes simultaneous viewing of the same or different displays,
process adaptations and acknowledgement of alarms, display of alarms, events, trends, and
reports.
Development and runtime environments must be separated so that the user can configure clients
for runtime only without development functionality.
The architecture of the control system must be such that redundancies can be set up in all levels.
This applies to the programmable logic controller (PLC), the server and also for the integration of
dedicated archive servers. The redundancy must always be configured as hot swappable
Agreement

Page 208

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

redundancy so that bumpless switchover between the systems is always possible in case of an
error.
The system architecture shall afford web functionality which support operator control and
monitoring via the web generally without requiring changes to the project.
Maintenance and System Diagnostic
Online and offline diagnostic functionality must be provided to support system maintenance and
troubleshooting.
Diagnostics must be available for important system components and I/O such as controllers,
clients, servers, and communication equipment. If diagnostics are not available for certain I/O
devices such as printers and data terminals, the system must provide and recognize an error
display when these devices are faulty.
It must be possible to monitor PROFINET devices, PROFIBUS devices and HART devices from
the control station and to troubleshoot without entering the field.
The system must be capable of storing calibration information and the device status history for all
field devices. The system must be able to upload field device configuration changes that were
configured in the field. After storing the configuration information in the system, it must be
possible to download this information to other, similar (new or replacement) devices.
The system must permit diagnostics of communication channel problems/errors. The OS must
offer sign-of-life monitoring of the state of all controllers and OS components and generate a
message when a change is detected. If a fault in a back-up device is detected, the operator must
be notified and the fault must be logged.
The System shall provide a universal cross-manufacturer tool for configuration, parameter
assignment commissioning, diagnostics and maintenance of intelligent process devices and
automation components. The tool must be an integral part of the system. The tool shall support
field devices according to the PROFIBUS PA/DP profile as well as devices described by an
Electronic Device Description (EDD) or HART Device Description (HART DD).
The main ways of integrating field devices shall be:
Integration via a device-specific EDD supplied by manufacturer or provided on the internet
Integration via PROFIBUS PA Profile (at least V 3.0)
Integration via PROFIBUS DP
Integration of HART field device via HCF catalog of the HART Communication Foundation
The core functions shall be as follows but not limited to:
Setting and changing device parameters
Comparison of set point and actual parameter assignment
Plausibility check on entries
Simulation
Diagnostics
Management
Commissioning functions (e.g. measuring circuit testing of process device data)
Life List
Protocol functions (e.g. monitor selected process values, alarms and status signals of devices
online)
Redundancy
An individual fault anywhere in the system must not cause a failure of the controller in any
closed-loop circuit other than that in which the fault occurred. The failure of an individual device
must not affect the capability of the system to communicate with other devices in the system. The
switchover in a redundant scenario must not interrupt any system functions.
Redundancy must be ensured on all automation system levels, for example for controllers, power
supplies, networks, module racks, OS clients, OS servers, and historians.

Agreement

Page 209

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Redundant devices and software must be continuously monitored for errors. All modules must be
diagnosed online. Errors must be signalled by means of error messages which indicate precisely
which module is faulty.
In order to optimize data availability and integrity, the OS must permit the configuration of hot
system redundancy. In no way should it restrict or impair the utilization of the client/server
configuration and/or architecture. In case of an error, clients must automatically switch over to
the backup or redundant server (failover).
This process must not require any application programming or reconfiguration.
System redundancy must be configurable on server basis with up to twelve redundant servers.
Client stations must support the definition of different primary servers so that it is possible to
distribute the network load and ensure that a switchover is not executed for all clients in case of a
fault. As soon as the failed server is available again, the active server must transmit the missing
data to it. This process must be executed in the background and must not impair the operation of
the online server.
B9.4.

Closed Circuit Television (CCTV)

A complete surveillance system using 1080P ONVIF complient IP CCTV shall be installed to
increase security at the pumping station locations. Cameras for the access roads and gates of
Pumping station shall be installed for the surveillance of the compound. Cameras shall be
installed for monitoring Pump Operation, Valves, antisurge and all the moving equipment in the
pumping station.
The policy shall be to remote monitor its outstations through the WAN (Wide area network) from
Integrated Operation Center (IOC). This IP CCTV shall be used for remote administration and
remote viewing of pumping station activity. Demonstration of this requirement is mandatory.
Redundant Optical fiber connectivity of required bandwidth to monitor these cameras and
SCADA operation from IOC shall be provided by the Contractor.
Network Video Server or recorder with 60 days storage at 15 FPS & 1080P resolution shall be
provided for camera recording.
This requirement of CCTV is only limited to the Pumping Stations and does not cover the City
wide Video Surveillance System.
Communication and Networking
Bus System
The bus system must provide the possibility to support Wide Area Networks (WAN) and Local
Area Networks (LAN) in accordance to the organizational structure.
The bus system shall be the Profibus DP/PA and Industrial Ethernet system according to IEC
61158-2/EN 50170. The currently established standard PROFIBUS DP/PA is to be used on the
field level and Industrial Ethernet is to be used for interlinking the automation systems and for
connecting them to the control center.
Linking distributed stations over WAN is mainly implemented by means of Internet-based
procedures. The system shall provide a wide range of versatility in the selection of the
transmission network.
Classical WAN sector, these are:
Dedicated lines (private or leased)
Private radio networks (optionally with time slot procedure)
Analog telephone network
Digital telephone network (e.g. ISDN)
Mobile radio network (GSM, GPRS, EDGE)
Modems for conventional WAN
Other Ethernet based WAN, namely:
Ethernet based wireless systems (e.g. Industrial Wireless LAN)
Fiber optic conductors (up to 120 km shall be spanned)
Agreement

Page 210

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Public networks and internet using DSL and/or GPRS.


Only segment coupler types from the supplier's product range of automation systems shall be
used which have been certified in a system test of function and interaction corresponding to the
approved module and system components. This ensures a uniform structure between all levels of
process control technology, automation and the connected field devices.
In order to achieve a uniform standard and to continue the already described product range at the
same time, we suggest the use of Tele control Interface Module (TIM) for any required tele
control transmissions.
The fiber optic data bus shall be laid as a ring circuit. Each PLC shall be equipped with an
interface for connection to the bus system, the programming unit, and the process control system.
The bus system shall provide a continuous fault diagnosis that gives alarm signals via potential
free contacts in case of faults. Suitable coordinated communication with processors data
transmission speed at least 5 Mbit/s at the bus, the PLC, the process control system and the
programming unit are included in the scope of work. The service also includes the installation of
the field bus system in cabinets according to the design criteria for low voltage distributions at
the operational building, configuration, parameterization, programming, as well as all terminals,
bus cables, and connection of all modules. All components which are necessary for the bus
system shall be calculated and included in the price.
The single PLC units shall be connected to the bus system by fiber optic cables and for a smaller
distance the bus system shall be connected with copper cables. The cable shall be laid
underground or on cable racks. The scope work includes all cable laying, connections, plugs,
mounting, and mounting material.
Error messages must be output after coordinating with site management by means of the
following mechanisms: Signaling via digital outputs and sending text messages direct to PC, fax
and voice, and the configurability of group services and announcing messages through local
loudspeakers
Before mounting the bus system, the integrator shall submit a detailed description to the client for
his approval. The first design shall be submitted with this bidding document.
Finally a complete functional communication system shall be delivered.
Network Requirements
Networking between the controllers and OS servers/operating stations used in the system must be
implemented as an Industrial Ethernet network based on conventional connection (cables copper
and optical) and wireless connection.
The devices must at least be designed with a degree of protection IP30 and for ambient
temperatures of -5 degrees C to +60 degrees C.
The system must support the use of commercially available network components for terminal
bus, communication between servers and clients. The network components must be developed
for special industrial use.
Fiber optic cable (Singlemode and Multimode) and copper media (twisted pair) must be
supported for this purpose.
The system must support data transmission at 10 Mbit/s and/or 100 Mbit/s to the system bus and
terminal bus networks for actuating the controller and 1 Gbit/s for networking the OS. The
following network topologies must be supported for setting up the system bus: Line, tree, ring,
star, and redundant.
Local supervisory system shall adopt a super redundant loop, simple ring and a two-nodded
connecting structure mode. Thus, guaranteeing the most reliable control system. When the main
link or node fails, the backup link has to start within 500 ms and does not influences the normal
operating of supervisory system.
Office building is isolated from the local supervisory system by an industrial grade 100 Mbit
VPN protecting wall, to guarantee safe communication between them.
Agreement

Page 211

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

In this system, a network is not only used in the transmitting of control data, but also can be used
as the transmitting platform for video, so we can realize two networks in one, which can make
the best of high bandwidth Ethernet and reduce the maintenance expense of the network.
According to the special network management software division of the industrial interchanger,
the client can realize, supervise, and maintain the whole network easily.
The management of the network is seamlessly connected to the control network by the network
platform for control and management integration so the management layer can access the
updating data and video supervisory to control layer directly. Information management of
enterprise is realized.
The network shall allow implementing virtual local area networks (VLAN) to increase security
and ability to structure within the network. The VLAN must be in accordance to IEEE 802.3q.
LAN Structures
Switches and routers are used for setting up a LAN. The network functions of Windows 2003
Server/XP Professional or higher versions shall be used to the greatest extent possible.
Corresponding routers are used to connect individual distributed locations with corresponding
front-end computers.
The local network of the process control system is designed as an Ethernet LAN in accordance
with IEEE 802.3 with 10/100 and 1000 Base-T. The individual network nodes are connected to
the LAN through switches.
The switching procedure permits simultaneous parallel communication in different sub segments.
This means that the network is divided into several segments with corresponding load
separations. Local data communication must therefore be possible in each individual segment
independently of the other segments. Therefore, in the overall network several messages can be
en-route simultaneously.
Switches must feature the autosensing function. This function is required when components with
different transmission rates are used (10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s or 1 Gbit/s).
Central network management must be possible by means of the SNMP (simple network
management protocol). Network components such as gateways, file servers, and bridges are
monitored and administrated by means of a suitable network management program. This
facilitates maintenance and service in extensive networks.
In an Ethernet LAN, more than 1000 nodes can be interconnected. The physical extension must
be covered by electrical bus cables or optional FO cables. It must be possible to set up process
connections worldwide via TCP/IP connections in the Internet. Ring, line, tree, or star topologies
are possible. Redundant ring topologies are preferred.
To ensure that the CSMA/CD protocol functions correctly, the propagation time of a data packet
from one node to another is restricted. This propagation time results in a spatially limited span for
the network depending on the data rate known as the collision domain. In 10 Mbit/s Ethernet, this
is 4,520 m and in Fast Ethernet it is 412 m. Several collision domains can be connected together
using bridges/switches. Full Duplex permits extensions across collision domains. With simple
network configuration and network expansion, the following applies: The overall extension of the
network can be up to 150 km with Optical Switch Module (OSM) or up to 5 km with Electrical
Switch Modules (ESM). The OSM/ESM saves the data received at the ports and forwards it
independently to the destination address. Collision detection (CSMA/CD method) does not
restrict the expansion of the network beyond the switch port.
Conventional data transmission takes place either (electrically) via twisted-pair cables and
industrial grade RJ 45 ports (at least in accordance with the CAT 5 standard ISO/IEC 11801),
or via fiber-optic cables.
With WLAN devices, a modulation must be considered in the standard 802.11 a, b, g and n. The
data rate is to be reduced at defined steps to maintain the radio link for large distances or in the

Agreement

Page 212

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

event of reflections from metal objects. This is part of the IEEE 802.11 standard with data rates
up to 54 Mbit/s at 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz.
In addition to this standard, it should be possible to include Industrial WLAN (IWLAN) to
extend the standard. Defined data rates are assigned to selected stations, i.e. IWLAN permits
deterministic data exchange based on the shared medium WLAN. IWLAN supports the targeted
monitoring of a station's connection to the Robust Access Point in order to implement immediate
countermeasures in the event of an interruption in the connection or when exiting the radio cell.
WPA (WiFi Protected Access) and encoding with AES (Advanced Encryption Standard)
mechanisms must be used as protection against unauthorized access and for data encoding.
The use in rugged industrial environments requires rugged products, especially for applications
outside of control cabinets. IWLAN components must have IP65 degree of protection and be able
to withstand ambient temperatures between -20 degrees C and +60 degrees C with condensation
and meet the high shock and vibration requirements. Connectors must be vibration-resistant.
PLC Controller requirements
A large, diverse range of CPUs must be available for selection. Each shall possess the capability
to solve application logic, store the application program, store numerical values related to the
application processes and logic, and interface to the I/O systems. The CPU shall need no
additional modules to provide at least the following advanced programming features: PID
control, Integer/Floating-point Math, Logic functions, Comparisons, Data Blocks, and userdefined functions.
The PLC system supplied is to be designed taking into consideration the most logical
configuration of the available types of CPU, in terms of both functionality and spare part
consideration. The CPU shall contain memory mounted on the board, the various CPU types
shall execute binary commands within the range of not more than 0.1 microseconds, different
sizes of integrated working memory shall be available throughout the various CPUs installed,
additional load memory shall be provided in the form of RAM memory of different sizes in
accordance to application requirements, additional non-volatile RAM memory must be located
within the CPU, and CPUs must be capable of storing the entire project data, including symbols
and comments, on the CPU.
CPUs must contain a non-volatile memory card to be used for the following: Store user
application program, including comments, symbols, etc. (allows service tech access to entire
project just by plugging into CPU at site), change program by simply changing memory card
(allows OEM to provide easy upgrades), store parameterization, and configuration, and user data
blocks, and provide battery free program backup (allows maintenance-free backup).
CPUs must contain RS-485 programming network on board CPU. Additionally, CPUs as shown
in system drawing must be available to contain built-in to the CPU (no separate communications
card required) communications provisions for PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET
CPUs must support a multi-processor type configuration, where up to four CPUs can be running
in a single rack, executing separate processes in parallel (multiplexing). The PLC system must
have the ability to make the following configuration changes while in run mode: Addition or
removal of local I/O modules, addition of distributed I/O nodes (PROFIBUS DP slaves, for
example), addition of I/O modules to the remote I/O slaves, undoing of changes to remote I/O
configuration that have been added while processors in run mode, and re-parameterization of
remote I/O modules (changing type of I/O card, for example)
The PLC system must ensure reproducible and defined process response times, as well as
equidistant and synchronous signal processing with distributed I/Os in order for the system to
acquire and process its inputs, and outputs its output signals at constant intervals. CPUs as shown
on the drawings shall provide special functions such as configuration of a failsafe automation
system using the certified failsafe communication, Profibus DP with the PROFIsafe profile.
Agreement

Page 213

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Safety functionality shall not require multiple CPUs. Safety functionality must be attainable
within a single CPU. Standard and fail-safe programs must co-exist on one CPU (also faulttolerant). Standard and safety functions must be programmable within the same software
package. Standard and safety communications must exist on the same communications bus, and
no separate, special communication buses for safety alone should be required. They shall have
failsafe communication, such as Profibus DP with the PROFIsafe profile.
Several versions of racks shall be available for configuring central controllers. Racks suitable for
use as either central controllers or expansion racks must be available in configurations with either
8 slots. The PLC system must be able to support the connection of up to 3 expansion racks, each
with either 8 slots, using a centralized expansion rack type configuration. That means 32 modules
can be used. Separation distances of up to 30m (10m between individual racks) must be
attainable using these configurations while still allowing full performance of the backplane bus.
The processor must be able to perform an extensive range of modules in distribution automation
solutions.
The CPU shall contain a real-time calendar and clock that can be accessed by the user program.
This Time of Day clock and calendar shall maintain seven time functions: Year (2 digits),
Month, Day of Month, Hour, Minute, Second, and Day of week. The various CPU types shall
execute binary commands within the range of 0.1 to 0.2 microseconds, depending on processor
selected.
Certain CPUs shall be able to provide special functions such as control loop functionality.
Communication Processors
The supplier shall provide communication processors for interfacing PLCs and control system
PCs with field bus systems in order to:
Interface with distributed I/O, Connect higher level networks, IP routing
Carry out service /maintenance tasks
There shall be communication processors available in PLC or PC module design
The communication processors are required to have programmable functions for network
diagnostic
Communication Processors for PLC for point-to point communication
The supplier shall provide communication processors for high-speed serial communication via
point-to-point connection with 2 variable interfaces with:
Plug-In interface modules for different transmission interfaces (at least RS232C (V.24), 20 mA
(TTY) or RS422/RS485 (X.27)
The two serial interfaces shall be operated independently of each other with different standard
protocols or loadable drivers together with the V.24/TTY/X.27 interface modules.
Implemented protocols (at least ASCII, printer drivers, RK512, MODBUS as master and slave
and customized protocols (retrofittable)
Simple parameterization via a integrated parameterization tool as part of automation system.
Rugged housing
Status LEDs for displaying Send, Receive and Error
The configuration data shall be filed in a data block that is saved in the memory card of CPU.
When a module is replaced, the new module is thus immediately ready for operation.
The transmission speed shall be at least 115.2 kbit/s on V.24 and X.27 and at least 19.2 kbit/s on
TTY distributed on both interfaces.
The memory requirements per interface in memory card of CPU shall be 1KB to 5KB for
parameters, 0 to 55KB for message texts and 0 to 64KB for loadable drivers.
Communication Processors for industrial PC
The supplier shall provide communication processors (CP) for connection of an industrial PC via
industrial Ethernet and open communication:
Industrial Ethernet:
Agreement

Page 214

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

The supplier shall provide a PCI Express Card (PCIe x1) with own CPU for connection to
Industrial Ethernet with following characteristics (but not limited to):
2 x RJ45 interface for half/full duplex 10/100 and 1000 Mbit/s connection with autosensing/
autonegotiation and autocrossover function. (Integrated 2-port-switch)
The controller shall provide communication services as follows:
Open IT communication (ISO, TCP/IP and UDP) ISO and TCP/IP protocol on board
Programming Device/Operator Station communication
Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
Functions for time synchronization
SNMP supported diagnostic functions
The appropriate OPC Servers and configuration tools shall be part of the respective software
package
Open Communication:
The supplier shall provide a PCI Express Card (PCIe x1) with own CPU for connecting to
PROFIBUS up to 12 Mbit/s with following characteristics (but not limited to):
9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS (at least two sockets)
The CP shall provide communication services as follows:
PROFIBUS DP (as master or slave according to IEC 61158 on one PCI card)
PROFIBUS FMS according to IEC 61158 and IEC 61784
Programming device (PD)/Operator Device (OD) communication
Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) based on the FDL interface
Extensive Diagnostic functions for Installation, commissioning and operation of the module
Event- and Filter Procedure for offloading Host CPU
Multi-protocol operation and parallel operation of up to 4 CP
The appropriate OPC Servers and configuration tools shall be part of the respective software
package
Connection of copper cables and optional connection with fiber optic cables shall be possible.
Local Panels
The local panel shall provide the interface between man and machine and shall offer a maximum
transparency. The product range shall include different versions for industrial applications as
follows (but not limited to):
From simple operator keypads to mobile and stationary panels and all the way to flexible Multi
Panel.
Devices with PROFINET connection shall be provided to utilize the industrial Ethernet standard
for automation
Devices with complete IP65 protection which can be located wherever is best for the operator
The local panels must be useable for harsh industrial environments with following
characteristics:
IP65/NEMA 4 degree of protection
High EMC resistance (In accordance to EN 61000, EN 50081, EN 50204)
Extreme vibration resistance ( in accordance to DIN IEC 60721-3-3 Class 3M3)
The local panels equipped with touch screen and push buttons shall provide the possibility to
select operating modes (e.g. push button or touch panel or a combination of both at the same
time)
The displays shall fulfill following minimum requirements (related to HMI concept):
Text-based or pixel-graphics
Color or monochrome
Sizes of 3 to 19 inch, further at least a 4 inch widescreen format shall be deliverable
Long service life of the backlighting

Agreement

Page 215

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

The software tool for local panels shall be integrated and scalable to match the different
performance levels of the panels.
Panels with comprehensive functionality
The Panel shall provide multifunctional platform based on Windows CE operating System with
PC-like openness and flexibility combined with rugged, compact hardware.
Following requirements shall be fulfilled (but not limited to):
Rugged design with no rotating media
Permit integration of additional software applications based on standard Windows CE
Modular expansion shall be possible (e.g. OPC server for vendor-independent communication;
Service for remote maintenance and service over the intranet/internet; Client/server functionality)
Configuration of additional functions with Visual Basic Scripts
Installation and configuration of a PLC shall be possible with configuration and programming
with the same software as well as the whole automation system. The I/O shall be connected to the
controller over PROFIBUS DP
Clear representation on high-contrast color displays (size: 6 inch to 19 inch touch LCD displays
with 64k colors; freely configurable keys with tactile feedback)
Choice between touch or key operation
IP65 degree of protection
Shall be suitable for use in harsh environments
Software functions shall be independent of the display size (e.g. Signalling System, trend curve
functionality, language switching shall be available in all cases)
Connection of PROFINET and PROFIBUS with integrated interfaces
500 process screens shall be suitable.
Signalling system with freely definable message classes (at least 32 classes with minimum 4000
messages) for defining acknowledgement behavior and presentation of the alarm events
USB interface (e.g. for printer connection, keyboard, mouse)
Standard interfaces for more flexibility (Multi Media Card slot for memory extension or
additional interfaces, additional PROFINET/Ethernet interfaces)
Retentive data memory open file format (e.g. *.csv) for futher processing of data
Specifications of Process Instrumentation and Analytics
General
All instrumentation supplied shall be the manufacturers latest design. Unless otherwise
specified, instruments shall be solid state, electronic, using enclosures to suit specified
environmental conditions. Microprocessor-based equipment shall be supplied unless otherwise
specified.
All instrumentation (sensors and transmitters) must be delivered with all necessary accessories
(e.g. for mounting, for process connection, sealing).
All instruments shall be provided with mounting hardware and floor stands, wall brackets, or
instrument racks as shown on the contract drawings, or as required. Equipment installed in a
hazardous area shall meet Class, Group, and Division as shown on the contract drawing to
comply with the latest issue of the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC). All field
instrumentation for outdoor service shall be furnished in the specified enclosure and subsequently
installed in field panels. All instruments shall return to accurate measurement without manual
resetting upon restoration of power after a power failure. All instruments shall be furnished with
factory-certified calibration certificates which shall be submitted with the manuals.
Unless otherwise shown or specified, local indicators shall be provided for all instruments.
Where instruments are located in inaccessible locations, local indicators shall be provided and
shall be mounted as specified. All indicator readouts shall be linear in process units. Readouts of
0% to 100% shall not be acceptable except where noted (i.e. for speed, stroke and valve
position). Isolated outputs shall be provided for all transmitters.
Agreement

Page 216

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Unless otherwise specified, filed instrument and power supply enclosures shall be 1.4401
stainless steel, fiberglass or PVC coated copper free cast aluminum IP56 construction.
Where separate elements and transmitters are required, they shall be fully matched, and unless
otherwise noted, installed adjacent to the sensor. Special cables or equipment shall be supplied by
the associated equipment manufacturer.
Electronic equipment shall utilize printed circuitry and shall be coated (tropicalized) to prevent
contamination by dust, moisture, and fungus. Solid-state components shall be conservatively
rated for long-term performance and dependability over ambient atmosphere fluctuations.
Ambient conditions shall be between -15 degrees C and 50 degrees C and 20 to 100 percent
relative humidity, unless otherwise specified. Field mounted equipment and systems components
shall be designed for installation in dusty, humid, and corrosive service conditions.
All devices furnished hereunder shall be heavy-duty type, designed for continuous industrial
service. The system shall contain products of a single manufacturer, insofar as possible, and shall
consist of equipment models which are currently in production. All equipment provided, where
applicable, shall be of modular construction and shall be capable of field expansion.
All non-loop-powered instruments and equipment shall be designed to operate on a 24VDC
power source. If this power source is not deliverable then a 230VAC/50 Hz power source can be
used. All regulators and power supplies required for compliance with the above shall be
provided. Where equipment requires voltage regulation, power conditioners shall be supplied.
All analog transmitter and controller outputs shall be isolated, 4-20 mA HART compliant signal
into a load of 0-750 ohms, unless specifically noted otherwise. All switches shall have doublepole, double-throw contacts rated at a minimum of 600 VA, unless specified otherwise.
All fieldbus capable instruments shall be Profibus DP or Profibus PA compatible, unless
specifically noted otherwise.
Materials and equipment used shall be CE approved.
All field instruments mounted outdoors shall be provided with transient voltage surge
suppressors (TVSS) protection device at both the instrument location and at the wiring point of
entry into a control panel. Protection shall be provided for signal and power leads. TVSS
Protection shall withstand a Category C waveform as defined by IEEE/ANSI C62.41
Ultrasonic Consumer Meter
The meter shall be based on Ultrasonic measuring principle. The meter shall have no moving
parts and resistant to wear/tear and impurities in the water.

The meter shall be MID approved - classified meter in accuracy class 2, which has
been type tested according to OIML R49, which guarantees long term stability as well as
accuracy and reliable measurement.
The meter shall have ability to be installed in both horizontally and vertically
independent of piping and installations condition.
The meter shall be constructed as a vacuum chamber of moulded composite material to
restrict any condensation to occur inside the meter.
The meter construction shall be such that electronics is fully protected against
penetration of water.
The meter case and measuring tube shall be of synthetic material PPS which is free
from lead and other heavy metals.
The meter shall be IP68 type tested and 100 percent waterproof.
The meter shall be capable of been installed in bathrooms where it is sprayed with water
and in water wells, which is frequently filled with water.
The meter shall be available with outer connections G3/4 for " pipe and G1 for %"
pipe.
The meter shall be equipped with big, easily readable display with five big figures
indicate number of cubic meters. The three small figures been decimals.
The meter shall have indication for water flow when water is passing through the meter.
The indication shall remain off when no flow is detected.
Agreement

Page 217

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

The pressure loss due to meter shall be according to OIML R49.


The meter shall have AMR capability that reliably transmits data to the receiving unit.
The meter interface unit must be built-in with the meter. This shall enable the meter to
have IP 68 protection even with AMR capability.
The meter shall have AMR capability to be read in walk by mode.
The meter shall have minimum battery life of 10 years and maximum of 16 years.
The MPE (maximum permissible error) shall be according to OIML R 49:
Meter approved 0.170C
S% in range Q1 Q < Q2
2% in range Q2 Q Q4
At 30C < t < 70C
3% in range Q2 Q Q4
Electromagnetic Flow Meter
Electromagnetic Flow Meter basic for potable water and recycle water.
The electromagnetic flow meter must be suitable to use in all type of water (Potable and Recycle)
waters and all associated environments. The flow meter shall be suitable for compact or separate
transmitter installation. The flow meter shall be supplied complete with amplifier, converter,
transmitter, battery operated facility and all required accessories (e.g. connection cables, terminal
box, cable entries).
The sensor tube shall be made of stainless steel 1.4301. The surface finishing should be from two
component epoxy with a thickness of min. 150 m and polyester powder coating min 100 m.
The measuring sensor shall either be flanged or installed between flanges.
The casing shall offer at least IP67 protection against direct and repeated flooding and alternative
IP68 protection against direct and constant flooding (submerge usage).
The electromagnetic sensor should be able to accurately measure flow for liquids with low
conductivity (5 30 S/cm).
The transmitter shall be provided with various outputs (analog current; digital output active and
passive; Relay), a digital input. All the outputs and inputs must have galvanic insulation.
Comprehensive integrated functionality (at least see table below). Display as part of the
transmitter.
The electromagnetic flow meter shall also posses the following capabilities:
Sensor Measuring
0 10 m/s
range
Nominal Sizes
DN 25 to DN 1200
Accuracy
0.25 %
Operating Pressure
20 bar
Max
Ambient
From -20 to 50 C
temperature
Medium
From -5 to 70 C
temperature
Liners
EPDM rubber (e.g. used in drinking water)
NBR hard rubber (e.g. used in waste water)
Ebonite hard rubber
Transmitter
Current output
4 20 mA (time constant adjustable 0.1 30s)
Digital output
Frequency 0 10 kHz
24 V DC, 30mA short circuit protected (active)
3-30V DC (passive)
Relay
changeover relay (Load: 24 V DC/1A)
Agreement

Page 218

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

Digital input
Integrated functions

Display

Supply voltage
Communication

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

11 30 V DC
Flow rate, At least 2 totalizers (eight-digit counters for
foreward, net or reverse flow, Low-flow and empty pipe cut
off, flow direction, uni/bidirectional flow), Error system,
Operating time, Limit switches, Pulse output, Automatic
zero point adjustment.
Background illumination with alphanumerical text, 3x20
characters to indicate flow rate, totalized values, settings and
faults
-30 V DC or 115 230 V AC (+10% to -15%, 50-60Hz)
Profibus DP and PA, HART

Level Instruments
Point Level Measurement or Electro-mechanical Switches
Electro-mechanical switches shall provide information about the level of process material. The
measuring principle must be point level measuring with a piezo electrically energized vibrating
tuning fork and the switch must be able to perform without an external evaluation system. It must
be able to function in high or low level mode detection. They must be suitable to work with
liquid process mediums like waste and industrial water regardless of their chemical properties.
The enclosure of the switch shall be of industrial heavy duty design suitable for indoor and
outdoor use, corrosion resistant, in an ambient temperature ranging from -40 to 70 C. The switch
enclosure must have at least IP 65 protection and shall be provide with stainless steel (316L).
The electro-mechanical switch must be maintenance free.
The insertation length shall be at least 40 mm with a possibility to extend the length from 80 mm
to 4000 mm.
Power supply shall be 24 V DC.
The electro-mechanical switch shall have a digital output which will enable it to be connected to
a PLC input card, warning system, etc. The output must be rated for 250 mA, 55V DC.
The switch must have a reading repeatability 2mm (0.08) with vertical installation. The
sensitivity of the switch must be adjustable.
The process medium is to be considered waste and industrial waters with the following
properties:
Electro-mechanical Switches
Dynamic viscosity :
Density :
Temperature range :
Pressure (vessel) :
Process connection :

Specifications
0.1 10000 mPa s
0.5 2.5 g/cm3
-50 to 150 C
-1 to 64 bar gauge
G A or G 1 A,
NPT or 1 NPT
IP 65

Degree of Protection :
Ultrasonic Switches
Ultrasonic switches shall provide information about the level of process material level. The
measuring principle must make use of time traveling differences of ultrasonic pulses emitted by
an ultrasonic transducer. The ultrasonic switch must be able to make temperature compensations
for each reading. It must be able to function in high or low level mode detection.
The enclosure of the switch shall be of industrial heavy duty design suitable for indoor and
outdoor use, corrosion resistant, in an ambient temperature ranging from -40 to 60 C. The
ultrasonic switch enclosure must have IP 67 protection.
The ultrasonic switch must also have the following characteristics:
Agreement

Page 219

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Ultrasonic Switches
Switching range for liquids :
Measurement repeatability :
Temperature range :
Pressure :
Resolution :
Transducer material :
Process connection :

Specifications
up to 5 m
0.25% of full range
-40 to 150 C
0.5 bar max
3mm
ETFE or PVDF Copolymer
threaded: 2 NPT;
2 BSPT or 2 G
Maintenance :
maintenance free
Output :
2 SPDT contacts
The output must be 2 SPDT contacts rated: 48 VDC/ 5A, 250 VAC/ 5A or 2 transistor switches
rated: 48 VDC/ 100mA.
The process medium is to be considered waste and industrial waters with the following
properties:
Float Switches
Float Switches shall be the pendant type with the float suspended from a flexible cable. Float
switches should be pear shaped with integral weight. Cable and float outer material should be
resistance to chemicals, temperature extremes, and ultraviolet light. Use of Mercury is not
acceptable. Maximum withstand pressure is at 20 m depth.
The float shall be of heavy duty design and comprise a switch having a changeover contact
enclosed in hard plastic foam and connected to a 3 core cable. The whole assembly shall be
covered and hermetically sealed.
When the float tilts which levels rise, the contacts shall change over, but there shall be a
deadband between opening one contact and closing the other, during which period both contacts
shall be operated. This deadband shall operate over an arc approximately 20 degrees to either
side of the horizontal.
The contacts shall be rated for a minimum of 5 A at 100 V.
In all applications the installation shall be complete with approved means of preventing the float
(and lead) from movement due to wind or liquid turbulence.
Where float switches are to be used in applications under which they may submerge (e.g. pump
control and/or low level alarm), they shall be attached to a weighted chain to minimize
movement due to turbulence and also to provide a means of raising the units for maintenance and
repair.
All brackets, fixing, etc., as necessary for the complete installation shall be provided. The
chain/float assembly shall be installed in such a way that the point of suspension is not less than
400 mm from any side wall. The rated voltage and cycles shall be 230 V, 50 Hz, the protection
class shall be IP68, and the chain material shall be made of 1.4571 stainless steel.
Continuous Level Measurement
Ultrasonic Multi-Functional Measurement System
Ultrasonic multi-functional measurement system shall ensure the level control for up to six
pumps, differential control and open channel flow monitoring. The ultrasonic multi-functional
measurement system must use ultrasonic transducers using the measuring principle of time
traveling differences of ultrasonic pulses emitted by the ultrasonic transducer. The ultrasonic
multi-functional measurement system must be able to make temperature compensations in the
range -50 to +150 C for each reading and also filtering for discriminating between true echo and
electrical or acoustic noise. Via parameterization the system shall be able to provide volume
measurements and flow measurements (for open channel systems). The system must be a
Agreement

Page 220

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

compact unit with integrated input and output modules as well as communication modules which
must ensure the integration of the ultrasonic multi-functional measurement system into a
Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition system (SCADA).
The systems unit enclosure shall be of industrial heavy duty design suitable for indoor and
outdoor use, corrosion resistant, in an ambient temperature ranging from -20 to +50 C, offering
an IP 65 (wall mount) or IP 54 (panel mount) protection degree.
Considering the requirements of individual applications the ultrasonic multi-functional
measurement system must be able to use an AC or DC power supply with the following rating
100-230 VAC, 50/60 Hz or 12-30 VDC.
The ultrasonic multi-functional measurement system must provide 2 analog outputs rated 020mA and 4-20mA/ 750 Ohm maximum, with a resolution of 0.1%, isolated.
The relay output will be specified according to the application and must ensure the following
configurations: one relay output control output and 3 relay outputs 2 control outputs and 1
alarm control, 6 relay outputs 4 control outputs and 2 alarm control. All relays must be rated
250VAC/5A, non-inductive. Independently of configuration the control relays must be Form A,
NO relays and the alarm control relays must be Form C, NO/ NC relays. The unit must also have
a transducer drive rated 315 V peak.
Alongside the mentioned inputs the ultrasonic multi-functional measurement system must
provide: 1 analog input rated 0-20mA or 4-20mA, from alternate device, scalable and 1 discrete
input rated 10-50VDC/ 3mA maximum draw.
The communication module must permit communication of process data using the following (but
not only) protocols: Profibus DP, Modbus RTU, Modbus ASCII.
Application possibilities must include (but not limited to): pump control with level alarms (at
least 3 pumps simultaneous), volume control and pumped volume control, rake control, flow
samplers, open channel monitoring, etc.
Basic requirements for transducer:
The ultrasonic transducer shall provide a measuring range of 0.3 to 8 m. The output of the
transducer shall be frequency for communication with the measurement system with a beam
angle of at least 10. The transducer shall be suiteable in an ambient temperature range at least of
-20 to 65 C. the protection degree shall be at least IP65 (a protection degree of IP68 have to be
available). The maximum separation length shall be at least 30 m
Additional requirements for transducer:
The ultrasonic transducer shall provide a measuring range of 0.3 to 10 m. The output of the
transducer shall be frequency for communication with the measurement system with a beam
angle of at least 12. The transducer shall be suiteable in an ambient temperature range at least of
-20 to 95 C and a pressure 8 bar gauge. the protection degree shall be at least IP65 (a protection
degree of IP68 have to be available). The maximum separation length shall be at least 365 m.
Integral temperature compensation shall be available.
Pressure Instruments
Pressure Instruments for high viscosity processes
Pressure instruments must offer exact and cost effective measuring of gauge and absolute
pressure. The pressure measurement must include measurement of aggressive, non-aggressive
and hazardous gases, vapours and liquids in closed piping. The pressure instrument must have a
microcontroller-based transmitter, self-contained pressure-to-voltage measuring cell. The applied
process pressure is measured by a measuring cell that provides an analog output signal which is
proportional to the applied pressure. An analog-to-digital converter produces a digital signal for
the microcontroller. The microcontroller modifies and corrects the signal for linearity and
temperature, and a digital-to-analog converter produces a 4-20 mA output signal for the loop.

Agreement

Page 221

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

With adequate parameterization the pressure transmitter must be able to supply alongside gauge
and absolute pressure level, volume and mass information about the process material. Measuring
ranges must be: gauge pressure - 0.01 bar g to 400 bar g, absolute pressure 8 mbar a to 30 bar a.
An integral LCD Display with keys shall be available for local settings and indication.
The comunication protocols supplied by the pressure transmiter must be (but not limited to):
HART, Profibus PA, Foundation Fieldbus.
The enclosure of the pressure transmitter must be field mountable, hardened and corrosion
resistant and must offer at least IP65 protection (a protection degre of IP68 must be available).
All process wetted materials must be 316L/1.4404 stainless steel or better. The pressure
transmitter must be supplied complete with transmitter, mounting brackets and the required
connection cables.
The process conditions:
Pressure Instruments for high viscosity
processes
Specifications
Ambient temperature :
40 C to +85 C
Process temperature :
40 C to +150 C
Degree of protection :
IP65
Process Connection
G1/2B, Flange, NTP etc.
The configuration and setting of the pressure transmitter shall be made locally using a local
programming interface or remote using the chosen communication protocol (HART, Profibus
PA, Foundation Fieldbus).
pH Meter with Temperature Probe
The sensor must be based on a high-quality pH combined electrode. The sensor shall be based on
a polymerized solid electrolyte in order to be insensitive to soiling and to have low user
maintenance.
The design must guarantee high reliability of the pH sensors in the field of industrial water and
waste water.
The temperature calibration must be manual and automatic.
The materials in contact with the sample must be made from stainless steel, PPS or glass. The
digital technology of the sensor could be combined in parallel with other sensors as required by
the user or by the process.
The device shall be supplied complete with converter, transmitter and the required connection
cables.
The technical specifications of the sensor as follows (but not limited to):
pH Meter with Temperature Probe
Measuring method :
Temperature sensor :
Measuring range :
Temperature measuring range :
Response time, measured value :
Response time, temperature :
Calibration :
Max. flow velocity at the sensor :
Sample temperature :
Max. sample pressure :
Materials in contact with the sample :
Data transmission via controller:
Agreement

Specifications
Single probe measuring chain
PT 100
0 ... 14 pH
-5 ... 60 C
T90 < 15 s
T90 < 2 min
Automatic or manual
4 m/s
-5 ... 50 C
2 bar over-pressure
Stainless steel, PPS, glass
Digital (for Communication
Controller)

with

Page 222

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Conductivity meter
The conductivity measurement shall be based upon the mV potential between a measuring and a
reference electrode. The reference electrode shall be of non-electrolyte refilling type. Provision
shall be made for an automatic temperature compensation for temperatures between 0 degrees C
and 50 degrees C and with an integrated temperature sensor. The conductivity probe shall be
provided with an integrated amplifier for measuring signal transmission to transmitter.
The conductivity probe shall be provided complete with a transmitter with output signal of
4 - 20 mA for conductivity and temperature.
Conductivity Meter
Measuring method :
Signal transmission :
Maximum sample temperature :
Maximum sample pressure :
Measuring range :
Cell constant C with an accuracy of
2 % :
Signal transmission :
Connecting thread :
Data transmission via controller:

Specifications
contacting conductivity
digital to controller
125 C
10 bar
0 - 2000 S/cm
0.01 cm-1
digital to controller
outer thread 3/4" NPT
PROFIBUS, HART protocol via
4 - 20 mA current signal Point-to-point
parameterization via local probe
controller

Oxygen Probe with Temperature Probe


The Oxygen Probes shall be of submersible non-membrane and non-filling solution type with an
optical system for continuous operation. The sensor shall be suitable for measuring dissolved
oxygen in recycle water tanks and shall have a measuring range of 0.5 to 15 mg/l with an
accuracy better than 0.2 ppm. The sensor shall be provided with a self-cleaning device and it
shall be non-membrane and without electrolyte.
The technical specifications of the sensor should be as it follows:
General
Measuring method :
Measuring range :
Accuracy :

Specifications
Luminescence, optical
Pulsed blue light
0.1 20 mg/l (ppm)
0.1 50 C
0.1 mg/l O2 < 1 mg/l
0.2 mg/l O2 > 1 mg/l
0 50 C
NORYL, stainless steel 316
None

Temperature range :
Material :
Min. flow rate :
Data transmission via
controller:
Digital
Continuous Nitrate Measurement (NOx-N)
To determine the concentration of nitrate directly in the activated sludge, in water, in waste water
and in surface water without reagents photometrical measure is used. Measuring of the nitrate
concentration shall be done with the principle of photometrical determination.
The sensor shall be self-cleaning process probe for immediate measurement of the nitrate content
of water, wastewater and activated sludge. Turbidity compensation through reference
Agreement

Page 223

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

measurement is needed. The measuring system shall be a reagent-free method, requiring no


sampling, for direct measurement in the fluid. The body of the sensor should be made from
stainless steel 1.4571.
Features of continuous nitrate measurement shall be the following: Direct measurement in
activated sludge or water requires no sampling or sample preparation, with and probe available as
dip or bypass.
The technical specifications of the sensor should be as it follows (but not limited to):
Continuous Nitrate Measurement
Measuring method :
Measuring range :

Integration :
Path length :
Measurement interval :
Pressure resistance of probe :
Ambient temperature :
Cleaning :
Sample flow :

Specifications
UV absorption measurement,
reagent-free
0.1-25.0 mg/l NO2+3-N (5mm)
0.1-50.0 mg/I NO2+3-N (2mm)
0.1-100.0 mg/I NO2+3-N (1mm)
>2 min, adjustable
1, 2 and 5 mm
>1 min
Max. 0.5 bar
+2 C to +40 C
wiper cleaning system
at least 0.5 l/h sample
in the flow-through unit
stainless steel 1.4571

Probe housing :
Continuous Ammonium Measurement (NH4-N)
This measurement system shall use sparking method with subsequent pH indication. The
principle of measurement shall be like this:
The ammonium is converted to gas in the reaction cell by the addition of an alkaline medium and
then transferred as ammonia to another vessel containing a solution of pH indicator. This method
will guarantees a wide measuring range and is less susceptible to cross-sensitivity methods.
The system shall have automatic cleaning and calibration, extensive self-diagnosis, optional 2channel version for continuous sample preparation and all the equipment shall be delivered as
one unit.
The technical specifications of the sensor should be as it follows:
Continuous
Ammonium
Measurement
Specifications
Measuring method :
GSE (Gas-Sensitive Electrode)
Measuring range :
0.5...20 mg/l NH4N
1...100 mg/l NH4N
10...1000 mg/l NH4N
Accuracy :
3% +0.05 mg/l
3% +1.0 mg/l
4.5 % + 10 mg/l
Adjustable measuring interval :
5...120 minutes
Response time (90 %) :
< 5 minutes
Sample temperature :
+4 C to +40 C
Permissible pH value of the sample :
5...9

Agreement

Page 224

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Turbidity Meter - Fixed Device extended functionality


Turbidity and suspended solid contents in aqueous liquids shall be measured by means of
infrared sensor applying pulsed infrared light.
The sensor must be able to monitor the ultra-clear up to medium turbid media, and it should
guarantee optimum filtration control for municipal and industrial water processing plants.
The device has to have an automatic cleaning system.
The technical specifications of the sensor should be as it follows:
Turbidity
Meter-Fixed
device
extended
functionality
Specifications
Measuring method :
90 infrared pulse scattered
light process
Turbidity :
DIN EN ISO 7027
0.001-250 EBC = 2500 ppm
Measuring range :
SiO2
0.001 - 1000 FNU
Resolution :
0.001 to 0.9999 FNU
1.000 to 9.999 FNU
10.00 to 99.99 FNU
100 to 1000 FNU
Accuracy :
0.003 FNU or 0.5 %
of reading (0-2 FNU)
Air bubble compensation :
Physical / mathematical
Calibration (factory calibrated) :
permanent
Sample temperature :
max. 50 C
Cleaning measuring chamber :
self cleaning
digital (for communication with
Data transmission
controller)
Fully-Automatic Sampler
The basis of this unit is to collect samples of water and waste water on programmed intervals of
time.
Fully-automatic sampler with microprocessor control unit and various sample bottles, each with a
different capacity arranged on a rotating table. Sampling of wastewater shall be either possible
through time-proportional control or proportional to wastewater inlet flow. In case of inflow
controlled sampling, the sampler shall be activated by an impulse from the inlet flow meter.
The cabinet shall be made of stainless steel and shall be equipped with lighting and a socket. The
sampler shall have high service reliability and work according to the pressure-vacuum principle.
Before and after taking samples the system has to rinse the bottle with clean water. It has to have
direct filling of sample bottles to avoid blockings in the machine.
The technical specifications of the device should be as follow:
Fully-Automatic Sampler
Sampling principle :
Sample volume :
Sample vessels :
Sample lift height :
Suction rate (for sample lift height of
max. 7.8 m) :
Suction tubing :
Agreement

Specifications
pressure-vacuum principle
20500 ml
12 1.6 l (glass)
max. 8 m (at 1,013 hPa)
>0.5 m/s
7.5 m PVC tube
Page 225

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

Bottle filling time :


Dosage pause :
Time sampling :
Volume and event-based sampling :
Manual sampling :
Flow-based sampling :
Volume accuracy :
Sample distributor :
Temperature control (for cooling and
heating) :
Housing :
Ambient temperature :
Sample temperature :
Rinse Mode :
Manual Sampling :

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

1 min. to 999 h 59 min.


1 min. to 99 h 59 min.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
2.8% (95% confidence interval)
round distributor
independently regulated cooling and heating
with setting
Stainless Steel and epoxy-coated V2A/V4A
-20 to +43 C
+0.1 to +40 C
The dosage vessel and the sample tube are
rinsed with water before and after sampling
Possible any time without interfering with the
program sequence
PROFIBUS

Communication :
Liquid level control
For the control of the drain pumps, sensors of value detection of sludge level shall be used. The
measuring principle is based on a non contact measurement, on the distance traveled by an
ultrasonic signal, allowing the influence of the temperature. The signal that is bounced back from
the structure of the tank shall not have effects on the measurement.
The probe shall be calibrated from the factory and have long term calibration stability. It has to
have a minimal range of measurement of 12m depth and to be automatically self cleaning.
The technical specifications of the device should be as follows (but not limited to):
Liquid level control
Measuring technique :
Measuring range :
Resolution :
Response time :
Calibration :

Specifications
ultrasonic measurement
0.2 m12 m (tank depth)
0.03 m (sludge level)
10600 s (adjustable)
one-off
on
commissioning,
automatically
2 to 50 C (35 to 122 F)
0.3 bar or < 3 m
max 3 m/s
10 m
max. 100 m
IP68
digital

Operating temperature :
Pressure range :
Flow velocity :
Cable length :
Cable length with extension cable :
Protection rating :
Data transmission (for communication with controller) :
Controllers for digital Sensors
Controllers for up to 8 digital sensors
For the optimal operation of the sensors controllers are needed. The controller shall receive data
from up to eight digital sensors, like sensors for pH, conductivity, dissolved oxygen, or turbidity.
Communications using Profibus and RS485/MODBUS protocols must be available and
multiple control functions, control contacts, and alarm functions.
The technical specification of the controller as follows (but not limited to):
Agreement

Page 226

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

Ambient Conditions
Power Requirements
Power
Display
Resolution
Relays

:
:
:
:
:
:

Outputs

Inputs

Control

Alarms

Communication

Memory Backup

Mounting Configurations
Enclosure

:
:

B 10.

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Operation:-20 to 55C; 0 to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing


24V DC or 100 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz;
75 W
1/4" VGA graphical backlit TFT color touch screen
320 x 240 pixels
Up to four change over contacts, user-configurable contacts rated 100 to
230 VAC, 5 A resistive maximum, per probe module. Additional relays
are available via digital network connection.
Up to 12 analog 0/4-20 mA, maximum impedance 500 Ohms per probe
module. Additional analog outputs are available via digital network
connection.
Up to 12 analog 0-20 mA, maximum impedance 500 Ohms per probe
module. Additional inputs are available via digital network connection.
PID, high/low phasing, setpoint, deadband, overfeed timer, off delay,
and on delay
Low alarm point, low alarm point deadband, high alarm point, high
alarm point deadband, off delay, and on delay
PROFIBUS DP GSM cellular module, Ethernet service port or
MODBUS (RS-485): Advanced communications/networking with
PLC or SCADA system directly from analyzer
All user settings are retained indefinitely in memory (non-volatile)
(EEPROM)
Surface, panel, and pipe (horizontal and vertical)
IP65; ABS (display module) and metal (probe module) enclosure with
corrosion-resistant finish

MISCLANEOUS WORKS (Compound Wall, Administrative Building, Site

Development)
B10.1.

Scope of work

Design and Construction of compound wall and Gate


Designing and Constrution of Compound wall in brick wall with column post at 2.5m spacing, 2
m height above finished ground with Razor Wire security fencing , Gate Ways - 5 nos ,with
proper openable decorative mechanized MS gates with wicket gate ,Guard rooms with vitrified
tile flooring,Aluminium doors & windows including internal wiring,lighting
fixtures,switches,breakers,etc access control system,boom barriers and provision for
communication system & control systems,CCTV & Surviellance system,with provision for
Ascent lights highliting the Gate Ways ,with provision for waiting room and parking for
Visitors, and aesthetically appealing landscaping in forecourt of gate ways
Design and Construction of administrative building
Administration Block, not less than 1000 Sqm, aesthetically pleasing land mark building to
accomodate Command & Control center, toilets, meeting room, cafeteria, Cybercafe with
vitrified flooring,aluminium windows, aluminium doors (External), Internal Flush Doors, with
with internal & external lighting systems such as wiring, LED lighting fixtures,switches,
sockets,breakers, incoming powe supply arrangement(Compact sub stations with standby
arrangement and UPS), appropriately air conditioned and ventilated well lit with natural light
and necessary public conveniences with all top grade plumbing fixtures & fittings and vehicle
parking with proper approach roads,landscaping,fountains, Boundary wall for the Plot, with High
mast providing sufficient safety lighting for whole of plot ; the building will be designed with
provision for horizontal / vertical expansion complete with all installations.
Agreement

Page 227

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Command & Control centers would be equipped with state of the art equipments to support
monitoring and analysis of data feed receiving from different System.
It is proposed that One Central Command Center shall be setup as part of this project. Approx.
area for the command center would be about 1000 sq. meter Contractor would need to prepare
appropriate designs for the Command Centers in consultation with Engineer and submit for
approval. Indicative Bill of Material for Client Side Infrastructure at different command /
viewing centers is given below:
Civil
Wiring
Fire Detection & Work (Space re-alignment, Masonry Work, Partitioning Work)
Vitrified Flooring, False Ceiling
Paint work
False Ceiling
Chairs & Computer Tables
Partitioning (as per requirement)
Doors and Locking
Full Biometric System to control entry / exit (4 Doors)
Fire proofing all surfaces
Insulating, Electrical Control System
Rodent Repellant System
Smoke Detection System
Cooling System
UPS (adequate capacity to cover all above IT Components with 30 min. Backup)
Automatic DG Set to provide power backup for 12 hours to the command center
Indoor Fixed IP Dome Cameras with 90 days recording system (16 nos.)
Site Development
Developing of Green area,landscaping,plantation,grading/filling matching with proposed road
formation level;including grading good earth filling,levelling & stabilising soil surface good for
landscaping and plantation,with necssary drip irrigation system for all landscaping horticulture
work

Agreement

Page 228

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Schedule C - Project Facilities


(See Clause 2.1)
C 1. CAMP AND OFFICE FACILITIES
The Contractor shall construct and maintain to the Employers satisfaction a camp to provide
living accommodation for all contractors staff and operatives who have no other local
accommodation. The Contractor's camp shall be located close to the Site at a location approved
of by the Employer
Responsibility for providing all services to the living quarters and compliance with all sanitary
laws and other laws and regulations shall be borne by the Contractor. Security and the fencing of
these areas shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
A separate office for the sole use of the Employers Engineer, his staff and Consultant shall be
provided by the Contractor at the plant site to the satisfaction of Employer. The Contractor shall
provide, erect, furnish, clean, maintain and subsequently transfer the office and associated
furniture / items to the Employer after the completion of works. The carpet area of the office
shall not be less than 200 Sq. Meter.
The walls shall be of 200mm thick solid cement concrete block, plastered and with oil bound
distemper on the inner face and snowcem on the outer face. Sheet roofing with 6 mm thick hard
board false ceiling at 3 metre from floor, painted with oil bound distemper shall be provided. The
doors shall be of first quality wood and steel windows of approved quality shall be provided. The
flooring for the office building shall be minimum 2.5mm thick Vinyl over PCC base. Before
commencing the construction of the office, the Contractor shall submit to the Employer for his
approval a drawing of the proposed building with all architectural and finishing details fully
shown. The location of the office shall be as directed by the Employer.
The Employers Engineer office shall be ready in all respects within 60 days after Contractor
takes possession of the site. The Office shall be maintained throughout the construction period
with office help staff, power, water, sewerage, and housekeeping. Power, water supply, and
sewerage shall be arranged by the Contractor either with the available resources or from
independent sources (e.g. diesel generator sets, bore wells, etc.) at his own cost.
The Contractor shall furnish the rooms as described below and the equipment, furniture,
furnishings, and fittings supplied shall be new items of approved make.
The equipment, furniture, and furnishings shall include
One conference table 10'-0" x 5'-0" with 12 chairs (approved make)
1 Nos. of 5' x 3' table with drawers on both sides (3 on each side)
2 Nos. of 3' x 2' table with single side three drawers
12 chairs (approved make) excluding chairs for Computer and Conference Rooms
1 Nos. of Steel cupboards (Storewel type or similar approved)
1 No. Drawing Cabinet
1 No Split AC
Vertical blinds / Curtains for all windows
Water supply / Plumbing / Electrical complete
Water purifier
Water cooler
Computer Table and Chair 5 No.
Photocopier (50 to 200% zoom capability) with a paper storage desk 1 No.
Personal Computer - 5 No. with following features, plus UPS:
Agreement

Page 229

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Intel Core Core i5 processor


8 GB RAM
500GB
17 LCD Monitor
USB Optical Mouse
USB Keyboard
Genuine Windows 7 Professional
Comprehensive Security and Management features such as antivirus, antispyware, and
firewall.
Additional software MS Office and Auto CAD (latest version)
Fire Extinguisher CO2 type (3 Kg) 1 No.
The fittings shall include:
2 Nos. of CFL lamp in each room except in Conference room
-

2 nos. CFL lights in Conference room

2 No. 48" ceiling fan in each room except in Conference room

2 Nos. of 48" ceiling fan in conference room

All rooms with 2 plug points each

Other : one in passage one outside

The Contractor shall arrange for a mobile phone post paid facility. The Contractor shall pay
for the installation charges. A separate provisional sum is allotted for the payment of calls
made by the Employers Engineer. The Contractor shall transfer the mobile phone and its
ownership to the Employer after completion of works.
The Contractor shall purchase and maintain appropriate vehicle generally used at project
site to be kept available at all times for the sole use of the Employers Engineer and his
staff. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the upkeep of the vehicle including
taxes, insurance, licenses, fuel, oils, lubricants, repairs, and maintenance and shall also
provide a competent driver along with the vehicle and driver shall be familiar with Hindi
and English Languages. At the end of contract the Contractor shall transfer the vehicles in
good condition to Employer.
The amenities mentioned are for guideline. However a successful contractor shall Construct the
same as per instruction and to the satisfaction of the Employer. Similarly appropriate Vehicle
normally used for Construction / Project Works to be provided for use of Employers Engineer
and shall be as approved by the Employer
C 2. LATRINES AND WASHING FACILITIES
Throughout the period of construction of the Works the Contractor shall provide, maintain and
cleanse suitable and sufficient latrines and washing facilities for use by his employees. He shall
ensure that his employees do not foul the Site but make proper use of the latrines.
Where practicable the latrines shall be connected to the nearest sewer, or if this is not practicable
the Contractor shall provide an adequately sized septic tank and soak away.
The Contractor is also to provide separate latrines to the above requirements for the entire
Employers Engineer staff. After Completion of the works, the latrines and washing facilities
shall be removed, all ground disinfected and the surface reinstated to the satisfaction of the
Employer

Agreement

Page 230

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Schedule D - Specifications and Standards


(See Clause 2.1)
For all works under this project shall be refered to the latest IS codes and standards

D 1.

I.
II.
III.

IV.

I.
II.
III.
IV.

ROADS, BRIDGES, CULVERTS, STRUCTURES AND MISCELLANEOUS WORKS


Specifications and Standards of roads, bridges, culverts, structures and miscellaneous works are
given in this section;
The Codes, Standards and Technical Specifications applicable for the design and construction are
as given under;
Indian Roads Congress (IRC) Specifications, Standards, Design Codes
IRC Special Publications
Ministry of Surface Transport Publications (The terms 'Ministry of Surface Transport', Ministry
of Shipping, Road Transport & Highways' and Ministry of Road Transport and Highways' or
any successor or substitute thereof shall be considered as synonymous).
Any supplement issued with the bid document
Latest version of the Codes, Standards, Specifications, etc.shall be considered applicable.
Where the Contractor intends to use an alternative to these Standards/Guidelines for delivering an
equal or better product, he shall be permitted to use such alternative subject to the following
conditions:
He shall demonstrate that the proposed alternative conforms to any of the following international
Standards, Codes of Practice, Specifications, Guidelines, etc.
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)
American Society for Testing of Materials (ASTM)
Euro Codes
National Standards of any of the following countries: United States of America (USA), Canada,
United Kingdom (UK), France, Germany, Sweden, Denmark, Norway, Netherlands, Spain,
Australia, New Zealand, Japan and South Africa
In case the Contractor intends to use any alternative material/technology/method, whether
patented or otherwise, that is not specifically covered in the Indian or International Standards as
listed above, but the use of which has been permitted on similar projects (similar in category of
road, traffic and climatic conditions) as the Project Road, he would be permitted, its use on
certification by the owners of such similar projects regarding the continued successful
performance of such materials, technologies, methods, procedures or processes for at-least 5
years of the service life of the project. Such a certification shall be supported with details of
critical performance parameters.
Standards and Specifications for Construction
The Contractor shall comply with the Standards and Specifications for Construction as given
below;
All materials, works and construction operations shall conform to the "Specifications for Road
and Bridge Works (Fifth Revision, April 2013), issued by the Ministry of Road Transport &
Highways (MoRT&H), Government of India and published by the Indian Roads Congress.
Where the Standards and Specifications for a work are not given, Good Industry Practice shall be
adopted to the satisfaction of the Employers Engineer.
List of Standards
List of Standards are given in Table: 1.

Agreement

Page 231

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Table : Roads, Bridges, Culverts, Structures and Miscellaneous Works


S. No.

Description

Code/Document No.

1.

Dimensions and weights of Road Design Vehicles

2.

Recommended Practice for the Design and Layout of Cycle Tracks IRC:11-1962
Standard for vertical and horizontal clearances of Overhead electric
IRC:32-1969
power and telecommunication lines as related to roads
Code of Practice for Road Markings (with Paints) (First Revision)
IRC:35-1997

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Tentative Guidelines for the Design of Flexible Pavements


Guidelines for the design of curves for Highways & Design tables
(First Revision)
Recommended Practices for Treatment of Embankment and
Roadside Slopes for Erosion Control (First Revision)
Guidelines for the Design of Plain Jointed Rigid Pavements for
Highways (Third Revision)
Recommended Practice for Traffic Rotaries

IRC:3-1983

IRC:37 -2012
IRC:38-1988
IRC:56-2011
IRC:58 -2011
IRC:65-I976

10. Code of Practice for Road Signs (Third Revision)

IRC:67-2012

11. Space Standards for Roads in Urban Areas


Guidelines on Regulation and Control of Mixed Traffic in Urban
12.
Areas
13. Guidelines for the Design of High Embankments
Type Designs for Pick-up Bus Stops on Rural (i.e., Non-Urban)
14.
Highways
15. Geometric Design Standards for Urban Roads in Plains
Guidelines for Design and Construction of River Training &
16.
Control Works for Road Bridges (First Revision)
17. Guidelines for the Design of Interchanges in Urban Areas

IRC:69-1977

18. Guidelines on Design and Installation of Road Traffic Signals


Guidelines on Accommodation of Underground Utility Services
19.
Along and Across Roads in Urban Areas (Second Revision)
Tentative Guidelines on the Provision of Speed Breakers for
20.
Control of Vehicular Speeds on Minor Roads
21. Guidelines for Pedestrian Facilities

IRC: 93-1985

22. Guidelines for Capacity of Urban Roads in Plain Areas

IRC:106-1990

IRC:70-1977
IRC:75-1979
IRC:80-1981
IRC:86-1983
IRC:89 - 1998
IRC:92-1985

IRC:98-2011
IRC:99-1988
IRC:103-2012

23. Code of Practice for Concrete Road Bridges


IRC : 112 -2011
Tentative Recommendations on the Provision of Parking Spaces for
24.
IRC:SP:12-1973
Urban Areas
25. Guidelines on Landscaping and Tree Plantation
IRC:SP:21-2009
26. Vertical Curves for Highways

IRC:SP:23-1983

27. New Traffic Signs


IRC:SP:31-1992
Guidelines on Design of At-Grade Intersections in Rural & Urban
28.
IRC:SP:41-1994
Areas
29. Highway Safety Code
IRC:SP:44-1996
30. Guidelines on Urban Drainage

IRC:SP:50-2013

31. Guidelines for the Use of Interlocking Concrete Block Pavement

IRC:SP:63-2013

32. State-of-the-Art-Report: Lime-Soil Stabilization

HRB SR.No.1,2000

Agreement

Page 232

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

S. No.

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Description

33. State-of-the-Art-Report: Compaction of Earthwork and Subgrades


State-of-the-Art-Report: High Embankments on Soft Ground, Part
34.
B Ground Improvement
Standard Specifications and code of practice for road bridges
35.
General features of design
Standard Specifications and code of practice for road bridges36.
Foundations and substructure
37. Guidelines for design of small bridges and culverts
Standard Specifications and code of practice for road bridges38.
Loads and Stresses
39. Code of practice for design and construction of pile foundations

Code/Document No.
HRB SR No.3,1999
HRB SR No.14,1994
IRC:5-1998
IRC:78-2014
IRC:SP:13-2004
IRC:6-2014
IS:2911-1985

** Any other relevant code required for design/work, the same shall be referred from IRC publications
Part A - Standard Specifications
The Specifications and Standard as specified in Part A of this Schedule D comprise
"Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fifth Revision, April 2013), issued by the Ministry
of Road Transport & Highways (MoRT&H), Government of India and published by the Indian
Roads Congress at Sl. No. 1.1 iii apart from the other Specifications and Standard. ( Specification
related to exposure condition shall be adopted Very Severe).
SPECIFICATIONS
Part B - Special Provisions
Preamble
The Special Provisions are an amplification of the Standard and Specifications specified at Sl.
No. 1.1 iii and contain provisions in respect of items of work not covered by or at variance with
the Standard Specifications.
The Special Provisions contained herein shall be read in conjunction with the other Bidding
Documents. These Provisions cover the items of civil and non-civil works coming under scope of
this document. All work shall be carried out in conformity with the same. The works shall be
executed in accordance with industry good practices followed for achieving high standards of
workmanship, thus ensuring safety and durability of the construction. All codes and standards
referred to in these specifications shall be the latest thereof, unless otherwise stated.
Where there is any ambiguity or discrepancy between the Special Provisions and the Standard
Specifications, the requirements of Special Provisions shall prevail.
Clause numbers herein correspond with the numbers, if any, in the Standard Specifications. The
numbering of new clauses is continuous with related clauses in the Standard Specifications.
The attention of the contractor is drawn to those clauses of codes which require supporting
specification either by the Employers Engineer or by 'Mutual agreement between the Contractor
and the Employers Engineer. In such cases, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to seek
clarification on any uncertainty and obtain prior approval of the Employers Engineer before
taking up the supply/construction. In the absence of such prior clarification, the Employers
Engineer choice/design will be final and binding on the contractor without entitling the contractor
for any additional payment.
Defective Works
All defective works are liable to be demolished, rebuilt and defective materials replaced by the
contractor at his own cost. In the event of such works being accepted by carrying out repairs etc.,
as specified by the Employers Engineer, the cost of repairs will be borne by the contractor.
Payments and Measurements
All payments and measurments shall be as per Schedule H
Site Information

Agreement

Page 233

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

The information given in Schedule A and provided elsewhere in these documents is given in
good faith by the Employer but the Contractor shall satisfy himself regarding all aspects of site
conditions and no claim will be entertained on the plea that the information supplied by the
Employer is erroneous or insufficient.
Seismic Zone
The site falls under the Zone IV of the Seismic zoning map of India IS 1893 - 2002.
Additional Specifications

1.0

The following Appendices describing additional specifications have been added to the Part A,
Standard Specifications:
CLAUSE A-1 Plantation of trees and hedges
CLAUSE A2 Utility ducts
CLAUSE A-3 Curing using liquid membrane forming compound
CLUASE A-4 To lay pipelines for supplying water to sprinkler & dripping supplying water to
sprinkler & dripping for plantation
In the absence of any definite provisions on any particular issue in the aforesaid Specifications,
reference may be made to the latest codes and specifications of IRC, BIS, ASTM, AASHTO and
BS in that order. Where even these are silent, the construction and completion of the works shall
conform to sound engineering practice as approved by the Employers Engineer.
SECTION 100: GENERAL

1.1

Clause 105: Scope of Work - Shall be read as

1.2

Under this Agreement, the scope of the Work (the Scope of the Project) shall mean and
include:
Construction of the Project Road & utility on the Site set forth in Schedule-A and as specified in
Schedule-B together with provision of Project Facilities as specified in Schedule-C, and in
conformity with the Specifications and Standards set forth in Schedule-D.
Maintenance of the Project roads in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and in
conformity with the requirements set forth in Schedule-E; and
Performance and fulfilment of all other obligations of the Contractor in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement and matters incidental thereto or necessary for the performance of
any or all of the obligations of the Contractor under this Agreement.
Clause 107: Contract Drawings

1.3

Sub clause 107.1: Shall be read as


Design and Drawings shall be developed in conformity with the Specifications and Standards set
forth in Schedule-D. In the event, the Contractor requires any relaxation in design standards due
to restricted Right of Way in any section, the alternative design criteria for such section shall be
provided for review of the Employers Engineer.
Clause 108: Site Information

1.4

Sub-Clause 108.4: Clause added and shall be read as follows:


The Contractor shall identify quarries; borrow areas and other sources of materials required for
the work. Contractor shall satisfy himself that the required materials are available in adequate
quantities and complying with the requirements of specifications. No claims shall be entertained
on account of non-availability of materials and increase in leads etc.
It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to arrange the quarries, borrow areas etc., on license
/ lease basis or otherwise, and study in detail before tendering, the scope of taking the quarry on
lease. Advance information must be collected by the contractor regarding the procedure laid
down and the consequent delay in arranging the quarries on lease and must make alternative
arrangement to procure the quarry products from lease holders. No separate payment will be
made for arranging such quarries, borrow areas, etc.
Clause 109: Setting Out

(a)

(b)
(c)

Sub-Clause 109.7: Delete the 2nd paragraph last sentences


Agreement

Page 234

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

1.5

Clause 110: Encumbrances in Construction Area, Including Trees and Utilities

1.6

Sub-Clause 110.7 Delete the Sub-clause 110.7 and shall be read as following:
The contractor may be required to carry out the removal or shifting of certain services/ utilities
on specific orders from the Employers Engineer. However for coordinating the work of cutting
of trees and removal of encroachments etc. no separate payment to the contractor will be made
and these will be incidental to the work.
Clause 113: General Rules for the Measurement of Works for Payment

2.0

Clause 113: shall be read as follows:


All payments and measurements shall be as per schedule H.
Clause 114: scope of rates for different items of work
Clause 114: shall be read as follows:
All payments and measurements shall be as per schedule H.
SECTION 400: SUB BASES, BASES (NON BITUMINOUS) AND SHOULDERS

3.0

SECTION 500: BASE AND SURFACE COURSES (BITUMINOUS)

4.0

Sub-Clause 501.2: Materials


Sub-Clause 501.2.1: Binder
Replace the selection criteria for viscosity grade bitumen by adopted Viscosity-Graded shall be
VG-30 as per IS: 73 2013 or latest revision.
Replace the selection criteria for viscosity grade bitumen by adopted Viscosity-Graded shall be
VG-30 as per IS: 73 2013 or latest revision.
SECTION 800: TRAFFIC SIGNS, MARKINGS & OTHER ROAD APPURTENANCES

4.1

Clause 802: Overhead Signs

4.2

Sub-Clause 802.1: General


Add at the end of the Clause:
The locations of cantilever overhead and overhead signs (Gantry type) shall be decided by the
Employers Engineer.
Clause 803: Road Markings

5.0

Sub-Clause 803.2: Materials


This clause shall read as under:
Road markings shall be hot applied thermoplastic compound and the materials shall meet the
requirements as specified in Clause 803.4. The thermoplastic material shall be factory mixed,
from a manufacturer approved by the Employers Engineer, and shall be of a tropical grade
suitable for application, by the means proposed, to the specified road surfaces.
The road markings shall be laid in one layer with appropriate road marking machine approved by
the Employers Engineer. Before the road-marking machine is used on the permanent works, the
satisfactory working of the machine shall be demonstrated on a suitable site, which is not part of
the permanent works. The rate of application shall be checked and adjusted as necessary before
application on a large scale is commenced, and thereafter daily."
Sub-Clause 803.3: Ordinary Road Marking Paint
This Clause shall be deleted.
SECTION 2100: OPEN FOUNDATIONS
Sub-Clause 2104.3: ii) Substitute M10 by M15 of this sub-clause

Agreement

Page 235

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION


6.0

Clause A-1: Plantation of Trees and hedges.

6.1

6.2

Scope
The work shall consist of:
a)
Planting of tree saplings in median or other designated locations.
b)
Planting of hedges within median area.
Materials

6.2.1

6.2.2

Dump Manure
Dump manure shall be of well decayed (at least six months) organic or vegetable matter,
obtained in the dry state from the municipal dump or other similar sources approved by the
Employers Engineer. The manure shall be free from earth, stone, brickbats or other extraneous
matter.
Farmyard Manure
Farmyard Manure shall be well decayed (should be at least 6 months covered in dump), free from
grits and any other unwanted materials.

6.2.3

Good Earth

6.2.4

The soil shall be agricultural soil of sandy-loam texture, free from kankar, moorum, shingle,
stone, brickbats, building rubbish and any other foreign matter. The earth shall be free from clods
or lumps of sizes bigger than 75mm in any direction. It shall have pH value ranging between 6.0
to 8.5.
Oil Cake (Neem/Castor/Groundnut)

6.2.5

The cake shall be free form bush, dust, grit and any other foreign matter.
Sapling of Trees

6.2.6

The sapling of trees shall be of medium height, leafy type and draught resistant variety native to
the area and be of good quality of minimum of 2m height or caliper dia of 25mm as directed by
the Employers Engineer.
Sapling of Hedges

6.3

The saplings shall be of draught resistant variety normally grown for hedges in the area,
approved by the Employers Engineer.
Construction Operations

6.3.1

Tree Planting and Refilling Earth after Mixing with Oil Cake, Manure and Watering
Holes of circular shape of 90cm dia and 100cm in depth in ordinary soil shall be excavated and
the excavated soil, broken to clods of sizes not exceeding 75mm in any direction, shall be stacked
outside the hole. Stones, brickbats, unsuitable earth and other rubbish, all roots, and weeds etc.
other undesirable growth met with during excavation shall be separated out and unserviceable
material removed from the site as directed. Useful material, if any, shall be stacked properly and
separately. Good earth in quantities required to replace such discarded stuff shall be brought and
stacked at site by the Contractor, depth not more than 50cm from ground level. The pit shall be
treated for termite by raking the soil up to 50mm and treated with 5% Aldrin or Chloradang dust
in soil.
The tree hole shall be manured with powdered Neem/Caster oil cake along with farm yard
manure/dump manure screened through 16mm sieve and these shall be uniformly mixed with the
excavated top soil after the manure has been broken down to powder (size of particles not to
exceed 6mm in any direction) in equal proportion. A 2m high sapling of trees shall be placed at
the centre of the hole and then the mixture shall be filled into the hole upto the level of adjoining

Agreement

Page 236

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

6.3.2

ground and then profusely watered to enable the soil to subside. The refilled soil shall then be
dressed evenly with its surface about 50 to 75mm below the adjoining ground level or as directed
by the Employers Engineer.
The planting shall be completed soon after completion of the median.
Circular Mild Steel Tree Guard with Bars

6.3.3

The tree guard shall be 90cm in diameter.


The tree guards shall be formed of (i) 3 Nos. 25 x 25 x 3mm angle iron verticals 1.95m long
excluding splayed outward at lower end up to an extent of 5 cms, (ii) 3 Nos. 25 x 5mm MS flat
rings fixed as per design (iii) 15 Nos. 1.55m long 6m dia bars. Each ring shall be in two parts in
the ratio of 1:2 and their ends shall be turned in radially for a length of 4cm at which they are
bolted together with 8mm dia. and 30mm long MS bolts and nuts.
The vertical iron shall be welded to rings along the circumference with electric plant 15 Nos. bars
shall be welded to rings at equal spacing along the circumferences of ring. The lower end of the
angle iron verticals shall be splayed outwards up to an extent of 5cm. The lower end of the flat of
lower ring shall be at the height of 1.95m. The middle ring shall be in the centre of top and lower
ring. The bars shall be welded to the rings as directed by the Employers Engineer. The entire
tree guard shall be given two coats of paint of approved brand and of required shade over a
priming coat of ready mixed primer of approved brand. The design of the tree guard shall be
approved by the Employers Engineer.
Planting of Hedges

6.3.4

The hedges saplings shall be planted in two rows, one each along each edge of the median. Bed
for the saplings shall be prepared with necessary managing, and the live saplings shall be planted
in lines parallel to the median edge to the directions of the Employers Engineer. Spacing
between saplings in a row shall be such that a thick hedge can be grown, and this shall generally
be not farther away than 300mm.
The planting shall be completed soon after completion of the medians.
Grassing of Median Area

6.4

The included area of the median between the hedges shall be seeded and mulched to develop
grass cover in accordance with Clause 308.
Maintenance
The saplings of trees and hedges planted shall be watered and maintained by the Contractor till
issue of final taking over certificate. Maintenance shall also include watering, weeding out of
undesirable plants and replacement of dead plant, manuring and trimming of the hedges.

D 2.

CIVIL
PART B - STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF CIVIL WORKS
Mode of Measurement shall be as per IS 1200 latest revision and as approved by EngineerIn-Charge.EARTHWORK IN GRADING, EXCAVATION AND BACK FILLING
SCOPE
This specification covers the general requirements of earthwork in excavation in different
materials, site grading, filling in areas as shown in drawing, filling back around foundations and
in plinths, conveyance and disposal of surplus soils or stacking them properly as shown on the
drawings and as directed by the Engineer and all operations covered within the intent and
purpose of this specification.
APPLICABLE CODES
The following codes in their latest revision shall be read in conjunction with and shall be part of
Design Criteria. In case of conflict the most stringent shall apply.
IS 783
Code of practice for laying of concrete pipes.
IS 1200
Method of measurement of building and civil engineering works.
(Part 1)
Part 1 Earthwork
(Part 27)
Part 27 Earthwork done by mechanical appliances.
IS 3764
Excavation work-code of safety.

Agreement

Page 237

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IS 2720
(Part 1)
(Part 2)
(Part 4)
(Part 5)
(Part 7)
Part (9)
(Part 14)
(Part 28)
(Part 33)

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Methods of test for soils:


Part 1 Preparation of dry soil samples for various tests.
Part 2 Determination of water content.
Part 4 Grain size analysis.
Part 5 Determination of liquid and plastic limit.
Part 7 Determination of water content-dry density relation using light compaction.
Part 9 Determination of dry density - moisture content relation by constant weight
of soil method.
Part 14 Determination of density index (relative density) of cohesionless soils.
Part 28 Determination of dry density of soils in place, by the sand replacement
method.
Part 33 Determination of the density in place by the ring and water replacement
method.
Part 34 Determination of density of soil in place by rubber balloon method.
Part 38 Compaction control test (Hilf Method).

(Part 34)
(Part 38)
DRAWINGS
The Engineer will furnish drawings wherever, in his opinion, such drawings are required to show
areas to be excavated/ filled grade level, sequence of priorities etc. The Contractor shall follow
strictly such drawings.
GENERAL
The Contractor shall furnish all tools, plants, instruments, qualified supervisory personnel,
labour, materials any temporary works, consumables, any and everything necessary, whether or
not such items are specifically stated herein for completion of the job in accordance with the
specification requirements.
The Contractor shall carry out the survey of the site before excavation and set properly all lines
and establish levels for various works such as earthwork in excavation for grading, basement,
foundations, plinth filling, roads, drains, cable trenches, pipelines etc. Such survey shall be
carried out by taking accurate cross sections of the area perpendicular to established reference/
grid lines at specified intervals or nearer as determined by the Engineer based on ground profile.
These shall be checked by the Engineer and thereafter properly recorded.
The excavation shall be done to correct lines and levels. This shall also include, where required,
proper shoring to maintain excavations and also the furnishing, erecting and maintaining of
substantial barricades around excavated areas and warning lamps at night for ensuring safety.
The rates quoted shall also include for dumping of excavated materials in regular heaps, bunds,
riprap with regular slopes as directed by the Engineer, within the lead specified and levelling the
same so as to provide natural drainage. Rock/ soil excavated shall be stacked properly as directed
by the Engineer. As a rule, all softer material shall be laid along the centre of heaps, the harder
and more weather resisting materials forming the casing on the sides and the top. Rock shall be
stacked separately.
CLEARING
The area to be excavated filled shall be cleared of fences, trees, plants, logs, stumps, bush,
vegetation, rubbish, slush, etc. and other objectionable matter. If any roots or stumps of trees are
met during excavation, they shall also be removed. The material so removed shall be burnt or
disposed off as directed by the Engineer. Where earth fill is intended, the area shall be stripped of
all loose/ soft patches, top soil containing objectionable matter/ materials before fill commences.
PRECIOUS OBJECTS, RELICS, OBJECTS OF ANTIQUITY, ETC.
All gold, silver, oil, minerals, archaeological and other findings of importance, trees cut or other
materials of any description and all precious stones, coins, treasures, relics, antiquities and other
similar things which may be found in or upon the site shall be the property of the Owner and the
Contractor shall duly preserve the same to the satisfaction of the Owner and from time to time
deliver the same to such person or persons as the Owner may from time to time authorise or
appoint to receive the same.
Agreement

Page 238

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

CLASSIFICATION
All materials to be excavated shall be classified by the Engineer, into one of the following classes
and shall be paid for at the rate tendered for that particular class of material. No distinction shall
be made whether the material is dry, moist or wet. The decision of the Engineer regarding the
classification of the material shall be final and binding on the Contractor and not be a subject
matter of any appeal or arbitration.
Any earthwork will be classified under any of the following categories:
Ordinary and Hard Soils
These shall include all kinds of soils containing kankar, sand, silt, murum and/ or shingle, gravel,
clay, loam, peat, ash, shale, etc., which can generally be excavated by spade, pick axes and
shovel, and which is not classified under "Soft and Decomposed Rock" and "Hard Rock" defined
below. This shall also include embedded rock boulders not longer than 1 metre in any one
direction and not more than 200 mm in any one of the other two directions.
Soft and Decomposed Rock
This shall include rock, boulders, slag, chalk, slate, hard mica schist, laterite and all other
materials which in the opinion of Engineer is rock, but does not need blasting and could be
removed with picks, hammer, crow bars, wedges, and pneumatic breaking equipment. The mere
fact that the Contractor resorts to blasting for reasons of his own, shall not qualify for
classification under 'Hard Rock'.
This shall also include excavation in macadam and tarred roads and pavements. This shall also
include rock boulders not longer than 1 metre in any direction and not more than 500 mm in any
one of the other two directions. Masonry to be dismantled will also be measured under this item.
Hard Rock
This shall include all rock occurring in large continuous masses which cannot be removed except
by blasting for loosening it. Harder varieties of rock with or without veins and secondary
minerals which, in the opinion of the Engineer require blasting shall be considered as hard rock.
Boulders of rock occurring in such sizes and not classified under (a) and (b) above shall also be
classified as hard rock. Concrete work both reinforced and unreinforced to be dismantled will be
measured under this item, unless a separate provision is made in the Schedule of Quantities.
EXCAVATION
All excavation work shall be carried out by mechanical equipment unless, in the opinion of the
Engineer, the work involved and time schedule permit manual work.
Excavation for permanent work shall be taken out to such widths, lengths, depths and profiles as
are shown on the drawings or such other lines and grades as may be specified by the Engineer.
Rough excavation shall be carried out to a depth 150 mm above the final level. The balance shall
be excavated with special care. Soft pockets shall be removed even below the final level and
extra excavation filled up as directed by the Engineer. The final excavation if so instructed by the
Engineer, should be carried out just prior to laying the mud-mat.
The Contractor may, for facility of work or similar other reasons excavate, and also backfill later,
if so approved by the Engineer, at his own cost outside the lines shown on the drawings or
directed by the Engineer. Should any excavation be taken below the specified elevations, the
Contractor shall fill it up, with concrete of the same class as in the foundation resting thereon,
upto the required elevation. No extra shall be claimed by the Contractor on this account.
All excavation shall be done to the minimum dimensions as required for safety and working
facility. Prior approval of the Engineer shall be obtained by the Contractor in each individual
case, for the method he proposes to adopt for the excavation, including dimensions, side slopes,
dewatering, disposal, etc. This approval, however, shall not in any way relieve the Contractor of
his responsibility for any consequent loss or damage. The excavation must be carried out in the
most expeditious and efficient manner. Side slopes shall be as steep as will stand safely for the
Agreement

Page 239

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

actual soil conditions encountered. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent slips. Should slips
occur, the slipped material shall be removed and the slope dressed to a modified stable slope.
Removal of the slipped earth will not be paid for if the slips are due to the negligence of the
Contractor.
Excavation shall be carried out with such tools, tackles and equipment as described herein before.
Blasting or other methods may be resorted to in the case of hard rock; however not without the
specific permission of the Engineer.
The Engineer may also direct that in some extreme case, the rock may be excavated by heating
and sudden quenching for splitting the rock. Fire-wood shall be used for burning and payment
shall be made for such work as called for in the schedule of quantities.
Trench excavation
The trench excavation of pipe line shall be in accordance with IS 12288. Pipe trenches shall be
excavated to the lines and levels as shown in the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. The
depth of the excavated trench shall be as given in the drawings or as directed by the Engineer.
The width of the trench at bottom between the faces of sheeting shall be such as to provide
300mm clearance on either side of the DI pipe except where rock excavation is involved. No pipe
shall be laid in a trench until the section of trench in which the pipe is to be laid has been
approved by the Engineer.
The depth should be sufficient to provide a cover not less than 1000 mm. It may be necessary to
increase the depth of pipeline to avoid land drains or in the vicinity of roads, railways or other
crossings. Care should be taken to avoid the spoil bank causing an accumulation of rainwater.
The bottom of the trench shall be trimmed and levelled to permit even bedding of the pipes. It
should be free from all extraneous matter which may damage the pipe or the pipe coating.
Additional excavation shall be made at the joints of the pipes, so that the pipe is supported along
its entire length.
All excavated material shall be stacked in such a distance from the trench edge that it will not
endanger the work or workmen and it will avoid obstructing footpaths, roads and drive ways.
Hydrants under pressure, surface boxes, fire or other utility controls shall be left unobstructed
and accessible during the construction work. Gutters shall be kept clear or other satisfactory
provisions made for street drainage, and natural water-courses shall not be obstructed.
To protect persons from injury and to avoid damage to property, adequate barricades,
construction signs, torches, red lanterns and guards, as required, shall be placed and maintained
during the progress of the work and until it is safe for traffic to use the roadways. All materials,
piles equipment and pipes which may serve as obstruction to traffic shall be enclosed by fences
or barricades and shall be protected by illuminating proper lights when the visibility is poor.
As far as possible, the pipe line shall be laid below existing services, like water and gas pipes,
cables, cable ducts and drains but not below sewers, which are usually laid at greater depth.
Where it is unavoidable, pipe line should be suitably protected. A minimum clearance of 500 mm
shall be provided between the pipe line and such other services.
Trees, shrubbery fences, poles, and all other property and surface structures shall be protected.
Tree roots shall be cut within a distance of 50 cm from pipe joints in order to prevent roots from
entering them. Temporary support, adequate protection and maintenance of all underground and
surface structures, drains, sewers and other obstructions encountered in the progress of the work
shall be provided. The structures, which will be disturbed shall be restored after completion of
the work.
Where water forms or accumulates in any trench the Contractor shall maintain the trench free of
water during pipe laying.
Wherever necessary to prevent caving, trench excavations in soils such as sand, gravel and sandy
soil shall be adequately sheeted and braced. Where sheeting and bracing are used, the net trench
width after sheeting shall not be less than that specified above. The sides of the excavation shall

Agreement

Page 240

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

be adequately supported at all times and, except where described as permitted under the Contract,
shall be not battered.
The Engineer in co-operation with the Contractor shall decide about the sheeting/ bracing of the
trench according to the soil conditions in a particular stretch and taking into account the safety
requirements of the Contractors and Engineers staff. Generally, safety measures against caving
have to be provided for trenches with vertical walls if they are deeper than 2.0m.
STRIPPING LOOSE ROCK
All loose boulders, semi-detached rocks (along with earthy stuff which might move therewith)
not directly in the excavation but so close to the area to be excavated as to be liable, in the
opinion of the Engineer, to fall or otherwise endanger the workmen, equipment, or the work, etc.,
shall be stripped off and removed away from the area of the excavation. The method used shall
be such as not to shatter, or render unstable or unsafe the portion, which was originally sound and
safe.
Any material not requiring removal as contemplated in the work, but which, in the opinion of the
Engineer, is likely to become loose or unstable later, shall also be promptly and satisfactorily
removed as directed by the Engineer. The cost of such stripping will be paid for at the unit rates
accepted for the class of materials in question.
FILL, BACK FILLING AND SITE GRADING
GENERAL
All fill material will be subject to the Engineer's approval. If any material is rejected by the
Engineer, the Contractor shall remove the same forthwith from the site at no extra cost to the
Owner. Surplus fill material shall be deposited/ disposed off as directed by the Engineer after the
fill work is completed.
No earth fill shall commence until surface water discharges and streams have been properly
intercepted or otherwise dealt with as directed by the Engineer.
MATERIAL
To the extent available, selected surplus soils from excavated materials shall be used as backfill.
Fill material shall be free from clods, salts, sulphates, organic or other foreign material. All clods
of earth shall be broken or removed. Where excavated material is mostly rock, the boulders shall
be broken into pieces not larger than 150 mm size, mixed with properly graded fine material
consisting of murrum or earth to fill up the voids and the mixture used for filling.
If any selected fill material is required to be borrowed, the contractor shall make arrangements
for bringing such material from outside borrow pits. The material and source shall be subject to
prior approval of the Engineer. The approved borrow pit area shall be cleared of all bushes, roots
of trees, plants, rubbish, etc. top soil containing salts/ sulphate and other foreign material shall be
removed. The materials so removed shall be burnt or disposed off as directed by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall make necessary access roads to borrow areas and maintain the same, if such
access road does not exist, at his cost.
FILLING IN PITS AND TRENCHES AROUND FOUNDATIONS OF STRUCTURES,
WALLS, ETC.
As soon as the work in foundations has been accepted and measured, the spaces around the
foundations, structures, pits, trenches, etc. shall be cleared of all debris, and filled with earth in
layers not exceeding 15 cm., each layer being watered, rammed and properly consolidated, before
the succeeding one is laid. Each layer shall be consolidated to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Earth shall be rammed with approved mechanical compaction machines. Usually no manual
compaction shall be allowed unless the Engineer is satisfied that in some cases manual
compaction by tampers cannot be avoided. The final backfill surface shall be trimmed and
levelled to proper profile as directed by the Engineer or indicated on the drawings.

Agreement

Page 241

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

PLINTH FILLING
Plinth filling shall be carried out with approved material as described herein before in layers not
exceeding 15 cm, watered and compacted with mechanical compaction machines. The Engineer
may however permit manual compaction by hand tampers in case he is satisfied that mechanical
compaction is not possible. When filling reaches the finished level, the surface shall be flooded
with water, unless otherwise directed, for at least 24 hours allowed to dry and then the surface
again compacted as specified above to avoid settlements at a later stage. The finished level of the
filling shall be trimmed to the level/ slope specified.
Where specified in the schedule of works, compaction of the plinth fill shall be carried out by
means of 12 tonne rollers smooth wheeled, sheep-foot or wobbly wheeled rollers. In case of
compaction of granular material such as sands and gravel, vibratory rollers shall be used. A
smaller weight roller may be used only if permitted by the Engineer. As rolling proceeds water
sprinkling shall be done to assist consolidation. Water shall not be sprinkled in case of sandy fill.
The thickness of each unconsolidated fill layer can in this case be upto a maximum of 300 mm.
The Engineer will determine the thickness of the layers in which fill has to be consolidated
depending on the fill material and equipment used.
Rolling shall commence from the outer edge and progress towards the centre and continue until
compaction is to the satisfaction of the Engineer, but in no case less than 10 passes of the roller
will be accepted for each layer.
The compacted surface shall be properly shaped, trimmed and consolidated to an even and
uniform gradient. All soft spots shall be excavated and filled and consolidated.
At some locations/ areas it may not be possible to use rollers because of space restrictions etc.
The Contractor shall then be permitted to use pneumatic tampers, rammers, etc. and he shall
ensure proper compaction.
SAND FILLING IN PLINTH AND OTHER PLACES
At places backfilling shall be carried out with local sand if directed by the Engineer. The sand
used shall be clean, medium grained and free from impurities. The filled-in-sand shall be kept
flooded with water for 24 hours to ensure maximum consolidation. Any temporary work required
to contain sand under flooded condition shall be to the Contractor's account. The surface of the
consolidated sand shall be dressed to required level or slope. Construction of floors or other
structures on sand fill shall not be started until the Engineer has inspected and approved the fill.
BACK FILLING TRENCHES
Back-filling and compaction shall be done by hand or approved mechanical methods in layers of
150 mm up to proctor density of 90%, special care shall be taken to avoid damage of the pipe and
the coating or moving of the pipe.
Note: The Employer gives very high priority to proper compaction of the backfill as per
specifications. It is mandatory that mechanical compaction device shall be used for compacting
each layer. The compaction shall be tested as per stipulations of QA/QC document.
Where the excavation is made through permanent pavements, curbs, paved footpaths, or where
such structures are undercut by the excavation, the entire back-fill to the subgrade of the
structures shall be made with sand in accordance with IS 12288.
All excavations shall be backfilled to the level of the original ground surfaces unless otherwise
shown on the drawings or ordered by the Engineer, and in accordance with the requirements of
the specification. The material used for backfill, the amount thereof, and the manner of
depositing and compacting shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer, but the Contractor
will be held responsible for any displacement of pipe or other structures, any damage to their
surfaces, or any instability of pipes and structures caused by improper depositing of backfill
materials.
Trenches crossing a road shall be backfilled with selected material placed in layers not exceeding
15 cm in thickness after compacting, wetted and compacted to a density of not less than 90
Agreement

Page 242

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

percent of the maximum dry density at optimum moisture content of the surrounding material.
Any shortfall in the quantity of material for backfilling the trenches shall be supplied by the Contractor at his expense.
The Contractor shall at his own expense make good any settlement of the trench backfill
occurring after backfilling and until the expiry of the defects liability period.
On completion of pressure and leakage tests exposed joints shall be covered with approved
selected backfill placed above the top of the pipe and joints in accordance with the requirements
of the above specifications. The Contractor shall not use backfilling for disposal of refuse or
unsuitable soil.
GENERAL SITE GRADING
Site grading shall be carried out as indicated in the drawings and as directed by the Engineer.
Excavation shall be carried out as specified in the specification. Filling and compaction shall be
carried out as specified in PART B and elsewhere unless otherwise indicated below.
If no compaction is called for, the fill may be deposited to the full height in one operation and
levelled. If the fill has to be compacted, it shall be placed in layers not exceeding 225 mm and
levelled uniformly and compacted as indicated in PART B before the next layer is deposited.
To ensure that the fill has been compacted as specified, field and laboratory tests shall be carried
out by the Contractor at his cost.
Field compaction test shall be carried out at different stages of filling and also after the fill to the
entire height has been completed. This shall hold good for embankments as well.
The Contractor shall protect the earthfill from being washed away by rain damaged in any other
way. Should any slip occur, the Contractor shall remove the affected material and make good the
slip at his cost.
The fill shall be carried out to such dimensions and levels as indicated on the drawings after the
stipulated compaction. The fill will be considered as incomplete if the desired compaction has not
been obtained.
If specifically permitted by the Engineer, compaction can be obtained by allowing loaded trucks
conveying fill or other material to ply over the fill area. Even if such a method is permitted, it
will be for the Contractor to demonstrate that the desired/ specified compaction has been
obtained. In order that the fill may be reasonably uniform throughout, the material should be
dumped in place in approximately uniform layers. Traffic over the fill shall then be so routed to
compact the area uniformly throughout.
If so specified, the rock as obtained from excavation may be used for filling and levelling to
indicate grades without further breaking. In such an event, filling shall be done in layers not
exceeding 50cms approximately. After rock filling to the approximate level, indicated above has
been carried out, the void in the rocks shall be filled with finer materials such as earth, broken
stone, etc. and the area flooded so that the finer materials fill up the voids. Care shall be taken to
ensure that the finer fill material does not get washed out. Over the layer so filled, a 100 mm
thick mixed layer of broken material and earth shall be laid and consolidation carried out by a 12
tonne roller. No less than twelve passes of the roller shall be accepted before subsequent similar
operations are taken up.
FILL DENSITY
The compaction, only where so called for, in the schedule of quantities/ items shall comply with
the specified (Standard Proctor/ Modified Proctor) density at moisture content differing not more
than 4 percent from the optimum moisture content. The Contractor shall demonstrate adequately
at his cost, by field and laboratory tests that the specified density has been obtained.
DISPOSAL
Excess excavated earth shall be disposed by contractor at a suitable site on his own responsibility

Agreement

Page 243

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

CONCRETE & ALLIED WORKS


SCOPE
This Specification covers the general requirements for ready mixed concrete and for concrete
using on-site production facilities including requirements in regard to the quality, handling,
storage of ingredients, proportioning, batching, mixing, transporting, placing, curing, protecting,
repairing, finishing and testing of concrete; formwork; requirements in regard to the quality,
storage, bending and fixing of reinforcement; grouting.
It shall be very clearly understood that the specifications given herein are brief and do not cover
minute details. However, all works shall have to be carried out in accordance with the relevant
standards and codes of practices or in their absence in accordance with the best accepted current
engineering practices or as directed by ENGINEER from time to time. The decision of
ENGINEER as regards the specification to be adopted and their interpretation and the mode of
execution of work shall be final and binding on CONTRACTOR and no claim whatsoever will
be entertained on this account.
APPLICABLE CODES AND SPECIFICATION
The following specifications, standards and codes, including all official amendments/revisions
and other specifications & codes referred to therein, should be considered a part of this
specification. In all cases the latest issue/edition/revision shall apply. In case of discrepancy
between this specification and those referred to herein below or other specifications forming a
part of this bid document, this specification shall govern.
MATERIALS
IS:269
Specification for 33 grade ordinary portland cement.
IS:455
Specification for Portland slag cement.
IS:1489
Specification for Portland pozzolana cement(Parts 1 & 2)
IS:8112
Specification for 43 grade ordinary portland cement.
IS:12330
Specification for sulphate resisting Portland Cement.
IS:383
Specification for coarse and fine aggregates from natural sources for
concrete.
IS:432
Specification for mild steel and medium tensile (Parts steel bars and hard
drawn steel wires for 1 & 2) concrete reinforcement.
IS:1786
Specification for high strength deformed steel bars and wires for concrete
reinforcement.
IS:1566
Specification for hard drawn steel wire fabric for (Parts II) concrete
reinforcement.
IS:9103
Specification for admixtures for concrete.
IS:2645
Specification for integral cement waterproofing compounds.
IS:4900
Specification for plywood for concrete shuttering work.
IS:4926
Ready mixed concrete
IS:12269
Specification for 53 grade ordinary portland cement.
IS:8041
Specification for rapid hardening cement.
IS:12600
Specification for low heat cement.
IS:6909
Specification for supersulphated cement.
IS:12089
Specification for granulated ground blast furnace slag.
BS:6699
Specification for granulated ground blast furnace slag.
BS:6073
Specifications for precast concrete masonry units (Part 1)
Methods for specifying precast concrete masonry (Part 2)
MATERIAL TESTING
IS:4031
Methods of physical tests for hydraulic cement. (Parts 1 to 15)
IS:4032
Method of chemical analysis of hydraulic cement.
IS:650
Specification for standard sand for testing of cement.
IS:2430
Methods for sampling of aggregates for concrete.
IS:2386
Methods of test for aggregates for concrete (Parts 1 to 8)
Agreement

Page 244

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

IS:3025

Methods of sampling and test (physical and chemical) water used in


industry.(Part 1 to 51)
IS:6925
Methods of test for determination of water soluble chlorides in concrete
admixtures.
MATERIAL STORAGE
IS:4082
Recommendations on stacking and storing of construction materials at
site.
CONCRETE MIX DESIGN
IS:10262
Recommended guidelines for Concrete Mix Design.
CONCRETE TESTING
IS:1199
Method of sampling and analysis of concrete.
IS:516
Method of test for strength of concrete.
IS:9013
Method of making, curing and determining compressive strength of
accelerated cured concrete test specimens.
IS:8142
Method of test for determining setting time of concrete by penetration
resistance.
IS:9284
Method of test for abrasion resistance of concrete.
IS:2770
Methods of testing bond in reinforced concrete.
EQUIPMENT
IS:1791
Specification for batch type concrete mixers.
IS:2438
Specification for roller pan mixer.
IS:4925
Specification for concrete batching and mixing plant.
IS:5892
Specification for concrete transit mixer and agitator.
IS:7242
Specification for concrete spreaders.
IS:2505
General Requirements for concrete vibrators: Immersion type.
IS:2506
General Requirements for screed board concrete vibrators.
IS:2514
Specification for concrete vibrating tables.
IS:3366
Specification for pan vibrators.
IS:4656
Specification for form vibrators for concrete.
IS:11993
Code of practice for use of screed board concrete vibrators.
IS:7251
Specification for concrete finishers.
IS:2722
Specification for portable swing weigh batchers for concrete (single and
double bucket type).
IS:2750
Specifications for steel scaffoldings.
CODES OF PRACTICE
IS:456
Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete.
IS:457
Code of practice for general construction of plain and reinforced concrete
for dams and other massive structures.
IS:3370
Code of practice for concrete structures for storage of liquids (Parts 1 to
4)
IS:3935
Code of practice for composite construction.
IS:2204
Code of practice for construction of reinforced concrete shell roof.
IS:2210
Criteria for the design of reinforced concrete shell structures and folded
plates.
IS:2502
Code of practice for bending and fixing of bars for concrete
reinforcement.
IS:5525
Recommendation for detailing of reinforcement in reinforced concrete
works.
IS:2751
Code of practice for welding of mild steel plain and deformed bars used
for reinforced concrete construction.
IS:9417
Specification for welding cold worked bars for reinforced concrete
construction.
IS:3558
Code of practice for use of immersion vibrators for consolidating
concrete.
IS:3414
Code of practice for design and installation of joints in buildings.
Agreement

Page 245

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

IS:4326

Code of practice for earthquake resistant design and construction of


buildings.
IS:4014
Code of practice for steel tubular scaffolding. (Parts 1 & 2)
IS:2571
Code of practice for laying in situ cement concrete flooring
IS:7861
Part1 - Recommended practice for hot weather concreting
Part2 Recommended practice for cold weather concreting
IS:3370
Code of practice for concrete structures for the storage of liquid (Part I to
IV)
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY
IS:3696
Safety code for scaffolds and ladders.(Parts 1 & 2)
IS:7969
Safety code for handling and storage of building materials.
IS:8989
Safety code for erection of concrete framed structures.
MEASUREMENT
IS:1200
Method of measurement of building and engineering works
(Part 1 to 12)
(Part 2 and 5)
GENERAL
ENGINEER shall have the right at all times to inspect all operations including the sources of
materials, procurement, layout and storage of materials, the concrete batching and mixing
equipment, and the quality control system. Such an inspection shall be arranged and
ENGINEERs approval obtained, prior to starting of concrete work. This shall, however, not
relieve CONTRACTOR of any of his responsibilities. All materials, which do not conform to this
specification, shall be rejected.
Materials should be selected so that they can satisfy the design requirements of strength,
serviceability, safety, durability and finish with due regards to the functional requirements and
the environmental conditions to which the structure will be subjected. Materials complying with
codes/standards shall only be used. Other materials may be used after approval of the
ENGINEER and after establishing their performance suitability based on previous data,
experience or tests.
MATERIALS
CEMENT
Unless otherwise specified or called for by ENGINEER/OWNER, cement shall be ordinary
Portland cement conforming to IS: 269, IS: 8112 or IS: 12269.
The Portland pozzolana cement shall conform to IS: 1489 and it shall be used as directed by
ENGINEER. Where Portland pozzolana or slag cements are used, it shall be ensured that
consistency of quality is maintained and there will be no adverse interactions between the
materials and the finish specified is not marred.
Only one type of cement shall be used in any one mix unless specifically approved by
ENGINEER. The source of supply, type or brand of cement within the same structure or portion
thereof shall be approved from ENGINEER prior to its use.
Cement, which is not used within 90 days from its date of manufacture, shall be tested at a
laboratory approved by ENGINEER and until the results of such tests are found satisfactory, it
shall not be used in any work.
AGGREGATES
Aggregates shall consist of naturally occurring stones and gravel (crushed or uncrushed) and
sand. They shall be chemically inert, strong, hard, clean, durable against weathering, of limited
porosity, free from dust/silt/organic impurities/deleterious materials and conform to IS: 383.
Aggregates such as slag, crushed over burnt bricks, bloated clay ash, sintered fly ash and tiles
shall not be used.
Aggregates shall be washed and screened before use where necessary or if directed by the
ENGINEER.

Agreement

Page 246

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Aggregates containing reactive materials shall be used only after tests conclusively prove that
there will be no adverse affect on strength, durability and finish, including long term effects, on
the concrete.
The fineness modulus of sand shall neither be less than 2.2 nor more than 3.2. If use of sand
having fineness modulus more than 3.2 is unavoidable then it shall be suitable blended with
crusher stone dust.
The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be as stated on the drawings, but in no case greater
than 1/4 of the minimum thickness of the member, provided that the concrete can be placed
without difficulty so as to surround all reinforcement thoroughly and fill the corners of the form.
For most work 20mm aggregate is suitable. Where there is no restriction to the flow of concrete
into sections, 40mm or larger size is permitted.
In concrete elements with thin sections, closely spaced reinforcements or small cover,
consideration should be given to the use of 10mm nominal maximum size.
Plums 160 mm and above of a reasonable size may be used where directed. Plums shall not
constitute more than 20% by volume of concrete unless specified by ENGINEER.
WATER
Water used for both mixing and curing shall conform to IS:456. Potable water is generally
satisfactory. Water containing any excess of acid, alkali, sugar or salt shall not be used.
The pH value of water shall not be less than 6.
Seawater shall not be used for concrete mixing and curing.
The proposed admixtures shall comply with requirements of latest IS codes.
Reinforcement
Reinforcement bars shall conform to IS:432 and/ or IS:1786 and welded wire fabric to IS:1566 as
shown on the drawing.
All reinforcement shall be clean, free from pitting, oil, grease, paint, loose mill scales, rust, dirt,
dust or any other substance that will destroy or reduce bond.
Special precaution like coating of reinforcement may be provided with the prior approval of
ENGINEER.
SAMPLES AND TESTS
All materials used for the works shall be tested before use. The frequency of such confirmatory
tests shall be decided by ENGINEER.
Manufacturers test certificate shall be furnished for each batch of cement/steel and when
directed by ENGINEER samples shall also be got tested by the CONTRACTOR in a laboratory
approved by ENGINEER at no extra cost to OWNER. However, where material is supplied by
OWNER, all testing charges shall be borne by OWNER, but transportation and preparation of
material samples for the laboratory shall be done by CONTRACTOR at no extra cost.
Sampling and testing of aggregates shall be as per IS:2386 under the supervision of ENGINEER.
The cost of all tests, sampling, etc. shall be borne by CONTRACTOR. For coarse aggregate
crushing value shall be tested.
Water to be used shall be tested to comply with clause 5.4 of IS:456.
CONTRACTOR shall furnish manufacturers test certificates and technical literature for the
admixture proposed to be used. If directed, the admixture shall be got tested at an approved
laboratory at no extra cost.
STORING OF MATERIALS
All material shall be stored in a manner so as to prevent its deterioration and contamination,
which would preclude its use in the works. Requirements of IS:4082 shall be complied with.
CONTRACTOR will have to make his own arrangements for the storage of adequate quantity of
cement even if cement is supplied by OWNER. If such cement is not stored properly and has
deteriorated, the material shall be rejected. Cost of such rejected cement, where cement is
supplied by OWNER, shall be recovered at issue rate or open market rate whichever is higher.
Agreement

Page 247

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Cement bags shall be stored in dry weatherproof shed with a raised floor, well away from the
outer walls and insulated from the floor to avoid moisture from ground. Not more than 15 bags
shall be stacked in any tier. Storage arrangement shall be approved by ENGINEER. Storage
under tarpaulins shall not be permitted. Each consignment of cement shall be stored separately
and consumed in its order of receipt. CONTRACTOR shall maintain record of receipt and
consumption of cement.
Each size of coarse and fine aggregates shall be stacked separately and shall be protected from
dropping leaves and contamination with foreign material. The stacks shall be on hard, clean, free
draining bases, draining away from the concrete mixing area.
CONTRACTOR shall make his own arrangements for storing water at site in tanks of approved
capacity. The tanks shall be cleaned at least once a week to prevent contamination.
The reinforcement shall be stacked on top of timber sleepers to avoid contact with ground/ water.
Each type and size shall be stacked separately.
CONCRETE
GENERAL
Concrete grade shall be as designated on drawings. Concrete in the works shall be DESIGN
MIX CONCRETE OR NOMINAL MIX CONCRETE. All concrete works of upto grade M15
shall be NOMINAL MIX CONCRETE whereas all other grades, M20 and above, shall be
DESIGN MIX CONCRETE.
DESIGN MIX CONCRETE
Design Mix Concrete are classified in three categories, viz. "Normal Concrete (M)", "Heavy
Concrete (H)", "Super Heavy Concrete (SH)". Each class of concrete shall be identified by a
prefix and two numbers. Prefix "M" would denote Normal Concrete, prefix "H" would denote
heavy concrete and prefix "SH" would denote super heavy concrete. The two numbers e.g. 25 40 would denote the crushing strength of cube at 28 days in N/sq.mm and maximum size of the
coarse aggregates in millimetres respectively.
Normal concrete shall have a net dry unit weight of not less than 25 kN/cum, for the finished
structure after curing, Heavy concrete shall have a net dry unit weight of not less than 36.30
kN/cum, for the finished structure after curing and special heavy concrete shall have a net dry
unit weight of not less than 41 kN/cum for the finished structure after curing.
MIX DESIGN & TESTING
For Design Mix Concrete, the mix shall be designed as per any of four methods given in SP: 23
to provide the grade of concrete having the required workability and characteristic strength not
less than appropriate values given in IS: 456. The design mix shall in addition be such that it is
cohesive and does not segregate during placement and should result in a dense and durable
concrete capable of giving the specified finish. For liquid retaining structures, the mix shall also
result in watertight concrete. The CONTRACTOR shall exercise great care while designing the
concrete mix and executing the works to achieve the desired result.
The minimum grade of concrete shall be as per Table 5 of IS: 456 for various exposure
conditions of concrete. For various environmental conditions, refer Table 3 of IS: 456.
The minimum cement content for Design Mix Concrete shall be as per Table 5 of IS: 456 or as
given below, whichever is higher.
Table. Grade of Concrete and Minimum Cement Content
Grade of Concrete
M 20
M 25
M 30
M 35

Agreement

Minimum Cement Content in kg/cum. of


Concrete
300
300
320
340

Page 248

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

The minimum cement content stipulated above shall be adopted irrespective of whether the
CONTRACTOR achieves the desired strength with less quantity of cement. The
CONTRACTORs quoted rates for concrete shall provide for the above eventuality and nothing
extra shall become payable to the CONTRACTOR on this account. Even in the case where the
quantity of cement required is higher than that specified above to achieve desired strength based
on an approved mix design, nothing extra shall become payable to the CONTRACTOR.
It shall be CONTRACTORs sole responsibility to carry out the mix designs at his own cost. He
shall furnish to ENGINEER for approval at least 30 days before concreting operations, a
statement of proportions proposed to be used for the various concrete mixes and the strength
results obtained. The strength requirements of the concrete mixes ascertained on 150 mm cubes
as per IS:516 shall comply with the requirements of IS:456.
Table. Grade of Concrete and Compressive Strength
Grade
Concrete
M

of

Minimum
Compressive
Strength N/Sq.mm at 7 days

Specified
Characteristic
compressive strength N/sq.mm at
28 days

15

10.0

15.0

20

13.5

20.0

25

17.0

25.0

30

20.0

30.0

35

23.5

35.0

A range of slumps recommended for various types of construction, unless otherwise instructed by
the ENGINEER, shall be as given below:
Table. Recommended Slump

Structure/Member

Slump in millimetres
Maximum
Minimum
Reinforced foundation walls and footings
75
25
Plain footings, caissons and substructure walls
75
25
T. G. and massive compressor foundations
50
25
Slabs, Beams and reinforced walls
50
25
Pumps & miscellaneous Equipment Foundations
75
25
Building columns
50
25
Pavements
50
25
Heavy mass construction
50
25
Liquid retaining/ conveying structures
50
25
(NOTE: These values are not meant for pumped concrete placed using slip formed technique.)
Where single size graded coarse aggregate are not available, aggregates of different sizes shall be
properly combined. The contractors mix design shall show that combined grading of coarse
aggregate meets the requirements of Table 2 of IS: 383 for graded aggregates.
Batching & Mixing of Concrete
Proportions of aggregates and cement, as per approved concrete mix design, shall be by weight.
These proportions shall be maintained during subsequent concrete batching by means of weigh
batchers capable of controlling the weights within 2% for cement and 3% for aggregate. The
batching equipment shall be calibrated at the frequency decided by ENGINEER.
Amount of water added shall be such as to produce dense concrete of required consistency,
specified strength and satisfactory workability and shall be so adjusted to account for moisture
Agreement

Page 249

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

content in the aggregates. Water- cement ratio specified for use by ENGINEER shall be
maintained. Each time the work stops, the mixer shall be cleaned out, and while recommencing,
the first batch shall have 10% additional sand and cement to allow for sticking in the drum.
Arrangement should be made by CONTRACTOR to have the cubes tested at his own expense in
an approved laboratory or in field with prior consent of ENGINEER. Sampling and testing of
strength and workability of concrete shall be as per IS:1199, IS:516 and IS:456.It is preferable to
cast additional cubes (minimum 3 specimen) for testing at 7 days and 14 days.
NOMINAL MIX CONCRETE
MIX DESIGN & TESTING
Mix Design and preliminary tests are not necessary for Nominal Mix Concrete. However works
tests shall be carried out as per IS:456. Proportions for Nominal Mix Concrete and w/c ratio may
be adopted as per Table 9 of IS:456. However, it will be CONTRACTORs sole responsibility to
adopt appropriate nominal mix proportions to achieve the specified characteristic strength.
BATCHING & MIXING OF CONCRETE
Based on the adopted nominal mixes, aggregates shall be measured by volume. However cement
shall be by weight only. Appropriate correction shall be made for bulking of sand after testing.
Ready mixed concrete
All specification as per IS:4926 Specification for ready mixed concrete shall be used.
The Contractor shall identify at least two sources of ready mix concrete supplier and get it
approved by ENGINEER prior to start of the Works. Any change in the source of the RMC, shall
be got approved by the ENGINEER.
The design mix prepared by the RMC supplier shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The
testing of concrete as per Codal provisions and the specifications shall be done by the Contractor
same as the normal concreting works.
PRECAST CONCRETE
GENERAL
Precast concrete shall comply with the preceding Sections relating to Concrete as far as they are
applicable. Precast concrete blocks shall comply with the requirements and recommendations of
BS 6073.
PRECASTING BED
All precast units shall be cast on, or their shutters supported from a suitably prepared level
unyielding paved area.
Marking
All units shall be suitably marked in a clean and legible manner with a reference number and the
date of casting, which information shall be clearly visible when units are stacked. Reinforced
precast members shall be clearly marked to indicate the upper face.
FORMWORK
The formwork shall be either steel or lined with steel, waterproof / laminated board or such other
material as directed and approved by the ENGINEER. Forms shall be strongly constructed,
closely jointed and smooth and shall be such as to ensure true sharp arises and a perfect surface.
Forms shall be so designed that they can be taken apart and reassembled readily.
CASTING TOLERANCE
The casting tolerance, unless otherwise ordered or directed, shall be within +3mm of true
dimensions.
STRIKING FORMS
The method and time of striking the side shutters after casting the units will normally be left to
the discretion of the CONTRACTOR, but the ENGINEER may specify minimum time in which
case the CONTRACTOR must comply with the ENGINEER'S directions. In the event of any
damage resulting from premature removal of shutters, or from any other cause, the unit will be

Agreement

Page 250

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

liable to rejection and replacement by the Contractor at his own cost, whether the Engineer has
specified a minimum striking time or not.
LIFTING, STACKING AND REMOVAL
Precast units shall not be lifted, transported or used in the Works until they are sufficiently
mature. The crushing tests on the test cubes, which are to be kept along with relevant the precast
units, will be used to assess the maturity of the units.
Lifting, stacking and removal of precast units shall be undertaken without causing shock,
vibration or undue stress to or in the units. The CONTRACTOR shall satisfy the ENGINEER
that the methods he proposes for lifting, transporting and setting precast units will not overstress
or damage the units in any way. In the event of overstress or damage due to whatever cause, the
unit or units concerned will be liable to rejection. Rejected units shall be immediately broken up
and removed from the site. The CONTRACTOR shall replace such rejected units at his own cost.
CURING
The top and sides of all precast units shall be kept covered constantly and in a damp condition
with clean, potable fresh water for at least seven days after casting or for such further period as
the ENGINEER may direct. It is preferable to have a curing pond for this purpose.
PRECASTING RECORDS
Complete records shall be maintained of all precast work. Every unit shall have a reference
number, date of casting, date of removal from bed and date and position of placing shall be
recorded together with corresponding test cube reference number and results.
CONTRACTOR shall submit a method statement to ENGINEER for approval, furnishing details
of each stage of operation.
FORMWORK
Formwork shall be all inclusive and shall consist of but not limited to shores, bracings, sides of
footings, walls, beams and columns, bottom of slabs, etc. including ties, anchors, hangers, inserts,
false work, wedges, etc.
The design and engineering of the formwork as well as its construction shall be the responsibility
of CONTRACTOR. However, if so directed by ENGINEER, the drawings and calculations for
the design of the formwork shall be submitted to ENGINEER for approval.
Formwork shall be designed to fulfil the following requirements:
Sufficiently rigid and tight to prevent loss of grout or mortar from the concrete at all stages and
appropriate to the methods of placing and compacting.
Capable of providing concrete of the correct shape and surface finish within the specified
tolerance limits.
Capable of withstanding without deflection the worst combination of selfweight, reinforcement
and concrete weight, all loads and dynamic effects arising from construction and compacting
activities, wind and weather forces.
Capable of easily striking without shock, disturbance or damage to the concrete
Soffit forms capable of imparting a camber if required.
Soffit forms and supports capable of being left in position if required.
Capable of being cleaned and/or coated if necessary immediately prior to casting the concrete;
design temporary openings where necessary for these purposes and to facilitate the preparation of
construction joints.
The formwork may be of lined timber, waterproof / plastic coated plywood, steel, plastic
depending upon the type of finish specified. Sliding forms and slip form may be used with the
approval of ENGINEER. Timber for formwork shall be well seasoned, free from sap, shakes,
loose knots, worm holes, warps and other surface defects. Joints between formwork and
formwork and between formwork and structure shall be sufficiently tight to prevent loss of slurry
from concrete using foam and rubber seals.

Agreement

Page 251

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

The faces of formwork coming in contact with concrete shall be cleaned and two coats of
approved mould oil applied before fixing reinforcement. All rubbish, particularly chippings,
shavings, sawdust, wire pieces, dust etc. shall be removed from the interior of the forms before
the concrete is placed. Where directed, cleaning of forms shall be done by blasting with a jet of
compressed air at no extra cost.
Forms intended for reuse shall be treated with care. Forms that have deteriorated shall not be
used. Before reuse, all forms shall be thoroughly scraped, cleaned, nails removed, holes suitably
plugged, joints repaired and warped lumber replaced to the satisfaction of ENGINEER.
CONTRACTOR shall equip himself with enough quantity of shuttering to allow for wastage so
as to complete the job in time.
Permanent formwork shall be checked for its durability and compatibility with adjoining concrete
before it is used in the structure. It shall be properly anchored to the concrete.
Wire ties passing through beams, columns and walls shall not be allowed. In their place bolts
passing through sleeves may be used. Formwork spacers left in situ shall not impair the desired
appearance or durability of the structure by causing spalling, rust staining or allowing the passage
of moisture.
For liquid retaining structures sleeves shall not be provided for through bolts nor shall through
bolts be removed if provided. The bolts, in the latter case, shall be cut at 25 mm depth from the
surface and the hole made good by cement mortar of the same proportion as the concrete just
after striking the formwork.
Where specified or shown on drawings all corners and angles exposed in the finished structure
shall have chamfers or fillets of 20 mm x 20 mm size.
Forms for substructure may be omitted when, in the opinion of ENGINEER, the open excavation
is firm enough (in hard non-porous soils) to act as a form. Such excavation shall be slightly
larger, as directed by ENGINEER, than that required as per drawing to compensate for
irregularities in excavation.
CONTRACTOR shall provide adequate props of adjustable steel pipes carried down to a firm
bearing without overloading any of the structures.
The shuttering for beams and slabs shall be so erected that the side shuttering of beams can be
removed without disturbing the bottom shuttering. If the shuttering for a column is erected for the
full height of the column, one side shall be built up in sections as placing of concrete proceeds or
windows left for placing concrete from the side to limit the drop of concrete to 1.5 m or as
directed by ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall temporarily and securely fix items to be cast
(embedment/inserts) in a manner that will not hinder the striking of forms or permit loss of grout.
Formwork showing excessive distortion, during any stage of construction, shall be removed.
Placed concrete affected by faulty formwork, shall be entirely removed and formwork corrected
prior to placement of new concrete at CONTRACTORs cost.
The striking time for formwork shall be determined based on the following requirements:
a) Development of adequate concrete strength;
b) Permissible deflection at time of striking form work;
c) Curing procedure employed - its efficiency and effectiveness;
d) Subsequent surface treatment to be done;
e) Prevention of thermal cracking at re-entrant angles;
f) Ambient temperatures; and Aggressiveness of the environment (unless immediate adequate steps
are taken to prevent damage to the concrete).
Before removing formwork of soffit of slabs/ beams compressive strength at 7/14/21 days shall
be checked.

Agreement

Page 252

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Under normal circumstances (generally where temperatures are above 20 Deg. C) forms may be
struck after expiry of the period given in IS: 456 unless directed otherwise by ENGINEER. For
Portland Pozzolana/slag cement the stripping time shall be suitably modified as directed by the
ENGINEER. It is the CONTRACTORs responsibility to ensure that forms are not struck until
the concrete has developed sufficient strength to support itself, does not undergo excessive
deformation and resists surface damage and any stresses arising during the construction period.
REINFORCEMENT FABRICATION AND PLACEMENT
Reinforcing bars supplied in the form of bent coils shall be straightened cold without damage at
no extra cost. No bending shall be done when ambient temperature is below 5 Deg.C. Suitable
preheating may be permitted if steel bar bending is to be done at below 0 Deg.C. Bars supplied in
bent coils shall be straightened only by machine.
All bars shall be accurately bent gradually and according to the sizes and shapes shown on the
drawings/ schedules or as directed by ENGINEER. Bar bending machines shall be used to
achieve desired accuracy.
Re-bending or straightening incorrectly bent bars shall not be done without approval of
ENGINEER.
Reinforcement shall be accurately fixed and maintained firmly in the correct position by the use
of blocks, spacers, chairs, binding wire, etc. to prevent displacement during placing and
compaction of concrete. The tied in place reinforcement shall be approved by ENGINEER prior
to concrete placement. Spacers (PVC or Concrete) shall be of such material and design as will be
durable, not lead to corrosion of the reinforcement and not cause spalling of the concrete cover.
Binding wire shall be 16 gauge soft annealed wire. Ends of the binding wire shall be bent away
from the concrete surface and in no case encroach into the concrete cover.
Substitution of reinforcement, laps/splices not shown on drawing shall be proposed by
CONTRACTOR and approved by ENGINEER.
If permitted by ENGINEER, welding of reinforcement shall be done in accordance with IS:
2751, IS: 9417 and SP: 34 as applicable.
Tolerance on placement of reinforcement shall be as per Cl. 12.3 of IS: 456.
TOLERANCES
Tolerance for formed and concrete dimensions shall be as per IS: 456 and/ or ACI-117-90, ACI347 unless specified otherwise.
Tolerance specified for horizontal or vertical building lines or footings shall not be construed to
permit encroachment beyond the legal boundaries.
Tolerance for top of concrete of equipments and structural steel foundations shall be as under:
a) Where grout thickness is less than or equal to 25mm: +5mm and 10mm.
b) Where grout thickness is more than 25mm: 15mm.
PREPARATION PRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMENT
Before concrete is actually placed in position, the inside of the formwork shall be cleaned and
mould oil applied, inserts and reinforcement shall be correctly positioned and securely held,
necessary openings, pockets, etc. provided.
All arrangements-formwork, equipment and proposed procedure, shall be approved by
ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall maintain separate Pour Card for each pour as per the format
enclosed.
TRANSPORTING, PLACING AND COMPACTING CONCRETE
Concrete shall be transported from the mixing plant to the formwork with minimum time lapse
by methods that shall maintain the required workability and will prevent segregation, loss of any
ingredients or ingress of foreign matter or water.
In all cases concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practicable directly in its final position. To
avoid segregation, concrete shall not be rehandled or caused to flow. For locations where direct
Agreement

Page 253

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

placement is not possible and in narrow forms, CONTRACTOR shall provide suitable drops and
Elephant Trunks. Concrete shall not be dropped from a height of more than 1.5 m.
Concrete shall not be placed in flowing water. Under water concrete shall be placed in position
by tremie or by pipeline from the mixer and shall never be allowed to fall freely through the
water.
While placing concrete the CONTRACTOR shall proceed as specified below and also ensure the
following:
Continuously between construction joints and predetermined abutments.
a) Without disturbance to forms or reinforcement.
b) Without disturbance to pipes, ducts, fixings and the like to be cast in; ensure that such items are
securely fixed. Ensure that concrete cannot enter open ends of pipes and conduits, etc.
c) Without dropping in a manner that could cause segregation or shock.
d) In deep pours only when the concrete and formwork is designed for this purpose and by using
suitable chutes or pipes.
e) Do not place if the workability is such that full compaction cannot be achieved.
f) Without disturbing the unsupported sides of excavations; prevent contamination of concrete with
earth. Provide sheeting if necessary. In supported excavations, withdraw the linings progressively
as concrete is placed.
g) If placed directly onto hardcore or any other porous material, dampen the surface to reduce loss
of water from the concrete.
h) Ensure that there is no damage or displacement to sheet membranes.
i)

Record the time and location of placing structural concrete.


Concrete shall normally be compacted in its final position within thirty minutes (Initial setting
time) of leaving the mixer. Concrete shall be compacted during placing with approved vibrating
equipment without causing segregation until it forms a solid mass free from voids, thoroughly
worked around reinforcement and embedded fixtures and into all corners of the formwork.
Immersion vibrators shall be inserted vertically at points not more than 450 mm apart and
withdrawn slowly till air bubbles cease to come to the surface, leaving no voids. When placing
concrete in layers advancing horizontally, care shall be taken to ensure adequate vibration,
blending and melding of the concrete between successive layers. Vibrators shall not be allowed
to come in contact with reinforcement, formwork and finished surfaces after start of initial set.
Over-vibration leads to segregation and shall be avoided.
Concrete may be conveyed and placed by mechanically operated equipment after getting the
complete procedure approved by ENGINEER. The slump shall be held to the minimum
necessary for conveying concrete by this method. When concrete is to be pumped, the concrete
mix shall be specially designed to suit pumping. Care shall be taken to avoid stoppages in work
once pumping has started.
CONTRACTOR shall submit a method statement to ENGINEER for approval, furnishing details
of pour sequence, thickness of each layer, mixing and conveying equipments proposed etc.
preferably with a sketch.
Except when placing with slip forms, each placement of concrete in multiple lift work, shall be
allowed to set for at least 24 hours after the final set of concrete before the start of subsequent
placement. Placing shall stop when concrete reaches the top of the opening in walls or bottom
surface of slab, in slab and beam construction, and it shall be resumed before concrete takes
initial set but not until it has had time to settle as determined by ENGINEER. Concrete shall be
protected against damage until final acceptance.

Agreement

Page 254

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

PLACING OF CONCRETE BY PUMPING METHODS


GENERAL
Placing of concrete by pumping will be as specified or authorised by Engineer to achieve the
required speediness of construction and maintain targeted schedules.
Pumping of concrete shall be done only after conducting pumpability trials to ascertain the
performance of fresh concrete on pumping in presence of the Engineer as per approved
procedure. During pumping, concrete shall be conveyed either through rigid pipe or through
flexible hose and discharged directly into the desired area. A steady supply of pumpable concrete
is necessary for satisfactory pumping. Pumpable concrete requires properly graded aggregates,
material uniformity, consistent batching and thorough mixing. Concrete pumps used shall be able
to deliver concrete over a horizontal distance of about 400 m or of about 100 m in a vertical
direction, (with intermediate figures for a combination of horizontal and vertical movements).
They shall be used for concreting densely reinforced structures, internal structural elements of
buildings and for large pours of concrete.
Placement of normal concrete by pumping will be permitted as specified or authorised by the
Engineer. The decision, whether or not to pump any particular mix shall rest entirely with the
Engineer and no extra claims for payment on this account will be entertained. The pumping
equipment, pipe lines and accessories as well as proportioning of pumpable concrete shall
generally confirm to the recommendations of ACI-304.2 (latest revision) Placing of concrete by
pumping method - Proportioning of pumpable mixes gives certain guide lines on concrete mix.
However, final selection of mix shall be as instructed by the Engineer.
PUMPING EQUIPMENT
Requisite numbers of modern dependable concrete pumps capable of pumping concrete of
specified quality at a rate required to meet the construction schedules, together with a balanced
complement of pipelines, accessories, spare parts, power controlled placing booms, and
experienced pump operators and maintenance staff shall be provided at locations and in a manner
approved by the Engineer.
The pumping plant shall be completely installed on each occasion, with preliminary mock
operation for a sufficient length of time prior to scheduled placement of a particular concrete
pour, to enable the Engineer to conduct pumpability tests and necessary adjustments for the
concrete mix, prior to use of the pumping for placement of concrete.
TYPE OF PUMP
The selection of the concrete pump shall be done as per the project requirement. The Contractor
shall submit the concrete pump data sheets proving the suitability for the given project to
ENGINEER for approval.
The concrete pump shall be selected on its best pumping capacity and the speediness to be
achieved in the project. The piston pumps of a net horizontal pumping capacity of 30 m3/ hr or
20 m3/ hr or 15 m3/ hr or 10 m3/ hr can be utilised. The combination of various pumps to be
used shall be decided by Contractor and shall submit the necessary documents and targeted
progress to be achieved in line with the Time Period and Milestones.
These pumps shall have capacity to pump the concrete up to at a horizontal distance of 400 m
and capable of generating a minimum pressure of 80 bar. These parameters shall depend upon the
building sizes, manoeuvrability and other construction features. These pumps shall consist of a
receiving hopper with a bolted grill at top of capacity not less than 600 litres. The hoppers shall
be provided with hydraulically driven re-mixing blades or other agitating devices to keep the
concrete mixed continuously and maintain consistency and uniformity. The pumps shall be
provided with two cylinders with max. diameter not less than 150 mm, stroke of about 1200 mm
and the number of strokes not exceeding 25 per minute. The outlet valves shall be located on the
discharge lines. Type of inlet and outlet valves may vary depending on the manufacturer, but they
shall preferably be of sliding-rod-flat-gate type. The piston shall be hydraulically driven. Primary
Agreement

Page 255

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

power shall be supplied by gasoline, diesel or electric motor of requisite power rating. Care shall
be taken by the Contractor to ensure uninterrupted operation of the pumps during the entire
period of concreting by providing adequate standby arrangements. The primary power and pump
equipment shall be either truck or trailer mounted, and not skid mounted.
PIPELINES AND ACCESSORIES
RIGID PIPELINES
Concrete transported to the placement area by pumping methods shall be pumped thorough rigid
pipes or a combination of rigid and heavy-duty flexible hoses. Rigid pipe shall be made available
in minimum 125 mm diameter size. Aluminium alloy lines shall not be used for delivery of
concrete. Rigid pipes shall be furnished in such lengths as can be manually handled by a single
person.
FLEXIBLE CONDUIT (HOSE)
Flexible conduit shall be made of rubber, or spirally wound flexible metal, and plastic flexible
conduits generally present greater resistance to movement of concrete and their performance is
not the same as that of a rigid pipe and also larger sizes (100 mm to 123 mm) have a tendency to
leak. Flexible conduits provided, shall be interchangeable with rigid pipes and their use restricted
to curves, difficult placement areas, and as connection to moving cranes or to water borne lines.
COUPLINGS
The couplings provided to connect both flexible and rigid pipe sections shall be adequate in
strength to withstand handling during erection of the pipe system, misalignments, and poor
support along the lines. They should be nominally rated for at least 3.45 MPa and greater for
rising over 30m. The strength and tightness of joints shall be guaranteed. Couplings shall be
designed to allow replacement of any pipe section without moving other pipe sections, and shall
provide a full internal cross-section with no obstructions or crevices to disrupt the smooth flow of
concrete.
ACCESSORIES
The pump and the distribution system for a particular concreting job shall use the accessories as
listed below and they shall be approved by the Engineer.
a) Rigid and flexible pipes in varying lengths, such as 3, 1.5, 0.9, 0.6 and 0.3 m lengths.
b) Curved sections of rigid pipes such as large radius elbows at angles of 90 deg., 45 deg., 22 deg. 30
min. and 11 deg. 15 min.
c) Swivel joints and rotary distributors.
d) Pin and gate valves to prevent back-flow in the pipe line.
e) Switch valve to direct flow into another pipe line.
f) Connection devices to fill form the bottom up.
g) Temporary supports, rollers and other devices for protection of conduit over rock, concrete,
reinforcement steel and forms. Lifting and leashing points.
h) Extra strong coupling for vertical runs in inaccessible areas.
i)

Transition for connecting different sizes of pipes.

j)

Air vents for downhill pumping

k) Clean-out equipment
l)

Adequate numbers of separate placement booms of various radius and reach, either stationary steel
column mounted or tower crane mast mounted moving on rail tracks, or truck mounted shall be
provided by the Contractor to match within concrete placement schedule and pumps. For maximum
flexibility of operation the separate placement boom shall be such that they can be easily lifted by the
tower cranes provided. Their mounting arrangements shall be quick connecting type and
interchangeable between tower crane masts, steel columns and truck mountings etc. The placement
Agreement

Page 256

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

booms shall consist of three hinged parts incorporating a concrete pipe line with articulated inserts at
boom joints and ending in a flexible hose. The boom shall be remote controlled.
The pumping plant and the pipe distribution system
The concrete pumping plant apart from the receiving hopper and the pump shall also be provided
with a water pressure valve, connecting pipes with needle valve, cleaning rods, outlets for
drainage water and a high pressure pumps for flushing out the concrete in pipe line.
The shortest way shall be selected in planning the direction of the concrete pipeline, and the
number of bends (elbows) shall be as small as possible. Should a change be made of the direction
in plan of the pipe lines or a change of their vertical profile, these shall be arranged with easy
transitions.
Before the pipeline is assembled all pipe flanges shall be tested and carefully cleaned, packing
rings cleaned or replaced, and the internal surfaces of all pipe section cleaned. Horizontal lengths
of concrete pipe lines shall be laid on supports, wooden trestles, scaffolding, staging etc. Vertical
and inclined lengths of pipe shall be fastened by clamp irons or stirrups to masts, or to the frame
of the structure being erected. It is recommended to replace vertical sections of the pipeline by
inclined sections where possible. Sharp turns and bends at an angle of 90 deg. shall be avoided.
Pipes shall be supported in such a manner that they do not disturb the forms during concreting.
A vertical section of the concrete pipeline shall not be arranged closer than 8 to 9 m from the
concrete pump. Before a vertical section a valve shall normally be placed, to prevent back flow
of the concrete when the pump stops or when the pipe is cleaned or replaced. When pumping
vertically through the placer boom, a thrust block shall be provided at the base of the vertical
riser to resist the forces in the pipeline due to the pumping of concrete.
When pumping downwards, 15 m or more, it is desirable to provide an air release valve at the
middle of the top bend.
LINE RESISTANCE AND LUBRICATION
When concrete is pumped through a straight section of a pipe or hose, it moves as a cylinder
riding on a thin lubricant film of a grout or mortar. At changes in direction or cross-section some
re-mixing occurs. In all cases at the start of pumping operation lubricating mortar is required, and
this shall be a properly designed mortar of cement-sand grout (1:1) or a batch of the regular
concrete with the coarse aggregate omitted. Except for a small portion of this mortar which may
be used for bedding at the construction joint, it shall be wasted and not used in the concrete
placement. It can be assumed that about 0.35 cu. m of mortar will lubricate a 125 mm diameter
horizontal pipeline of about 300 m length and the lubrication shall be maintained as long as the
pumping continues. For vertical or smaller lines less mortar will be required. The mortar shall
have the same cement content as that of the concrete. The water cement ratio shall be determined
by the placing condition and finally decided by the Engineer. In order to ensure that only
minimum quantity of grout mortar is used to lubricate the pipeline, a rubber sponge ball shall be
allowed to pass through the pipeline immediately before the first batch of grout mortar is
pumped. This rubber ball shall be pushed by the following mortar along the pipeline slowly and
allowed to emerge at the open end. The cost of the lubricating mortar to be used, shall be deemed
to have been included in the general rate structure for works in the schedule of items and nothing
extra shall be payable.
It shall be taken into account when planning the pipeline that, in straight horizontal and vertical
section of pipe and at bends the resistance to the movements of concrete differ. For convenience
in calculating the resistance of a concrete pipeline experimental co-efficient of equivalent length
shall be used by means of which the equivalent length of a horizontal concrete pipeline is to be
obtained. In absence of the pump manufacturers data, equivalent lengths of concrete pipeline as
indicated in
Table may be used.

Agreement

Page 257

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Table EQUIVALENT LENGTH OF CONCRETE PIPELINES

Characteristics of a length of concrete

Equivalent length of horizontal pipeline


Concrete pipeline in meter

Bend in pipeline at an angle of 90 deg.

12

Bend in pipeline at an angle of 45 deg.

Bend in pipeline at an angle of 22 deg. 30


4
min.
1 m of vertical concrete pipeline

The equivalent length of the concrete pipeline must be less than or equal to the range of feed in
horizontal direction as specified by the pump manufacturer for the same rate of pumping. To
obtain the least line resistance, the layout of the pipeline system shall contain a minimum number
of bends and preferably with no change in pipe size. If two sizes of pipes are required to be used,
the smaller diameter shall be used at the pump end and the larger at the discharge end. The
contractor shall exercise care in handling of the pipeline, during assembly, cleaning and
dismantling so as to lower the line resistance by preventing the formation of rough surfaces,
dents in pipe section and crevices in couplings. If any pipe, bend, coupling and other accessories
are considered to be defective or damaged by the Engineer, the same shall not be used in the
concrete pipeline till such time the defect has been removed and the damage repaired to the entire
satisfaction of the Engineer. Qualified chemical admixtures shall be used effectively to get
workable concrete.
PROPORTIONING PUMP ABLE CONCRETE
BASIC CONSIDERATION
Although the ingredients of concrete to be placed both by pumping and by other means are the
same, more emphasis shall be laid on the quality control and proportioning of a dependable
pumpable mix. Dependability is effected by the equipment and the operator, with the control of
all of the ingredients in the mixture, the batching and mixing operations, and the knowledge and
experience of all the personnel from beginning to end.
Concrete mixes for pumping shall be plastic at all times. Stiff mixes shall not be used for
pumping as they do not pump well. Particular attention shall be given to the mortar (cement, sand
and water) and the amounts and sizes of coarse aggregates.
NORMAL WEIGHT AGGREGATES
COARSE NORMAL WEIGHT AGGREGATES
The maximum size of angular coarse aggregate shall be limited to one-third of the smallest inside
diameter of the hose or pipe based on simple geometry of cubical shape aggregates. For wellrounded aggregates, the maximum size shall be limited to 40% of the pipe or hose diameter.
Adequate provisions shall be made to eliminate over size particles in the concrete by screening or
by careful selection of aggregate. Gradation of sizes of coarse aggregates shall correspond to
Grades A and B of
Table and shall meet IS: 2386 requirements. If required certain fractional sizes shall be combined
and blended to produce the required gradation. Greater emphasis shall be laid on uniformity of
gradation throughout the entire job.
The maximum size of the coarse aggregate has a significant effect on the volume or amount of
coarse aggregate that may be effectively used in a mix. As will be seen from Table the quantity
of coarse aggregate must be substantially reduced as the maximum size become smaller. Mixes
consisting of too large a portion of coarse aggregate with less cement shall be avoided.
Agreement

Page 258

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Table. GRADING REQUIREMENT OF COARSE AGGREGATES FOR PUMPED CONCRETE


Grade - A (Maximum Size 40 mm)

Grade B (Maximum Size 20 mm)

Sieve Size(mm)

Percent Passing

Sieve Size(mm)

Percent Passing

50

100

25

100

40

95 to 100

20

90 to 100

20

35 to 70

12.5

20 to 55

10

10 to 30

10

0 to 15

4.75

0 to 5

4.75

0 to 5

Table. VOLUME OF COARSE AGGREGATE PER UNIT OF VOLUME OF CONCRETE

Max. size

Volume of Dry-rodded Coarse Aggregate per Unit volume of aggregates


of concrete for different fineness modulli of sand

FMS =2.40

FMS =2.60

FMS =2.80

FMS =3.00

10

0.50

0.48

0.46

0.44

12.5

0.59

0.57

0.55

0.53

20

0.66

0.64

0.62

0.60

25

0.71

0.69

0.67

0.65

40

0.76

0.74

0.72

0.70

50

0.78

0.76

0.74

0.72

Note:
Volume is based on aggregates in dry-rodded condition.
These volumes are selected from empirical relationships to produce concrete with a degree of
workability suitable for usual reinforced construction. When placement is to by pump, they shall
be reduced by about 10 percent.
FMS = Fineness Modulus of Sand.
Fine normal weight aggregate
Fine aggregate shall consist of natural sand, manufactured sand or a combination thereof and
shall be graded within the following limits.
Sieve Size
Percent passing by weight
9.5 mm
100
Agreement

Page 259

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

4.75 mm
95 to 100
2.36 mm
80 to 100
1.18 mm
50 to 85
600 microns
25 to 60
300 microns
10 to 30
150 microns
2 to 10
Fine aggregates shall conform to the requirements of IS: 2386. Particular attention shall be given
to those passing through finer screen sizes. For small line system (less than 150 mm ) 15 to 30
percent shall pass 300 micron sieve and 5 to 10 percent shall pass 150 micron sieve. Sands which
are deficient in either of these two sizes shall be blended with selected finer sands or inert
material such as quarry dust to produce these desired percentages.
The fineness modulus of sand meeting the above grading limits will fall between 2.13 and 3.37
with the median being 2.75. Pumpability of mixes will generally improve with a decrease in the
fineness modulus value or in other words with the use of finer sands. Sands having a fineness
modulus between 2.40 and 3.00 are generally satisfactory provided that the percentages passing
300 micron and 150 micron sieves meet the previously stated requirements. It shall also be
emphasized that for uniformity, the fineness modulus of the sand shall not vary more than 0.20
from the average value used in proportioning.
Table 10 is suggested as a guide to determine the amounts of coarse aggregate to be combined
with sand of different fineness modulus. The foot note of Table require a reduction in the volume
of coarse aggregate by 10 percent for pumping. This margin shall be considered as a safety
margin for variations in sand gradation to reduce pumping pressure. Under conditions of good
materials control and uncomplicated line systems, this reduction may not be required.
Although in practice it may not be possible to duplicate this recommended sand gradation
exactly, sands having a gradation closer to the upper limit (fine sand) are more desirable for
pumping than those near the lower limit (coarse sand). The fineness modulus of sand according
to the recommended curve is 2.68 and the gradation meets all the requirements stated earlier.
WATER AND SLUMP
Water requirements and slump control for pumpable normal weight concrete are interrelated and
extremely important considerations. The mixing water requirements for a particular mix shall be
determined by the Engineer and modified to suit the fineness of sands, quality of admixtures,
additives, cement replacements or other special materials being used in the concrete.
The Contractor shall establish the optimum slump jointly with the Engineer for a pumpable mix
at the discharge hose end and shall maintain control of that particular slump throughout the
course of a job. Excess water shall not be added in the receiving hopper to make the concrete mix
pumpable, instead attempt shall be made to obtain truly plastic mix by proper proportioning.
Slump of concrete may undergo change between initial mixing and final placement. If the slumps
at the discharge hose end are to be maintained within specified limits, it will be necessary for the
concrete to enter the pump at a higher slump to give the required mobility during transport.
Slump adjustments by re-proportioning of the constituents as may be required shall be carried out
by the Contractor jointly in consultation with the Engineer for every type of mix and for every
new placement and set up of pump and pipelines.
CEMENT CONTENT
The determination of the cement content for a normal weight pump mix shall follow the same
basic principles used for conventionally placed concrete. The water cement ratio shall be
established by the Engineer on the basis of exposure conditions, strength requirements or
minimum cement consumption, whichever governs. However, because of slightly higher ranges
of slump and ratios of fine to coarse aggregates, the pump mix may require an increase in the
amount of cement above those pumpable concrete mass. The total quantity of fines passing

Agreement

Page 260

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

through the 300 micron sieve including cement, fine sand, stone dust etc shall be in the range of
380 to 450 kg/cu.m. of concrete.
Cement content in case of M-50 shall be maximum 425 kg/m3, and shall be a mix with high
range of workability i.e. 175 mm +/- 25 mm. All the contents shall be mixed based on the mix
design & trial studies.
While establishing the cement content for normal weight trial mixes, it will be necessary to take
into account the capabilities of the particular pump and its operator for over strength
proportioning in the laboratory to provide for field variations.
In case of pumping difficulties, it is desirable and economical to correct any deficiencies in the
aggregates, especially in the sand instead of using extra quantities of sand. With well graded
coarse and fine aggregates properly combined, the cement requirement for pumpable mixes
shall closely resemble to those used in conventionally placed concrete.
ADMIXTURES
The use of poor aggregate grading or aggregate with continuous change in overall grading of the
combinations during concreting operation will make special admixtures quite useful in
overcoming the main difficulty like blockage in pumping. These admixtures shall be incorporated
in pumpable concrete to aim the following.
Increase in the range of mix designs which may be successfully pumped using water reducing
admixtures/Super plasticizers with the approval of the Engineer.
Reducing the risk of pipeline blockages by preventing segregation of concrete mix.
To have satisfactory/specified performance both in fresh and hardened state.
Any admixture that increases workability in normal weight concrete may usually improve
pumpability. The choice of type of admixture and the advantage gained from its use in concrete
to be pumped will depend on the characteristics of the pump mix and will be finally decided by
the Engineer in consultation with the admixture manufacturer.
For improvement of pumpability the following admixtures are generally recommended. Such
admixtures used shall conform to ASTM C-494/IS 9103.
Water Reducing Admixtures/Super Plasticizers
These cause reduction in water requirements at constant slump or an increase in slump at
constant water-cement ratio. They can be designed to have no apparent effect on setting time, or
alternately to achieve varying degrees of acceleration or retardation in rate of hardening of the
mixture. Most water reducing admixtures increase the pumpabillity of the concrete mix through
plasticising action.
Air Entraining Admixtures
Air entrained concrete is considerably plastic and more workable than non air entrained concrete.
It can be pumped with less coarse aggregate segregation and has fewer tendencies for concrete to
bleed. Start-up after shut down is also generally easier due to reduced bleeding. For pumped
concrete these limits shall be obtained at the point of placement in the structure. To compensate
for air content loss in the air entrained concrete higher entrainment of air may be required at the
batching plant. The required adjustment of admixture dose shall be carried out by the Engineer
after carrying out necessary air loss tests. An air content in the range of 3 to 5 % shall be
preferred as higher ranges reduces the delivery capacity of pump systems due to increased
compressibility of the concrete and also reduces strength of concrete.
If air-entraining plasticizer is used, typically 13 % minimum water reduction is possible.
Therefore, strength loss due to air entrainment will be compensated by using such air-entraining
plasticizer.
Finely Divided Mineral Admixtures
Contractor, if specifically approved by the engineer, can use mineral admixture. In concrete
mixtures, deficient in fines, the addition of a finely divided inert mineral admixture generally
improves workability, pumpability, reduces the amount of bleeding and increases the strength.

Agreement

Page 261

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

The effect on strength depends on the type of mineral admixture used, conditions under which
the concrete is cured, and the amount of admixture used. Water soluble polymers obtained from
cellulose derivations may also be used as an admixture with a small dose of 60 to 150 gms/cu.m
to increase viscosity of the mixing water and reduce the frictional resistance to flow and bleeding
in the pipe system.
TRIAL MIXES
The trial mixes for pumping shall be prepared and tested in the Site laboratory by contractor in
accordance with specification. The ingredients, particularly the coarse and fine aggregates shall
also be checked for the conformance to the desired properties described, by the contractor. Above
table may be used to select the volume of coarse aggregate per cu. m. of concrete. In using this
table it is recommended that the highest probable fineness modulus of sand be used rather than
the average fineness modulus to ensure consistent performance during pumping. For additional
plasticity, 10 % reduction in coarse aggregate quantities shall be considered. Experience with the
use of local aggregate and their uniformity shall also be considered in the proportioning concepts.
MIX DESIGN FOR PUMPABLE CONCRETE
Taking the above factors into account, the concrete shall first be designed for normal placement
conditions and then modified as necessary to suit pumping. The following procedure shall be
adopted:
Design the mix for specified characteristic strength and workability.
Check and ensure combined grading of aggregates i.e. as uniform grading as possible. This
requirement is vital as gaps or partial gaps are the basic reasons for poor water retention
property and segregation under pressure.
Determine the optimum sand content for the required workability and increase sand content by
reducing volume of coarse aggregate per unit volume of concrete by about 10 % as a degree of
protection against under sanding due to batch variations.
Recheck the minimum cement content for durability.
Examine the total fines content i.e. cement and fine aggregates passing through 300 micron sieve
and readjust the mix, if necessary. A very rich mix with fine sand will be as problematic as
coarse sand with lean mix.
Re-appraise the grading if the particle shape of any particular fraction is such as may cause
excessive voids. Re-adjust as required, if necessary examining the void ratio of various
combinations, using void meter to achieve minimum voids at the expense of sufficient fines
content.
If dissatisfied with (a) to (f) as above, consider what remedial action may be taken to overcome
the troublesome factor. For example, the following two situations may occur :
If the sand has more coarser fraction it is worth considering the addition of a proportion of finer
sand, or alternately if the sand has finer fraction, the addition of coarse fraction may be
considered. Addition or reduction of cement may help, but the correct solution is to overcome
the gap in overall grading as stated above.
In a 20 mm aggregate max size, if there is an excess of 10 to 4.75 mm fraction, and this fraction
is flaky with unduly large surface area, either increase the sand content to reduce the possibility
of segregation and to reduce the inter-practical stresses, or (better) re-grade using single sized
aggregates.
At the trial mix stage small variations can be made preferably in the light of the pressures
registered and observed performances through the pump. In certain cases admixtures may be
economically and beneficially used to improve or eliminate circumstances that cannot readily be
overcome by other means
TESTING FOR PUMPABILITY
No mix shall be accepted for use on a pumping job until an actual test under field condition has
been completed. Testing a mix for pumpability involves duplication of the anticipated job

Agreement

Page 262

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

condition from beginning to end. The batching and conveying by truck mixers shall be the same
as will be used, the same pump and operator shall be present. The pipe and hose layouts shall
simulate the actual condition as far as practicable. Prior use of a mix on another job may furnish
evidence of pumpability but only if conditions are duplicated. Before commencing a new
concreting job, the contractor shall carry out pumpability tests in consultation with the Engineer.
Concrete used in such tests shall not be used in the actual construction, unless specifically
permitted by the Engineer.
Following parameter shall be established by pumpability trials:
Insitu compressive & split tensile strength of concrete by
Curing the sample at Site by sprinkling water.
Curing the sample at Laboratory in curing tanks.
Wet sieve analysis of concrete to ensure that proportions of ingredients before and after pumping
are same.
FIELD PRACTICES
Proper planning of concrete supply, pump location, line layout, placing sequence and the entire
pumping operation shall be done by the Contractor and got approved by the Engineer on every
occasion before commencement of concreting job. The pump shall be as near the placing area as
practicable, and the entire surrounding area must have adequate bearing strength to support the
concrete delivery trucks, thus assuring a continuous supply of concrete. For important concrete
placements and large jobs, adequate standby power and pumping equipment shall be provided
as replacement, should break down occur.
Direct communications shall be maintained between the pump operator, concrete placing crew
and batching plant. The placing rate shall be estimated so that concrete can be operated at an
appropriate delivery rate. As a final check, the pump shall be started and operated without
concrete to ascertain that, all moving parts are operating properly. As stated previously, the
grout mortar shall be pumped into the line to provide initial lubrication for the concrete. As soon
as concrete is received, the pump shall be run slowly until the lines are completely full and the
concrete is slowly moving. Once the pumping is started, the operator shall ensure that the
hopper of the pump is not emptied beyond a certain level, as air may enter the pipeline and
cause choking. Continuous pumping should be ensured. If a delay occurs because of concrete
delivery, form repairs, or other factors, the pump shall be slowed down to maintain some
movement of the concrete till normal supply is resumed. For longer delays, the concrete in the
receiving hopper shall be made to last as long as possible by moving the concrete in the lines
occasionally with one stroke of the pump. In confined areas, attempt shall be made by the
Contractor to run a return line back to the pump, so that concrete can be re-circulated during
delays.
The Contractor shall ensure that obstructions are not found in the pipe due to interruption in the
feed of the concrete by more than 30 to 45 minutes.
Minor blockages shall be cleared by operating a few strokes of the pump in reverse momentarily
and then by returning to normal forward pumping. If this fails, a succession of reverse and
forward strokes shall be carried out to remove the blockage. Should this fail also, the blockage
may be due to air-lock and the entrapped air has to be removed.
Attempt to push through the obstructions by repeatedly starting the pump will result in
compaction of the concrete and complicate the removal of the concrete in the pipe. Blockages in
the pipe are usually discovered by the sound when the pipe is struck. To remove the obstruction,
the concrete pipe shall be taken apart at the assured position and cleaned. Then the pumping
process shall be started all over again.
This method of checking the blockage and setting it right shall be done with great speed as
excessive delay will cause setting of concrete in the pipeline downstream of the choke and will
lead to further blockage. When the blockage is being found out and remedied, the pump shall

Agreement

Page 263

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

periodically be given one or two strokes forward to keep the concrete in motion. If blockage
occurs in the placer boom, a pipe joint near the base of the placer boom shall be opened and the
boom made vertical to drain the pipeline by gravity.
Cleaning blockages are time consuming and as such major blockages shall best be avoided by
ensuring a pumpable mix. Concrete that is either under or over sanded, short of fines, gap
graded, has an excess of a particular size, or excessively wet or dry will be rejected by the pump
either by blockage or by hard pumping involving excessive pressures.
The termination of pumping operations shall be carefully planned to utilize the concrete dormant
in the pipeline and the hopper when the pump is stopped and to avoid wastage.
When the form is nearly full, and there is enough concrete in the line to complete the placement,
the pump shall be stopped and a go-devil be inserted and forced through the line to clear it out.
Water under pressure shall be used to push the go-devil. The go-devil shall be stopped about
one metre from the end of the line, so that the water in the line will not spill over into the
placement area. After flushing, water in the pipe shall be removed by drain cock which shall be
located for this purpose in the lowest part of the line. After all concrete has been removed from
the lines, all lines and equipment shall be immediately cleaned thoroughly.
QUALITY CONTROL
Contractor shall ensure that workmanship and plant shall be maintained at peak efficiency.
Degree of control on all the concrete operation from selection of the ingredients to the final
testing of specimen shall be in line with the assumptions made in mix design with respect to the
standard deviation and co-efficient of variation.
The Contractor shall ensure that any compromise in quality is not done for the pumped concrete.
To be pumpable, a high level of quality control for the assurance of uniformity must be
maintained. Sampling at both the truck discharges and point of final placement shall be done by
the Contractor and the Engineer jointly, as frequently as the Engineer desires to determine, if
any change in the slump air content, and other significant mix characteristics occur take
necessary corrective actions.
The Contractor shall engage experienced supervision at all levels. The placing crew shall be
experienced and qualified and each operation shall be well planned and properly scheduled.
All the crew engaged in each of the concrete activities shall demonstrate in the presence of the
Engineer, their skills and capabilities to produce the final product as specified.
MASS CONCRETE WORKS
Sequence of pouring for mass concrete works shall be as approved by ENGINEER.
CONTRACTOR shall exercise great care to prevent shrinkage cracks and shall monitor the
temperature of the placed concrete if directed.
PLACING TEMPERATURE OF CONCRETE
Placing temperature of concrete should be maintained as specified in Bill of Quantities or as
directed by ENGINEER, to avoid shrinkage cracking
Mixing water shall be kept cool by storing it under cover. Chilled water or crushed ice as part of
the mixing water to achieve the specified placing temperature shall be used. For chilled water, it
is recommended that the contractor install and maintain refrigeration facility of required capacity.
The contractor shall also build and maintain well insulated adequate capacity storage tank for
cold water with insulated connected piping. To supplement this refrigeration facility, the
contractor will have to have ice plant or use commercial ice subject to approval of the
ENGINEER. The full quantity of crushed ice shall be stored in cold storage 24 hours in advance
of the start of concreting. The temperature in cold storage shall not be more than 2oc. The
contractor should study the placing temperature condition and work out plant capacity
commensurate with the construction schedule requirements and submit his scheme along with the
tender.

Agreement

Page 264

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Ice when used as replacement for a portion or all the mixing water shall be produced from water
which meets the requirements of specification. Ice when used shall be in flakes of size 3mm or
below or crushed condition and the crushed ice shall be such as to pass completely, 10mm sieve.
CURING
Curing and protection shall start immediately after the compaction of the concrete to protect it
from:
Premature drying out, particularly by solar radiation and wind;
leaching out by rain and flowing water;
rapid cooling during the first few days after placing;
high internal thermal gradients;
low temperature or frost;
Vibration and impact which may disrupt the concrete and interfere with its bond to the
reinforcement.
All concrete, unless directed otherwise by ENGINEER, shall be cured by use of continuous
sprays or ponded water or continuously saturated coverings of sacking, canvas, hessian or other
absorbent material for the period of complete hydration with a minimum of 7 days. The quality of
curing water shall be the same as that used for mixing.
Where a curing membrane is directed to be used by the ENGINEER, the same shall be of a nonwax base and shall not impair the concrete finish in any manner. The curing compound to be
used shall be got approved from the ENGINEER before use and shall be applied with spraying
equipment capable of a smooth, even textured coat.
Curing may also be done by covering the surface with an impermeable material such as
polyethylene, which shall be well sealed and fastened.
Extra precautions shall be exercised in curing concrete during cold and hot weather as per Clause
no. 8.3 of IS: 7861(Part II) and Clause no. 8.2 of IS:7861(Part I) respectively.
Curing arrangement shall be subjected to ENGINEERs approval.
CONSTRUCTION JOINTS AND KEYS
Construction joints (location and type) shall be as shown on the drawing or as approved by
ENGINEER. Concrete shall be placed without interruption until completion of work between
construction joints. If stopping of concreting becomes unavoidable anywhere, a properly formed
construction joint shall be made with the approval of ENGINEER.
Dowels for concrete work, not likely to be taken up in the near future, shall be coated with
cement slurry and encased in lean concrete as indicated on the drawings or as directed by
ENGINEER.
Before resuming concreting on a surface which has hardened all laitance and loose aggregates
shall be thoroughly removed by wire brushing and/ or hacking, the surface washed with high
pressure water jet and treated with thin layer of cement slurry for vertical joints and a 15 mm
thick layer of cement sand mortar for horizontal joints, the ratio of cement and sand being the
same as in the concrete mix.
When concreting is to be resumed on a surface, which has not fully hardened, all laitance shall be
removed by wire brushing, the surface wetted, free water removed and a coat of cement slurry
applied. On this a layer of concrete not exceeding 150 mm thickness shall be placed and well
rammed against the old work. Thereafter work shall proceed in the normal way.
Approved epoxy Bonding agent, for bond between old (say 28 days or more) and new concrete
shall be used as per manufacturers specifications.
FOUNDATION BEDDING
All earth surfaces upon which or against which concrete is to be placed, shall be well compacted
and free from standing water, mud or debris. Soft or spongy area shall be cleaned out and back
filled with either soil-cement mixture, lean concrete or clean sand compacted as directed by
ENGINEER. The surfaces of absorptive soils shall be moistened.

Agreement

Page 265

Design and Construction of Infrastructure Works for


Integrated Industrial Township at Greater
Noida

IITGNL (DMICDC & GNIDA)

Concrete shall not be deposited on large sloping rock surfaces. The rock shall be cut to form
rough steps or benches by picking, barring or wedging. The rock surface shall be kept wet for 2
to 4 hours before concreting.
BASE CONCRETE
The thickness and grade of concrete and reinforcement shall be as specified in the item of work.
Before placing the blinding concrete as per the item of work, the sub-base of rubble packing shall
be properly wetted and rammed. Concrete for the base shall then be deposited between the forms,
thoroughly tamped and the surface finished level with the top edges of the forms. Two or three
hours after the concrete has been laid in position, the surface shall be roughened using steel wire
brush to remove any scum or laitance and swept clean so that the coarse aggregates are exposed.
The surface of the base concrete shall be left rough to provide adequate bond for the floor finish
to be provided later.
FINISHES
GENERAL
The formwork for concrete works shall be such as to give the finish as specified. The
CONTRACTOR shall make good as directed any u